diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
518 files changed, 13794 insertions, 9228 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX index 7f3a0728ccf2..708dc4c166e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX @@ -66,8 +66,6 @@ backlight/ - directory with info on controlling backlights in flat panel displays bcache.txt - Block-layer cache on fast SSDs to improve slow (raid) I/O performance. -blackfin/ - - directory with documentation for the Blackfin arch. block/ - info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer. blockdev/ @@ -114,8 +112,6 @@ cputopology.txt - documentation on how CPU topology info is exported via sysfs. crc32.txt - brief tutorial on CRC computation -cris/ - - directory with info about Linux on CRIS architecture. crypto/ - directory with info on the Crypto API. dcdbas.txt @@ -172,8 +168,6 @@ fmc/ - information about the FMC bus abstraction fpga/ - FPGA Manager Core. -frv/ - - Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation. futex-requeue-pi.txt - info on requeueing of tasks from a non-PI futex to a PI futex gcc-plugins.txt @@ -276,8 +270,6 @@ memory-hotplug.txt - Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status. men-chameleon-bus.txt - info on MEN chameleon bus. -metag/ - - directory with info about Linux on Meta architecture. mic/ - Intel Many Integrated Core (MIC) architecture device driver. mips/ @@ -286,8 +278,6 @@ misc-devices/ - directory with info about devices using the misc dev subsystem mmc/ - directory with info about the MMC subsystem -mn10300/ - - directory with info about the mn10300 architecture port mtd/ - directory with info about memory technology devices (flash) namespaces/ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus index e46be65d0e1d..0c9d9dcd2151 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus @@ -132,3 +132,10 @@ KernelVersion: 4.16 Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com> Description: Monitor bit associated with channel Users: Debugging tools and userspace drivers + +What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/vmbus_*/channels/NN/ring +Date: January. 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com> +Description: Binary file created by uio_hv_generic for ring buffer +Users: Userspace drivers diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..122b65c5fe62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/cec/*/error-inj +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> +Description: + +The CEC Framework allows for CEC error injection commands through +debugfs. Drivers that support this will create an error-inj file +through which the error injection commands can be given. + +The basic syntax is as follows: + +Leading spaces/tabs are ignored. If the next character is a '#' or the +end of the line was reached, then the whole line is ignored. Otherwise +a command is expected. + +It is up to the driver to decide what commands to implement. The only +exception is that the command 'clear' without any arguments must be +implemented and that it will remove all current error injection +commands. + +This ensures that you can always do 'echo clear >error-inj' to clear any +error injections without having to know the details of the driver-specific +commands. + +Note that the output of 'error-inj' shall be valid as input to 'error-inj'. +So this must work: + + $ cat error-inj >einj.txt + $ cat einj.txt >error-inj + +Other than these basic rules described above this ABI is not considered +stable and may change in the future. + +Drivers that implement this functionality must document the commands as +part of the CEC documentation and must keep that documentation up to date +when changes are made. + +The following CEC error injection implementations exist: + +- Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-pin-error-inj.rst diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy index 2028f2d093b2..b8465e00ba5f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Description: [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]] option: [[appraise_type=]] [permit_directio] - base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] + base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] [FIRMWARE_CHECK] [KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK] mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND] diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata index aa4296498859..9ab0ef1dd1c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata @@ -1,110 +1,139 @@ What: /sys/class/ata_... -Date: August 2008 -Contact: Gwendal Grignou<gwendal@google.com> Description: - -Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the system. This allows -retrieving various information about ATA objects. + Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the + system. This allows retrieving various information about ATA + objects. Files under /sys/class/ata_port ------------------------------- - For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of - the port. The device parent is the ata host device. +For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of the +port. The device parent is the ata host device. -idle_irq (read) - Number of IRQ received by the port while idle [some ata HBA only]. +What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/nr_pmp_links +What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/idle_irq +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + nr_pmp_links: (RO) If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is + connected, the number of links behind it. -nr_pmp_links (read) + idle_irq: (RO) Number of IRQ received by the port while + idle [some ata HBA only]. - If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is connected, number of link behind it. + +What: /sys/class/ata_port/ataX/port_no +Date: May, 2013 +KernelVersion: v3.11 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + (RO) Host local port number. While registering host controller, + port numbers are tracked based upon number of ports available on + the controller. This attribute is needed by udev for composing + persistent links in /dev/disk/by-path. Files under /sys/class/ata_link ------------------------------- - Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the - topology, 15 ata_link objects are created. - - If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is - ata_port_id of the port. - If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is ata_port_id - of the parent port and Y the PM port. +Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the topology, 15 +ata_link objects are created. -hw_sata_spd_limit +If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is ata_port_id +of the port. If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is +ata_port_id of the parent port and Y the PM port. - Maximum speed supported by the connected SATA device. -sata_spd_limit +What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/hw_sata_spd_limit +What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/sata_spd_limit +What: /sys/class/ata_link/linkX[.Y]/sata_spd +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + hw_sata_spd_limit: (RO) Maximum speed supported by the + connected SATA device. - Maximum speed imposed by libata. + sata_spd_limit: (RO) Maximum speed imposed by libata. -sata_spd + sata_spd: (RO) Current speed of the link + eg. 1.5, 3 Gbps etc. - Current speed of the link [1.5, 3Gps,...]. Files under /sys/class/ata_device --------------------------------- - Behind each link, up to two ata device are created. - The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where: - - X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected, - - Y the port of the PM if any, and - - Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1], - only 1 for SATA. - -class - Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, "atapi" for packet device, - "pmp" for PM, or "none" if no device was found behind the link. - -dma_mode +Behind each link, up to two ata devices are created. +The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where: +- X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected, +- Y the port of the PM if any, and +- Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1], only 1 for SATA. + + +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/spdn_cnt +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/gscr +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/ering +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/id +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/pio_mode +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/xfer_mode +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/dma_mode +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/class +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.37 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + spdn_cnt: (RO) Number of times libata decided to lower the + speed of link due to errors. - Transfer modes supported by the device when in DMA mode. - Mostly used by PATA device. + gscr: (RO) Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR + register. Valid registers are: -pio_mode + 0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID, + 1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV, + 2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO, + 32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR, + 33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN, + 64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT, + 96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN, + 130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO - Transfer modes supported by the device when in PIO mode. - Mostly used by PATA device. + Only valid if the device is a PM. -xfer_mode + ering: (RO) Formatted output of the error ring of the + device. - Current transfer mode. + id: (RO) Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as + described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17. Only valid if + the device is not a PM. -id + pio_mode: (RO) Transfer modes supported by the device when + in PIO mode. Mostly used by PATA device. - Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17. - Only valid if the device is not a PM. + xfer_mode: (RO) Current transfer mode -gscr + dma_mode: (RO) Transfer modes supported by the device when + in DMA mode. Mostly used by PATA device. - Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR register. - Valid registers are: - 0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID, - 1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV, - 2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO, - 32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR, - 33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN, - 64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT, - 96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN, - 130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO - Only valid if the device is a PM. + class: (RO) Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, + "atapi" for packet device, "pmp" for PM, or + "none" if no device was found behind the link. -trim - Shows the DSM TRIM mode currently used by the device. Valid - values are: - unsupported: Drive does not support DSM TRIM - unqueued: Drive supports unqueued DSM TRIM only - queued: Drive supports queued DSM TRIM - forced_unqueued: Drive's queued DSM support is known to be - buggy and only unqueued TRIM commands - are sent +What: /sys/class/ata_device/devX[.Y].Z/trim +Date: May, 2015 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou <gwendal@chromium.org> +Description: + (RO) Shows the DSM TRIM mode currently used by the device. Valid + values are: -spdn_cnt + unsupported: Drive does not support DSM TRIM - Number of time libata decided to lower the speed of link due to errors. + unqueued: Drive supports unqueued DSM TRIM only -ering + queued: Drive supports queued DSM TRIM - Formatted output of the error ring of the device. + forced_unqueued: Drive's queued DSM support is known to + be buggy and only unqueued TRIM commands + are sent diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..82ef6eab042d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-device @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/block/*/device/sw_activity +Date: Jun, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.27 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Used by drivers which support software controlled activity + LEDs. + + It has the following valid values: + + 0 OFF - the LED is not activated on activity + 1 BLINK_ON - the LED blinks on every 10ms when activity is + detected. + 2 BLINK_OFF - the LED is on when idle, and blinks off + every 10ms when activity is detected. + + Note that the user must turn sw_activity OFF it they wish to + control the activity LED via the em_message file. + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/unload_heads +Date: Sep, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.28 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Hard disk shock protection + + Writing an integer value to this file will take the heads of the + respective drive off the platter and block all I/O operations + for the specified number of milliseconds. + + - If the device does not support the unload heads feature, + access is denied with -EOPNOTSUPP. + - The maximal value accepted for a timeout is 30000 + milliseconds. + - A previously set timeout can be cancelled and disk can resume + normal operation immediately by specifying a timeout of 0. + - Some hard drives only comply with an earlier version of the + ATA standard, but support the unload feature nonetheless. + There is no safe way Linux can detect these devices, so this + is not enabled by default. If it is known that your device + does support the unload feature, then you can tell the kernel + to enable it by writing -1. It can be disabled again by + writing -2. + - Values below -2 are rejected with -EINVAL + + For more information, see + Documentation/laptops/disk-shock-protection.txt + + +What: /sys/block/*/device/ncq_prio_enable +Date: Oct, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Write to the file to turn on or off the SATA ncq (native + command queueing) support. By default this feature is turned + off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi index 7fa9cbc75344..e7898cfe5fb1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi @@ -56,3 +56,40 @@ Description: Writing 1 to this attribute will trigger hot removal of this device object. This file exists for every device object that has _EJ0 method. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../status +Date: Jan, 2014 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + (RO) Returns the ACPI device status: enabled, disabled or + functioning or present, if the method _STA is present. + + The return value is a decimal integer representing the device's + status bitmap: + + Bit [0] – Set if the device is present. + Bit [1] – Set if the device is enabled and decoding its + resources. + Bit [2] – Set if the device should be shown in the UI. + Bit [3] – Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared if + device failed its diagnostics). + Bit [4] – Set if the battery is present. + Bits [31:5] – Reserved (must be cleared) + + If bit [0] is clear, then bit 1 must also be clear (a device + that is not present cannot be enabled). + + Bit 0 can be clear (not present) with bit [3] set (device is + functional). This case is used to indicate a valid device for + which no device driver should be loaded. + + More special cases are covered in the ACPI specification. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hrv +Date: Apr, 2016 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + (RO) Allows users to read the hardware version of non-PCI + hardware, if the _HRV control method is present. It is mostly + useful for non-PCI devices because lspci can list the hardware + version for PCI devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x index c0c1ea924535..d512f865600e 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-chemical-vz89x @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_VOC_short_raw Date: September 2015 KernelVersion: 4.3 -Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com> +Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> Description: Get the raw calibration VOC value from the sensor. This value has little application outside of calibration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 index 147d4e8a1403..9a17ab5036a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input Date: March 2014 KernelVersion: 3.15 -Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com> +Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> Description: Get the current distance in meters of storm (1km steps) 1000-40000 = distance in meters @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Description: What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity Date: March 2014 KernelVersion: 3.15 -Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com> +Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com> Description: Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range. 18 = indoors (default) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt index 93798c02e28b..151584a1f950 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt @@ -1,3 +1,26 @@ +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/boot_acl +Date: Jun 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: Holds a comma separated list of device unique_ids that + are allowed to be connected automatically during system + startup (e.g boot devices). The list always contains + maximum supported number of unique_ids where unused + entries are empty. This allows the userspace software + to determine how many entries the controller supports. + If there are multiple controllers, each controller has + its own ACL list and size may be different between the + controllers. + + System BIOS may have an option "Preboot ACL" or similar + that needs to be selected before this list is taken into + consideration. + + Software always updates a full list in each write. + + If a device is authorized automatically during boot its + boot attribute is set to 1. + What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/security Date: Sep 2017 KernelVersion: 4.13 @@ -12,6 +35,9 @@ Description: This attribute holds current Thunderbolt security level minimum. User needs to authorize each device. dponly: Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No PCIe tunnels are created. + usbonly: Automatically tunnel USB controller of the + connected Thunderbolt dock (and Display Port). All + PCIe links downstream of the dock are removed. What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../authorized Date: Sep 2017 @@ -38,6 +64,13 @@ Description: This attribute is used to authorize Thunderbolt devices the device did not contain a key at all, and EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match. +What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../boot +Date: Jun 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org +Description: This attribute contains 1 if Thunderbolt device was already + authorized on boot and 0 otherwise. + What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../key Date: Sep 2017 KernelVersion: 4.13 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb index 0bd731cbb50c..c702c78f24d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -189,6 +189,16 @@ Description: The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the information is available, and "unknown" otherwise. +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/over_current_count +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Richard Leitner <richard.leitner@skidata.com> +Description: + Most hubs are able to detect over-current situations on their + ports and report them to the kernel. This attribute is to expose + the number of over-current situation occurred on a specific port + to user space. This file will contain an unsigned 32 bit value + which wraps to 0 after its maximum is reached. + What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/usb3_lpm_permit Date: November 2015 Contact: Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei index 5096a82f4cde..81ff6abf9673 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei @@ -45,3 +45,12 @@ Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Description: Display the driver HBM protocol version. The HBM protocol version supported by the driver. + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/tx_queue_limit +Date: Jan 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Configure tx queue limit + + Set maximal number of pending writes + per opened session. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc index cf60412882f0..95984289a4ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc @@ -43,6 +43,14 @@ Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org Description: (RO) The name of the RTC corresponding to this sysfs directory +What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/range +Date: January 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.16 +Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Valid time range for the RTC, as seconds from epoch, formatted + as [min, max] + What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/since_epoch Date: March 2006 KernelVersion: 2.6.17 @@ -57,14 +65,6 @@ Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org Description: (RO) RTC-provided time in 24-hour notation (hh:mm:ss) -What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/*/nvmem -Date: February 2016 -KernelVersion: 4.6 -Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org -Description: - (RW) The non volatile storage exported as a raw file, as - described in Documentation/nvmem/nvmem.txt - What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/offset Date: February 2016 KernelVersion: 4.6 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host index 0eb255e7db12..bafc59fd7b69 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host @@ -27,3 +27,92 @@ Description: This file contains the current status of the "SSD Smart Path" the direct i/o path to physical devices. This setting is controller wide, affecting all configured logical drives on the controller. This file is readable and writable. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/link_power_management_policy +Date: Oct, 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.24 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This parameter allows the user to read and set the link + (interface) power management. + + There are four possible options: + + min_power: Tell the controller to try to make the link use the + least possible power when possible. This may sacrifice some + performance due to increased latency when coming out of lower + power states. + + max_performance: Generally, this means no power management. + Tell the controller to have performance be a priority over power + management. + + medium_power: Tell the controller to enter a lower power state + when possible, but do not enter the lowest power state, thus + improving latency over min_power setting. + + med_power_with_dipm: Identical to the existing medium_power + setting except that it enables dipm (device initiated power + management) on top, which makes it match the Windows IRST (Intel + Rapid Storage Technology) driver settings. This setting is also + close to min_power, except that: + a) It does not use host-initiated slumber mode, but it does + allow device-initiated slumber + b) It does not enable low power device sleep mode (DevSlp). + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message_type +Date: Jun, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.27 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + em_message: (RW) Enclosure management support. For the LED + protocol, writes and reads correspond to the LED message format + as defined in the AHCI spec. + + The user must turn sw_activity (under /sys/block/*/device/) OFF + it they wish to control the activity LED via the em_message + file. + + em_message_type: (RO) Displays the current enclosure management + protocol that is being used by the driver (for eg. LED, SAF-TE, + SES-2, SGPIO etc). + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_port_cmd +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_caps +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_cap2 +Date: Mar, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + [to be documented] + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/ahci_host_version +Date: Mar, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Display the version of the AHCI spec implemented by the + host. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_buffer +Date: Apr, 2010 +KernelVersion: v2.6.35 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Allows access to AHCI EM (enclosure management) buffer + directly if the host supports EM. + + For eg. the AHCI driver supports SGPIO EM messages but the + SATA/AHCI specs do not define the SGPIO message format of the EM + buffer. Different hardware(HW) vendors may have different + definitions. With the em_buffer attribute, this issue can be + solved by allowing HW vendors to provide userland drivers and + tools for their SGPIO initiators. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/em_message_supported +Date: Oct, 2009 +KernelVersion: v2.6.39 +Contact: linux-ide@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Displays supported enclosure management message types. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3b810a425a52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/class/usb_role/ +Date: Jan 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Place in sysfs for USB Role Switches. USB Role Switch is a + device that can select the data role (host or device) for USB + port. + +What: /sys/class/usb_role/<switch>/role +Date: Jan 2018 +Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The current role of the switch. This attribute can be used for + requesting role swapping with non-USB Type-C ports. With USB + Type-C ports, the ABI defined for USB Type-C connector class + must be used. + + Valid values: + - none + - host + - device diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7e43cdce9a52 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ + ACPI Time and Alarm (TAD) device attributes. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/caps +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RO) Hexadecimal bitmask of the TAD attributes are reported by + the platform firmware (see ACPI 6.2, section 9.18.2): + + BIT(0): AC wakeup implemented if set + BIT(1): DC wakeup implemented if set + BIT(2): Get/set real time features implemented if set + BIT(3): Real time accuracy in milliseconds if set + BIT(4): Correct status reported for wakeups from S4/S5 if set + BIT(5): The AC timer wakes up from S4 if set + BIT(6): The AC timer wakes up from S5 if set + BIT(7): The DC timer wakes up from S4 if set + BIT(8): The DC timer wakes up from S5 if set + + The other bits are reserved. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_alarm +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW) The AC alarm timer value. + + Reads return the current AC alarm timer value in seconds or + "disabled", if the AC alarm is not set to wake up the system. + + Write a new AC alarm timer value in seconds or "disabled" to it + to set the AC alarm timer or to disable it, respectively. + + If the AC alarm timer is set through this attribute and it + expires, it will immediately wake up the system from the S3 + sleep state (and from S4/S5 too if supported) until its status + is explicitly cleared via the ac_status attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_policy +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW) The AC alarm expired timer wake policy (see ACPI 6.2, + Section 9.18 for details). + + Reads return the current expired timer wake delay for the AC + alarm timer or "never", if the policy is to discard AC timer + wakeups if the system is on DC power. + + Write a new expired timer wake delay for the AC alarm timer in + seconds or "never" to it to set the expired timer wake delay for + the AC alarm timer or to set its expired wake policy to discard + wakeups if the system is on DC power, respectively. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_status +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW) The AC alarm status. + + Reads return a hexadecimal bitmask representing the AC alarm + timer status with the following meaning of bits (see ACPI 6.2, + Section 9.18.5): + + Bit(0): The timer has expired if set. + Bit(1): The timer has woken up the system from a sleep state + (S3 or S4/S5 if supported) if set. + + The other bits are reserved. + + Reads also cause the AC alarm timer status to be reset. + + Another way to reset the the status of the AC alarm timer is to + write (the number) 0 to this file. + + If the status return value indicates that the timer has expired, + it will immediately wake up the system from the S3 sleep state + (and from S4/S5 too if supported) until its status is explicitly + cleared through this attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_alarm +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW,optional) The DC alarm timer value. + + This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate + DC timer. + + It is analogous to the ac_alarm attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_policy +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + (RW,optional) The DC alarm expired timer wake policy. + + This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate + DC timer. + + It is analogous to the ac_policy attribute. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_status +Date: March 2018 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> + +Description: + (RW,optional) The DC alarm status. + + This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate + DC timer. + + It is analogous to the ac_status attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1d8c18f905c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-dock @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/docked +Date: Dec, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Value 1 or 0 indicates whether the software believes the + laptop is docked in a docking station. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/undock +Date: Dec, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (WO) Writing to this file causes the software to initiate an + undock request to the firmware. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/uid +Date: Feb, 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.21 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Displays the docking station the laptop is docked to. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/flags +Date: May, 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.21 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Show dock station flags, useful for checking if undock + request has been made by the user (from the immediate_undock + option). + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dock.N/type +Date: Aug, 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.27 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Display the dock station type- dock_station, ata_bay or + battery_bay. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2a781e7513b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/firmware_revision +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) The major and minor revision of the firmware. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/aux_firmware_revision +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Holds additional information about the firmware revision, + such as boot block or internal data structure version numbers. + The meanings of the numbers are specific to the vendor + identified by Manufacturer ID. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/revision +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Device revision. Useful for identifying if significant + hardware changes have been made to the implementation of the + management controller. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/provides_device_sdrs +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Indicates whether device provides device sensor data + records (1) or not (0). + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/device_id +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Device id is specified by the manufacturer identified by + the Manufacturer ID field. This field allows controller specific + software to identify the unique application command, OEM + fields, and functionality that are provided by the controller + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/additional_device_support +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Lists the IPMI ‘logical device’ commands and functions + that the controller supports that are in addition to the + mandatory IPM and Application commands. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/ipmi_version +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Displays the IPMI Command Specification Version. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/manufacturer_id +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Identifies the manufacturer responsible for the + specification of functionality of the vendor (OEM)-specific + commands, codes, and interfaces used in the controller. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/product_id +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Displays a number that identifies a particular system, + module, add-in card, or board set. The number is specified + according to the manufacturer given by Manufacturer ID. + +For detailed definitions of the above attributes, refer to section 20.1 'Get +Device ID Command' of the IPMI specification v2.0. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/guid +Date: Mar, 2006 +KernelVersion: v2.6.17 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) A GUID (Globally Unique ID), also referred to as a UUID + (Universally Unique Identifier), for the management controller, + as described in section 20.8 'Get Device GUID Command' of the + IPMI specification v2.0. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/type +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) The device interface for IPMI "kcs", "smic", "bt" or + "invalid" + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/idles +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/watchdog_pretimeouts +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/complete_transactions +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/events +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/hosed_count +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/long_timeouts +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/flag_fetches +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/attentions +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/incoming_messages +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/short_timeouts +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + + idles: (RO) Number of times the interface was + idle while being polled. + + watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts. + + complete_transactions: (RO) Number of completed messages. + + events: (RO) Number of IPMI events received from + the hardware. + + interrupts: (RO) Number of interrupts the driver + handled. + + hosed_count: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't + follow the state machine. + + long_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver + requested a timer while nothing was in + progress. + + flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times the driver + requested flags from the hardware. + + attentions: (RO) Number of time the driver got an + ATTN from the hardware. + + incoming_messages: (RO) Number of asynchronous messages + received. + + short_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver + requested a timer while an operation was + in progress. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts_enabled +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Indicates whether interrupts are enabled or not. The driver + disables interrupts when it gets into a situation where it + cannot handle messages due to lack of memory. Once that + situation clears up, it will re-enable interrupts. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/params +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + [to be documented] + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/type +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + (RO) Shows the IMPI device interface type - "ssif" here. + + +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/hosed +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/alerts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/sent_messages +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/sent_messages_parts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/received_messages +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/received_message_parts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/events +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/watchdog_pretimeouts +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/flag_fetches +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/send_retries +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/receive_retries +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/send_errors +What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/receive_errors +Date: Sep, 2017 +KernelVersion: v4.15 +Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + hosed: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't + follow the state machine. + + alerts: (RO) Number of alerts received. + + sent_messages: (RO) Number of total messages sent. + + sent_message_parts: (RO) Number of message parts sent. + Messages may be broken into parts if + they are long. + + receieved_messages: (RO) Number of message responses + received. + + received_message_parts: (RO) Number of message fragments + received. + + events: (RO) Number of received events. + + watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts. + + flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was + requested. + + send_retries: (RO) Number of time a message was + retried. + + receive_retries: (RO) Number of times the receive of a + message was retried. + + send_errors: (RO) Number of times the send of a + message failed. + + receive_errors: (RO) Number of errors in receiving + messages. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu index bfd29bc8d37a..025b7cf3768d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -108,6 +108,8 @@ Description: CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/available_governors + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governor Date: September 2007 Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism @@ -119,13 +121,109 @@ Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism (driver) - current_driver: displays current idle mechanism + current_driver: (RO) displays current idle mechanism - current_governor_ro: displays current idle policy + current_governor_ro: (RO) displays current idle policy + + With the cpuidle_sysfs_switch boot option enabled (meant for + developer testing), the following three attributes are visible + instead: + + current_driver: same as described above + + available_governors: (RO) displays a space separated list of + available governors + + current_governor: (RW) displays current idle policy. Users can + switch the governor at runtime by writing to this file. See files in Documentation/cpuidle/ for more information. +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/name + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/latency + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/power + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/time + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/usage +Date: September 2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.24 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + The directory /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle contains per + logical CPU specific cpuidle information for each online cpu X. + The processor idle states which are available for use have the + following attributes: + + name: (RO) Name of the idle state (string). + + latency: (RO) The latency to exit out of this idle state (in + microseconds). + + power: (RO) The power consumed while in this idle state (in + milliwatts). + + time: (RO) The total time spent in this idle state (in microseconds). + + usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count). + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/desc +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: v2.6.25 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) A small description about the idle state (string). + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/disable +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.10 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RW) Option to disable this idle state (bool). The behavior and + the effect of the disable variable depends on the implementation + of a particular governor. In the ladder governor, for example, + it is not coherent, i.e. if one is disabling a light state, then + all deeper states are disabled as well, but the disable variable + does not reflect it. Likewise, if one enables a deep state but a + lighter state still is disabled, then this has no effect. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/residency +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: v3.15 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + (RO) Display the target residency i.e. the minimum amount of + time (in microseconds) this cpu should spend in this idle state + to make the transition worth the effort. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/ +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: v4.17 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Idle state usage statistics related to suspend-to-idle. + + This attribute group is only present for states that can be + used in suspend-to-idle with suspended timekeeping. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/time +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: v4.17 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Total time spent by the CPU in suspend-to-idle (with scheduler + tick suspended) after requesting this state. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/usage +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: v4.17 +Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Total number of times this state has been requested by the CPU + while entering suspend-to-idle. + What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/* Date: pre-git history Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1f29c8843cfd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/[..]/fsi-master-gpio/external_mode +Date: Feb 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: jk@ozlabs.org +Description: + Controls access arbitration for GPIO-based FSI master. A + value of 0 (the default) sets normal mode, where the + driver performs FSI bus transactions, 1 sets external mode, + where the FSI bus is driven externally (for example, by + a debug device). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d8f831f2d6b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech-hidpp-device/<dev>/range +Date: Jan, 2016 +KernelVersion: 4.6 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) This attribute controls the amount of 'turn' permitted in + Logitech G920 wheel. Reading from the file shows the current + range of the steering wheel. Writing a value within the min and + max boundary sets the range of the wheel. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech-hidpp-device/<dev>/builtin_power_supply +Date: Apr, 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.12 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Presence of this file indicates that HID++ driver is capable of + handling battery properties in the kernel. This way, upower can + add a udev rule to decide whether or not it should use the + internal unifying support or the generic kernel one. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e574a5625efe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activate_slack +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Number of contact frames ignored before acknowledging the + start of activity (activating touch). + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/decativate_slack +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RW) Number of empty (no contact) frames ignored before + acknowledging the end of activity (deactivating touch). + + When the last finger is removed from the device, it sends a + number of empty frames. By holding off on deactivation for a few + frames false erroneous disconnects can be tolerated, where the + sensor may mistakenly not detect a finger that is still present. + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activation_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activation_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Threholds to override activation slack. + + activation_width: (RW) Width threshold to immediately + start processing touch events. + + activation_height: (RW) Height threshold to immediately + start processing touch events. + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum size contact accepted. + + min_width: (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide + activation and activity. + + min_height: (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide + activation and activity. + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) These are internal ranges not used for normal events but + useful for tuning. + + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_logical_width +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_logical_height +Date: May, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The range for positions reported during activity. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..016724ec26d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs @@ -0,0 +1,885 @@ +What: /sys/bus/*/drivers/ufshcd/*/auto_hibern8 +Date: March 2018 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This file contains the auto-hibernate idle timer setting of a + UFS host controller. A value of '0' means auto-hibernate is not + enabled. Otherwise the value is the number of microseconds of + idle time before the UFS host controller will autonomously put + the link into hibernate state. That will save power at the + expense of increased latency. Note that the hardware supports + 10-bit values with a power-of-ten multiplier which allows a + maximum value of 102300000. Refer to the UFS Host Controller + Interface specification for more details. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device type. This is one of the UFS + device descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_class +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device class. This is one of the UFS + device descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_sub_class +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the UFS storage subclass. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/protocol +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the protocol supported by an UFS device. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_luns +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows number of logical units. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_wluns +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows number of well known logical units. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/boot_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device is + enabled for boot. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/descriptor_access_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device + descriptor could be read after partial initialization phase + of the boot sequence. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_power_mode +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows value that defines the power mode after + device initialization or hardware reset. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/high_priority_lun +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the high priority lun. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/secure_removal_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the secure removal type. This is one of + the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/support_security_lun +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the security lun is supported. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/bkops_termination_latency +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the background operations termination + latency. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_active_icc_level +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the initial active ICC level. This is one + of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/specification_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the specification version. This is one + of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturing_date +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the manufacturing date in BCD format. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturer_id +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the manufacturee ID. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtt_capability +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of outstanding RTTs + supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device + descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtc_update +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the frequency and method of the realtime + clock update. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ufs_features +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows which features are supported by the device. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be + found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ffu_timeout +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the FFU timeout. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/queue_depth +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device queue depth. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device version. This is one of the + UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_secure_wpa +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows number of secure write protect areas + supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device + descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_max_data_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum amount of data that may be + written during the pre-soldering phase of the PSA flow. + This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_state_timeout +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the command maximum timeout for a change + in PSA state. This is one of the UFS device descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/unipro_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the MIPI UniPro version number in BCD format. + This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/mphy_version +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the MIPI M-PHY version number in BCD format. + This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/raw_device_capacity +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the total memory quantity available to + the user to configure the device logical units. This is one + of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_luns +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of logical units + supported by the UFS device. This is one of the UFS + geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/segment_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the segment size. This is one of the UFS + geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/allocation_unit_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the allocation unit size. This is one of + the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/min_addressable_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the minimum addressable block size. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_read_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the optimal read block size. This is one + of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_write_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the optimal write block size. This is one + of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_in_buffer_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum data-in buffer size. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_out_buffer_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum data-out buffer size. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at UFS + specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/rpmb_rw_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of RPMB frames allowed + in Security Protocol In/Out. This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/dyn_capacity_resource_policy +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the dynamic capacity resource policy. This + is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/data_ordering +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows support for out-of-order data transfer. + This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_contexts +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows maximum available number of contexts which + are supported by the device. This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_unit_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows system data tag unit size. This is one of + the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_resource_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows maximum storage area size allocated by + the device to handle system data by the tagging mechanism. + This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/secure_removal_types +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows supported secure removal types. This is + one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/memory_types +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows supported memory types. This is one of + the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_max_alloc_units +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of allocation units for + different memory types (system code, non persistent, + enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_capacity_adjustment_factor +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the memory capacity adjustment factor for + different memory types (system code, non persistent, + enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry + descriptor parameters. The full information about the + descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/eol_info +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows preend of life information. This is one + of the UFS health descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_a +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows indication of the device life time + (method a). This is one of the UFS health descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_b +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows indication of the device life time + (method b). This is one of the UFS health descriptor + parameters. The full information about the descriptor + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_descriptor/active_icc_levels_vcc* +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows maximum VCC, VCCQ and VCCQ2 value for + active ICC levels from 0 to 15. This is one of the UFS + power descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/manufacturer_name +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a device manufactureer name string. + The full information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_name +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a product name string. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/oem_id +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a OEM ID string. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/serial_number +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a device serial number string. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_revision +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file contains a product revision string. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/boot_lun_id +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows boot LUN information. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_write_protect +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows LUN write protection status. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_queue_depth +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows LUN queue depth. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/psa_sensitive +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows PSA sensitivity. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_memory_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows LUN memory type. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/data_reliability +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file defines the device behavior when a power failure + occurs during a write operation. This is one of the UFS + unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the size of addressable logical blocks + (calculated as an exponent with base 2). This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about + the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_count +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows total number of addressable logical blocks. + This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full + information about the descriptor could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/erase_block_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the erase block size. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/provisioning_type +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the thin provisioning type. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/physical_memory_resourse_count +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the total physical memory resources. This is + one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/context_capabilities +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the context capabilities. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/large_unit_granularity +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the granularity of the LUN. This is one of + the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information + about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/device_init +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the device init status. The full information + about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/permanent_wpe +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether permanent write protection is enabled. + The full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/power_on_wpe +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether write protection is enabled on all + logical units configured as power on write protected. The + full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/bkops_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device background operations are + enabled. The full information about the flag could be + found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/life_span_mode_enable +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device life span mode is enabled. + The full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/phy_resource_removal +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether physical resource removal is enable. + The full information about the flag could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/busy_rtc +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device is executing internal + operation related to real time clock. The full information + about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/disable_fw_update +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the device FW update is permanently + disabled. The full information about the flag could be found + at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/boot_lun_enabled +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the boot lun enabled UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/current_power_mode +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the current power mode UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/active_icc_level +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the active icc level UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ooo_data_enabled +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the out of order data transfer enabled UFS + device attribute. The full information about the attribute + could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/bkops_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the background operations status UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/purge_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the purge operation status UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_in_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum data size in a DATA IN + UPIU. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_out_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the maximum number of bytes that can be + requested with a READY TO TRANSFER UPIU. The full information + about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/reference_clock_frequency +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the reference clock frequency UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/configuration_descriptor_lock +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows whether the configuration descriptor is locked. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_number_of_rtt +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the maximum current number of + outstanding RTTs in device that is allowed. The full + information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_control +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the exception event control UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the exception event status UFS device + attribute. The full information about the attribute could + be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ffu_status +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file provides the ffu status UFS device attribute. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file show the PSA feature status. The full information + about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_data_size +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the amount of data that the host plans to + load to all logical units in pre-soldering state. + The full information about the attribute could be found at + UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/dyn_cap_needed +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com> +Description: This file shows the The amount of physical memory needed + to be removed from the physical memory resources pool of + the particular logical unit. The full information about + the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1. + The file is read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_lvl +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device + runtime power management level. The current driver + implementation supports 6 levels with next target states: + 0 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + stay active + 1 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + hibernate + 2 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + stay active + 3 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + hibernate + 4 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + hibernate + 5 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + be powered off + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_dev_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device + for the chosen runtime power management level. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_link_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link + for the chosen runtime power management level. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_lvl +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device + system power management level. The current driver + implementation supports 6 levels with next target states: + 0 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + stay active + 1 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will + hibernate + 2 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + stay active + 3 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will + hibernate + 4 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + hibernate + 5 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will + be powered off + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_dev_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device + for the chosen system power management level. + The file is read only. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_link_state +Date: February 2018 +Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org> +Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link + for the chosen system power management level. + The file is read only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs index d870b5514d15..540553c933b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -192,3 +192,14 @@ Date: November 2017 Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong1@huawei.com> Description: Controls readahead inode block in readdir. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list +Date: Feburary 2018 +Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com> +Description: + Used to control configure extension list: + - Query: cat /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list + - Add: echo '[h/c]extension' > /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list + - Del: echo '[h/c]!extension' > /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list + - [h] means add/del hot file extension + - [c] means add/del cold file extension diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq index eb074b100986..8910d0c4bcd8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-irq @@ -51,3 +51,10 @@ Date: September 2016 KernelVersion: 4.9 Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com> Description: The type of the interrupt. Either the string 'level' or 'edge'. + +What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/wakeup +Date: March 2018 +KernelVersion: 4.17 +Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com> +Description: The wakeup state of the interrupt. Either the string + 'enabled' or 'disabled'. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..325dc0667dbb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dptf @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/charger_type +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The charger type - Traditional, Hybrid or NVDC. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/adapter_rating_mw +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Adapter rating in milliwatts (the maximum Adapter power). + Must be 0 if no AC Adaptor is plugged in. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/max_platform_power_mw +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Maximum platform power that can be supported by the battery + in milliwatts. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/platform_power_source +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) Display the platform power source + 0x00 = DC + 0x01 = AC + 0x02 = USB + 0x03 = Wireless Charger + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/INT3407:00/dptf_power/battery_steady_power +Date: Jul, 2016 +KernelVersion: v4.10 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: + (RO) The maximum sustained power for battery in milliwatts. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power index 1e0d1dac706b..2f813d644c69 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power @@ -287,3 +287,17 @@ Description: Writing a "1" to this file enables the debug messages and writing a "0" (default) to it disables them. Reads from this file return the current value. + +What: /sys/power/resume_offset +Date: April 2018 +Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com> +Description: + This file is used for telling the kernel an offset into a disk + to use when hibernating the system such as with a swap file. + + Reads from this file will display the current offset + the kernel will be using on the next hibernation + attempt. + + Using this sysfs file will override any values that were + set using the kernel command line for disk offset.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt index 611a75e4366e..badb26ac33dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci.txt @@ -570,7 +570,9 @@ your driver if they're helpful, or just use plain hex constants. The device IDs are arbitrary hex numbers (vendor controlled) and normally used only in a single location, the pci_device_id table. -Please DO submit new vendor/device IDs to http://pciids.sourceforge.net/. +Please DO submit new vendor/device IDs to http://pci-ids.ucw.cz/. +There are mirrors of the pci.ids file at http://pciids.sourceforge.net/ +and https://github.com/pciutils/pciids. diff --git a/Documentation/accelerators/ocxl.rst b/Documentation/accelerators/ocxl.rst index 4f7af841d935..ddcc58d01cfb 100644 --- a/Documentation/accelerators/ocxl.rst +++ b/Documentation/accelerators/ocxl.rst @@ -152,6 +152,11 @@ OCXL_IOCTL_IRQ_SET_FD: Associate an event fd to an AFU interrupt so that the user process can be notified when the AFU sends an interrupt. +OCXL_IOCTL_GET_METADATA: + + Obtains configuration information from the card, such at the size of + MMIO areas, the AFU version, and the PASID for the current context. + mmap ---- diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst index 168391d171e7..02caa7efd5ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ On what hardware does it run? Although originally developed first for 32-bit x86-based PCs (386 or higher), today Linux also runs on (at least) the Compaq Alpha AXP, Sun SPARC and UltraSPARC, Motorola 68000, PowerPC, PowerPC64, ARM, Hitachi SuperH, Cell, - IBM S/390, MIPS, HP PA-RISC, Intel IA-64, DEC VAX, AMD x86-64, AXIS CRIS, - Xtensa, Tilera TILE, ARC and Renesas M32R architectures. + IBM S/390, MIPS, HP PA-RISC, Intel IA-64, DEC VAX, AMD x86-64 Xtensa, and + ARC architectures. Linux is easily portable to most general-purpose 32- or 64-bit architectures as long as they have a paged memory management unit (PMMU) and a port of the diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst index 7242cbda15dd..b8d0bc07ed0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst @@ -89,7 +89,6 @@ parameter is applicable:: APM Advanced Power Management support is enabled. ARM ARM architecture is enabled. AX25 Appropriate AX.25 support is enabled. - BLACKFIN Blackfin architecture is enabled. CLK Common clock infrastructure is enabled. CMA Contiguous Memory Area support is enabled. DRM Direct Rendering Management support is enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt index 5d6e5509c049..3487be79847c 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -389,15 +389,15 @@ Use software keyboard repeat audit= [KNL] Enable the audit sub-system - Format: { "0" | "1" } (0 = disabled, 1 = enabled) - 0 - kernel audit is disabled and can not be enabled - until the next reboot + Format: { "0" | "1" | "off" | "on" } + 0 | off - kernel audit is disabled and can not be + enabled until the next reboot unset - kernel audit is initialized but disabled and will be fully enabled by the userspace auditd. - 1 - kernel audit is initialized and partially enabled, - storing at most audit_backlog_limit messages in - RAM until it is fully enabled by the userspace - auditd. + 1 | on - kernel audit is initialized and partially + enabled, storing at most audit_backlog_limit + messages in RAM until it is fully enabled by the + userspace auditd. Default: unset audit_backlog_limit= [KNL] Set the audit queue size limit. @@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ address. The serial port must already be setup and configured. Options are not yet supported. - earlyprintk= [X86,SH,BLACKFIN,ARM,M68k,S390] + earlyprintk= [X86,SH,ARM,M68k,S390] earlyprintk=vga earlyprintk=efi earlyprintk=sclp @@ -1347,10 +1347,6 @@ If specified, z/VM IUCV HVC accepts connections from listed z/VM user IDs only. - hwthread_map= [METAG] Comma-separated list of Linux cpu id to - hardware thread id mappings. - Format: <cpu>:<hwthread> - keep_bootcon [KNL] Do not unregister boot console at start. This is only useful for debugging when something happens in the window @@ -1525,7 +1521,8 @@ ima_policy= [IMA] The builtin policies to load during IMA setup. - Format: "tcb | appraise_tcb | secure_boot" + Format: "tcb | appraise_tcb | secure_boot | + fail_securely" The "tcb" policy measures all programs exec'd, files mmap'd for exec, and all files opened with the read @@ -1540,6 +1537,11 @@ of files (eg. kexec kernel image, kernel modules, firmware, policy, etc) based on file signatures. + The "fail_securely" policy forces file signature + verification failure also on privileged mounted + filesystems with the SB_I_UNVERIFIABLE_SIGNATURE + flag. + ima_tcb [IMA] Deprecated. Use ima_policy= instead. Load a policy which meets the needs of the Trusted Computing Base. This means IMA will measure all @@ -1743,6 +1745,14 @@ of a GICv2 controller even if the memory range exposed by the device tree is too small. + irqchip.gicv3_nolpi= + [ARM, ARM64] + Force the kernel to ignore the availability of + LPIs (and by consequence ITSs). Intended for system + that use the kernel as a bootloader, and thus want + to let secondary kernels in charge of setting up + LPIs. + irqfixup [HW] When an interrupt is not handled search all handlers for it. Intended to get systems with badly broken @@ -1766,6 +1776,17 @@ nohz Disable the tick when a single task runs. + + A residual 1Hz tick is offloaded to workqueues, which you + need to affine to housekeeping through the global + workqueue's affinity configured via the + /sys/devices/virtual/workqueue/cpumask sysfs file, or + by using the 'domain' flag described below. + + NOTE: by default the global workqueue runs on all CPUs, + so to protect individual CPUs the 'cpumask' file has to + be configured manually after bootup. + domain Isolate from the general SMP balancing and scheduling algorithms. Note that performing domain isolation this way @@ -1825,30 +1846,29 @@ keepinitrd [HW,ARM] kernelcore= [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC] - Format: nn[KMGTPE] | "mirror" - This parameter - specifies the amount of memory usable by the kernel - for non-movable allocations. The requested amount is - spread evenly throughout all nodes in the system. The - remaining memory in each node is used for Movable - pages. In the event, a node is too small to have both - kernelcore and Movable pages, kernelcore pages will - take priority and other nodes will have a larger number - of Movable pages. The Movable zone is used for the - allocation of pages that may be reclaimed or moved - by the page migration subsystem. This means that - HugeTLB pages may not be allocated from this zone. - Note that allocations like PTEs-from-HighMem still - use the HighMem zone if it exists, and the Normal + Format: nn[KMGTPE] | nn% | "mirror" + This parameter specifies the amount of memory usable by + the kernel for non-movable allocations. The requested + amount is spread evenly throughout all nodes in the + system as ZONE_NORMAL. The remaining memory is used for + movable memory in its own zone, ZONE_MOVABLE. In the + event, a node is too small to have both ZONE_NORMAL and + ZONE_MOVABLE, kernelcore memory will take priority and + other nodes will have a larger ZONE_MOVABLE. + + ZONE_MOVABLE is used for the allocation of pages that + may be reclaimed or moved by the page migration + subsystem. Note that allocations like PTEs-from-HighMem + still use the HighMem zone if it exists, and the Normal zone if it does not. - Instead of specifying the amount of memory (nn[KMGTPE]), - you can specify "mirror" option. In case "mirror" + It is possible to specify the exact amount of memory in + the form of "nn[KMGTPE]", a percentage of total system + memory in the form of "nn%", or "mirror". If "mirror" option is specified, mirrored (reliable) memory is used for non-movable allocations and remaining memory is used - for Movable pages. nn[KMGTPE] and "mirror" are exclusive, - so you can NOT specify nn[KMGTPE] and "mirror" at the same - time. + for Movable pages. "nn[KMGTPE]", "nn%", and "mirror" + are exclusive, so you cannot specify multiple forms. kgdbdbgp= [KGDB,HW] kgdb over EHCI usb debug port. Format: <Controller#>[,poll interval] @@ -1887,6 +1907,9 @@ kvm.ignore_msrs=[KVM] Ignore guest accesses to unhandled MSRs. Default is 0 (don't ignore, but inject #GP) + kvm.enable_vmware_backdoor=[KVM] Support VMware backdoor PV interface. + Default is false (don't support). + kvm.mmu_audit= [KVM] This is a R/W parameter which allows audit KVM MMU at runtime. Default is 0 (off) @@ -2237,6 +2260,15 @@ The memory region may be marked as e820 type 12 (0xc) and is NVDIMM or ADR memory. + memmap=<size>%<offset>-<oldtype>+<newtype> + [KNL,ACPI] Convert memory within the specified region + from <oldtype> to <newtype>. If "-<oldtype>" is left + out, the whole region will be marked as <newtype>, + even if previously unavailable. If "+<newtype>" is left + out, matching memory will be removed. Types are + specified as e820 types, e.g., 1 = RAM, 2 = reserved, + 3 = ACPI, 12 = PRAM. + memory_corruption_check=0/1 [X86] Some BIOSes seem to corrupt the first 64k of memory when doing things like suspend/resume. @@ -2353,13 +2385,14 @@ mousedev.yres= [MOUSE] Vertical screen resolution, used for devices reporting absolute coordinates, such as tablets - movablecore=nn[KMG] [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC] This parameter - is similar to kernelcore except it specifies the - amount of memory used for migratable allocations. - If both kernelcore and movablecore is specified, - then kernelcore will be at *least* the specified - value but may be more. If movablecore on its own - is specified, the administrator must be careful + movablecore= [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC] + Format: nn[KMGTPE] | nn% + This parameter is the complement to kernelcore=, it + specifies the amount of memory used for migratable + allocations. If both kernelcore and movablecore is + specified, then kernelcore will be at *least* the + specified value but may be more. If movablecore on its + own is specified, the administrator must be careful that the amount of memory usable for all allocations is not too small. @@ -3130,18 +3163,13 @@ force Enable ASPM even on devices that claim not to support it. WARNING: Forcing ASPM on may cause system lockups. - pcie_hp= [PCIE] PCI Express Hotplug driver options: - nomsi Do not use MSI for PCI Express Native Hotplug (this - makes all PCIe ports use INTx for hotplug services). - - pcie_ports= [PCIE] PCIe ports handling: - auto Ask the BIOS whether or not to use native PCIe services - associated with PCIe ports (PME, hot-plug, AER). Use - them only if that is allowed by the BIOS. - native Use native PCIe services associated with PCIe ports - unconditionally. - compat Treat PCIe ports as PCI-to-PCI bridges, disable the PCIe - ports driver. + pcie_ports= [PCIE] PCIe port services handling: + native Use native PCIe services (PME, AER, DPC, PCIe hotplug) + even if the platform doesn't give the OS permission to + use them. This may cause conflicts if the platform + also tries to use these services. + compat Disable native PCIe services (PME, AER, DPC, PCIe + hotplug). pcie_port_pm= [PCIE] PCIe port power management handling: off Disable power management of all PCIe ports @@ -4368,12 +4396,73 @@ usbcore.nousb [USB] Disable the USB subsystem + usbcore.quirks= + [USB] A list of quirk entries to augment the built-in + usb core quirk list. List entries are separated by + commas. Each entry has the form + VendorID:ProductID:Flags. The IDs are 4-digit hex + numbers and Flags is a set of letters. Each letter + will change the built-in quirk; setting it if it is + clear and clearing it if it is set. The letters have + the following meanings: + a = USB_QUIRK_STRING_FETCH_255 (string + descriptors must not be fetched using + a 255-byte read); + b = USB_QUIRK_RESET_RESUME (device can't resume + correctly so reset it instead); + c = USB_QUIRK_NO_SET_INTF (device can't handle + Set-Interface requests); + d = USB_QUIRK_CONFIG_INTF_STRINGS (device can't + handle its Configuration or Interface + strings); + e = USB_QUIRK_RESET (device can't be reset + (e.g morph devices), don't use reset); + f = USB_QUIRK_HONOR_BNUMINTERFACES (device has + more interface descriptions than the + bNumInterfaces count, and can't handle + talking to these interfaces); + g = USB_QUIRK_DELAY_INIT (device needs a pause + during initialization, after we read + the device descriptor); + h = USB_QUIRK_LINEAR_UFRAME_INTR_BINTERVAL (For + high speed and super speed interrupt + endpoints, the USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 spec + require the interval in microframes (1 + microframe = 125 microseconds) to be + calculated as interval = 2 ^ + (bInterval-1). + Devices with this quirk report their + bInterval as the result of this + calculation instead of the exponent + variable used in the calculation); + i = USB_QUIRK_DEVICE_QUALIFIER (device can't + handle device_qualifier descriptor + requests); + j = USB_QUIRK_IGNORE_REMOTE_WAKEUP (device + generates spurious wakeup, ignore + remote wakeup capability); + k = USB_QUIRK_NO_LPM (device can't handle Link + Power Management); + l = USB_QUIRK_LINEAR_FRAME_INTR_BINTERVAL + (Device reports its bInterval as linear + frames instead of the USB 2.0 + calculation); + m = USB_QUIRK_DISCONNECT_SUSPEND (Device needs + to be disconnected before suspend to + prevent spurious wakeup); + n = USB_QUIRK_DELAY_CTRL_MSG (Device needs a + pause after every control message); + Example: quirks=0781:5580:bk,0a5c:5834:gij + usbhid.mousepoll= [USBHID] The interval which mice are to be polled at. usbhid.jspoll= [USBHID] The interval which joysticks are to be polled at. + usbhid.kbpoll= + [USBHID] The interval which keyboards are to be polled at. + usb-storage.delay_use= [UMS] The delay in seconds before a new device is scanned for Logical Units (default 1). diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst index 9948ec36a204..35fccba6a9a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst @@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ vulnerable to DMA attacks. Security levels and how to use them ----------------------------------- Starting with Intel Falcon Ridge Thunderbolt controller there are 4 -security levels available. The reason for these is the fact that the -connected devices can be DMA masters and thus read contents of the host -memory without CPU and OS knowing about it. There are ways to prevent -this by setting up an IOMMU but it is not always available for various -reasons. +security levels available. Intel Titan Ridge added one more security level +(usbonly). The reason for these is the fact that the connected devices can +be DMA masters and thus read contents of the host memory without CPU and OS +knowing about it. There are ways to prevent this by setting up an IOMMU but +it is not always available for various reasons. The security levels are as follows: @@ -52,6 +52,11 @@ The security levels are as follows: USB. No PCIe tunneling is done. In BIOS settings this is typically called *Display Port Only*. + usbonly + The firmware automatically creates tunnels for the USB controller and + Display Port in a dock. All PCIe links downstream of the dock are + removed. + The current security level can be read from ``/sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/domainX/security`` where ``domainX`` is the Thunderbolt domain the host controller manages. There is typically diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Atmel/README b/Documentation/arm/Microchip/README index afb13c15389d..a366f37d38f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/Atmel/README +++ b/Documentation/arm/Microchip/README @@ -1,54 +1,54 @@ -ARM Atmel SoCs (aka AT91) -========================= +ARM Microchip SoCs (aka AT91) +============================= Introduction ------------ -This document gives useful information about the ARM Atmel SoCs that are +This document gives useful information about the ARM Microchip SoCs that are currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org). -It is important to note that the Atmel | SMART ARM-based MPU product line is -historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel development -process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from the -official Atmel product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees, +It is important to note that the Microchip (previously Atmel) ARM-based MPU +product line is historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel +development process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from +the official Microchip product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees, git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string. AT91 SoCs --------- Documentation and detailed datasheet for each product are available on -the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com. +the Microchip website: http://www.microchip.com. Flavors: * ARM 920 based SoC - at91rm9200 + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc1768.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-1768-32-bit-ARM920T-Embedded-Microprocessor-AT91RM9200_Datasheet.pdf * ARM 926 based SoCs - at91sam9260 + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6221.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6221-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9260_Datasheet.pdf - at91sam9xe + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf - at91sam9261 + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6062.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6062-ARM926EJ-S-Microprocessor-SAM9261_Datasheet.pdf - at91sam9263 + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_6249_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6249-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf - at91sam9rl + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6289.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/doc6289.pdf - at91sam9g20 + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6384.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001516A.pdf - at91sam9g45 family - at91sam9g45 @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com. - at91sam9m10 - at91sam9m11 (device superset) + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf - at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series") - at91sam9g15 @@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com. - at91sam9x25 - at91sam9x35 + Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family) - http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_11055_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11055-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller-SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf - at91sam9n12 + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_11063_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9N12CN11CN12_Datasheet.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001517A.pdf * ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs - sama5d3 family @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com. - sama5d35 - sama5d36 (device superset) + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet.pdf * ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs - sama5d4 family @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com. - sama5d43 - sama5d44 (device superset) + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11238-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D4_Datasheet.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001525A.pdf - sama5d2 family - sama5d21 @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com. - sama5d27 (device superset) - sama5d28 (device superset + environmental monitors) + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11267-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D2_Datasheet.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001476B.pdf * ARM Cortex-M7 MCUs - sams70 family @@ -112,8 +112,6 @@ the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com. - sams70q19 - sams70q20 - sams70q21 - + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11242-32-bit-Cortex-M7-Microcontroller-SAM-S70Q-SAM-S70N-SAM-S70J_Datasheet.pdf - samv70 family - samv70j19 @@ -122,8 +120,6 @@ the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com. - samv70n20 - samv70q19 - samv70q20 - + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11297-32-bit-Cortex-M7-Microcontroller-SAM-V70Q-SAM-V70N-SAM-V70J_Datasheet.pdf - samv71 family - samv71j19 @@ -135,13 +131,15 @@ the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com. - samv71q19 - samv71q20 - samv71q21 + + Datasheet - http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-44003-32-bit-Cortex-M7-Microcontroller-SAM-V71Q-SAM-V71N-SAM-V71J_Datasheet.pdf + http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001527A.pdf + Linux kernel information ------------------------ Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91 -MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/ATMEL AT91RM9200 AND AT91SAM ARM ARCHITECTURES" +MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/Microchip (AT91) SoC support" Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt index f057876b920b..dc1fd362d3c1 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/S3C2412.txt @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ NAND ---- The NAND hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the - s3c2410 driver in the drivers/mtd/nand directory. + s3c2410 driver in the drivers/mtd/nand/raw directory. USB Host diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..85cfc8410798 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +======================== +STM32 ARM Linux Overview +======================== + +Introduction +------------ + +The STMicroelectronics STM32 family of Cortex-A microprocessors (MPUs) and +Cortex-M microcontrollers (MCUs) are supported by the 'STM32' platform of +ARM Linux. + +Configuration +------------- + +For MCUs, use the provided default configuration: + make stm32_defconfig +For MPUs, use multi_v7 configuration: + make multi_v7_defconfig + +Layout +------ + +All the files for multiple machine families are located in the platform code +contained in arch/arm/mach-stm32 + +There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support +Flattened Device Tree, which means, it works with any compatible board with +Device Trees. + +:Authors: + +- Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com> +- Ludovic Barre <ludovic.barre@st.com> +- Gerald Baeza <gerald.baeza@st.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a03b0357c017..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ - STM32 ARM Linux Overview - ======================== - -Introduction ------------- - - The STMicroelectronics family of Cortex-M based MCUs are supported by the - 'STM32' platform of ARM Linux. Currently only the STM32F429 (Cortex-M4) - and STM32F746 (Cortex-M7) are supported. - - -Configuration -------------- - - A generic configuration is provided for STM32 family, and can be used as the - default by - make stm32_defconfig - -Layout ------- - - All the files for multiple machine families are located in the platform code - contained in arch/arm/mach-stm32 - - There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support - Flattened Device Tree, which means, it works with any compatible board with - Device Trees. - - -Document Author ---------------- - - Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..18feda97f483 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +STM32F429 Overview +================== + +Introduction +------------ + +The STM32F429 is a Cortex-M4 MCU aimed at various applications. +It features: + +- ARM Cortex-M4 up to 180MHz with FPU +- 2MB internal Flash Memory +- External memory support through FMC controller (PSRAM, SDRAM, NOR, NAND) +- I2C, SPI, SAI, CAN, USB OTG, Ethernet controllers +- LCD controller & Camera interface +- Cryptographic processor + +Resources +--------- + +Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F429_). + +.. _STM32F429: http://www.st.com/web/en/catalog/mmc/FM141/SC1169/SS1577/LN1806?ecmp=stm32f429-439_pron_pr-ces2014_nov2013 + +:Authors: + +Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 5206822bd8ef..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ - STM32F429 Overview - ================== - - Introduction - ------------ - The STM32F429 is a Cortex-M4 MCU aimed at various applications. - It features: - - ARM Cortex-M4 up to 180MHz with FPU - - 2MB internal Flash Memory - - External memory support through FMC controller (PSRAM, SDRAM, NOR, NAND) - - I2C, SPI, SAI, CAN, USB OTG, Ethernet controllers - - LCD controller & Camera interface - - Cryptographic processor - - Resources - --------- - Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website: - - http://www.st.com/web/en/catalog/mmc/FM141/SC1169/SS1577/LN1806?ecmp=stm32f429-439_pron_pr-ces2014_nov2013 - - Document Author - --------------- - Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b5f4b6ce7656 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +STM32F746 Overview +================== + +Introduction +------------ + +The STM32F746 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications. +It features: + +- Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz +- 1MB internal flash, 320KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM) +- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories +- Dual mode QSPI +- SD/MMC/SDIO support +- Ethernet controller +- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers +- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support +- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers +- Serial Audio interface +- LCD controller +- HDMI-CEC +- SPDIFRX + +Resources +--------- + +Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F746_). + +.. _STM32F746: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x6/stm32f746ng.html + +:Authors: + +Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index cffd2b1ccd6f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ - STM32F746 Overview - ================== - - Introduction - ------------ - The STM32F746 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications. - It features: - - Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz - - 1MB internal flash, 320KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM) - - FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories - - Dual mode QSPI - - SD/MMC/SDIO support - - Ethernet controller - - USB OTFG FS & HS controllers - - I2C, SPI, CAN busses support - - Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers - - Serial Audio interface - - LCD controller - - HDMI-CEC - - SPDIFRX - - Resources - --------- - Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website: - - http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x6/stm32f746ng.html - - Document Author - --------------- - Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com> - - - - - diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f769-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f769-overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..228656ced2fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f769-overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +STM32F769 Overview +================== + +Introduction +------------ + +The STM32F769 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications. +It features: + +- Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz +- 2MB internal flash, 512KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM) +- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories +- Dual mode QSPI +- SD/MMC/SDIO support*2 +- Ethernet controller +- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers +- I2C*4, SPI*6, CAN*3 busses support +- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers +- Serial Audio interface*2 +- LCD controller +- HDMI-CEC +- DSI +- SPDIFRX +- MDIO salave interface + +Resources +--------- + +Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F769_). + +.. _STM32F769: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32-high-performance-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x9/stm32f769ni.html + +:Authors: + +Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3458dc00095d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +STM32H743 Overview +================== + +Introduction +------------ + +The STM32H743 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications. +It features: + +- Cortex-M7 core running up to @400MHz +- 2MB internal flash, 1MBytes internal RAM +- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories +- Dual mode QSPI +- SD/MMC/SDIO support +- Ethernet controller +- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers +- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support +- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers +- Serial Audio interface +- LCD controller +- HDMI-CEC +- SPDIFRX +- DFSDM + +Resources +--------- + +Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32H743_). + +.. _STM32H743: http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32h7x3.html?querycriteria=productId=LN2033 + +:Authors: + +Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3031cbae31a5..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ - STM32H743 Overview - ================== - - Introduction - ------------ - The STM32H743 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications. - It features: - - Cortex-M7 core running up to @400MHz - - 2MB internal flash, 1MBytes internal RAM - - FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories - - Dual mode QSPI - - SD/MMC/SDIO support - - Ethernet controller - - USB OTFG FS & HS controllers - - I2C, SPI, CAN busses support - - Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers - - Serial Audio interface - - LCD controller - - HDMI-CEC - - SPDIFRX - - DFSDM - - Resources - --------- - Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website: - - http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32h7x3.html?querycriteria=productId=LN2033 - - Document Author - --------------- - Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32mp157-overview.rst b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32mp157-overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..62e176d47ca7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32mp157-overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +STM32MP157 Overview +=================== + +Introduction +------------ + +The STM32MP157 is a Cortex-A MPU aimed at various applications. +It features: + +- Dual core Cortex-A7 application core +- 2D/3D image composition with GPU +- Standard memories interface support +- Standard connectivity, widely inherited from the STM32 MCU family +- Comprehensive security support + +:Authors: + +- Ludovic Barre <ludovic.barre@st.com> +- Gerald Baeza <gerald.baeza@st.com> diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.txt b/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.txt index a70090b28b07..7964f03846b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.txt @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ infrastructure: x--------------------------------------------------x | Name | bits | visible | |--------------------------------------------------| - | RES0 | [63-52] | n | + | TS | [55-52] | y | |--------------------------------------------------| | FHM | [51-48] | y | |--------------------------------------------------| @@ -124,8 +124,6 @@ infrastructure: |--------------------------------------------------| | RDM | [31-28] | y | |--------------------------------------------------| - | RES0 | [27-24] | n | - |--------------------------------------------------| | ATOMICS | [23-20] | y | |--------------------------------------------------| | CRC32 | [19-16] | y | @@ -135,8 +133,6 @@ infrastructure: | SHA1 | [11-8] | y | |--------------------------------------------------| | AES | [7-4] | y | - |--------------------------------------------------| - | RES0 | [3-0] | n | x--------------------------------------------------x @@ -144,12 +140,10 @@ infrastructure: x--------------------------------------------------x | Name | bits | visible | |--------------------------------------------------| - | RES0 | [63-36] | n | + | DIT | [51-48] | y | |--------------------------------------------------| | SVE | [35-32] | y | |--------------------------------------------------| - | RES0 | [31-28] | n | - |--------------------------------------------------| | GIC | [27-24] | n | |--------------------------------------------------| | AdvSIMD | [23-20] | y | @@ -199,6 +193,14 @@ infrastructure: | DPB | [3-0] | y | x--------------------------------------------------x + 5) ID_AA64MMFR2_EL1 - Memory model feature register 2 + + x--------------------------------------------------x + | Name | bits | visible | + |--------------------------------------------------| + | AT | [35-32] | y | + x--------------------------------------------------x + Appendix I: Example --------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.txt b/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.txt index 57324ee55ecc..d6aff2c5e9e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.txt @@ -162,3 +162,19 @@ HWCAP_SVE HWCAP_ASIMDFHM Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.FHM == 0b0001. + +HWCAP_DIT + + Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.DIT == 0b0001. + +HWCAP_USCAT + + Functionality implied by ID_AA64MMFR2_EL1.AT == 0b0001. + +HWCAP_ILRCPC + + Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISR1_EL1.LRCPC == 0b0002. + +HWCAP_FLAGM + + Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.TS == 0b0001. diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt index 671bc0639262..c5dab30d3389 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt @@ -86,9 +86,12 @@ Translation table lookup with 64KB pages: +-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1 -When using KVM without the Virtualization Host Extensions, the hypervisor -maps kernel pages in EL2 at a fixed offset from the kernel VA. See the -kern_hyp_va macro for more details. +When using KVM without the Virtualization Host Extensions, the +hypervisor maps kernel pages in EL2 at a fixed (and potentially +random) offset from the linear mapping. See the kern_hyp_va macro and +kvm_update_va_mask function for more details. MMIO devices such as +GICv2 gets mapped next to the HYP idmap page, as do vectors when +ARM64_HARDEN_EL2_VECTORS is selected for particular CPUs. When using KVM with the Virtualization Host Extensions, no additional mappings are created, since the host kernel runs directly in EL2. diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt index c1d520de6dfe..3b2f2dd82225 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ stable kernels. | ARM | Cortex-A57 | #834220 | ARM64_ERRATUM_834220 | | ARM | Cortex-A72 | #853709 | N/A | | ARM | Cortex-A73 | #858921 | ARM64_ERRATUM_858921 | +| ARM | Cortex-A55 | #1024718 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1024718 | | ARM | MMU-500 | #841119,#826419 | N/A | | | | | | | Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #22375, #24313 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375 | diff --git a/Documentation/atomic_bitops.txt b/Documentation/atomic_bitops.txt index 5550bfdcce5f..be70b32c95d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/atomic_bitops.txt +++ b/Documentation/atomic_bitops.txt @@ -58,7 +58,12 @@ Like with atomic_t, the rule of thumb is: - RMW operations that have a return value are fully ordered. -Except for test_and_set_bit_lock() which has ACQUIRE semantics and + - RMW operations that are conditional are unordered on FAILURE, + otherwise the above rules apply. In the case of test_and_{}_bit() operations, + if the bit in memory is unchanged by the operation then it is deemed to have + failed. + +Except for a successful test_and_set_bit_lock() which has ACQUIRE semantics and clear_bit_unlock() which has RELEASE semantics. Since a platform only has a single means of achieving atomic operations diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX b/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX deleted file mode 100644 index 265a1effebde..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/blackfin/00-INDEX +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -00-INDEX - - This file -bfin-gpio-notes.txt - - Notes in developing/using bfin-gpio driver. -bfin-spi-notes.txt - - Notes for using bfin spi bus driver. diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-notes.txt b/Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-notes.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d245f39c3d01..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-notes.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/* - * File: Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-notes.txt - * Based on: - * Author: - * - * Created: $Id: bfin-gpio-note.txt 2008-11-24 16:42 grafyang $ - * Description: This file contains the notes in developing/using bfin-gpio. - * - * - * Rev: - * - * Modified: - * Copyright 2004-2008 Analog Devices Inc. - * - * Bugs: Enter bugs at http://blackfin.uclinux.org/ - * - */ - - -1. Blackfin GPIO introduction - - There are many GPIO pins on Blackfin. Most of these pins are muxed to - multi-functions. They can be configured as peripheral, or just as GPIO, - configured to input with interrupt enabled, or output. - - For detailed information, please see "arch/blackfin/kernel/bfin_gpio.c", - or the relevant HRM. - - -2. Avoiding resource conflict - - Followed function groups are used to avoiding resource conflict, - - Use the pin as peripheral, - int peripheral_request(unsigned short per, const char *label); - int peripheral_request_list(const unsigned short per[], const char *label); - void peripheral_free(unsigned short per); - void peripheral_free_list(const unsigned short per[]); - - Use the pin as GPIO, - int bfin_gpio_request(unsigned gpio, const char *label); - void bfin_gpio_free(unsigned gpio); - - Use the pin as GPIO interrupt, - int bfin_gpio_irq_request(unsigned gpio, const char *label); - void bfin_gpio_irq_free(unsigned gpio); - - The request functions will record the function state for a certain pin, - the free functions will clear its function state. - Once a pin is requested, it can't be requested again before it is freed by - previous caller, otherwise kernel will dump stacks, and the request - function fail. - These functions are wrapped by other functions, most of the users need not - care. - - -3. But there are some exceptions - - Kernel permit the identical GPIO be requested both as GPIO and GPIO - interrupt. - Some drivers, like gpio-keys, need this behavior. Kernel only print out - warning messages like, - bfin-gpio: GPIO 24 is already reserved by gpio-keys: BTN0, and you are -configuring it as IRQ! - - Note: Consider the case that, if there are two drivers need the - identical GPIO, one of them use it as GPIO, the other use it as - GPIO interrupt. This will really cause resource conflict. So if - there is any abnormal driver behavior, please check the bfin-gpio - warning messages. - - - Kernel permit the identical GPIO be requested from the same driver twice. - - - diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/bfin-spi-notes.txt b/Documentation/blackfin/bfin-spi-notes.txt deleted file mode 100644 index eae6eaf2a09d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/blackfin/bfin-spi-notes.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -SPI Chip Select behavior: - -With the Blackfin on-chip SPI peripheral, there is some logic tied to the CPHA -bit whether the Slave Select Line is controlled by hardware (CPHA=0) or -controlled by software (CPHA=1). However, the Linux SPI bus driver assumes that -the Slave Select is always under software control and being asserted during -the entire SPI transfer. - And not just bits_per_word duration. - -In most cases you can utilize SPI MODE_3 instead of MODE_0 to work-around this -behavior. If your SPI slave device in question requires SPI MODE_0 or MODE_2 -timing, you can utilize the GPIO controlled SPI Slave Select option instead. -In this case, you should use GPIO based CS for all of your slaves and not just -the ones using mode 0 or 2 in order to guarantee correct CS toggling behavior. - -You can even use the same pin whose peripheral role is a SSEL, -but use it as a GPIO instead. diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/bpf_devel_QA.txt b/Documentation/bpf/bpf_devel_QA.txt index 84cbb302f2b5..1a0b704e1a38 100644 --- a/Documentation/bpf/bpf_devel_QA.txt +++ b/Documentation/bpf/bpf_devel_QA.txt @@ -539,6 +539,18 @@ A: Although LLVM IR generation and optimization try to stay architecture The clang option "-fno-jump-tables" can be used to disable switch table generation. + - For clang -target bpf, it is guaranteed that pointer or long / + unsigned long types will always have a width of 64 bit, no matter + whether underlying clang binary or default target (or kernel) is + 32 bit. However, when native clang target is used, then it will + compile these types based on the underlying architecture's conventions, + meaning in case of 32 bit architecture, pointer or long / unsigned + long types e.g. in BPF context structure will have width of 32 bit + while the BPF LLVM back end still operates in 64 bit. The native + target is mostly needed in tracing for the case of walking pt_regs + or other kernel structures where CPU's register width matters. + Otherwise, clang -target bpf is generally recommended. + You should use default target when: - Your program includes a header file, e.g., ptrace.h, which eventually diff --git a/Documentation/cdrom/cdrom-standard.tex b/Documentation/cdrom/cdrom-standard.tex index 8f85b0e41046..f7cd455973f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/cdrom/cdrom-standard.tex +++ b/Documentation/cdrom/cdrom-standard.tex @@ -234,6 +234,7 @@ struct& cdrom_device_ops\ \{ \hidewidth\cr &int& (* open)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, int)\cr &void& (* release)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *);\cr &int& (* drive_status)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, int);\cr + &unsigned\ int& (* check_events)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, unsigned\ int, int);\cr &int& (* media_changed)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, int);\cr &int& (* tray_move)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, int);\cr &int& (* lock_door)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, int);\cr @@ -245,10 +246,9 @@ struct& cdrom_device_ops\ \{ \hidewidth\cr &int& (* reset)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *);\cr &int& (* audio_ioctl)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, unsigned\ int, void *{});\cr - &int& (* dev_ioctl)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, unsigned\ int, - unsigned\ long);\cr \noalign{\medskip} &const\ int& capability;& capability flags \cr + &int& (* generic_packet)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, struct\ packet_command *{});\cr \};\cr } $$ @@ -274,19 +274,32 @@ $$ \halign{$#$\ \hfil&$#$\ \hfil&\hbox to 10em{$#$\hss}& $/*$ \rm# $*/$\hfil\cr struct& cdrom_device_info\ \{ \hidewidth\cr - & struct\ cdrom_device_ops *& ops;& device operations for this major\cr - & struct\ cdrom_device_info *& next;& next device_info for this major\cr + & const\ struct\ cdrom_device_ops *& ops;& device operations for this major\cr + & struct\ list_head& list;& linked list of all device_info\cr + & struct\ gendisk *& disk;& matching block layer disk\cr & void *& handle;& driver-dependent data\cr \noalign{\medskip} - & kdev_t& dev;& device number (incorporates minor)\cr & int& mask;& mask of capability: disables them \cr & int& speed;& maximum speed for reading data \cr & int& capacity;& number of discs in a jukebox \cr \noalign{\medskip} - &int& options : 30;& options flags \cr + &unsigned\ int& options : 30;& options flags \cr &unsigned& mc_flags : 2;& media-change buffer flags \cr + &unsigned\ int& vfs_events;& cached events for vfs path\cr + &unsigned\ int& ioctl_events;& cached events for ioctl path\cr & int& use_count;& number of times device is opened\cr & char& name[20];& name of the device type\cr +\noalign{\medskip} + &__u8& sanyo_slot : 2;& Sanyo 3-CD changer support\cr + &__u8& keeplocked : 1;& CDROM_LOCKDOOR status\cr + &__u8& reserved : 5;& not used yet\cr + & int& cdda_method;& see CDDA_* flags\cr + &__u8& last_sense;& saves last sense key\cr + &__u8& media_written;& dirty flag, DVD+RW bookkeeping\cr + &unsigned\ short& mmc3_profile;& current MMC3 profile\cr + & int& for_data;& unknown:TBD\cr + & int\ (* exit)\ (struct\ cdrom_device_info *);&& unknown:TBD\cr + & int& mrw_mode_page;& which MRW mode page is in use\cr \}\cr }$$ Using this $struct$, a linked list of the registered minor devices is @@ -298,9 +311,7 @@ The $mask$ flags can be used to mask out some of the capabilities listed in $ops\to capability$, if a specific drive doesn't support a feature of the driver. The value $speed$ specifies the maximum head-rate of the drive, measured in units of normal audio speed (176\,kB/sec raw data or -150\,kB/sec file system data). The value $n_discs$ should reflect the -number of discs the drive can hold simultaneously, if it is designed -as a juke-box, or otherwise~1. The parameters are declared $const$ +150\,kB/sec file system data). The parameters are declared $const$ because they describe properties of the drive, which don't change after registration. @@ -1002,7 +1013,7 @@ taken over the torch in maintaining \cdromc\ and integrating much \cdrom-related code in the 2.1-kernel. Thanks to Scott Snyder and Gerd Knorr, who were the first to implement this interface for SCSI and IDE-CD drivers and added many ideas for extension of the data -structures relative to kernel~2.0. Further thanks to Heiko Ei{\sz}feldt, +structures relative to kernel~2.0. Further thanks to Heiko Ei{\ss}feldt, Thomas Quinot, Jon Tombs, Ken Pizzini, Eberhard M\"onkeberg and Andrew Kroll, the \linux\ \cdrom\ device driver developers who were kind enough to give suggestions and criticisms during the writing. Finally diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt index a4af2e124e24..3682e99234c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ When oom event notifier is registered, event will be delivered. 2.6 Locking lock_page_cgroup()/unlock_page_cgroup() should not be called under - mapping->tree_lock. + the i_pages lock. Other lock order is following: PG_locked. diff --git a/Documentation/clk.txt b/Documentation/clk.txt index be909ed45970..511628bb3d3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/clk.txt +++ b/Documentation/clk.txt @@ -268,9 +268,19 @@ The common clock framework uses two global locks, the prepare lock and the enable lock. The enable lock is a spinlock and is held across calls to the .enable, -.disable and .is_enabled operations. Those operations are thus not allowed to -sleep, and calls to the clk_enable(), clk_disable() and clk_is_enabled() API -functions are allowed in atomic context. +.disable operations. Those operations are thus not allowed to sleep, +and calls to the clk_enable(), clk_disable() API functions are allowed in +atomic context. + +For clk_is_enabled() API, it is also designed to be allowed to be used in +atomic context. However, it doesn't really make any sense to hold the enable +lock in core, unless you want to do something else with the information of +the enable state with that lock held. Otherwise, seeing if a clk is enabled is +a one-shot read of the enabled state, which could just as easily change after +the function returns because the lock is released. Thus the user of this API +needs to handle synchronizing the read of the state with whatever they're +using it for to make sure that the enable state doesn't change during that +time. The prepare lock is a mutex and is held across calls to all other operations. All those operations are allowed to sleep, and calls to the corresponding API diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/core.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/core.txt index 978463a7c81e..073f128af5a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/core.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/core.txt @@ -97,12 +97,10 @@ flags - flags of the cpufreq driver ================================================================== For details about OPP, see Documentation/power/opp.txt -dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table - cpufreq framework typically is initialized with - cpufreq_table_validate_and_show() which is provided with the list of - frequencies that are available for operation. This function provides - a ready to use conversion routine to translate the OPP layer's internal - information about the available frequencies into a format readily - providable to cpufreq. +dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table - + This function provides a ready to use conversion routine to translate + the OPP layer's internal information about the available frequencies + into a format readily providable to cpufreq. WARNING: Do not use this function in interrupt context. @@ -112,7 +110,7 @@ dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table - cpufreq framework typically is initialized with /* Do things */ r = dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table(dev, &freq_table); if (!r) - cpufreq_table_validate_and_show(policy, freq_table); + policy->freq_table = freq_table; /* Do other things */ } diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt index 61546ac578d6..6e353d00cdc6 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt @@ -259,10 +259,8 @@ CPUFREQ_ENTRY_INVALID. The entries don't need to be in sorted in any particular order, but if they are cpufreq core will do DVFS a bit quickly for them as search for best match is faster. -By calling cpufreq_table_validate_and_show(), the cpuinfo.min_freq and -cpuinfo.max_freq values are detected, and policy->min and policy->max -are set to the same values. This is helpful for the per-CPU -initialization stage. +The cpufreq table is verified automatically by the core if the policy contains a +valid pointer in its policy->freq_table field. cpufreq_frequency_table_verify() assures that at least one valid frequency is within policy->min and policy->max, and all other criteria diff --git a/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt index b6f44f490ed7..d1587f434e7b 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ total 0 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power +-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 residency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 time -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 usage @@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ total 0 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power +-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 residency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 time -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 usage @@ -60,6 +62,7 @@ total 0 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power +-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 residency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 time -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 usage @@ -70,6 +73,7 @@ total 0 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power +-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 residency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 time -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 usage -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -78,6 +82,8 @@ total 0 * desc : Small description about the idle state (string) * disable : Option to disable this idle state (bool) -> see note below * latency : Latency to exit out of this idle state (in microseconds) +* residency : Time after which a state becomes more effecient than any + shallower state (in microseconds) * name : Name of the idle state (string) * power : Power consumed while in this idle state (in milliwatts) * time : Total time spent in this idle state (in microseconds) diff --git a/Documentation/cris/README b/Documentation/cris/README deleted file mode 100644 index 8dbdb1a44429..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/cris/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,195 +0,0 @@ -Linux on the CRIS architecture -============================== - -This is a port of Linux to Axis Communications ETRAX 100LX, -ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3 embedded network CPUs. - -For more information about CRIS and ETRAX please see further below. - -In order to compile this you need a version of gcc with support for the -ETRAX chip family. Please see this link for more information on how to -download the compiler and other tools useful when building and booting -software for the ETRAX platform: - -http://developer.axis.com/wiki/doku.php?id=axis:install-howto-2_20 - -What is CRIS ? --------------- - -CRIS is an acronym for 'Code Reduced Instruction Set'. It is the CPU -architecture in Axis Communication AB's range of embedded network CPU's, -called ETRAX. - -The ETRAX 100LX chip --------------------- - -For reference, please see the following link: - -http://www.axis.com/products/dev_etrax_100lx/index.htm - -The ETRAX 100LX is a 100 MIPS processor with 8kB cache, MMU, and a very broad -range of built-in interfaces, all with modern scatter/gather DMA. - -Memory interfaces: - - * SRAM - * NOR-flash/ROM - * EDO or page-mode DRAM - * SDRAM - -I/O interfaces: - - * one 10/100 Mbit/s ethernet controller - * four serial-ports (up to 6 Mbit/s) - * two synchronous serial-ports for multimedia codec's etc. - * USB host controller and USB slave - * ATA - * SCSI - * two parallel-ports - * two generic 8-bit ports - - (not all interfaces are available at the same time due to chip pin - multiplexing) - -ETRAX 100LX is CRISv10 architecture. - - -The ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3 chips -------------------------------- - -The ETRAX FS is a 200MHz 32-bit RISC processor with on-chip 16kB -I-cache and 16kB D-cache and with a wide range of device interfaces -including multiple high speed serial ports and an integrated USB 1.1 PHY. - -The ARTPEC-3 is a variant of the ETRAX FS with additional IO-units -used by the Axis Communications network cameras. - -See below link for more information: - -http://www.axis.com/products/dev_etrax_fs/index.htm - -ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3 are both CRISv32 architectures. - -Bootlog -------- - -Just as an example, this is the debug-output from a boot of Linux 2.4 on -a board with ETRAX 100LX. The displayed BogoMIPS value is 5 times too small :) -At the end you see some user-mode programs booting like telnet and ftp daemons. - -Linux version 2.4.1 (bjornw@godzilla.axis.se) (gcc version 2.96 20000427 (experimental)) #207 Wed Feb 21 15:48:15 CET 2001 -ROM fs in RAM, size 1376256 bytes -Setting up paging and the MMU. -On node 0 totalpages: 2048 -zone(0): 2048 pages. -zone(1): 0 pages. -zone(2): 0 pages. -Linux/CRIS port on ETRAX 100LX (c) 2001 Axis Communications AB -Kernel command line: -Calibrating delay loop... 19.91 BogoMIPS -Memory: 13872k/16384k available (587k kernel code, 2512k reserved, 44k data, 24k init) -kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - vm_area_struct -kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - filp -Dentry-cache hash table entries: 2048 (order: 1, 16384 bytes) -Buffer-cache hash table entries: 2048 (order: 0, 8192 bytes) -Page-cache hash table entries: 2048 (order: 0, 8192 bytes) -kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - kiobuf -kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - bdev_cache -Inode-cache hash table entries: 1024 (order: 0, 8192 bytes) -kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - inode_cache -POSIX conformance testing by UNIFIX -Linux NET4.0 for Linux 2.4 -Based upon Swansea University Computer Society NET3.039 -Starting kswapd v1.8 -kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - file lock cache -kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - blkdev_requests -block: queued sectors max/low 9109kB/3036kB, 64 slots per queue -ETRAX 100LX 10/100MBit ethernet v2.0 (c) 2000 Axis Communications AB -eth0 initialized -eth0: changed MAC to 00:40:8C:CD:00:00 -ETRAX 100LX serial-driver $Revision: 1.7 $, (c) 2000 Axis Communications AB -ttyS0 at 0xb0000060 is a builtin UART with DMA -ttyS1 at 0xb0000068 is a builtin UART with DMA -ttyS2 at 0xb0000070 is a builtin UART with DMA -ttyS3 at 0xb0000078 is a builtin UART with DMA -Axis flash mapping: 200000 at 50000000 -Axis flash: Found 1 x16 CFI device at 0x0 in 16 bit mode - Amd/Fujitsu Extended Query Table v1.0 at 0x0040 -Axis flash: JEDEC Device ID is 0xC4. Assuming broken CFI table. -Axis flash: Swapping erase regions for broken CFI table. -number of CFI chips: 1 - Using default partition table -I2C driver v2.2, (c) 1999-2001 Axis Communications AB -ETRAX 100LX GPIO driver v2.1, (c) 2001 Axis Communications AB -NET4: Linux TCP/IP 1.0 for NET4.0 -IP Protocols: ICMP, UDP, TCP -kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - ip_dst_cache -IP: routing cache hash table of 1024 buckets, 8Kbytes -TCP: Hash tables configured (established 2048 bind 2048) -NET4: Unix domain sockets 1.0/SMP for Linux NET4.0. -VFS: Mounted root (cramfs filesystem) readonly. -Init starts up... -Mounted none on /proc ok. -Setting up eth0 with ip 10.13.9.116 and mac 00:40:8c:18:04:60 -eth0: changed MAC to 00:40:8C:18:04:60 -Setting up lo with ip 127.0.0.1 -Default gateway is 10.13.9.1 -Hostname is bbox1 -Telnetd starting, using port 23. - using /bin/sash as shell. -sftpd[15]: sftpd $Revision: 1.7 $ starting up - - - -And here is how some /proc entries look: - -17# cd /proc -17# cat cpuinfo -cpu : CRIS -cpu revision : 10 -cpu model : ETRAX 100LX -cache size : 8 kB -fpu : no -mmu : yes -ethernet : 10/100 Mbps -token ring : no -scsi : yes -ata : yes -usb : yes -bogomips : 99.84 - -17# cat meminfo - total: used: free: shared: buffers: cached: -Mem: 7028736 925696 6103040 114688 0 229376 -Swap: 0 0 0 -MemTotal: 6864 kB -MemFree: 5960 kB -MemShared: 112 kB -Buffers: 0 kB -Cached: 224 kB -Active: 224 kB -Inact_dirty: 0 kB -Inact_clean: 0 kB -Inact_target: 0 kB -HighTotal: 0 kB -HighFree: 0 kB -LowTotal: 6864 kB -LowFree: 5960 kB -SwapTotal: 0 kB -SwapFree: 0 kB -17# ls -l /bin --rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 10356 Jan 01 00:00 ifconfig --rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 17548 Jan 01 00:00 init --rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 9488 Jan 01 00:00 route --rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 46036 Jan 01 00:00 sftpd --rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 48104 Jan 01 00:00 sh --rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 16252 Jan 01 00:00 telnetd - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/crypto_engine.rst b/Documentation/crypto/crypto_engine.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8272ac92a14f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/crypto/crypto_engine.rst @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +============= +CRYPTO ENGINE +============= + +Overview +-------- +The crypto engine API (CE), is a crypto queue manager. + +Requirement +----------- +You have to put at start of your tfm_ctx the struct crypto_engine_ctx +struct your_tfm_ctx { + struct crypto_engine_ctx enginectx; + ... +}; +Why: Since CE manage only crypto_async_request, it cannot know the underlying +request_type and so have access only on the TFM. +So using container_of for accessing __ctx is impossible. +Furthermore, the crypto engine cannot know the "struct your_tfm_ctx", +so it must assume that crypto_engine_ctx is at start of it. + +Order of operations +------------------- +You have to obtain a struct crypto_engine via crypto_engine_alloc_init(). +And start it via crypto_engine_start(). + +Before transferring any request, you have to fill the enginectx. +- prepare_request: (taking a function pointer) If you need to do some processing before doing the request +- unprepare_request: (taking a function pointer) Undoing what's done in prepare_request +- do_one_request: (taking a function pointer) Do encryption for current request + +Note: that those three functions get the crypto_async_request associated with the received request. +So your need to get the original request via container_of(areq, struct yourrequesttype_request, base); + +When your driver receive a crypto_request, you have to transfer it to +the cryptoengine via one of: +- crypto_transfer_ablkcipher_request_to_engine() +- crypto_transfer_aead_request_to_engine() +- crypto_transfer_akcipher_request_to_engine() +- crypto_transfer_hash_request_to_engine() +- crypto_transfer_skcipher_request_to_engine() + +At the end of the request process, a call to one of the following function is needed: +- crypto_finalize_ablkcipher_request +- crypto_finalize_aead_request +- crypto_finalize_akcipher_request +- crypto_finalize_hash_request +- crypto_finalize_skcipher_request diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst b/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst index 66f50d32dcec..c45c6f400dbd 100644 --- a/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst +++ b/Documentation/crypto/devel-algos.rst @@ -236,6 +236,14 @@ when used from another part of the kernel. | '---------------> HASH2 +Note that it is perfectly legal to "abandon" a request object: +- call .init() and then (as many times) .update() +- _not_ call any of .final(), .finup() or .export() at any point in future + +In other words implementations should mind the resource allocation and clean-up. +No resources related to request objects should remain allocated after a call +to .init() or .update(), since there might be no chance to free them. + Specifics Of Asynchronous HASH Transformation ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kmemleak.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kmemleak.rst index cb8862659178..e6f51260ff32 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kmemleak.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kmemleak.rst @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ with the difference that the orphan objects are not freed but only reported via /sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak. A similar method is used by the Valgrind tool (``memcheck --leak-check``) to detect the memory leaks in user-space applications. -Kmemleak is supported on x86, arm, powerpc, sparc, sh, microblaze, ppc, mips, s390, metag and tile. +Kmemleak is supported on x86, arm, powerpc, sparc, sh, microblaze, ppc, mips, s390 and tile. Usage ----- diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt index 89fd8f9a259f..b3d2e4a42255 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt @@ -109,6 +109,17 @@ fec_start <offset> This is the offset, in <data_block_size> blocks, from the start of the FEC device to the beginning of the encoding data. +check_at_most_once + Verify data blocks only the first time they are read from the data device, + rather than every time. This reduces the overhead of dm-verity so that it + can be used on systems that are memory and/or CPU constrained. However, it + provides a reduced level of security because only offline tampering of the + data device's content will be detected, not online tampering. + + Hash blocks are still verified each time they are read from the hash device, + since verification of hash blocks is less performance critical than data + blocks, and a hash block will not be verified any more after all the data + blocks it covers have been verified anyway. Theory of operation =================== diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5f3719ab7075 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +System Control and Management Interface (SCMI) Message Protocol +---------------------------------------------------------- + +The SCMI is intended to allow agents such as OSPM to manage various functions +that are provided by the hardware platform it is running on, including power +and performance functions. + +This binding is intended to define the interface the firmware implementing +the SCMI as described in ARM document number ARM DUI 0922B ("ARM System Control +and Management Interface Platform Design Document")[0] provide for OSPM in +the device tree. + +Required properties: + +The scmi node with the following properties shall be under the /firmware/ node. + +- compatible : shall be "arm,scmi" +- mboxes: List of phandle and mailbox channel specifiers. It should contain + exactly one or two mailboxes, one for transmitting messages("tx") + and another optional for receiving the notifications("rx") if + supported. +- shmem : List of phandle pointing to the shared memory(SHM) area as per + generic mailbox client binding. +- #address-cells : should be '1' if the device has sub-nodes, maps to + protocol identifier for a given sub-node. +- #size-cells : should be '0' as 'reg' property doesn't have any size + associated with it. + +Optional properties: + +- mbox-names: shall be "tx" or "rx" depending on mboxes entries. + +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt for more details +about the generic mailbox controller and client driver bindings. + +The mailbox is the only permitted method of calling the SCMI firmware. +Mailbox doorbell is used as a mechanism to alert the presence of a +messages and/or notification. + +Each protocol supported shall have a sub-node with corresponding compatible +as described in the following sections. If the platform supports dedicated +communication channel for a particular protocol, the 3 properties namely: +mboxes, mbox-names and shmem shall be present in the sub-node corresponding +to that protocol. + +Clock/Performance bindings for the clocks/OPPs based on SCMI Message Protocol +------------------------------------------------------------ + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. + +Required properties: +- #clock-cells : Should be 1. Contains the Clock ID value used by SCMI commands. + +Power domain bindings for the power domains based on SCMI Message Protocol +------------------------------------------------------------ + +This binding for the SCMI power domain providers uses the generic power +domain binding[2]. + +Required properties: + - #power-domain-cells : Should be 1. Contains the device or the power + domain ID value used by SCMI commands. + +Sensor bindings for the sensors based on SCMI Message Protocol +-------------------------------------------------------------- +SCMI provides an API to access the various sensors on the SoC. + +Required properties: +- #thermal-sensor-cells: should be set to 1. This property follows the + thermal device tree bindings[3]. + + Valid cell values are raw identifiers (Sensor ID) + as used by the firmware. Refer to platform details + for your implementation for the IDs to use. + +SRAM and Shared Memory for SCMI +------------------------------- + +A small area of SRAM is reserved for SCMI communication between application +processors and SCP. + +The properties should follow the generic mmio-sram description found in [4] + +Each sub-node represents the reserved area for SCMI. + +Required sub-node properties: +- reg : The base offset and size of the reserved area with the SRAM +- compatible : should be "arm,scmi-shmem" for Non-secure SRAM based + shared memory + +[0] http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.den0056a/index.html +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt +[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt +[4] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt + +Example: + +sram@50000000 { + compatible = "mmio-sram"; + reg = <0x0 0x50000000 0x0 0x10000>; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0x0 0x50000000 0x10000>; + + cpu_scp_lpri: scp-shmem@0 { + compatible = "arm,scmi-shmem"; + reg = <0x0 0x200>; + }; + + cpu_scp_hpri: scp-shmem@200 { + compatible = "arm,scmi-shmem"; + reg = <0x200 0x200>; + }; +}; + +mailbox@40000000 { + .... + #mbox-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x0 0x40000000 0x0 0x10000>; +}; + +firmware { + + ... + + scmi { + compatible = "arm,scmi"; + mboxes = <&mailbox 0 &mailbox 1>; + mbox-names = "tx", "rx"; + shmem = <&cpu_scp_lpri &cpu_scp_hpri>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + scmi_devpd: protocol@11 { + reg = <0x11>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + }; + + scmi_dvfs: protocol@13 { + reg = <0x13>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + scmi_clk: protocol@14 { + reg = <0x14>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + scmi_sensors0: protocol@15 { + reg = <0x15>; + #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; + }; + }; +}; + +cpu@0 { + ... + reg = <0 0>; + clocks = <&scmi_dvfs 0>; +}; + +hdlcd@7ff60000 { + ... + reg = <0 0x7ff60000 0 0x1000>; + clocks = <&scmi_clk 4>; + power-domains = <&scmi_devpd 1>; +}; + +thermal-zones { + soc_thermal { + polling-delay-passive = <100>; + polling-delay = <1000>; + /* sensor ID */ + thermal-sensors = <&scmi_sensors0 3>; + ... + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/nuvoton,npcm750-smp b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/nuvoton,npcm750-smp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8e043301e28e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/nuvoton,npcm750-smp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +========================================================= +Secondary CPU enable-method "nuvoton,npcm750-smp" binding +========================================================= + +To apply to all CPUs, a single "nuvoton,npcm750-smp" enable method should be +defined in the "cpus" node. + +Enable method name: "nuvoton,npcm750-smp" +Compatible machines: "nuvoton,npcm750" +Compatible CPUs: "arm,cortex-a9" +Related properties: (none) + +Note: +This enable method needs valid nodes compatible with "arm,cortex-a9-scu" and +"nuvoton,npcm750-gcr". + +Example: + + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + enable-method = "nuvoton,npcm750-smp"; + + cpu@0 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9"; + clocks = <&clk NPCM7XX_CLK_CPU>; + clock-names = "clk_cpu"; + reg = <0>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + }; + + cpu@1 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9"; + clocks = <&clk NPCM7XX_CLK_CPU>; + clock-names = "clk_cpu"; + reg = <1>; + next-level-cache = <&L2>; + }; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt index f4a777039f03..29e1dc5d506d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt @@ -185,6 +185,7 @@ described below. "nvidia,tegra186-denver" "qcom,krait" "qcom,kryo" + "qcom,kryo385" "qcom,scorpion" - enable-method Value type: <stringlist> @@ -198,6 +199,7 @@ described below. "actions,s500-smp" "allwinner,sun6i-a31" "allwinner,sun8i-a23" + "allwinner,sun9i-a80-smp" "amlogic,meson8-smp" "amlogic,meson8b-smp" "arm,realview-smp" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon-low-pin-count.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon-low-pin-count.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..10bd35f9207f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon-low-pin-count.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +Hisilicon Hip06 Low Pin Count device + Hisilicon Hip06 SoCs implement a Low Pin Count (LPC) controller, which + provides I/O access to some legacy ISA devices. + Hip06 is based on arm64 architecture where there is no I/O space. So, the + I/O ports here are not CPU addresses, and there is no 'ranges' property in + LPC device node. + +Required properties: +- compatible: value should be as follows: + (a) "hisilicon,hip06-lpc" + (b) "hisilicon,hip07-lpc" +- #address-cells: must be 2 which stick to the ISA/EISA binding doc. +- #size-cells: must be 1 which stick to the ISA/EISA binding doc. +- reg: base memory range where the LPC register set is mapped. + +Note: + The node name before '@' must be "isa" to represent the binding stick to the + ISA/EISA binding specification. + +Example: + +isa@a01b0000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hip06-lpc"; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x0 0xa01b0000 0x0 0x1000>; + + ipmi0: bt@e4 { + compatible = "ipmi-bt"; + device_type = "ipmi"; + reg = <0x01 0xe4 0x04>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt index 7111fbc82a4e..199cd36fe1ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt @@ -75,6 +75,29 @@ Example: }; ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +Hisilicon Hi3798CV200 Peripheral Controller + +The Hi3798CV200 Peripheral Controller controls peripherals, queries +their status, and configures some functions of peripherals. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-perictrl", "syscon" + and "simple-mfd". +- reg: Register address and size of Peripheral Controller. +- #address-cells: Should be 1. +- #size-cells: Should be 1. + +Examples: + + perictrl: peripheral-controller@8a20000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-perictrl", "syscon", + "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x8a20000 0x1000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + }; + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- Hisilicon Hi6220 system controller Required properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt index 91d517849483..7d21ab37c19c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt @@ -50,6 +50,15 @@ Supported boards: - Reference board variant 1 for MT7622: Required root node properties: - compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-rfb1", "mediatek,mt7622"; +- Reference board for MT7623a with eMMC: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "mediatek,mt7623a-rfb-emmc", "mediatek,mt7623"; +- Reference board for MT7623a with NAND: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "mediatek,mt7623a-rfb-nand", "mediatek,mt7623"; +- Reference board for MT7623n with eMMC: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "mediatek,mt7623n-rfb-emmc", "mediatek,mt7623"; - Reference board for MT7623n with NAND: Required root node properties: - compatible = "mediatek,mt7623n-rfb-nand", "mediatek,mt7623"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt index 9b8f578d5e19..34a69ba67f13 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ The MediaTek AUDSYS controller provides various clocks to the system. Required Properties: - compatible: Should be one of: + - "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 @@ -13,10 +14,19 @@ The AUDSYS controller uses the common clk binding from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h. +Required sub-nodes: +------- +For common binding part and usage, refer to +../sonud/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt. + Example: -audsys: audsys@11220000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon"; - reg = <0 0x11220000 0 0x1000>; - #clock-cells = <1>; -}; + audsys: clock-controller@11220000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon"; + reg = <0 0x11220000 0 0x2000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + afe: audio-controller { + ... + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt index 6cc7840ff37a..8f5335b480ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required Properties: - "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon" - "mediatek,mt7622-ethsys", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 +- #reset-cells: Must be 1 The ethsys controller uses the common clk binding from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pciesys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pciesys.txt index d5d5f1227665..7fe5dc6097a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pciesys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pciesys.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: Should be: - "mediatek,mt7622-pciesys", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 +- #reset-cells: Must be 1 The PCIESYS controller uses the common clk binding from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt @@ -19,4 +20,5 @@ pciesys: pciesys@1a100800 { compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-pciesys", "syscon"; reg = <0 0x1a100800 0 0x1000>; #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ssusbsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ssusbsys.txt index 00760019da00..b8184da2508c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ssusbsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ssusbsys.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: Should be: - "mediatek,mt7622-ssusbsys", "syscon" - #clock-cells: Must be 1 +- #reset-cells: Must be 1 The SSUSBSYS controller uses the common clk binding from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt @@ -19,4 +20,5 @@ ssusbsys: ssusbsys@1a000000 { compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-ssusbsys", "syscon"; reg = <0 0x1a000000 0 0x1000>; #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/npcm/npcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/npcm/npcm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2d87d9ecea85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/npcm/npcm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +NPCM Platforms Device Tree Bindings +----------------------------------- +NPCM750 SoC +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "nuvoton,npcm750"; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt index ce8dabf8c0f9..f35b77920786 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ Required properties: "ti,omap4-scm-padconf-wkup" "ti,omap5-scm-core" "ti,omap5-scm-padconf-core" + "ti,omap5-scm-wkup-pad-conf" "ti,dra7-scm-core" - reg: Contains Control Module register address range (base address and length) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/mpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/mpu.txt index 763695db2bd9..f301e636fd52 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/mpu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/mpu.txt @@ -13,6 +13,13 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - sram: Phandle to the ocmcram node +am335x and am437x only: +- pm-sram: Phandles to ocmcram nodes to be used for power management. + First should be type 'protect-exec' for the driver to use to copy + and run PM functions, second should be regular pool to be used for + data region for code. See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt + for more details. + Examples: - For an OMAP5 SMP system: @@ -36,3 +43,12 @@ mpu { compatible = "ti,omap3-mpu"; ti,hwmods = "mpu"; }; + +- For an AM335x system: + +mpu { + compatible = "ti,omap3-mpu"; + ti,hwmods = "mpu"; + pm-sram = <&pm_sram_code + &pm_sram_data>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.txt index 0ed4d39d7fe1..ee532e705d6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.txt @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ The 'SoC' element must be one of the following strings: msm8996 mdm9615 ipq8074 + sdm845 The 'board' element must be one of the following strings: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt index 326d24bca1a9..1c1d62d03c4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt @@ -50,6 +50,10 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings Required root node properties: - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3399", "rockchip,rk3399"; +- Firefly roc-rk3328-cc board: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "firefly,roc-rk3328-cc", "rockchip,rk3328"; + - ChipSPARK PopMetal-RK3288 board: Required root node properties: - compatible = "chipspark,popmetal-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288"; @@ -181,10 +185,18 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings Required root node properties: - compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-evb", "rockchip,rk3399"; +- Rockchip RK3399 Sapphire board standalone: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-sapphire", "rockchip,rk3399"; + - Rockchip RK3399 Sapphire Excavator board: Required root node properties: - compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-sapphire-excavator", "rockchip,rk3399"; +- Theobroma Systems RK3368-uQ7 Haikou Baseboard: + Required root node properties: + - compatible = "tsd,rk3368-uq7-haikou", "rockchip,rk3368"; + - Theobroma Systems RK3399-Q7 Haikou Baseboard: Required root node properties: - compatible = "tsd,rk3399-q7-haikou", "rockchip,rk3399"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt index 779f5614bcee..16685787d2bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt @@ -43,6 +43,12 @@ following properties: - interrupt-parent: a phandle indicating which interrupt controller this PMU signals interrupts to. + +Optional nodes: + +- nodes defining the restart and poweroff syscon children + + Example : pmu_system_controller: system-controller@10040000 { compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-pmu", "syscon"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.txt index 469ac98ecf8f..14510b215480 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/samsung-boards.txt @@ -9,7 +9,11 @@ Required root node properties: - "samsung,smdkv310" - for Exynos4210-based Samsung SMDKV310 eval board. - "samsung,trats" - for Exynos4210-based Tizen Reference board. - "samsung,universal_c210" - for Exynos4210-based Samsung board. + - "samsung,i9300" - for Exynos4412-based Samsung GT-I9300 board. + - "samsung,i9305" - for Exynos4412-based Samsung GT-I9305 board. + - "samsung,midas" - for Exynos4412-based Samsung Midas board. - "samsung,smdk4412", - for Exynos4412-based Samsung SMDK4412 eval board. + - "samsung,n710x" - for Exynos4412-based Samsung GT-N7100/GT-N7105 board. - "samsung,trats2" - for Exynos4412-based Tizen Reference board. - "samsung,smdk5250" - for Exynos5250-based Samsung SMDK5250 eval board. - "samsung,xyref5260" - for Exynos5260-based Samsung board. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt index 5c3af7ef0761..d3d1df97834f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt @@ -39,8 +39,12 @@ SoCs: compatible = "renesas,r8a7795" - R-Car M3-W (R8A77960) compatible = "renesas,r8a7796" + - R-Car M3-N (R8A77965) + compatible = "renesas,r8a77965" - R-Car V3M (R8A77970) compatible = "renesas,r8a77970" + - R-Car V3H (R8A77980) + compatible = "renesas,r8a77980" - R-Car D3 (R8A77995) compatible = "renesas,r8a77995" @@ -52,11 +56,13 @@ Boards: - APE6-EVM compatible = "renesas,ape6evm", "renesas,r8a73a4" - Atmark Techno Armadillo-800 EVA - compatible = "renesas,armadillo800eva" + compatible = "renesas,armadillo800eva", "renesas,r8a7740" - Blanche (RTP0RC7792SEB00010S) compatible = "renesas,blanche", "renesas,r8a7792" - BOCK-W compatible = "renesas,bockw", "renesas,r8a7778" + - Condor (RTP0RC77980SEB0010SS/RTP0RC77980SEB0010SA01) + compatible = "renesas,condor", "renesas,r8a77980" - Draak (RTP0RC77995SEB0010S) compatible = "renesas,draak", "renesas,r8a77995" - Eagle (RTP0RC77970SEB0010S) @@ -102,19 +108,25 @@ Boards: compatible = "renesas,salvator-x", "renesas,r8a7795" - Salvator-X (RTP0RC7796SIPB0011S) compatible = "renesas,salvator-x", "renesas,r8a7796" + - Salvator-X (RTP0RC7796SIPB0011S (M3N)) + compatible = "renesas,salvator-x", "renesas,r8a77965" - Salvator-XS (Salvator-X 2nd version, RTP0RC7795SIPB0012S) compatible = "renesas,salvator-xs", "renesas,r8a7795" - Salvator-XS (Salvator-X 2nd version, RTP0RC7796SIPB0012S) compatible = "renesas,salvator-xs", "renesas,r8a7796" + - Salvator-XS (Salvator-X 2nd version, RTP0RC77965SIPB012S) + compatible = "renesas,salvator-xs", "renesas,r8a77965" - SILK (RTP0RC7794LCB00011S) compatible = "renesas,silk", "renesas,r8a7794" - SK-RZG1E (YR8A77450S000BE) compatible = "renesas,sk-rzg1e", "renesas,r8a7745" - SK-RZG1M (YR8A77430S000BE) compatible = "renesas,sk-rzg1m", "renesas,r8a7743" - - V3MSK + - Stout (ADAS Starterkit, Y-R-CAR-ADAS-SKH2-BOARD) + compatible = "renesas,stout", "renesas,r8a7790" + - V3MSK (Y-ASK-RCAR-V3M-WS10) compatible = "renesas,v3msk", "renesas,r8a77970" - - Wheat + - Wheat (RTP0RC7792ASKB0000JE) compatible = "renesas,wheat", "renesas,r8a7792" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32.txt index 05762b08a7bb..6808ed9ddfd5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32.txt @@ -7,3 +7,4 @@ using one of the following compatible strings: st,stm32f469 st,stm32f746 st,stm32h743 + st,stm32mp157 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi/smp-sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi/smp-sram.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..082e6a9382d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi/smp-sram.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Allwinner SRAM for smp bringup: +------------------------------------------------ + +Allwinner's A80 SoC uses part of the secure sram for hotplugging of the +primary core (cpu0). Once the core gets powered up it checks if a magic +value is set at a specific location. If it is then the BROM will jump +to the software entry address, instead of executing a standard boot. + +Therefore a reserved section sub-node has to be added to the mmio-sram +declaration. + +Note that this is separate from the Allwinner SRAM controller found in +../../sram/sunxi-sram.txt. This SRAM is secure only and not mappable to +any device. + +Also there are no "secure-only" properties. The implementation should +check if this SRAM is usable first. + +Required sub-node properties: +- compatible : depending on the SoC this should be one of: + "allwinner,sun9i-a80-smp-sram" + +The rest of the properties should follow the generic mmio-sram discription +found in ../../misc/sram.txt + +Example: + + sram_b: sram@20000 { + /* 256 KiB secure SRAM at 0x20000 */ + compatible = "mmio-sram"; + reg = <0x00020000 0x40000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0x00020000 0x40000>; + + smp-sram@1000 { + /* + * This is checked by BROM to determine if + * cpu0 should jump to SMP entry vector + */ + compatible = "allwinner,sun9i-a80-smp-sram"; + reg = <0x1000 0x8>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt index 7f1411bbabf7..32f62bb7006d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt @@ -9,6 +9,12 @@ following compatible values: nvidia,tegra20 nvidia,tegra30 + nvidia,tegra114 + nvidia,tegra124 + nvidia,tegra132 + nvidia,tegra210 + nvidia,tegra186 + nvidia,tegra194 Boards ------------------------------------------- @@ -26,8 +32,18 @@ board-specific compatible values: nvidia,cardhu nvidia,cardhu-a02 nvidia,cardhu-a04 + nvidia,dalmore nvidia,harmony + nvidia,jetson-tk1 + nvidia,norrin + nvidia,p2371-0000 + nvidia,p2371-2180 + nvidia,p2571 + nvidia,p2771-0000 + nvidia,p2972-0000 + nvidia,roth nvidia,seaboard + nvidia,tn7 nvidia,ventana toradex,apalis_t30 toradex,apalis_t30-eval diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt index 078a58b0302f..5a3bf7c5a7a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ NVIDIA Tegra Power Management Controller (PMC) Required properties: - compatible: Should contain one of the following: - "nvidia,tegra186-pmc": for Tegra186 + - "nvidia,tegra194-pmc": for Tegra194 - reg: Must contain an (offset, length) pair of the register set for each entry in reg-names. - reg-names: Must include the following entries: @@ -10,6 +11,7 @@ Required properties: - "wake" - "aotag" - "scratch" + - "misc" (Only for Tegra194) Optional properties: - nvidia,invert-interrupt: If present, inverts the PMU interrupt signal. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt index 1f7995357888..b9043bc35c14 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt @@ -5,3 +5,59 @@ shall have the following properties. Required root node properties: - compatible = "xlnx,zynq-7000"; + +Additional compatible strings: + +- Xilinx internal board cc108 + "xlnx,zynq-cc108" + +- Xilinx internal board zc770 with different FMC cards + "xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm010" + "xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm011" + "xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm012" + "xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm013" + +- Digilent Zybo Z7 board + "digilent,zynq-zybo-z7" + +--------------------------------------------------------------- + +Xilinx Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC Platforms Device Tree Bindings + +Boards with ZynqMP SOC based on an ARM Cortex A53 processor +shall have the following properties. + +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp"; + + +Additional compatible strings: + +- Xilinx internal board zc1232 + "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1232-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1232" + +- Xilinx internal board zc1254 + "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1254-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1254" + +- Xilinx internal board zc1275 + "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1275-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1275" + +- Xilinx internal board zc1751 + "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1751" + +- Xilinx 96boards compatible board zcu100 + "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100-revC", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100" + +- Xilinx evaluation board zcu102 + "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102" + "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-revB", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102" + "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-rev1.0", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102" + +- Xilinx evaluation board zcu104 + "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104" + +- Xilinx evaluation board zcu106 + "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106" + +- Xilinx evaluation board zcu111 + "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt index c760ecb81381..f4006d3c9fdf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ compatible: Optional properties: - dma-coherent : Present if dma operations are coherent - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs +- resets : a list of phandle + reset specifier pairs - target-supply : regulator for SATA target power - phys : reference to the SATA PHY node - phy-names : must be "sata-phy" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-sata.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-sata.txt index a3d14719e478..781f88751762 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-sata.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-sata.txt @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be one of the following: - "fsl,imx53-ahci" for i.MX53 SATA controller - "fsl,imx6q-ahci" for i.MX6Q SATA controller + - "fsl,imx6qp-ahci" for i.MX6QP SATA controller - interrupts : interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ - reg : registers mapping - clocks : list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/nvidia,tegra124-ahci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/nvidia,tegra124-ahci.txt index 66c83c3e8915..12ab2f723eb0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/nvidia,tegra124-ahci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/nvidia,tegra124-ahci.txt @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ -Tegra124 SoC SATA AHCI controller +Tegra SoC SATA AHCI controller Required properties : -- compatible : For Tegra124, must contain "nvidia,tegra124-ahci". Otherwise, - must contain '"nvidia,<chip>-ahci", "nvidia,tegra124-ahci"', where <chip> - is tegra132. +- compatible : Must be one of: + - Tegra124 : "nvidia,tegra124-ahci" + - Tegra132 : "nvidia,tegra132-ahci", "nvidia,tegra124-ahci" + - Tegra210 : "nvidia,tegra210-ahci" - reg : Should contain 2 entries: - AHCI register set (SATA BAR5) - SATA register set @@ -13,8 +14,6 @@ Required properties : - clock-names : Must include the following entries: - sata - sata-oob - - cml1 - - pll_e - resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. See ../reset/reset.txt for details. - reset-names : Must include the following entries: @@ -24,9 +23,22 @@ Required properties : - phys : Must contain an entry for each entry in phy-names. See ../phy/phy-bindings.txt for details. - phy-names : Must include the following entries: - - sata-phy : XUSB PADCTL SATA PHY -- hvdd-supply : Defines the SATA HVDD regulator -- vddio-supply : Defines the SATA VDDIO regulator -- avdd-supply : Defines the SATA AVDD regulator -- target-5v-supply : Defines the SATA 5V power regulator -- target-12v-supply : Defines the SATA 12V power regulator + - For Tegra124 and Tegra132: + - sata-phy : XUSB PADCTL SATA PHY +- For Tegra124 and Tegra132: + - hvdd-supply : Defines the SATA HVDD regulator + - vddio-supply : Defines the SATA VDDIO regulator + - avdd-supply : Defines the SATA AVDD regulator + - target-5v-supply : Defines the SATA 5V power regulator + - target-12v-supply : Defines the SATA 12V power regulator + +Optional properties: +- reg : + - AUX register set +- clock-names : + - cml1 : + cml1 clock should be defined here if the PHY driver + doesn't manage them. If it does, they should not be. +- phy-names : + - For T210: + - sata-phy diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/arm-charlcd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/auxdisplay/arm-charlcd.txt index e28e2aac47f1..e28e2aac47f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/arm-charlcd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/auxdisplay/arm-charlcd.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/nvidia,tegra20-gmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/nvidia,tegra20-gmi.txt index 3e21eb822811..c1e70621799b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/nvidia,tegra20-gmi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/nvidia,tegra20-gmi.txt @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Example with two SJA1000 CAN controllers connected to the GMI bus. We wrap the controllers with a simple-bus node since they are all connected to the same chip-select (CS4), in this example external address decoding is provided: -gmi@70090000 { +gmi@70009000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gmi"; reg = <0x70009000 0x1000>; #address-cells = <2>; @@ -84,7 +84,6 @@ gmi@70090000 { reset-names = "gmi"; ranges = <4 0 0xd0000000 0xfffffff>; - bus@4,0 { compatible = "simple-bus"; #address-cells = <1>; @@ -109,7 +108,7 @@ gmi@70090000 { Example with one SJA1000 CAN controller connected to the GMI bus on CS4: -gmi@70090000 { +gmi@70009000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gmi"; reg = <0x70009000 0x1000>; #address-cells = <2>; @@ -120,7 +119,6 @@ gmi@70090000 { reset-names = "gmi"; ranges = <4 0 0xd0000000 0xfffffff>; - can@4,0 { reg = <4 0 0x100>; nvidia,snor-mux-mode; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6sll-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6sll-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fee849d5fdd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6sll-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX6 SLL + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx6sll-ccm" +- reg: Address and length of the register set +- #clock-cells: Should be <1> +- clocks: list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each required + entry in clock-names +- clock-names: should include entries "ckil", "osc", "ipp_di0" and "ipp_di1" + +The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx6sll-clock.h +for the full list of i.MX6 SLL clock IDs. + +Examples: + +#include <dt-bindings/clock/imx6sll-clock.h> + +clks: clock-controller@20c4000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx6sll-ccm"; + reg = <0x020c4000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 87 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, + <GIC_SPI 88 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&ckil>, <&osc>, <&ipp_di0>, <&ipp_di1>; + clock-names = "ckil", "osc", "ipp_di0", "ipp_di1"; +}; + +uart1: serial@2020000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx6sl-uart", "fsl,imx6q-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart"; + reg = <0x02020000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 26 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&clks IMX6SLL_CLK_UART1_IPG>, + <&clks IMX6SLL_CLK_UART1_SERIAL>; + clock-names = "ipg", "per"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/intc_stratix10.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/intc_stratix10.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9f4ec5cb5c6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/intc_stratix10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Device Tree Clock bindings for Intel's SoCFPGA Stratix10 platform + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be + "intel,stratix10-clkmgr" + +- reg : shall be the control register offset from CLOCK_MANAGER's base for the clock. + +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding, shall be set to 1. + +Example: + clkmgr: clock-controller@ffd10000 { + compatible = "intel,stratix10-clkmgr"; + reg = <0xffd10000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt index f1890d0777a6..773a5226342f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt @@ -22,7 +22,9 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,r8a7794-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7794 SoC (R-Car E2) - "renesas,r8a7795-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7795 SoC (R-Car H3) - "renesas,r8a7796-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7796 SoC (R-Car M3-W) + - "renesas,r8a77965-cpg-mssr" for the r8a77965 SoC (R-Car M3-N) - "renesas,r8a77970-cpg-mssr" for the r8a77970 SoC (R-Car V3M) + - "renesas,r8a77980-cpg-mssr" for the r8a77980 SoC (R-Car V3H) - "renesas,r8a77995-cpg-mssr" for the r8a77995 SoC (R-Car D3) - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG/MSSR @@ -32,8 +34,8 @@ Required Properties: clock-names - clock-names: List of external parent clock names. Valid names are: - "extal" (r8a7743, r8a7745, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7792, r8a7793, r8a7794, - r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77970, r8a77995) - - "extalr" (r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77970) + r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, r8a77980, r8a77995) + - "extalr" (r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, r8a77980) - "usb_extal" (r8a7743, r8a7745, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7793, r8a7794) - #clock-cells: Must be 2 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3328-cru.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3328-cru.txt index e71c675ba5da..904ae682ea90 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3328-cru.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3328-cru.txt @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ clock-output-names: - "clkin_i2s" - external I2S clock - optional, - "gmac_clkin" - external GMAC clock - optional - "phy_50m_out" - output clock of the pll in the mac phy + - "hdmi_phy" - output clock of the hdmi phy pll - optional Example: Clock controller node: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si544.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si544.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b86535b80920 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si544.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Binding for Silicon Labs 544 programmable I2C clock generator. + +Reference +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. Details about the device can be +found in the datasheet[2]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Si544 datasheet + https://www.silabs.com/documents/public/data-sheets/si544-datasheet.pdf + +Required properties: + - compatible: One of "silabs,si514a", "silabs,si514b" "silabs,si514c" according + to the speed grade of the chip. + - reg: I2C device address. + - #clock-cells: From common clock bindings: Shall be 0. + +Optional properties: + - clock-output-names: From common clock bindings. Recommended to be "si544". + +Example: + si544: clock-controller@55 { + reg = <0x55>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "silabs,si544b"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32mp1-rcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32mp1-rcc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fb9495ea582c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32mp1-rcc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +STMicroelectronics STM32 Peripheral Reset Clock Controller +========================================================== + +The RCC IP is both a reset and a clock controller. + +RCC makes also power management (resume/supend and wakeup interrupt). + +Please also refer to reset.txt for common reset controller binding usage. + +Please also refer to clock-bindings.txt for common clock controller +binding usage. + + +Required properties: +- compatible: "st,stm32mp1-rcc", "syscon" +- reg: should be register base and length as documented in the datasheet +- #clock-cells: 1, device nodes should specify the clock in their + "clocks" property, containing a phandle to the clock device node, + an index specifying the clock to use. +- #reset-cells: Shall be 1 +- interrupts: Should contain a general interrupt line and a interrupt line + to the wake-up of processor (CSTOP). + +Example: + rcc: rcc@50000000 { + compatible = "st,stm32mp1-rcc", "syscon"; + reg = <0x50000000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 5 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>, + <GIC_SPI 145 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; + }; + +Specifying clocks +================= + +All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in +dt-bindings/clock/stm32mp1-clks.h header and can be used in device +tree sources. + +Specifying softreset control of devices +======================================= + +Device nodes should specify the reset channel required in their "resets" +property, containing a phandle to the reset device node and an index specifying +which channel to use. +The index is the bit number within the RCC registers bank, starting from RCC +base address. +It is calculated as: index = register_offset / 4 * 32 + bit_offset. +Where bit_offset is the bit offset within the register. + +For example on STM32MP1, for LTDC reset: + ltdc = APB4_RSTSETR_offset / 4 * 32 + LTDC_bit_offset + = 0x180 / 4 * 32 + 0 = 3072 + +The list of valid indices for STM32MP1 is available in: +include/dt-bindings/reset-controller/stm32mp1-resets.h + +This file implements defines like: +#define LTDC_R 3072 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi-ccu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi-ccu.txt index 4ca21c3a6fc9..460ef27b1008 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi-ccu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi-ccu.txt @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Required properties : - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-ccu" - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-r-ccu" - "allwinner,sun50i-h5-ccu" + - "allwinner,sun50i-h6-ccu" - "nextthing,gr8-ccu" - reg: Must contain the registers base address and length @@ -31,6 +32,9 @@ Required properties : - #clock-cells : must contain 1 - #reset-cells : must contain 1 +For the main CCU on H6, one more clock is needed: +- "iosc": the SoC's internal frequency oscillator + For the PRCM CCUs on A83T/H3/A64, two more clocks are needed: - "pll-periph": the SoC's peripheral PLL from the main CCU - "iosc": the SoC's internal frequency oscillator diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/davinci/da8xx-cfgchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/davinci/da8xx-cfgchip.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1e03dce99a8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/davinci/da8xx-cfgchip.txt @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +Binding for TI DA8XX/OMAP-L13X/AM17XX/AM18XX CFGCHIP clocks + +TI DA8XX/OMAP-L13X/AM17XX/AM18XX SoCs contain a general purpose set of +registers call CFGCHIPn. Some of these registers function as clock +gates. This document describes the bindings for those clocks. + +All of the clock nodes described below must be child nodes of a CFGCHIP node +(compatible = "ti,da830-cfgchip"). + +USB PHY clocks +-------------- +Required properties: +- compatible: shall be "ti,da830-usb-phy-clocks". +- #clock-cells: from common clock binding; shall be set to 1. +- clocks: phandles to the parent clocks corresponding to clock-names +- clock-names: shall be "fck", "usb_refclkin", "auxclk" + +This node provides two clocks. The clock at index 0 is the USB 2.0 PHY 48MHz +clock and the clock at index 1 is the USB 1.1 PHY 48MHz clock. + +eHRPWM Time Base Clock (TBCLK) +------------------------------ +Required properties: +- compatible: shall be "ti,da830-tbclksync". +- #clock-cells: from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks: phandle to the parent clock +- clock-names: shall be "fck" + +PLL DIV4.5 divider +------------------ +Required properties: +- compatible: shall be "ti,da830-div4p5ena". +- #clock-cells: from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks: phandle to the parent clock +- clock-names: shall be "pll0_pllout" + +EMIFA clock source (ASYNC1) +--------------------------- +Required properties: +- compatible: shall be "ti,da850-async1-clksrc". +- #clock-cells: from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks: phandles to the parent clocks corresponding to clock-names +- clock-names: shall be "pll0_sysclk3", "div4.5" + +ASYNC3 clock source +------------------- +Required properties: +- compatible: shall be "ti,da850-async3-clksrc". +- #clock-cells: from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks: phandles to the parent clocks corresponding to clock-names +- clock-names: shall be "pll0_sysclk2", "pll1_sysclk2" + +Examples: + + cfgchip: syscon@1417c { + compatible = "ti,da830-cfgchip", "syscon", "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x1417c 0x14>; + + usb_phy_clk: usb-phy-clocks { + compatible = "ti,da830-usb-phy-clocks"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&psc1 1>, <&usb_refclkin>, <&pll0_auxclk>; + clock-names = "fck", "usb_refclkin", "auxclk"; + }; + ehrpwm_tbclk: ehrpwm_tbclk { + compatible = "ti,da830-tbclksync"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&psc1 17>; + clock-names = "fck"; + }; + div4p5_clk: div4.5 { + compatible = "ti,da830-div4p5ena"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&pll0_pllout>; + clock-names = "pll0_pllout"; + }; + async1_clk: async1 { + compatible = "ti,da850-async1-clksrc"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&pll0_sysclk 3>, <&div4p5_clk>; + clock-names = "pll0_sysclk3", "div4.5"; + }; + async3_clk: async3 { + compatible = "ti,da850-async3-clksrc"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&pll0_sysclk 2>, <&pll1_sysclk 2>; + clock-names = "pll0_sysclk2", "pll1_sysclk2"; + }; + }; + +Also see: +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/davinci/pll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/davinci/pll.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..36998e184821 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/davinci/pll.txt @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +Binding for TI DaVinci PLL Controllers + +The PLL provides clocks to most of the components on the SoC. In addition +to the PLL itself, this controller also contains bypasses, gates, dividers, +an multiplexers for various clock signals. + +Required properties: +- compatible: shall be one of: + - "ti,da850-pll0" for PLL0 on DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18XX + - "ti,da850-pll1" for PLL1 on DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18XX +- reg: physical base address and size of the controller's register area. +- clocks: phandles corresponding to the clock names +- clock-names: names of the clock sources - depends on compatible string + - for "ti,da850-pll0", shall be "clksrc", "extclksrc" + - for "ti,da850-pll1", shall be "clksrc" + +Optional properties: +- ti,clkmode-square-wave: Indicates that the the board is supplying a square + wave input on the OSCIN pin instead of using a crystal oscillator. + This property is only valid when compatible = "ti,da850-pll0". + + +Optional child nodes: + +pllout + Describes the main PLL clock output (before POSTDIV). The node name must + be "pllout". + + Required properties: + - #clock-cells: shall be 0 + +sysclk + Describes the PLLDIVn divider clocks that provide the SYSCLKn clock + domains. The node name must be "sysclk". Consumers of this node should + use "n" in "SYSCLKn" as the index parameter for the clock cell. + + Required properties: + - #clock-cells: shall be 1 + +auxclk + Describes the AUXCLK output of the PLL. The node name must be "auxclk". + This child node is only valid when compatible = "ti,da850-pll0". + + Required properties: + - #clock-cells: shall be 0 + +obsclk + Describes the OBSCLK output of the PLL. The node name must be "obsclk". + + Required properties: + - #clock-cells: shall be 0 + + +Examples: + + pll0: clock-controller@11000 { + compatible = "ti,da850-pll0"; + reg = <0x11000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&ref_clk>, <&pll1_sysclk 3>; + clock-names = "clksrc", "extclksrc"; + ti,clkmode-square-wave; + + pll0_pllout: pllout { + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + + pll0_sysclk: sysclk { + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + pll0_auxclk: auxclk { + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + + pll0_obsclk: obsclk { + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + }; + + pll1: clock-controller@21a000 { + compatible = "ti,da850-pll1"; + reg = <0x21a000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&ref_clk>; + clock-names = "clksrc"; + + pll0_sysclk: sysclk { + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + + pll0_obsclk: obsclk { + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + }; + +Also see: +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/davinci/psc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/davinci/psc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..dae4ad8e198c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/davinci/psc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +Binding for TI DaVinci Power Sleep Controller (PSC) + +The PSC provides power management, clock gating and reset functionality. It is +primarily used for clocking. + +Required properties: +- compatible: shall be one of: + - "ti,da850-psc0" for PSC0 on DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18XX + - "ti,da850-psc1" for PSC1 on DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18XX +- reg: physical base address and size of the controller's register area +- #clock-cells: from common clock binding; shall be set to 1 +- #power-domain-cells: from generic power domain binding; shall be set to 1. +- clocks: phandles to clocks corresponding to the clock-names property +- clock-names: list of parent clock names - depends on compatible value + - for "ti,da850-psc0", shall be "pll0_sysclk1", "pll0_sysclk2", + "pll0_sysclk4", "pll0_sysclk6", "async1" + - for "ti,da850-psc1", shall be "pll0_sysclk2", "pll0_sysclk4", "async3" + +Optional properties: +- #reset-cells: from reset binding; shall be set to 1 - only applicable when + at least one local domain provides a local reset. + +Consumers: + + Clock, power domain and reset consumers shall use the local power domain + module ID (LPSC) as the index corresponding to the clock cell. Refer to + the device-specific datasheet to find these numbers. NB: Most local + domains only provide a clock/power domain and not a reset. + +Examples: + + psc0: clock-controller@10000 { + compatible = "ti,da850-psc0"; + reg = <0x10000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&pll0_sysclk 1>, <&pll0_sysclk 2>, + <&pll0_sysclk 4>, <&pll0_sysclk 6>, <&async1_clk>; + clock_names = "pll0_sysclk1", "pll0_sysclk2", + "pll0_sysclk4", "pll0_sysclk6", "async1"; + }; + psc1: clock-controller@227000 { + compatible = "ti,da850-psc1"; + reg = <0x227000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #power-domain-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&pll0_sysclk 2>, <&pll0_sysclk 4>, <&async3_clk>; + clock_names = "pll0_sysclk2", "pll0_sysclk4", "async3"; + }; + + /* consumer */ + dsp: dsp@11800000 { + compatible = "ti,da850-dsp"; + reg = <0x11800000 0x40000>, + <0x11e00000 0x8000>, + <0x11f00000 0x8000>, + <0x01c14044 0x4>, + <0x01c14174 0x8>; + reg-names = "l2sram", "l1pram", "l1dram", "host1cfg", "chipsig"; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <28>; + clocks = <&psc0 15>; + power-domains = <&psc0 15>; + resets = <&psc0 15>; + }; + +Also see: +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt index 35a6f5c7e5c2..9b13b32974f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt @@ -75,6 +75,9 @@ Optional properties: - ti,invert-autoidle-bit : autoidle is enabled by setting the bit to 0, see [2] - ti,set-rate-parent : clk_set_rate is propagated to parent +- ti,latch-bit : latch the divider value to HW, only needed if the register + access requires this. As an example dra76x DPLL_GMAC H14 divider implements + such behavior. Examples: dpll_usb_m2_ck: dpll_usb_m2_ck@4a008190 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt index 2d0d170f8001..eec8994b9be8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt @@ -48,6 +48,9 @@ Optional properties: zero - ti,set-rate-parent : clk_set_rate is propagated to parent clock, not supported by the composite-mux-clock subtype +- ti,latch-bit : latch the mux value to HW, only needed if the register + access requires this. As an example, dra7x DPLL_GMAC H14 muxing + implements such behavior. Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/samsung,usb-connector-11pin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/samsung,usb-connector-11pin.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..22256e295a7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/samsung,usb-connector-11pin.txt @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +Samsung micro-USB 11-pin connector +================================== + +Samsung micro-USB 11-pin connector is an extension of micro-USB connector. +It is present in multiple Samsung mobile devices. +It has additional pins to route MHL traffic simultanously with USB. + +The bindings are superset of usb-connector bindings for micro-USB connector[1]. + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be: "samsung,usb-connector-11pin", "usb-b-connector", +- type: must be "micro". + +Required nodes: +- any data bus to the connector should be modeled using the OF graph bindings + specified in bindings/graph.txt, unless the bus is between parent node and + the connector. Since single connector can have multpile data buses every bus + has assigned OF graph port number as follows: + 0: High Speed (HS), + 3: Mobile High-Definition Link (MHL), specific to 11-pin Samsung micro-USB. + +[1]: bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt + +Example +------- + +Micro-USB connector with HS lines routed via controller (MUIC) and MHL lines +connected to HDMI-MHL bridge (sii8620): + +muic-max77843@66 { + ... + usb_con: connector { + compatible = "samsung,usb-connector-11pin", "usb-b-connector"; + label = "micro-USB"; + type = "micro"; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@3 { + reg = <3>; + usb_con_mhl: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&sii8620_mhl>; + }; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e1463f14af38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +USB Connector +============= + +USB connector node represents physical USB connector. It should be +a child of USB interface controller. + +Required properties: +- compatible: describes type of the connector, must be one of: + "usb-a-connector", + "usb-b-connector", + "usb-c-connector". + +Optional properties: +- label: symbolic name for the connector, +- type: size of the connector, should be specified in case of USB-A, USB-B + non-fullsize connectors: "mini", "micro". + +Required nodes: +- any data bus to the connector should be modeled using the OF graph bindings + specified in bindings/graph.txt, unless the bus is between parent node and + the connector. Since single connector can have multpile data buses every bus + has assigned OF graph port number as follows: + 0: High Speed (HS), present in all connectors, + 1: Super Speed (SS), present in SS capable connectors, + 2: Sideband use (SBU), present in USB-C. + +Examples +-------- + +1. Micro-USB connector with HS lines routed via controller (MUIC): + +muic-max77843@66 { + ... + usb_con: connector { + compatible = "usb-b-connector"; + label = "micro-USB"; + type = "micro"; + }; +}; + +2. USB-C connector attached to CC controller (s2mm005), HS lines routed +to companion PMIC (max77865), SS lines to USB3 PHY and SBU to DisplayPort. +DisplayPort video lines are routed to the connector via SS mux in USB3 PHY. + +ccic: s2mm005@33 { + ... + usb_con: connector { + compatible = "usb-c-connector"; + label = "USB-C"; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + usb_con_hs: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&max77865_usbc_hs>; + }; + }; + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + usb_con_ss: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&usbdrd_phy_ss>; + }; + }; + port@2 { + reg = <2>; + usb_con_sbu: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&dp_aux>; + }; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-dt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-dt.txt index dd3929e85dec..332aed8f4597 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-dt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-dt.txt @@ -18,8 +18,6 @@ Optional properties: in unit of nanoseconds. - voltage-tolerance: Specify the CPU voltage tolerance in percentage. - #cooling-cells: -- cooling-min-level: -- cooling-max-level: Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt. Examples: @@ -40,8 +38,6 @@ cpus { >; clock-latency = <61036>; /* two CLK32 periods */ #cooling-cells = <2>; - cooling-min-level = <0>; - cooling-max-level = <2>; }; cpu@1 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-mediatek.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-mediatek.txt index f6403089edcf..d36f07e0a2bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-mediatek.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-mediatek.txt @@ -21,8 +21,6 @@ Optional properties: flow is handled by hardware, hence no software "voltage tracking" is needed. - #cooling-cells: -- cooling-min-level: -- cooling-max-level: Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt for detail. @@ -67,8 +65,6 @@ Example 1 (MT7623 SoC): clock-names = "cpu", "intermediate"; operating-points-v2 = <&cpu_opp_table>; #cooling-cells = <2>; - cooling-min-level = <0>; - cooling-max-level = <7>; }; cpu@1 { device_type = "cpu"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d209ca2a47c0..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -Axis Communications AB -ARTPEC series SoC Device Tree Bindings - - -CRISv32 based SoCs are ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3: - - - compatible = "axis,crisv32"; - - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 533dd273ccf7..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -Boards based on the CRIS SoCs: - -Required root node properties: - - compatible = should be one or more of the following: - - "axis,dev88" - for Axis devboard 88 with ETRAX FS - -Optional: - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/arm-cryptocell.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/arm-cryptocell.txt index cec8d5d74e26..c2598ab27f2e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/arm-cryptocell.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/arm-cryptocell.txt @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ Arm TrustZone CryptoCell cryptographic engine Required properties: -- compatible: Should be "arm,cryptocell-712-ree". +- compatible: Should be one of: "arm,cryptocell-712-ree", + "arm,cryptocell-710-ree" or "arm,cryptocell-630p-ree". - reg: Base physical address of the engine and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts: Interrupt number for the device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt index 76aec8a3724d..3c1f3a229eab 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt @@ -415,12 +415,27 @@ Secure Non-Volatile Storage (SNVS) Low Power (LP) RTC Node value type: <u32> Definition: LP register offset. default it is 0x34. + - clocks + Usage: optional, required if SNVS LP RTC requires explicit + enablement of clocks + Value type: <prop_encoded-array> + Definition: a clock specifier describing the clock required for + enabling and disabling SNVS LP RTC. + + - clock-names + Usage: optional, required if SNVS LP RTC requires explicit + enablement of clocks + Value type: <string> + Definition: clock name string should be "snvs-rtc". + EXAMPLE sec_mon_rtc_lp@1 { compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon-rtc-lp"; interrupts = <93 2>; regmap = <&snvs>; offset = <0x34>; + clocks = <&clks IMX7D_SNVS_CLK>; + clock-names = "snvs-rtc"; }; ===================================================================== @@ -543,6 +558,8 @@ FULL EXAMPLE regmap = <&sec_mon>; offset = <0x34>; interrupts = <93 2>; + clocks = <&clks IMX7D_SNVS_CLK>; + clock-names = "snvs-rtc"; }; snvs-pwrkey@020cc000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure-safexcel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure-safexcel.txt index 30c3ce6b502e..5dba55cdfa63 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure-safexcel.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/inside-secure-safexcel.txt @@ -8,7 +8,11 @@ Required properties: - interrupt-names: Should be "ring0", "ring1", "ring2", "ring3", "eip", "mem". Optional properties: -- clocks: Reference to the crypto engine clock. +- clocks: Reference to the crypto engine clocks, the second clock is + needed for the Armada 7K/8K SoCs. +- clock-names: mandatory if there is a second clock, in this case the + name must be "core" for the first clock and "reg" for + the second one. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4f0ab3ed3b6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +Renesas R-Car LVDS Encoder +========================== + +These DT bindings describe the LVDS encoder embedded in the Renesas R-Car +Gen2, R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G SoCs. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Shall contain one of + - "renesas,r8a7743-lvds" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) compatible LVDS encoders + - "renesas,r8a7790-lvds" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible LVDS encoders + - "renesas,r8a7791-lvds" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible LVDS encoders + - "renesas,r8a7793-lvds" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) compatible LVDS encoders + - "renesas,r8a7795-lvds" for R8A7795 (R-Car H3) compatible LVDS encoders + - "renesas,r8a7796-lvds" for R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible LVDS encoders + - "renesas,r8a77970-lvds" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible LVDS encoders + - "renesas,r8a77995-lvds" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) compatible LVDS encoders + +- reg: Base address and length for the memory-mapped registers +- clocks: A phandle + clock-specifier pair for the functional clock +- resets: A phandle + reset specifier for the module reset + +Required nodes: + +The LVDS encoder has two video ports. Their connections are modelled using the +OF graph bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt. + +- Video port 0 corresponds to the parallel RGB input +- Video port 1 corresponds to the LVDS output + +Each port shall have a single endpoint. + + +Example: + + lvds0: lvds@feb90000 { + compatible = "renesas,r8a7790-lvds"; + reg = <0 0xfeb90000 0 0x1c>; + clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 726>; + resets = <&cpg 726>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + lvds0_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&du_out_lvds0>; + }; + }; + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + lvds0_out: endpoint { + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,ths8135.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,ths813x.txt index 6ec1a880ac18..df3d7c1ac09e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,ths8135.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,ths813x.txt @@ -1,11 +1,16 @@ -THS8135 Video DAC ------------------ +THS8134 and THS8135 Video DAC +----------------------------- -This is the binding for Texas Instruments THS8135 Video DAC bridge. +This is the binding for Texas Instruments THS8134, THS8134A, THS8134B and +THS8135 Video DAC bridges. Required properties: -- compatible: Must be "ti,ths8135" +- compatible: Must be one of + "ti,ths8134" + "ti,ths8134a," "ti,ths8134" + "ti,ths8134b", "ti,ths8134" + "ti,ths8135" Required nodes: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/dvi-connector.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/dvi-connector.txt index fc53f7c60bc6..207e42e9eba0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/dvi-connector.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/connector/dvi-connector.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Optional properties: - analog: the connector has DVI analog pins - digital: the connector has DVI digital pins - dual-link: the connector has pins for DVI dual-link +- hpd-gpios: HPD GPIO number Required nodes: - Video port for DVI input diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/etnaviv/etnaviv-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/etnaviv/etnaviv-drm.txt index 05176f1ae108..8def11b16a24 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/etnaviv/etnaviv-drm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/etnaviv/etnaviv-drm.txt @@ -1,23 +1,3 @@ -Etnaviv DRM master device -========================= - -The Etnaviv DRM master device is a virtual device needed to list all -Vivante GPU cores that comprise the GPU subsystem. - -Required properties: -- compatible: Should be one of - "fsl,imx-gpu-subsystem" - "marvell,dove-gpu-subsystem" -- cores: Should contain a list of phandles pointing to Vivante GPU devices - -example: - -gpu-subsystem { - compatible = "fsl,imx-gpu-subsystem"; - cores = <&gpu_2d>, <&gpu_3d>; -}; - - Vivante GPU core devices ======================== @@ -32,7 +12,9 @@ Required properties: - clocks: should contain one clock for entry in clock-names see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt - clock-names: - - "bus": AXI/register clock + - "bus": AXI/master interface clock + - "reg": AHB/slave interface clock + (only required if GPU can gate slave interface independently) - "core": GPU core clock - "shader": Shader clock (only required if GPU has feature PIPE_3D) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_hdmi.txt index 6394ea9e3b9e..58b12e25bbb1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_hdmi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_hdmi.txt @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Required properties: - ddc: phandle to the hdmi ddc node - phy: phandle to the hdmi phy node - samsung,syscon-phandle: phandle for system controller node for PMU. +- #sound-dai-cells: should be 0. Required properties for Exynos 4210, 4212, 5420 and 5433: - clocks: list of clock IDs from SoC clock driver. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt index a6671bd2c85a..518e9cdf0d4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt @@ -7,8 +7,6 @@ Required properties: - reg: Physical base address and length of the registers of controller - reg-names: The names of register regions. The following regions are required: * "dsi_ctrl" -- qcom,dsi-host-index: The ID of DSI controller hardware instance. This should - be 0 or 1, since we have 2 DSI controllers at most for now. - interrupts: The interrupt signal from the DSI block. - power-domains: Should be <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>. - clocks: Phandles to device clocks. @@ -22,6 +20,8 @@ Required properties: * "core" For DSIv2, we need an additional clock: * "src" + For DSI6G v2.0 onwards, we need also need the clock: + * "byte_intf" - assigned-clocks: Parents of "byte" and "pixel" for the given platform. - assigned-clock-parents: The Byte clock and Pixel clock PLL outputs provided by a DSI PHY block. See [1] for details on clock bindings. @@ -88,21 +88,35 @@ Required properties: * "qcom,dsi-phy-28nm-lp" * "qcom,dsi-phy-20nm" * "qcom,dsi-phy-28nm-8960" -- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers of PLL, PHY and PHY - regulator + * "qcom,dsi-phy-14nm" + * "qcom,dsi-phy-10nm" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers of PLL, PHY. Some + revisions require the PHY regulator base address, whereas others require the + PHY lane base address. See below for each PHY revision. - reg-names: The names of register regions. The following regions are required: + For DSI 28nm HPM/LP/8960 PHYs and 20nm PHY: * "dsi_pll" * "dsi_phy" * "dsi_phy_regulator" + For DSI 14nm and 10nm PHYs: + * "dsi_pll" + * "dsi_phy" + * "dsi_phy_lane" - clock-cells: Must be 1. The DSI PHY block acts as a clock provider, creating 2 clocks: A byte clock (index 0), and a pixel clock (index 1). -- qcom,dsi-phy-index: The ID of DSI PHY hardware instance. This should - be 0 or 1, since we have 2 DSI PHYs at most for now. - power-domains: Should be <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>. - clocks: Phandles to device clocks. See [1] for details on clock bindings. - clock-names: the following clocks are required: * "iface" + For 28nm HPM/LP, 28nm 8960 PHYs: +- vddio-supply: phandle to vdd-io regulator device node + For 20nm PHY: - vddio-supply: phandle to vdd-io regulator device node +- vcca-supply: phandle to vcca regulator device node + For 14nm PHY: +- vcca-supply: phandle to vcca regulator device node + For 10nm PHY: +- vdds-supply: phandle to vdds regulator device node Optional properties: - qcom,dsi-phy-regulator-ldo-mode: Boolean value indicating if the LDO mode PHY diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/arm,versatile-tft-panel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/arm,versatile-tft-panel.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..248141c3c7e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/arm,versatile-tft-panel.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +ARM Versatile TFT Panels + +These panels are connected to the daughterboards found on the +ARM Versatile reference designs. + +This device node must appear as a child to a "syscon"-compatible +node. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "arm,versatile-tft-panel" + +Required subnodes: +- port: see display/panel/panel-common.txt, graph.txt + + +Example: + +sysreg@0 { + compatible = "arm,versatile-sysreg", "syscon", "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x00000 0x1000>; + + panel: display@0 { + compatible = "arm,versatile-tft-panel"; + + port { + panel_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&foo>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/auo,g104sn02.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/auo,g104sn02.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..85626edf63e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/auo,g104sn02.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +AU Optronics Corporation 10.4" (800x600) color TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "auo,g104sn02" +- power-supply: as specified in the base binding + +Optional properties: +- backlight: as specified in the base binding +- enable-gpios: as specified in the base binding + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/display-timing.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/display-timing.txt index 58fa3e48481d..78222ced1874 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/display-timing.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/display-timing.txt @@ -80,6 +80,11 @@ The parameters are defined as: | | v | | | +----------+-------------------------------------+----------+-------+ +Note: In addition to being used as subnode(s) of display-timings, the timing + subnode may also be used on its own. This is appropriate if only one mode + need be conveyed. In this case, the node should be named 'panel-timing'. + + Example: display-timings { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/koe,tx31d200vm0baa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/koe,tx31d200vm0baa.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6a036ede3e28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/koe,tx31d200vm0baa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Kaohsiung Opto-Electronics. TX31D200VM0BAA 12.3" HSXGA LVDS panel + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "koe,tx31d200vm0baa" + +Optional properties: +- backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel + +Optional nodes: +- Video port for LVDS panel input. + +Example: + panel { + compatible = "koe,tx31d200vm0baa"; + backlight = <&backlight_lvds>; + + port { + panel_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&lvds0_out>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/orisetech,otm8009a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/orisetech,otm8009a.txt index 6862028e7b2e..203b03eefb68 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/orisetech,otm8009a.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/orisetech,otm8009a.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - reset-gpios: a GPIO spec for the reset pin (active low). + - power-supply: phandle of the regulator that provides the supply voltage. Example: &dsi { @@ -17,5 +18,6 @@ Example: compatible = "orisetech,otm8009a"; reg = <0>; reset-gpios = <&gpioh 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + power-supply = <&v1v8>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/raydium,rm68200.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/raydium,rm68200.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..cbb79ef3bfc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/raydium,rm68200.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Raydium Semiconductor Corporation RM68200 5.5" 720p MIPI-DSI TFT LCD panel + +The Raydium Semiconductor Corporation RM68200 is a 5.5" 720x1280 TFT LCD +panel connected using a MIPI-DSI video interface. + +Required properties: + - compatible: "raydium,rm68200" + - reg: the virtual channel number of a DSI peripheral + +Optional properties: + - reset-gpios: a GPIO spec for the reset pin (active low). + - power-supply: phandle of the regulator that provides the supply voltage. + - backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel. + +Example: +&dsi { + ... + panel@0 { + compatible = "raydium,rm68200"; + reg = <0>; + reset-gpios = <&gpiof 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + power-supply = <&v1v8>; + backlight = <&pwm_backlight>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt index 16d8ff088b7d..45a457ad38f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt @@ -1,4 +1,8 @@ Simple display panel +==================== + +panel node +---------- Required properties: - power-supply: See panel-common.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt index cd48aba3bc8c..c9cd17f99702 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt @@ -13,13 +13,10 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,du-r8a7794" for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) compatible DU - "renesas,du-r8a7795" for R8A7795 (R-Car H3) compatible DU - "renesas,du-r8a7796" for R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible DU + - "renesas,du-r8a77970" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible DU + - "renesas,du-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) compatible DU - - reg: A list of base address and length of each memory resource, one for - each entry in the reg-names property. - - reg-names: Name of the memory resources. The DU requires one memory - resource for the DU core (named "du") and one memory resource for each - LVDS encoder (named "lvds.x" with "x" being the LVDS controller numerical - index). + - reg: the memory-mapped I/O registers base address and length - interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. - interrupts: Interrupt specifiers for the DU interrupts. @@ -29,14 +26,13 @@ Required Properties: - clock-names: Name of the clocks. This property is model-dependent. - R8A7779 uses a single functional clock. The clock doesn't need to be named. - - All other DU instances use one functional clock per channel and one - clock per LVDS encoder (if available). The functional clocks must be - named "du.x" with "x" being the channel numerical index. The LVDS clocks - must be named "lvds.x" with "x" being the LVDS encoder numerical index. - - In addition to the functional and encoder clocks, all DU versions also - support externally supplied pixel clocks. Those clocks are optional. - When supplied they must be named "dclkin.x" with "x" being the input - clock numerical index. + - All other DU instances use one functional clock per channel The + functional clocks must be named "du.x" with "x" being the channel + numerical index. + - In addition to the functional clocks, all DU versions also support + externally supplied pixel clocks. Those clocks are optional. When + supplied they must be named "dclkin.x" with "x" being the input clock + numerical index. - vsps: A list of phandle and channel index tuples to the VSPs that handle the memory interfaces for the DU channels. The phandle identifies the VSP @@ -63,15 +59,15 @@ corresponding to each DU output. R8A7794 (R-Car E2) DPAD 0 DPAD 1 - - R8A7795 (R-Car H3) DPAD 0 HDMI 0 HDMI 1 LVDS 0 R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) DPAD 0 HDMI 0 LVDS 0 - + R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) DPAD 0 LVDS 0 - - + R8A77995 (R-Car D3) DPAD 0 LVDS 0 LVDS 1 - Example: R8A7795 (R-Car H3) ES2.0 DU du: display@feb00000 { compatible = "renesas,du-r8a7795"; - reg = <0 0xfeb00000 0 0x80000>, - <0 0xfeb90000 0 0x14>; - reg-names = "du", "lvds.0"; + reg = <0 0xfeb00000 0 0x80000>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 256 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <GIC_SPI 268 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <GIC_SPI 269 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, @@ -79,9 +75,8 @@ Example: R8A7795 (R-Car H3) ES2.0 DU clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 724>, <&cpg CPG_MOD 723>, <&cpg CPG_MOD 722>, - <&cpg CPG_MOD 721>, - <&cpg CPG_MOD 727>; - clock-names = "du.0", "du.1", "du.2", "du.3", "lvds.0"; + <&cpg CPG_MOD 721>; + clock-names = "du.0", "du.1", "du.2", "du.3"; vsps = <&vspd0 0>, <&vspd1 0>, <&vspd2 0>, <&vspd0 1>; ports { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/cdn-dp-rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/cdn-dp-rockchip.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8df7d2e393d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/cdn-dp-rockchip.txt @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +Rockchip RK3399 specific extensions to the cdn Display Port +================================ + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "rockchip,rk3399-cdn-dp" + +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length + +- clocks: from common clock binding: handle to dp clock. + +- clock-names: from common clock binding: + Required elements: "core-clk" "pclk" "spdif" "grf" + +- resets : a list of phandle + reset specifier pairs +- reset-names : string of reset names + Required elements: "apb", "core", "dptx", "spdif" +- power-domains : power-domain property defined with a phandle + to respective power domain. +- assigned-clocks: main clock, should be <&cru SCLK_DP_CORE> +- assigned-clock-rates : the DP core clk frequency, shall be: 100000000 + +- rockchip,grf: this soc should set GRF regs, so need get grf here. + +- ports: contain a port nodes with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + contained 2 endpoints, connecting to the output of vop. + +- phys: from general PHY binding: the phandle for the PHY device. + +- extcon: extcon specifier for the Power Delivery + +- #sound-dai-cells = it must be 1 if your system is using 2 DAIs: I2S, SPDIF + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Example: + cdn_dp: dp@fec00000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-cdn-dp"; + reg = <0x0 0xfec00000 0x0 0x100000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 9 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&cru SCLK_DP_CORE>, <&cru PCLK_DP_CTRL>, + <&cru SCLK_SPDIF_REC_DPTX>, <&cru PCLK_VIO_GRF>; + clock-names = "core-clk", "pclk", "spdif", "grf"; + assigned-clocks = <&cru SCLK_DP_CORE>; + assigned-clock-rates = <100000000>; + power-domains = <&power RK3399_PD_HDCP>; + phys = <&tcphy0_dp>, <&tcphy1_dp>; + resets = <&cru SRST_DPTX_SPDIF_REC>; + reset-names = "spdif"; + extcon = <&fusb0>, <&fusb1>; + rockchip,grf = <&grf>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + #sound-dai-cells = <1>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + dp_in: port { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + dp_in_vopb: endpoint@0 { + reg = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&vopb_out_dp>; + }; + + dp_in_vopl: endpoint@1 { + reg = <1>; + remote-endpoint = <&vopl_out_dp>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-ltdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-ltdc.txt index 029252253ad4..3eb1b48b47dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-ltdc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/st,stm32-ltdc.txt @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Example 2: DSI panel compatible = "st,stm32-dsi"; reg = <0x40016c00 0x800>; clocks = <&rcc 1 CLK_F469_DSI>, <&clk_hse>; - clock-names = "ref", "pclk"; + clock-names = "pclk", "ref"; resets = <&rcc STM32F4_APB2_RESET(DSI)>; reset-names = "apb"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt index cd626ee1147a..3346c1e2a7a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt @@ -64,6 +64,56 @@ Required properties: first port should be the input endpoint. The second should be the output, usually to an HDMI connector. +DWC HDMI TX Encoder +------------------- + +The HDMI transmitter is a Synopsys DesignWare HDMI 1.4 TX controller IP +with Allwinner's own PHY IP. It supports audio and video outputs and CEC. + +These DT bindings follow the Synopsys DWC HDMI TX bindings defined in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/dw_hdmi.txt with the +following device-specific properties. + +Required properties: + + - compatible: value must be one of: + * "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-dw-hdmi" + - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region + - reg-io-width: See dw_hdmi.txt. Shall be 1. + - interrupts: HDMI interrupt number + - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the HDMI encoder + * iahb: the HDMI bus clock + * isfr: the HDMI register clock + * tmds: TMDS clock + - clock-names: the clock names mentioned above + - resets: phandle to the reset controller + - reset-names: must be "ctrl" + - phys: phandle to the DWC HDMI PHY + - phy-names: must be "phy" + + - ports: A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. The + first port should be the input endpoint. The second should be the + output, usually to an HDMI connector. + +DWC HDMI PHY +------------ + +Required properties: + - compatible: value must be one of: + * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-hdmi-phy + * allwinner,sun8i-h3-hdmi-phy + - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region + - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the HDMI PHY + * bus: the HDMI PHY interface clock + * mod: the HDMI PHY module clock + - clock-names: the clock names mentioned above + - resets: phandle to the reset controller driving the PHY + - reset-names: must be "phy" + +H3 HDMI PHY requires additional clock: + - pll-0: parent of phy clock + TV Encoder ---------- @@ -94,24 +144,29 @@ Required properties: * allwinner,sun7i-a20-tcon * allwinner,sun8i-a33-tcon * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-tcon-lcd + * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-tcon-tv * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-tcon + * allwinner,sun9i-a80-tcon-lcd + * allwinner,sun9i-a80-tcon-tv - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region - interrupts: interrupt associated to this IP - - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the TCON. Three are needed: + - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the TCON. - 'ahb': the interface clocks - - 'tcon-ch0': The clock driving the TCON channel 0 + - 'tcon-ch0': The clock driving the TCON channel 0, if supported - resets: phandles to the reset controllers driving the encoder - - "lcd": the reset line for the TCON channel 0 + - "lcd": the reset line for the TCON + - "edp": the reset line for the eDP block (A80 only) - clock-names: the clock names mentioned above - reset-names: the reset names mentioned above - - clock-output-names: Name of the pixel clock created + - clock-output-names: Name of the pixel clock created, if TCON supports + channel 0. - ports: A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. The first port should be the input endpoint, the second one the output - The output may have multiple endpoints. The TCON has two channels, + The output may have multiple endpoints. TCON can have 1 or 2 channels, usually with the first channel being used for the panels interfaces (RGB, LVDS, etc.), and the second being used for the outputs that require another controller (TV Encoder, HDMI, etc.). The endpoints @@ -119,11 +174,13 @@ Required properties: channel the endpoint is associated to. If that property is not present, the endpoint number will be used as the channel number. -On SoCs other than the A33 and V3s, there is one more clock required: +For TCONs with channel 0, there is one more clock required: + - 'tcon-ch0': The clock driving the TCON channel 0 +For TCONs with channel 1, there is one more clock required: - 'tcon-ch1': The clock driving the TCON channel 1 -On SoCs that support LVDS (all SoCs but the A13, H3, H5 and V3s), you -need one more reset line: +When TCON support LVDS (all TCONs except TV TCON on A83T and those found +in A13, H3, H5 and V3s SoCs), you need one more reset line: - 'lvds': The reset line driving the LVDS logic And on the A23, A31, A31s and A33, you need one more clock line: @@ -134,7 +191,7 @@ DRC --- The DRC (Dynamic Range Controller), found in the latest Allwinner SoCs -(A31, A23, A33), allows to dynamically adjust pixel +(A31, A23, A33, A80), allows to dynamically adjust pixel brightness/contrast based on histogram measurements for LCD content adaptive backlight control. @@ -144,6 +201,7 @@ Required properties: * allwinner,sun6i-a31-drc * allwinner,sun6i-a31s-drc * allwinner,sun8i-a33-drc + * allwinner,sun9i-a80-drc - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region. - interrupts: interrupt associated to this IP - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the DRC @@ -170,6 +228,7 @@ Required properties: * allwinner,sun6i-a31-display-backend * allwinner,sun7i-a20-display-backend * allwinner,sun8i-a33-display-backend + * allwinner,sun9i-a80-display-backend - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region. - interrupts: interrupt associated to this IP - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the frontend and backend @@ -191,6 +250,28 @@ On the A33, some additional properties are required: - resets and reset-names need to have a phandle to the SAT bus resets, whose name will be "sat" +DEU +--- + +The DEU (Detail Enhancement Unit), found in the Allwinner A80 SoC, +can sharpen the display content in both luma and chroma channels. + +Required properties: + - compatible: value must be one of: + * allwinner,sun9i-a80-deu + - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region. + - interrupts: interrupt associated to this IP + - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the DEU + * ahb: the DEU interface clock + * mod: the DEU module clock + * ram: the DEU DRAM clock + - clock-names: the clock names mentioned above + - resets: phandles to the reset line driving the DEU + +- ports: A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. The + first port should be the input endpoints, the second one the outputs + Display Engine Frontend ----------------------- @@ -204,6 +285,7 @@ Required properties: * allwinner,sun6i-a31-display-frontend * allwinner,sun7i-a20-display-frontend * allwinner,sun8i-a33-display-frontend + * allwinner,sun9i-a80-display-frontend - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region. - interrupts: interrupt associated to this IP - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the frontend and backend @@ -226,6 +308,8 @@ supported. Required properties: - compatible: value must be one of: * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer-0 + * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer-1 + * allwinner,sun8i-h3-de2-mixer-0 * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-de2-mixer - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region. - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the mixer @@ -256,7 +340,9 @@ Required properties: * allwinner,sun7i-a20-display-engine * allwinner,sun8i-a33-display-engine * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-display-engine + * allwinner,sun8i-h3-display-engine * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-display-engine + * allwinner,sun9i-a80-display-engine - allwinner,pipelines: list of phandle to the display engine frontends (DE 1.0) or mixers (DE 2.0) available. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt index baf9b34d20bf..b6a8cc0978cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt @@ -74,8 +74,8 @@ Example: bcm2835_i2s: i2s@7e203000 { compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-i2s"; - reg = < 0x7e203000 0x20>, - < 0x7e101098 0x02>; + reg = < 0x7e203000 0x24>; + clocks = <&clocks BCM2835_CLOCK_PCM>; dmas = <&dma 2>, <&dma 3>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mtk-hsdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mtk-hsdma.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4bb317359dc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mtk-hsdma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +MediaTek High-Speed DMA Controller +================================== + +This device follows the generic DMA bindings defined in dma/dma.txt. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Must be one of + "mediatek,mt7622-hsdma": for MT7622 SoC + "mediatek,mt7623-hsdma": for MT7623 SoC +- reg: Should contain the register's base address and length. +- interrupts: Should contain a reference to the interrupt used by this + device. +- clocks: Should be the clock specifiers corresponding to the entry in + clock-names property. +- clock-names: Should contain "hsdma" entries. +- power-domains: Phandle to the power domain that the device is part of +- #dma-cells: The length of the DMA specifier, must be <1>. This one cell + in dmas property of a client device represents the channel + number. +Example: + + hsdma: dma-controller@1b007000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt7623-hsdma"; + reg = <0 0x1b007000 0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 98 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + clocks = <ðsys CLK_ETHSYS_HSDMA>; + clock-names = "hsdma"; + power-domains = <&scpsys MT2701_POWER_DOMAIN_ETH>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + }; + +DMA clients must use the format described in dma/dma.txt file. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor-v2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor-v2.txt index 217a90eaabe7..9c38bbe7e6d7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor-v2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mv-xor-v2.txt @@ -11,7 +11,11 @@ Required properties: interrupts. Optional properties: -- clocks: Optional reference to the clock used by the XOR engine. +- clocks: Optional reference to the clocks used by the XOR engine. +- clock-names: mandatory if there is a second clock, in this case the + name must be "core" for the first clock and "reg" for the second + one + Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt index 9cbf5d9df8fd..cf5b9e44432c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt @@ -15,6 +15,10 @@ Required properties: the secure world. - qcom,controlled-remotely : optional, indicates that the bam is controlled by remote proccessor i.e. execution environment. +- num-channels : optional, indicates supported number of DMA channels in a + remotely controlled bam. +- qcom,num-ees : optional, indicates supported number of Execution Environments + in a remotely controlled bam. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt index 891db41e9420..aadfb236d53a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Required Properties: Examples with soctypes are: - "renesas,dmac-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M) - "renesas,dmac-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E) + - "renesas,dmac-r8a77470" (RZ/G1C) - "renesas,dmac-r8a7790" (R-Car H2) - "renesas,dmac-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W) - "renesas,dmac-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H) @@ -26,6 +27,7 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,dmac-r8a7795" (R-Car H3) - "renesas,dmac-r8a7796" (R-Car M3-W) - "renesas,dmac-r8a77970" (R-Car V3M) + - "renesas,dmac-r8a77980" (R-Car V3H) - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the DMAC diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt index f3d1f151ba80..9dc935e24e55 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,r8a7794-usb-dmac" (R-Car E2) - "renesas,r8a7795-usb-dmac" (R-Car H3) - "renesas,r8a7796-usb-dmac" (R-Car M3-W) + - "renesas,r8a77965-usb-dmac" (R-Car M3-N) - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the DMAC - interrupts: interrupt specifiers for the DMAC, one for each entry in interrupt-names. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps,dw-axi-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps,dw-axi-dmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f237b7928283 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps,dw-axi-dmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Synopsys DesignWare AXI DMA Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: "snps,axi-dma-1.01a" +- reg: Address range of the DMAC registers. This should include + all of the per-channel registers. +- interrupt: Should contain the DMAC interrupt number. +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device. +- dma-channels: Number of channels supported by hardware. +- snps,dma-masters: Number of AXI masters supported by the hardware. +- snps,data-width: Maximum AXI data width supported by hardware. + (0 - 8bits, 1 - 16bits, 2 - 32bits, ..., 6 - 512bits) +- snps,priority: Priority of channel. Array size is equal to the number of + dma-channels. Priority value must be programmed within [0:dma-channels-1] + range. (0 - minimum priority) +- snps,block-size: Maximum block size supported by the controller channel. + Array size is equal to the number of dma-channels. + +Optional properties: +- snps,axi-max-burst-len: Restrict master AXI burst length by value specified + in this property. If this property is missing the maximum AXI burst length + supported by DMAC is used. [1:256] + +Example: + +dmac: dma-controller@80000 { + compatible = "snps,axi-dma-1.01a"; + reg = <0x80000 0x400>; + clocks = <&core_clk>, <&cfgr_clk>; + clock-names = "core-clk", "cfgr-clk"; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <27>; + + dma-channels = <4>; + snps,dma-masters = <2>; + snps,data-width = <3>; + snps,block-size = <4096 4096 4096 4096>; + snps,priority = <0 1 2 3>; + snps,axi-max-burst-len = <16>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/stm32-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/stm32-dma.txt index 0b55718bf889..c5f519097204 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/stm32-dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/stm32-dma.txt @@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ channel: a phandle to the DMA controller plus the following four integer cells: 0x1: medium 0x2: high 0x3: very high -4. A 32bit mask specifying the DMA FIFO threshold configuration which are device - dependent: - -bit 0-1: Fifo threshold +4. A 32bit bitfield value specifying DMA features which are device dependent: + -bit 0-1: DMA FIFO threshold selection 0x0: 1/4 full FIFO 0x1: 1/2 full FIFO 0x2: 3/4 full FIFO 0x3: full FIFO + Example: usart1: serial@40011000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt index 1812c848e369..61d833abafbf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt @@ -38,15 +38,19 @@ Required properties: "catalyst", "microchip", + "nxp", "ramtron", "renesas", - "nxp", + "rohm", "st", Some vendors use different model names for chips which are just variants of the above. Known such exceptions are listed below: + "nxp,se97b" - the fallback is "atmel,24c02", "renesas,r1ex24002" - the fallback is "atmel,24c02" + "renesas,r1ex24128" - the fallback is "atmel,24c128" + "rohm,br24t01" - the fallback is "atmel,24c01" - reg: The I2C address of the EEPROM. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ab516c673a4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/fsi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +FSI bus & engine generic device tree bindings +============================================= + +The FSI bus is probe-able, so the OS is able to enumerate FSI slaves, and +engines within those slaves. However, we have a facility to match devicetree +nodes to probed engines. This allows for fsi engines to expose non-probeable +busses, which are then exposed by the device tree. For example, an FSI engine +that is an I2C master - the I2C bus can be described by the device tree under +the engine's device tree node. + +FSI masters may require their own DT nodes (to describe the master HW itself); +that requirement is defined by the master's implementation, and is described by +the fsi-master-* binding specifications. + +Under the masters' nodes, we can describe the bus topology using nodes to +represent the FSI slaves and their slave engines. As a basic outline: + + fsi-master { + /* top-level of FSI bus topology, bound to an FSI master driver and + * exposes an FSI bus */ + + fsi-slave@<link,id> { + /* this node defines the FSI slave device, and is handled + * entirely with FSI core code */ + + fsi-slave-engine@<addr> { + /* this node defines the engine endpoint & address range, which + * is bound to the relevant fsi device driver */ + ... + }; + + fsi-slave-engine@<addr> { + ... + }; + + }; + }; + +Note that since the bus is probe-able, some (or all) of the topology may +not be described; this binding only provides an optional facility for +adding subordinate device tree nodes as children of FSI engines. + +FSI masters +----------- + +FSI master nodes declare themselves as such with the "fsi-master" compatible +value. It's likely that an implementation-specific compatible value will +be needed as well, for example: + + compatible = "fsi-master-gpio", "fsi-master"; + +Since the master nodes describe the top-level of the FSI topology, they also +need to declare the FSI-standard addressing scheme. This requires two cells for +addresses (link index and slave ID), and no size: + + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <0>; + +An optional boolean property can be added to indicate that a particular master +should not scan for connected devices at initialization time. This is +necessary in cases where a scan could cause arbitration issues with other +masters that may be present on the bus. + + no-scan-on-init; + +FSI slaves +---------- + +Slaves are identified by a (link-index, slave-id) pair, so require two cells +for an address identifier. Since these are not a range, no size cells are +required. For an example, a slave on link 1, with ID 2, could be represented +as: + + cfam@1,2 { + reg = <1 2>; + [...]; + } + +Each slave provides an address-space, under which the engines are accessible. +That address space has a maximum of 23 bits, so we use one cell to represent +addresses and sizes in the slave address space: + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + +FSI engines (devices) +--------------------- + +Engines are identified by their address under the slaves' address spaces. We +use a single cell for address and size. Engine nodes represent the endpoint +FSI device, and are passed to those FSI device drivers' ->probe() functions. + +For example, for a slave using a single 0x400-byte page starting at address +0xc00: + + engine@c00 { + reg = <0xc00 0x400>; + }; + + +Full example +------------ + +Here's an example that illustrates: + - an FSI master + - connected to an FSI slave + - that contains an engine that is an I2C master + - connected to an I2C EEPROM + +The FSI master may be connected to additional slaves, and slaves may have +additional engines, but they don't necessarily need to be describe in the +device tree if no extra platform information is required. + + /* The GPIO-based FSI master node, describing the top level of the + * FSI bus + */ + gpio-fsi { + compatible = "fsi-master-gpio", "fsi-master"; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + /* A FSI slave (aka. CFAM) at link 0, ID 0. */ + cfam@0,0 { + reg = <0 0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + /* FSI engine at 0xc00, using a single page. In this example, + * it's an I2C master controller, so subnodes describe the + * I2C bus. + */ + i2c-controller@c00 { + reg = <0xc00 0x400>; + + /* Engine-specific data. In this case, we're describing an + * I2C bus, so we're conforming to the generic I2C binding + */ + compatible = "some-vendor,fsi-i2c-controller"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + /* I2C endpoint device: an Atmel EEPROM */ + eeprom@50 { + compatible = "atmel,24c256"; + reg = <0x50>; + pagesize = <64>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-eic-sprd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-eic-sprd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..93d98d09d92b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-eic-sprd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +Spreadtrum EIC controller bindings + +The EIC is the abbreviation of external interrupt controller, which can +be used only in input mode. The Spreadtrum platform has 2 EIC controllers, +one is in digital chip, and another one is in PMIC. The digital chip EIC +controller contains 4 sub-modules: EIC-debounce, EIC-latch, EIC-async and +EIC-sync. But the PMIC EIC controller contains only one EIC-debounce sub- +module. + +The EIC-debounce sub-module provides up to 8 source input signal +connections. A debounce mechanism is used to capture the input signals' +stable status (millisecond resolution) and a single-trigger mechanism +is introduced into this sub-module to enhance the input event detection +reliability. In addition, this sub-module's clock can be shut off +automatically to reduce power dissipation. Moreover the debounce range +is from 1ms to 4s with a step size of 1ms. The input signal will be +ignored if it is asserted for less than 1 ms. + +The EIC-latch sub-module is used to latch some special power down signals +and generate interrupts, since the EIC-latch does not depend on the APB +clock to capture signals. + +The EIC-async sub-module uses a 32kHz clock to capture the short signals +(microsecond resolution) to generate interrupts by level or edge trigger. + +The EIC-sync is similar with GPIO's input function, which is a synchronized +signal input register. It can generate interrupts by level or edge trigger +when detecting input signals. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be one of the following: + "sprd,sc9860-eic-debounce", + "sprd,sc9860-eic-latch", + "sprd,sc9860-eic-async", + "sprd,sc9860-eic-sync", + "sprd,sc27xx-eic". +- reg: Define the base and range of the I/O address space containing + the GPIO controller registers. +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells: Should be <2>. The first cell is the gpio number and + the second cell is used to specify optional parameters. +- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: Should be <2>. Specifies the number of cells needed + to encode interrupt source. +- interrupts: Should be the port interrupt shared by all the gpios. + +Example: + eic_debounce: gpio@40210000 { + compatible = "sprd,sc9860-eic-debounce"; + reg = <0 0x40210000 0 0x80>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 52 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + + eic_latch: gpio@40210080 { + compatible = "sprd,sc9860-eic-latch"; + reg = <0 0x40210080 0 0x20>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 52 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + + eic_async: gpio@402100a0 { + compatible = "sprd,sc9860-eic-async"; + reg = <0 0x402100a0 0 0x20>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 52 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + + eic_sync: gpio@402100c0 { + compatible = "sprd,sc9860-eic-sync"; + reg = <0 0x402100c0 0 0x20>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 52 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + + pmic_eic: gpio@300 { + compatible = "sprd,sc27xx-eic"; + reg = <0x300>; + interrupt-parent = <&sc2731_pmic>; + interrupts = <5 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-etraxfs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-etraxfs.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 170194af3027..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-etraxfs.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -Axis ETRAX FS General I/O controller bindings - -Required properties: - -- compatible: one of: - - "axis,etraxfs-gio" - - "axis,artpec3-gio" -- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. -- #gpio-cells: Should be 3 - - The first cell is the gpio offset number. - - The second cell is reserved and is currently unused. - - The third cell is the port number (hex). -- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. - -Example: - - gio: gpio@b001a000 { - compatible = "axis,etraxfs-gio"; - reg = <0xb001a000 0x1000>; - gpio-controller; - #gpio-cells = <3>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt index 0d0158728f89..d2a937682836 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Required properties: nxp,pca9574 nxp,pca9575 nxp,pca9698 + nxp,pcal6524 + nxp,pcal9555a maxim,max7310 maxim,max7312 maxim,max7313 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-sprd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-sprd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eca97d45388f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-sprd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Spreadtrum GPIO controller bindings + +The controller's registers are organized as sets of sixteen 16-bit +registers with each set controlling a bank of up to 16 pins. A single +interrupt is shared for all of the banks handled by the controller. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "sprd,sc9860-gpio". +- reg: Define the base and range of the I/O address space containing +the GPIO controller registers. +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells: Should be <2>. The first cell is the gpio number and +the second cell is used to specify optional parameters. +- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: Should be <2>. Specifies the number of cells needed +to encode interrupt source. +- interrupts: Should be the port interrupt shared by all the gpios. + +Example: + ap_gpio: gpio@40280000 { + compatible = "sprd,sc9860-gpio"; + reg = <0 0x40280000 0 0x1000>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 50 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-tz1090-pdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-tz1090-pdc.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 528f5ef5a893..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-tz1090-pdc.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -ImgTec TZ1090 PDC GPIO Controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: Compatible property value should be "img,tz1090-pdc-gpio". - -- reg: Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. This starts at and cover the SOC_GPIO_CONTROL registers. - -- gpio-controller: Specifies that the node is a gpio controller. - -- #gpio-cells: Should be 2. The syntax of the gpio specifier used by client - nodes should have the following values. - <[phandle of the gpio controller node] - [PDC gpio number] - [gpio flags]> - - Values for gpio specifier: - - GPIO number: a value in the range 0 to 6. - - GPIO flags: bit field of flags, as defined in <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>. - Only the following flags are supported: - GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH - GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW - -Optional properties: -- gpio-ranges: Mapping to pin controller pins (as described in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt) - -- interrupts: Individual syswake interrupts (other GPIOs cannot interrupt) - - -Example: - - pdc_gpios: gpio-controller@2006500 { - gpio-controller; - #gpio-cells = <2>; - - compatible = "img,tz1090-pdc-gpio"; - reg = <0x02006500 0x100>; - - interrupt-parent = <&pdc>; - interrupts = <8 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>, /* Syswake 0 */ - <9 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>, /* Syswake 1 */ - <10 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>; /* Syswake 2 */ - gpio-ranges = <&pdc_pinctrl 0 0 7>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-tz1090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-tz1090.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b05a90e0ab29..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-tz1090.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -ImgTec TZ1090 GPIO Controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: Compatible property value should be "img,tz1090-gpio". - -- reg: Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped - region. - -- #address-cells: Should be 1 (for bank subnodes) - -- #size-cells: Should be 0 (for bank subnodes) - -- Each bank of GPIOs should have a subnode to represent it. - - Bank subnode required properties: - - reg: Index of bank in the range 0 to 2. - - - gpio-controller: Specifies that the node is a gpio controller. - - - #gpio-cells: Should be 2. The syntax of the gpio specifier used by client - nodes should have the following values. - <[phandle of the gpio controller node] - [gpio number within the gpio bank] - [gpio flags]> - - Values for gpio specifier: - - GPIO number: a value in the range 0 to 29. - - GPIO flags: bit field of flags, as defined in <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>. - Only the following flags are supported: - GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH - GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW - - Bank subnode optional properties: - - gpio-ranges: Mapping to pin controller pins (as described in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt) - - - interrupts: Interrupt for the entire bank - - - interrupt-controller: Specifies that the node is an interrupt controller - - - #interrupt-cells: Should be 2. The syntax of the interrupt specifier used by - client nodes should have the following values. - <[phandle of the interurupt controller] - [gpio number within the gpio bank] - [irq flags]> - - Values for irq specifier: - - GPIO number: a value in the range 0 to 29 - - IRQ flags: value to describe edge and level triggering, as defined in - <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>. Only the following flags are - supported: - IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING - IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING - IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH - IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH - IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW - - - -Example: - - gpios: gpio-controller@2005800 { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - compatible = "img,tz1090-gpio"; - reg = <0x02005800 0x90>; - - /* bank 0 with an interrupt */ - gpios0: bank@0 { - #gpio-cells = <2>; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; - reg = <0>; - interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; - gpio-controller; - gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0 0 30>; - interrupt-controller; - }; - - /* bank 2 without interrupt */ - gpios2: bank@2 { - #gpio-cells = <2>; - reg = <2>; - gpio-controller; - gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0 60 30>; - }; - }; - - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt index b5de08e3b1a2..a7c31de29362 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt @@ -151,9 +151,9 @@ in a lot of designs, some using all 32 bits, some using 18 and some using first 18 GPIOs, at local offset 0 .. 17, are in use. If these GPIOs do not happen to be the first N GPIOs at offset 0...N-1, an -additional bitmask is needed to specify which GPIOs are actually in use, -and which are dummies. The bindings for this case has not yet been -specified, but should be specified if/when such hardware appears. +additional set of tuples is needed to specify which GPIOs are unusable, with +the gpio-reserved-ranges binding. This property indicates the start and size +of the GPIOs that can't be used. Optionally, a GPIO controller may have a "gpio-line-names" property. This is an array of strings defining the names of the GPIO lines going out of the @@ -178,6 +178,7 @@ gpio-controller@00000000 { gpio-controller; #gpio-cells = <2>; ngpios = <18>; + gpio-reserved-ranges = <0 4>, <12 2>; gpio-line-names = "MMC-CD", "MMC-WP", "VDD eth", "RST eth", "LED R", "LED G", "LED B", "Col A", "Col B", "Col C", "Col D", "Row A", "Row B", "Row C", "Row D", "NMI button", diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nintendo,hollywood-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nintendo,hollywood-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..20fc72d9e61e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nintendo,hollywood-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Nintendo Wii (Hollywood) GPIO controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: "nintendo,hollywood-gpio +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells: Should be <2>. The first cell is the pin number and the + second cell is used to specify optional parameters: + - bit 0 specifies polarity (0 for normal, 1 for inverted). + +Optional properties: +- ngpios: see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt +- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: Should be two. +- interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the controller's Broadway (PowerPC) + interrupt. +- interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. + +Example: + + GPIO: gpio@d8000c0 { + #gpio-cells = <2>; + compatible = "nintendo,hollywood-gpio"; + reg = <0x0d8000c0 0x40>; + gpio-controller; + ngpios = <24>; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/raspberrypi,firmware-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/raspberrypi,firmware-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ce97265e23ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/raspberrypi,firmware-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Raspberry Pi GPIO expander + +The Raspberry Pi 3 GPIO expander is controlled by the VC4 firmware. The +firmware exposes a mailbox interface that allows the ARM core to control the +GPIO lines on the expander. + +The Raspberry Pi GPIO expander node must be a child node of the Raspberry Pi +firmware node. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Should be "raspberrypi,firmware-gpio" +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number, and + the second cell is used to specify the gpio polarity: + 0 = active high + 1 = active low + +Example: + +firmware: firmware-rpi { + compatible = "raspberrypi,bcm2835-firmware"; + mboxes = <&mailbox>; + + expgpio: gpio { + compatible = "raspberrypi,firmware-gpio"; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.txt index ad876548ab5d..c1f65d1dac1d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties: * And, optionally, one of the vendor specific compatible: + allwinner,sun4i-a10-mali + allwinner,sun7i-a20-mali + + allwinner,sun8i-h3-mali + allwinner,sun50i-h5-mali + amlogic,meson-gxbb-mali + amlogic,meson-gxl-mali diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt index a777477e4547..4a7811ecd954 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt @@ -13,7 +13,9 @@ Required properties: "renesas,i2c-r8a7794" if the device is a part of a R8A7794 SoC. "renesas,i2c-r8a7795" if the device is a part of a R8A7795 SoC. "renesas,i2c-r8a7796" if the device is a part of a R8A7796 SoC. + "renesas,i2c-r8a77965" if the device is a part of a R8A77965 SoC. "renesas,i2c-r8a77970" if the device is a part of a R8A77970 SoC. + "renesas,i2c-r8a77995" if the device is a part of a R8A77995 SoC. "renesas,rcar-gen1-i2c" for a generic R-Car Gen1 compatible device. "renesas,rcar-gen2-i2c" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt index 224390999e81..fc7e17802746 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,iic-r8a7794" (R-Car E2) - "renesas,iic-r8a7795" (R-Car H3) - "renesas,iic-r8a7796" (R-Car M3-W) + - "renesas,iic-r8a77965" (R-Car M3-N) - "renesas,iic-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5) - "renesas,rcar-gen2-iic" (generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible device) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-synquacer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-synquacer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..72f4a2f0fedc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-synquacer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Socionext SynQuacer I2C + +Required properties: +- compatible : Must be "socionext,synquacer-i2c" +- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts : A single interrupt specifier +- #address-cells : Must be <1>; +- #size-cells : Must be <0>; +- clock-names : Must contain "pclk". +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each name in clock-names. + (See the common clock bindings.) + +Optional properties: +- clock-frequency : Desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. As only Normal and + Fast modes are supported, possible values are 100000 and + 400000. + +Example : + + i2c@51210000 { + compatible = "socionext,synquacer-i2c"; + reg = <0x51210000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 165 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + clock-names = "pclk"; + clocks = <&clk_i2c>; + clock-frequency = <400000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/axp20x_adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/axp20x_adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7a6313913923 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/axp20x_adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +* X-Powers AXP ADC bindings + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be one of: + - "x-powers,axp209-adc", + - "x-powers,axp221-adc", + - "x-powers,axp813-adc", + - #io-channel-cells: should be 1, + +Example: + +&axp22x { + adc { + compatible = "x-powers,axp221-adc"; + #io-channel-cells = <1>; + }; +}; + +ADC channels and their indexes per variant: + +AXP209 +------ + 0 | acin_v + 1 | acin_i + 2 | vbus_v + 3 | vbus_i + 4 | pmic_temp + 5 | gpio0_v + 6 | gpio1_v + 7 | ipsout_v + 8 | batt_v + 9 | batt_chrg_i +10 | batt_dischrg_i + +AXP22x +------ + 0 | pmic_temp + 1 | batt_v + 2 | batt_chrg_i + 3 | batt_dischrg_i + +AXP813 +------ + 0 | pmic_temp + 1 | gpio0_v + 2 | batt_v + 3 | batt_chrg_i + 4 | batt_dischrg_i diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sigma-delta-modulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sigma-delta-modulator.txt index e9ebb8a20e0d..ba24ca7ba95e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sigma-delta-modulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sigma-delta-modulator.txt @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ Device-Tree bindings for sigma delta modulator Required properties: - compatible: should be "ads1201", "sd-modulator". "sd-modulator" can be use as a generic SD modulator if modulator not specified in compatible list. -- #io-channel-cells = <1>: See the IIO bindings section "IIO consumers". +- #io-channel-cells = <0>: See the IIO bindings section "IIO consumers". Example node: ads1202: adc@0 { compatible = "sd-modulator"; - #io-channel-cells = <1>; + #io-channel-cells = <0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/st,stm32-dfsdm-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/st,stm32-dfsdm-adc.txt index 911492da48f3..ed7520d1d051 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/st,stm32-dfsdm-adc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/st,stm32-dfsdm-adc.txt @@ -32,6 +32,10 @@ Optional properties: to "clock" property. Frequency must be a multiple of the rcc clock frequency. If not, SPI CLKOUT frequency will not be accurate. +- pinctrl-names: Set to "default". +- pinctrl-0: List of phandles pointing to pin configuration + nodes to set pins in mode of operation for dfsdm + on external pin. Contents of a STM32 DFSDM child nodes: -------------------------------------- @@ -68,8 +72,8 @@ Optional properties: - st,adc-channel-types: Single-ended channel input type. - "SPI_R": SPI with data on rising edge (default) - "SPI_F": SPI with data on falling edge - - "MANCH_R": manchester codec, rising edge = logic 0 - - "MANCH_F": manchester codec, falling edge = logic 1 + - "MANCH_R": manchester codec, rising edge = logic 0, falling edge = logic 1 + - "MANCH_F": manchester codec, rising edge = logic 1, falling edge = logic 0 - st,adc-channel-clk-src: Conversion clock source. - "CLKIN": external SPI clock (CLKIN x) - "CLKOUT": internal SPI clock (CLKOUT) (default) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/ad5272.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/ad5272.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f9b2eef946aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/ad5272.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +* Analog Devices AD5272 digital potentiometer + +The node for this device must be a child node of a I2C controller, hence +all mandatory properties for your controller must be specified. See directory: + + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c + +for more details. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Must be one of the following, depending on the model: + adi,ad5272-020 + adi,ad5272-050 + adi,ad5272-100 + adi,ad5274-020 + adi,ad5274-100 + +Optional properties: + - reset-gpios: GPIO specification for the RESET input. This is an + active low signal to the AD5272. + +Example: +ad5272: potentiometer@2f { + reg = <0x2F>; + compatible = "adi,ad5272-020"; + reset-gpios = <&gpio3 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/mlx90632.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/mlx90632.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0b05812001f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/mlx90632.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* Melexis MLX90632 contactless Infra Red temperature sensor + +Link to datasheet: https://www.melexis.com/en/documents/documentation/datasheets/datasheet-mlx90632 + +There are various applications for the Infra Red contactless temperature sensor +and MLX90632 is most suitable for consumer applications where measured object +temperature is in range between -20 to 200 degrees Celsius with relative error +of measurement below 1 degree Celsius in object temperature range for +industrial applications. Since it can operate and measure ambient temperature +in range of -20 to 85 degrees Celsius it is suitable also for outdoor use. + +Be aware that electronics surrounding the sensor can increase ambient +temperature. MLX90632 can be calibrated to reduce the housing effect via +already existing EEPROM parameters. + +Since measured object emissivity effects Infra Red energy emitted, emissivity +should be set before requesting the object temperature. + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be "melexis,mlx90632" + - reg: the I2C address of the sensor (default 0x3a) + +Example: + +mlx90632@3a { + compatible = "melexis,mlx90632"; + reg = <0x3a>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt index a94940481e55..996ce84352cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-keys.txt @@ -26,6 +26,14 @@ Optional subnode-properties: If not specified defaults to 5. - wakeup-source: Boolean, button can wake-up the system. (Legacy property supported: "gpio-key,wakeup") + - wakeup-event-action: Specifies whether the key should wake the + system when asserted, when deasserted, or both. This property is + only valid for keys that wake up the system (e.g., when the + "wakeup-source" property is also provided). + Supported values are defined in linux-event-codes.h: + EV_ACT_ASSERTED - asserted + EV_ACT_DEASSERTED - deasserted + EV_ACT_ANY - both asserted and deasserted - linux,can-disable: Boolean, indicates that button is connected to dedicated (not shared) interrupt which can be disabled to suppress events from the button. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/zii,rave-sp-pwrbutton.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/zii,rave-sp-pwrbutton.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..43ef770dfeb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/zii,rave-sp-pwrbutton.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Zodiac Inflight Innovations RAVE Supervisory Processor Power Button Bindings + +RAVE SP input device is a "MFD cell" device corresponding to power +button functionality of RAVE Supervisory Processor. It is expected +that its Device Tree node is specified as a child of the node +corresponding to the parent RAVE SP device (as documented in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/zii,rave-sp.txt) + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Should be "zii,rave-sp-pwrbutton" + +Example: + + rave-sp { + compatible = "zii,rave-sp-rdu1"; + current-speed = <38400>; + + pwrbutton { + compatible = "zii,rave-sp-pwrbutton"; + }; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/andestech,ativic32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/andestech,ativic32.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f4b4193d830e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/andestech,ativic32.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +* Andestech Internal Vector Interrupt Controller + +The Internal Vector Interrupt Controller (IVIC) is a basic interrupt controller +suitable for a simpler SoC platform not requiring a more sophisticated and +bigger External Vector Interrupt Controller. + + +Main node required properties: + +- compatible : should at least contain "andestech,ativic32". +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells: 1 cells and refer to interrupt-controller/interrupts + +Examples: + intc: interrupt-controller { + compatible = "andestech,ativic32"; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/axis,crisv32-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/axis,crisv32-intc.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e8b123b0a5e6..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/axis,crisv32-intc.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -* CRISv32 Interrupt Controller - -Interrupt controller for the CRISv32 SoCs. - -Main node required properties: - -- compatible : should be: - "axis,crisv32-intc" -- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller -- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an - interrupt source. The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 1. -- reg: physical base address and size of the intc registers map. - -Example: - - intc: interrupt-controller { - compatible = "axis,crisv32-intc"; - reg = <0xb001c000 0x1000>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <1>; - }; - - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mscc,ocelot-icpu-intr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mscc,ocelot-icpu-intr.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b47a8a02b17b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mscc,ocelot-icpu-intr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Microsemi Ocelot SoC ICPU Interrupt Controller + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be "mscc,ocelot-icpu-intr" +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. The value shall be 1. +- interrupt-parent : phandle of the CPU interrupt controller. +- interrupts : Specifies the CPU interrupt the controller is connected to. + +Example: + + intc: interrupt-controller@70000070 { + compatible = "mscc,ocelot-icpu-intr"; + reg = <0x70000070 0x70>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; + interrupt-parent = <&cpuintc>; + interrupts = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0b2c97ddb520 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/qcom,pdc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +PDC interrupt controller + +Qualcomm Technologies Inc. SoCs based on the RPM Hardened architecture have a +Power Domain Controller (PDC) that is on always-on domain. In addition to +providing power control for the power domains, the hardware also has an +interrupt controller that can be used to help detect edge low interrupts as +well detect interrupts when the GIC is non-operational. + +GIC is parent interrupt controller at the highest level. Platform interrupt +controller PDC is next in hierarchy, followed by others. Drivers requiring +wakeup capabilities of their device interrupts routed through the PDC, must +specify PDC as their interrupt controller and request the PDC port associated +with the GIC interrupt. See example below. + +Properties: + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: Should contain "qcom,<soc>-pdc" + - "qcom,sdm845-pdc": For SDM845 + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: Specifies the base physical address for PDC hardware. + +- interrupt-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt + source. + Must be 2. + The first element of the tuple is the PDC pin for the + interrupt. + The second element is the trigger type. + +- interrupt-parent: + Usage: required + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: Specifies the interrupt parent necessary for hierarchical + domain to operate. + +- interrupt-controller: + Usage: required + Value type: <bool> + Definition: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. + +- qcom,pdc-ranges: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32 array> + Definition: Specifies the PDC pin offset and the number of PDC ports. + The tuples indicates the valid mapping of valid PDC ports + and their hwirq mapping. + The first element of the tuple is the starting PDC port. + The second element is the GIC hwirq number for the PDC port. + The third element is the number of interrupts in sequence. + +Example: + + pdc: interrupt-controller@b220000 { + compatible = "qcom,sdm845-pdc"; + reg = <0xb220000 0x30000>; + qcom,pdc-ranges = <0 512 94>, <94 641 15>, <115 662 7>; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupt-controller; + }; + +DT binding of a device that wants to use the GIC SPI 514 as a wakeup +interrupt, must do - + + wake-device { + interrupts-extended = <&pdc 2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; + +In this case interrupt 514 would be mapped to port 2 on the PDC as defined by +the qcom,pdc-ranges property. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt index 33c9a10fdc91..20f121daa910 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,irqc-r8a7794" (R-Car E2) - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a7795" (R-Car H3) - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a7796" (R-Car M3-W) + - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77965" (R-Car M3-N) - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77970" (R-Car V3M) - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77995" (R-Car D3) - #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt index 1fd5d69647ca..ffadb7c6f1f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt @@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ Required Properties: the device is compatible with the R-Car Gen2 VMSA-compatible IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a73a4" for the R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) IPMMU. + - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) IPMMU. + - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7745" for the R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 (R-Car H2) IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7793" for the R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) IPMMU. @@ -19,7 +21,8 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7796" for the R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a77970" for the R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) IPMMU. - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a77995" for the R8A77995 (R-Car D3) IPMMU. - - "renesas,ipmmu-vmsa" for generic R-Car Gen2 VMSA-compatible IPMMU. + - "renesas,ipmmu-vmsa" for generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 VMSA-compatible + IPMMU. - reg: Base address and size of the IPMMU registers. - interrupts: Specifiers for the MMU fault interrupts. For instances that diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.txt index 2098f7732264..6ecefea1c6f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/rockchip,iommu.txt @@ -14,6 +14,11 @@ Required properties: "single-master" device, and needs no additional information to associate with its master device. See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/iommu.txt +- clocks : A list of clocks required for the IOMMU to be accessible by + the host CPU. +- clock-names : Should contain the following: + "iface" - Main peripheral bus clock (PCLK/HCL) (required) + "aclk" - AXI bus clock (required) Optional properties: - rockchip,disable-mmu-reset : Don't use the mmu reset operation. @@ -27,5 +32,7 @@ Example: reg = <0xff940300 0x100>; interrupts = <GIC_SPI 16 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; interrupt-names = "vopl_mmu"; + clocks = <&cru ACLK_VOP1>, <&cru HCLK_VOP1>; + clock-names = "aclk", "iface"; #iommu-cells = <0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ipmi/aspeed-kcs-bmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ipmi/aspeed-kcs-bmc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d98a9bf45d6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ipmi/aspeed-kcs-bmc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Aspeed KCS (Keyboard Controller Style) IPMI interface + +The Aspeed SOCs (AST2400 and AST2500) are commonly used as BMCs +(Baseboard Management Controllers) and the KCS interface can be +used to perform in-band IPMI communication with their host. + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be one of + "aspeed,ast2400-kcs-bmc" + "aspeed,ast2500-kcs-bmc" +- interrupts : interrupt generated by the controller +- kcs_chan : The LPC channel number in the controller +- kcs_addr : The host CPU IO map address + + +Example: + + kcs3: kcs3@0 { + compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-kcs-bmc"; + reg = <0x0 0x80>; + interrupts = <8>; + kcs_chan = <3>; + kcs_addr = <0xCA2>; + status = "okay"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/jailhouse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/jailhouse.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2901c25ff340 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/jailhouse.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Jailhouse non-root cell device tree bindings +-------------------------------------------- + +When running in a non-root Jailhouse cell (partition), the device tree of this +platform shall have a top-level "hypervisor" node with the following +properties: + +- compatible = "jailhouse,cell" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/hisilicon,hi3660-mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/hisilicon,hi3660-mailbox.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3e5b4537407d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/hisilicon,hi3660-mailbox.txt @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +Hisilicon Hi3660 Mailbox Controller + +Hisilicon Hi3660 mailbox controller supports up to 32 channels. Messages +are passed between processors, including application & communication +processors, MCU, HIFI, etc. Each channel is unidirectional and accessed +by using MMIO registers; it supports maximum to 8 words message. + +Controller +---------- + +Required properties: +- compatible: : Shall be "hisilicon,hi3660-mbox" +- reg: : Offset and length of the device's register set +- #mbox-cells: : Must be 3 + <&phandle channel dst_irq ack_irq> + phandle : Label name of controller + channel : Channel number + dst_irq : Remote interrupt vector + ack_irq : Local interrupt vector + +- interrupts: : Contains the two IRQ lines for mailbox. + +Example: + +mailbox: mailbox@e896b000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-mbox"; + reg = <0x0 0xe896b000 0x0 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0x0 0xc0 0x4>, + <0x0 0xc1 0x4>; + #mbox-cells = <3>; +}; + +Client +------ + +Required properties: +- compatible : See the client docs +- mboxes : Standard property to specify a Mailbox (See ./mailbox.txt) + Cells must match 'mbox-cells' (See Controller docs above) + +Optional properties +- mbox-names : Name given to channels seen in the 'mboxes' property. + +Example: + +stub_clock: stub_clock@e896b500 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-stub-clk"; + reg = <0x0 0xe896b500 0x0 0x0100>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + mboxes = <&mailbox 13 3 0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt index be05b9746c69..af8ecee2ac68 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt @@ -23,6 +23,11 @@ Required property: Optional property: - mbox-names: List of identifier strings for each mailbox channel. +- shmem : List of phandle pointing to the shared memory(SHM) area between the + users of these mailboxes for IPC, one for each mailbox. This shared + memory can be part of any memory reserved for the purpose of this + communication between the mailbox client and the remote. + Example: pwr_cntrl: power { @@ -30,3 +35,26 @@ Example: mbox-names = "pwr-ctrl", "rpc"; mboxes = <&mailbox 0 &mailbox 1>; }; + +Example with shared memory(shmem): + + sram: sram@50000000 { + compatible = "mmio-sram"; + reg = <0x50000000 0x10000>; + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0x50000000 0x10000>; + + cl_shmem: shmem@0 { + compatible = "client-shmem"; + reg = <0x0 0x200>; + }; + }; + + client@2e000000 { + ... + mboxes = <&mailbox 0>; + shmem = <&cl_shmem>; + .. + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/coda.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/coda.txt index 2865d04e4030..90eb74cc1993 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/coda.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/coda.txt @@ -7,8 +7,9 @@ called VPU (Video Processing Unit). Required properties: - compatible : should be "fsl,<chip>-src" for i.MX SoCs: (a) "fsl,imx27-vpu" for CodaDx6 present in i.MX27 - (b) "fsl,imx53-vpu" for CODA7541 present in i.MX53 - (c) "fsl,imx6q-vpu" for CODA960 present in i.MX6q + (b) "fsl,imx51-vpu" for CodaHx4 present in i.MX51 + (c) "fsl,imx53-vpu" for CODA7541 present in i.MX53 + (d) "fsl,imx6q-vpu" for CODA960 present in i.MX6q - reg: should be register base and length as documented in the SoC reference manual - interrupts : Should contain the VPU interrupt. For CODA960, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt index 9cbd92eb5d05..dcf57e7c60eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt @@ -13,7 +13,11 @@ Required Properties: - "adi,adv7611" for the ADV7611 - "adi,adv7612" for the ADV7612 - - reg: I2C slave address + - reg: I2C slave addresses + The ADV76xx has up to thirteen 256-byte maps that can be accessed via the + main I2C ports. Each map has it own I2C address and acts as a standard + slave device on the I2C bus. The main address is mandatory, others are + optional and revert to defaults if not specified. - hpd-gpios: References to the GPIOs that control the HDMI hot-plug detection pins, one per HDMI input. The active flag indicates the GPIO @@ -35,6 +39,11 @@ Optional Properties: - reset-gpios: Reference to the GPIO connected to the device's reset pin. - default-input: Select which input is selected after reset. + - reg-names : Names of maps with programmable addresses. + It can contain any map needing a non-default address. + Possible maps names are : + "main", "avlink", "cec", "infoframe", "esdp", "dpp", "afe", + "rep", "edid", "hdmi", "test", "cp", "vdp" Optional Endpoint Properties: @@ -52,7 +61,12 @@ Example: hdmi_receiver@4c { compatible = "adi,adv7611"; - reg = <0x4c>; + /* + * The edid page will be accessible @ 0x66 on the I2C bus. All + * other maps will retain their default addresses. + */ + reg = <0x4c>, <0x66>; + reg-names "main", "edid"; reset-gpios = <&ioexp 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; hpd-gpios = <&ioexp 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2685.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2685.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..625c4a8c0d53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2685.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +* Omnivision OV2685 MIPI CSI-2 sensor + +Required Properties: +- compatible: shall be "ovti,ov2685" +- clocks: reference to the xvclk input clock +- clock-names: shall be "xvclk" +- avdd-supply: Analog voltage supply, 2.8 volts +- dovdd-supply: Digital I/O voltage supply, 1.8 volts +- dvdd-supply: Digital core voltage supply, 1.8 volts +- reset-gpios: Low active reset gpio + +The device node shall contain one 'port' child node with an +'endpoint' subnode for its digital output video port, +in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. +The endpoint optional property 'data-lanes' shall be "<1>". + +Example: +&i2c7 { + ov2685: camera-sensor@3c { + compatible = "ovti,ov2685"; + reg = <0x3c>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&clk_24m_cam>; + + clocks = <&cru SCLK_TESTCLKOUT1>; + clock-names = "xvclk"; + + avdd-supply = <&pp2800_cam>; + dovdd-supply = <&pp1800>; + dvdd-supply = <&pp1800>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio2 3 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + port { + ucam_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mipi_in_ucam>; + data-lanes = <1>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov5695.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov5695.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..640a63717d96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov5695.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +* Omnivision OV5695 MIPI CSI-2 sensor + +Required Properties: +- compatible: shall be "ovti,ov5695" +- clocks: reference to the xvclk input clock +- clock-names: shall be "xvclk" +- avdd-supply: Analog voltage supply, 2.8 volts +- dovdd-supply: Digital I/O voltage supply, 1.8 volts +- dvdd-supply: Digital core voltage supply, 1.2 volts +- reset-gpios: Low active reset gpio + +The device node shall contain one 'port' child node with an +'endpoint' subnode for its digital output video port, +in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. +The endpoint optional property 'data-lanes' shall be "<1 2>". + +Example: +&i2c7 { + ov5695: camera-sensor@36 { + compatible = "ovti,ov5695"; + reg = <0x36>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&clk_24m_cam>; + + clocks = <&cru SCLK_TESTCLKOUT1>; + clock-names = "xvclk"; + + avdd-supply = <&pp2800_cam>; + dovdd-supply = <&pp1800>; + dvdd-supply = <&pp1250_cam>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio2 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + + port { + wcam_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&mipi_in_wcam>; + data-lanes = <1 2>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov7670.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov7670.txt index 826b6563b009..2c972a56f3cb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov7670.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov7670.txt @@ -9,14 +9,21 @@ Required Properties: - clocks: reference to the xclk input clock. - clock-names: should be "xclk". +Required Endpoint Properties: +- hsync-active: active state of the HSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. +- vsync-active: active state of the VSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. + Optional Properties: - reset-gpios: reference to the GPIO connected to the resetb pin, if any. Active is low. - powerdown-gpios: reference to the GPIO connected to the pwdn pin, if any. Active is high. +- ov7670,pclk-hb-disable: a boolean property to suppress pixel clock output + signal during horizontal blankings. -The device node must contain one 'port' child node for its digital output -video port, in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in +The device node must contain one 'port' child node with one 'endpoint' child +sub-node for its digital output video port, in accordance with the video +interface bindings defined in: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. Example: @@ -34,8 +41,13 @@ Example: assigned-clocks = <&pck0>; assigned-clock-rates = <25000000>; + ov7670,pclk-hb-disable; + port { ov7670_0: endpoint { + hsync-active = <0>; + vsync-active = <0>; + remote-endpoint = <&isi_0>; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov9650.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov9650.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..506dfc52872a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov9650.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +* Omnivision OV9650/OV9652 CMOS sensor + +Required Properties: +- compatible: shall be one of + "ovti,ov9650" + "ovti,ov9652" +- clocks: reference to the xvclk input clock. + +Optional Properties: +- reset-gpios: reference to the GPIO connected to the resetb pin, if any. + Active is high. +- powerdown-gpios: reference to the GPIO connected to the pwdn pin, if any. + Active is high. + +The device node shall contain one 'port' child node with one child 'endpoint' +subnode for its digital output video port, in accordance with the video +interface bindings defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ +video-interfaces.txt. + +Example: + +&i2c0 { + ov9650: camera@30 { + compatible = "ovti,ov9650"; + reg = <0x30>; + reset-gpios = <&axi_gpio_0 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + powerdown-gpios = <&axi_gpio_0 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + clocks = <&xclk>; + + port { + ov9650_0: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&vcap1_in0>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tda1997x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tda1997x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e76167999d76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/tda1997x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for the NXP TDA1997x HDMI receiver + +The TDA19971/73 are HDMI video receivers. + +The TDA19971 Video port output pins can be used as follows: + - RGB 8bit per color (24 bits total): R[11:4] B[11:4] G[11:4] + - YUV444 8bit per color (24 bits total): Y[11:4] Cr[11:4] Cb[11:4] + - YUV422 semi-planar 8bit per component (16 bits total): Y[11:4] CbCr[11:4] + - YUV422 semi-planar 10bit per component (20 bits total): Y[11:2] CbCr[11:2] + - YUV422 semi-planar 12bit per component (24 bits total): - Y[11:0] CbCr[11:0] + - YUV422 BT656 8bit per component (8 bits total): YCbCr[11:4] (2-cycles) + - YUV422 BT656 10bit per component (10 bits total): YCbCr[11:2] (2-cycles) + - YUV422 BT656 12bit per component (12 bits total): YCbCr[11:0] (2-cycles) + +The TDA19973 Video port output pins can be used as follows: + - RGB 12bit per color (36 bits total): R[11:0] B[11:0] G[11:0] + - YUV444 12bit per color (36 bits total): Y[11:0] Cb[11:0] Cr[11:0] + - YUV422 semi-planar 12bit per component (24 bits total): Y[11:0] CbCr[11:0] + - YUV422 BT656 12bit per component (12 bits total): YCbCr[11:0] (2-cycles) + +The Video port output pins are mapped via 4-bit 'pin groups' allowing +for a variety of connection possibilities including swapping pin order within +pin groups. The video_portcfg device-tree property consists of register mapping +pairs which map a chip-specific VP output register to a 4-bit pin group. If +the pin group needs to be bit-swapped you can use the *_S pin-group defines. + +Required Properties: + - compatible : + - "nxp,tda19971" for the TDA19971 + - "nxp,tda19973" for the TDA19973 + - reg : I2C slave address + - interrupts : The interrupt number + - DOVDD-supply : Digital I/O supply + - DVDD-supply : Digital Core supply + - AVDD-supply : Analog supply + - nxp,vidout-portcfg : array of pairs mapping VP output pins to pin groups. + +Optional Properties: + - nxp,audout-format : DAI bus format: "i2s" or "spdif". + - nxp,audout-width : width of audio output data bus (1-4). + - nxp,audout-layout : data layout (0=AP0 used, 1=AP0/AP1/AP2/AP3 used). + - nxp,audout-mclk-fs : Multiplication factor between stream rate and codec + mclk. + +The port node shall contain one endpoint child node for its digital +output video port, in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. + +Optional Endpoint Properties: + The following three properties are defined in video-interfaces.txt and + are valid for the output parallel bus endpoint: + - hsync-active: Horizontal synchronization polarity. Defaults to active high. + - vsync-active: Vertical synchronization polarity. Defaults to active high. + - data-active: Data polarity. Defaults to active high. + +Examples: + - VP[15:0] connected to IMX6 CSI_DATA[19:4] for 16bit YUV422 + 16bit I2S layout0 with a 128*fs clock (A_WS, AP0, A_CLK pins) + hdmi-receiver@48 { + compatible = "nxp,tda19971"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_tda1997x>; + reg = <0x48>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + DOVDD-supply = <®_3p3v>; + AVDD-supply = <®_1p8v>; + DVDD-supply = <®_1p8v>; + /* audio */ + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + nxp,audout-format = "i2s"; + nxp,audout-layout = <0>; + nxp,audout-width = <16>; + nxp,audout-mclk-fs = <128>; + /* + * The 8bpp YUV422 semi-planar mode outputs CbCr[11:4] + * and Y[11:4] across 16bits in the same pixclk cycle. + */ + nxp,vidout-portcfg = + /* Y[11:8]<->VP[15:12]<->CSI_DATA[19:16] */ + < TDA1997X_VP24_V15_12 TDA1997X_G_Y_11_8 >, + /* Y[7:4]<->VP[11:08]<->CSI_DATA[15:12] */ + < TDA1997X_VP24_V11_08 TDA1997X_G_Y_7_4 >, + /* CbCc[11:8]<->VP[07:04]<->CSI_DATA[11:8] */ + < TDA1997X_VP24_V07_04 TDA1997X_R_CR_CBCR_11_8 >, + /* CbCr[7:4]<->VP[03:00]<->CSI_DATA[7:4] */ + < TDA1997X_VP24_V03_00 TDA1997X_R_CR_CBCR_7_4 >; + + port { + tda1997x_to_ipu1_csi0_mux: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ipu1_csi0_mux_from_parallel_sensor>; + bus-width = <16>; + hsync-active = <1>; + vsync-active = <1>; + data-active = <1>; + }; + }; + }; + - VP[15:8] connected to IMX6 CSI_DATA[19:12] for 8bit BT656 + 16bit I2S layout0 with a 128*fs clock (A_WS, AP0, A_CLK pins) + hdmi-receiver@48 { + compatible = "nxp,tda19971"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_tda1997x>; + reg = <0x48>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + DOVDD-supply = <®_3p3v>; + AVDD-supply = <®_1p8v>; + DVDD-supply = <®_1p8v>; + /* audio */ + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + nxp,audout-format = "i2s"; + nxp,audout-layout = <0>; + nxp,audout-width = <16>; + nxp,audout-mclk-fs = <128>; + /* + * The 8bpp YUV422 semi-planar mode outputs CbCr[11:4] + * and Y[11:4] across 16bits in the same pixclk cycle. + */ + nxp,vidout-portcfg = + /* Y[11:8]<->VP[15:12]<->CSI_DATA[19:16] */ + < TDA1997X_VP24_V15_12 TDA1997X_G_Y_11_8 >, + /* Y[7:4]<->VP[11:08]<->CSI_DATA[15:12] */ + < TDA1997X_VP24_V11_08 TDA1997X_G_Y_7_4 >, + /* CbCc[11:8]<->VP[07:04]<->CSI_DATA[11:8] */ + < TDA1997X_VP24_V07_04 TDA1997X_R_CR_CBCR_11_8 >, + /* CbCr[7:4]<->VP[03:00]<->CSI_DATA[7:4] */ + < TDA1997X_VP24_V03_00 TDA1997X_R_CR_CBCR_7_4 >; + + port { + tda1997x_to_ipu1_csi0_mux: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ipu1_csi0_mux_from_parallel_sensor>; + bus-width = <16>; + hsync-active = <1>; + vsync-active = <1>; + data-active = <1>; + }; + }; + }; + - VP[15:8] connected to IMX6 CSI_DATA[19:12] for 8bit BT656 + 16bit I2S layout0 with a 128*fs clock (A_WS, AP0, A_CLK pins) + hdmi-receiver@48 { + compatible = "nxp,tda19971"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_tda1997x>; + reg = <0x48>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>; + interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>; + DOVDD-supply = <®_3p3v>; + AVDD-supply = <®_1p8v>; + DVDD-supply = <®_1p8v>; + /* audio */ + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + nxp,audout-format = "i2s"; + nxp,audout-layout = <0>; + nxp,audout-width = <16>; + nxp,audout-mclk-fs = <128>; + /* + * The 8bpp BT656 mode outputs YCbCr[11:4] across 8bits over + * 2 pixclk cycles. + */ + nxp,vidout-portcfg = + /* YCbCr[11:8]<->VP[15:12]<->CSI_DATA[19:16] */ + < TDA1997X_VP24_V15_12 TDA1997X_R_CR_CBCR_11_8 >, + /* YCbCr[7:4]<->VP[11:08]<->CSI_DATA[15:12] */ + < TDA1997X_VP24_V11_08 TDA1997X_R_CR_CBCR_7_4 >, + + port { + tda1997x_to_ipu1_csi0_mux: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ipu1_csi0_mux_from_parallel_sensor>; + bus-width = <16>; + hsync-active = <1>; + vsync-active = <1>; + data-active = <1>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt index 19357d0bbe65..1ce7ff9449c5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Board setup example (vin1 composite video input) ------------------------------------------------ &i2c2 { - status = "ok"; + status = "okay"; pinctrl-0 = <&i2c2_pins>; pinctrl-names = "default"; @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Board setup example (vin1 composite video input) pinctrl-0 = <&vin1_pins>; pinctrl-names = "default"; - status = "ok"; + status = "okay"; port { #address-cells = <1>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3fc66dfb192c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +Renesas Capture Engine Unit (CEU) +---------------------------------------------- + +The Capture Engine Unit is the image capture interface found in the Renesas +SH Mobile and RZ SoCs. + +The interface supports a single parallel input with data bus width of 8 or 16 +bits. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Shall be "renesas,r7s72100-ceu" for CEU units found in RZ/A1H + and RZ/A1M SoCs. +- reg: Registers address base and size. +- interrupts: The interrupt specifier. + +The CEU supports a single parallel input and should contain a single 'port' +subnode with a single 'endpoint'. Connection to input devices are modeled +according to the video interfaces OF bindings specified in: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt + +Optional endpoint properties applicable to parallel input bus described in +the above mentioned "video-interfaces.txt" file are supported. + +- hsync-active: Active state of the HSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. + If property is not present, default is active high. +- vsync-active: Active state of the VSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. + If property is not present, default is active high. + +Example: + +The example describes the connection between the Capture Engine Unit and an +OV7670 image sensor connected to i2c1 interface. + +ceu: ceu@e8210000 { + reg = <0xe8210000 0x209c>; + compatible = "renesas,r7s72100-ceu"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 332 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&vio_pins>; + + status = "okay"; + + port { + ceu_in: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ov7670_out>; + + hsync-active = <1>; + vsync-active = <0>; + }; + }; +}; + +i2c1: i2c@fcfee400 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&i2c1_pins>; + + status = "okay"; + + clock-frequency = <100000>; + + ov7670: camera@21 { + compatible = "ovti,ov7670"; + reg = <0x21>; + + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&vio_pins>; + + reset-gpios = <&port3 11 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + powerdown-gpios = <&port3 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + + port { + ov7670_out: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&ceu_in>; + + hsync-active = <1>; + vsync-active = <0>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt index d3404b5d4d17..aa54c8159d9f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/s5p-mfc.txt @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Required properties: (c) "samsung,mfc-v7" for MFC v7 present in Exynos5420 SoC (d) "samsung,mfc-v8" for MFC v8 present in Exynos5800 SoC (e) "samsung,exynos5433-mfc" for MFC v8 present in Exynos5433 SoC + (f) "samsung,mfc-v10" for MFC v10 present in Exynos7880 SoC - reg : Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory mapped region. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/spi/sony-cxd2880.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/spi/sony-cxd2880.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fc5aa263abe5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/spi/sony-cxd2880.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Sony CXD2880 DVB-T2/T tuner + demodulator driver SPI adapter + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "sony,cxd2880". +- reg: SPI chip select number for the device. +- spi-max-frequency: Maximum bus speed, should be set to <55000000> (55MHz). + +Example: + +cxd2880@0 { + compatible = "sony,cxd2880"; + reg = <0>; /* CE0 */ + spi-max-frequency = <55000000>; /* 55MHz */ +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt index 91648c569b1e..278098987edb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt @@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - linux,rc-map-name: see rc.txt file in the same directory. - resets : phandle + reset specifier pair +- clock-frequency : IR Receiver clock frequency, in Hertz. Defaults to 8 MHz + if missing. Example: @@ -18,6 +20,7 @@ ir0: ir@1c21800 { compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ir"; clocks = <&apb0_gates 6>, <&ir0_clk>; clock-names = "apb", "ir"; + clock-frequency = <3000000>; resets = <&apb0_rst 1>; interrupts = <0 5 1>; reg = <0x01C21800 0x40>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt index 621b41c79faa..44d71469c914 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ti/emif.txt @@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ EMIF - External Memory Interface - is an SDRAM controller used in TI SoCs. EMIF supports, based on the IP revision, one or more of DDR2/DDR3/LPDDR2 protocols. This binding describes a given instance -of the EMIF IP and memory parts attached to it. +of the EMIF IP and memory parts attached to it. Certain revisions +of the EMIF controller also contain optional ECC support, which +corrects one bit errors and detects two bit errors. Required properties: - compatible : Should be of the form "ti,emif-<ip-rev>" where <ip-rev> @@ -11,6 +13,8 @@ Required properties: compatible should be one of the following: "ti,emif-am3352" "ti,emif-am4372" + "ti,emif-dra7xx" + "ti,emif-keystone" - phy-type : <u32> indicating the DDR phy type. Following are the allowed values @@ -22,6 +26,7 @@ Required properties: - ti,hwmods : For TI hwmods processing and omap device creation the value shall be "emif<n>" where <n> is the number of the EMIF instance with base 1. +- interrupts : interrupt used by the controller Required only for "ti,emif-am3352" and "ti,emif-am4372": - sram : Phandles for generic sram driver nodes, @@ -71,3 +76,9 @@ emif: emif@4c000000 { sram = <&pm_sram_code &pm_sram_data>; }; + +emif1: emif@4c000000 { + compatible = "ti,emif-dra7xx"; + reg = <0x4c000000 0x200>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 105 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/metag/meta.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/metag/meta.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f4457f57ab08..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/metag/meta.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -* Meta Processor Binding - -This binding specifies what properties must be available in the device tree -representation of a Meta Processor Core, which is the root node in the tree. - -Required properties: - - - compatible: Specifies the compatibility list for the Meta processor. - The type shall be <string> and the value shall include "img,meta". - -Optional properties: - - - clocks: Clock consumer specifiers as described in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt - - - clock-names: Clock consumer names as described in - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt. - -Clocks are identified by name. Valid clocks are: - - - "core": The Meta core clock from which the Meta timers are derived. - -* Examples - -/ { - compatible = "toumaz,tz1090", "img,meta"; - - clocks = <&meta_core_clk>; - clock-names = "core"; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/aspeed-lpc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/aspeed-lpc.txt index 514d82ced95b..34dd89087cff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/aspeed-lpc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/aspeed-lpc.txt @@ -109,9 +109,50 @@ lpc: lpc@1e789000 { }; }; +BMC Node Children +================== + + Host Node Children ================== +LPC Host Interface Controller +------------------- + +The LPC Host Interface Controller manages functions exposed to the host such as +LPC firmware hub cycles, configuration of the LPC-to-AHB mapping, UART +management and bus snoop configuration. + +Required properties: + +- compatible: One of: + "aspeed,ast2400-lpc-ctrl"; + "aspeed,ast2500-lpc-ctrl"; + +- reg: contains offset/length values of the host interface controller + memory regions + +- clocks: contains a phandle to the syscon node describing the clocks. + There should then be one cell representing the clock to use + +- memory-region: A phandle to a reserved_memory region to be used for the LPC + to AHB mapping + +- flash: A phandle to the SPI flash controller containing the flash to + be exposed over the LPC to AHB mapping + +Example: + +lpc-host@80 { + lpc_ctrl: lpc-ctrl@0 { + compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-lpc-ctrl"; + reg = <0x0 0x80>; + clocks = <&syscon ASPEED_CLK_GATE_LCLK>; + memory-region = <&flash_memory>; + flash = <&spi>; + }; +}; + LPC Host Controller ------------------- @@ -135,3 +176,24 @@ lhc: lhc@20 { compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-lhc"; reg = <0x20 0x24 0x48 0x8>; }; + +LPC reset control +----------------- + +The UARTs present in the ASPEED SoC can have their resets tied to the reset +state of the LPC bus. Some systems may chose to modify this configuration. + +Required properties: + + - compatible: "aspeed,ast2500-lpc-reset" or + "aspeed,ast2400-lpc-reset" + - reg: offset and length of the IP in the LHC memory region + - #reset-controller indicates the number of reset cells expected + +Example: + +lpc_reset: reset-controller@18 { + compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-lpc-reset"; + reg = <0x18 0x4>; + #reset-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/mscc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/mscc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ae15ec333542 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/mscc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +* Microsemi MIPS CPUs + +Boards with a SoC of the Microsemi MIPS family shall have the following +properties: + +Required properties: +- compatible: "mscc,ocelot" + + +* Other peripherals: + +o CPU chip regs: + +The SoC has a few registers (DEVCPU_GCB:CHIP_REGS) handling miscellaneous +functionalities: chip ID, general purpose register for software use, reset +controller, hardware status and configuration, efuses. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "mscc,ocelot-chip-regs", "simple-mfd", "syscon" +- reg : Should contain registers location and length + +Example: + syscon@71070000 { + compatible = "mscc,ocelot-chip-regs", "simple-mfd", "syscon"; + reg = <0x71070000 0x1c>; + }; + + +o CPU system control: + +The SoC has a few registers (ICPU_CFG:CPU_SYSTEM_CTRL) handling configuration of +the CPU: 8 general purpose registers, reset control, CPU en/disabling, CPU +endianness, CPU bus control, CPU status. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "mscc,ocelot-cpu-syscon", "syscon" +- reg : Should contain registers location and length + +Example: + syscon@70000000 { + compatible = "mscc,ocelot-cpu-syscon", "syscon"; + reg = <0x70000000 0x2c>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/hi3798cv200-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/hi3798cv200-dw-mshc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a0693b7145f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/hi3798cv200-dw-mshc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +* Hisilicon Hi3798CV200 specific extensions to the Synopsys Designware Mobile + Storage Host Controller + +Read synopsys-dw-mshc.txt for more details + +The Synopsys designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface +a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents +differences between the core Synopsys dw mshc controller properties described +by synopsys-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Hisilicon Hi3798CV200 +specific extensions to the Synopsys Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: Should contain "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-dw-mshc". +- clocks: A list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs for the clocks listed + in clock-names. +- clock-names: Should contain the following: + "ciu" - The ciu clock described in synopsys-dw-mshc.txt. + "biu" - The biu clock described in synopsys-dw-mshc.txt. + "ciu-sample" - Hi3798CV200 extended phase clock for ciu sampling. + "ciu-drive" - Hi3798CV200 extended phase clock for ciu driving. + +Example: + + emmc: mmc@9830000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-dw-mshc"; + reg = <0x9830000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 35 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&crg HISTB_MMC_CIU_CLK>, + <&crg HISTB_MMC_BIU_CLK>, + <&crg HISTB_MMC_SAMPLE_CLK>, + <&crg HISTB_MMC_DRV_CLK>; + clock-names = "ciu", "biu", "ciu-sample", "ciu-drive"; + fifo-depth = <256>; + clock-frequency = <200000000>; + cap-mmc-highspeed; + mmc-ddr-1_8v; + mmc-hs200-1_8v; + non-removable; + bus-width = <8>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt index 9b8017670870..f33467a54a05 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Required properties: "mediatek,mt8173-mmc": for mmc host ip compatible with mt8173 "mediatek,mt2701-mmc": for mmc host ip compatible with mt2701 "mediatek,mt2712-mmc": for mmc host ip compatible with mt2712 + "mediatek,mt7622-mmc": for MT7622 SoC "mediatek,mt7623-mmc", "mediatek,mt2701-mmc": for MT7623 SoC - reg: physical base address of the controller and length diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt index c6558785e61b..8ce49b255974 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Required Properties: - "rockchip,rk3399-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3399 Optional Properties: -* clocks: from common clock binding: if ciu_drive and ciu_sample are +* clocks: from common clock binding: if ciu-drive and ciu-sample are specified in clock-names, should contain handles to these clocks. * clock-names: Apart from the clock-names described in synopsys-dw-mshc.txt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Optional Properties: to control the clock phases, "ciu-sample" is required for tuning high- speed modes. -* rockchip,default-sample-phase: The default phase to set ciu_sample at +* rockchip,default-sample-phase: The default phase to set ciu-sample at probing, low speeds or in case where all phases work at tuning time. If not specified 0 deg will be used. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt index ef3e5f14067a..7e5e427a22ce 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/synopsys-dw-mshc.txt @@ -59,15 +59,6 @@ Optional properties: is specified and the ciu clock is specified then we'll try to set the ciu clock to this at probe time. -* clock-freq-min-max (DEPRECATED): Minimum and Maximum clock frequency for card output - clock(cclk_out). If it's not specified, max is 200MHZ and min is 400KHz by default. - (Use the "max-frequency" instead of "clock-freq-min-max".) - -* num-slots (DEPRECATED): specifies the number of slots supported by the controller. - The number of physical slots actually used could be equal or less than the - value specified by num-slots. If this property is not specified, the value - of num-slot property is assumed to be 1. - * fifo-depth: The maximum size of the tx/rx fifo's. If this property is not specified, the default value of the fifo size is determined from the controller registers. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt index d8685cb83325..2d5287eeed95 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt @@ -50,7 +50,6 @@ Required properties: 2: R7S72100 Optional properties: -- toshiba,mmc-wrprotect-disable: write-protect detection is unavailable - pinctrl-names: should be "default", "state_uhs" - pinctrl-0: should contain default/high speed pin ctrl - pinctrl-1: should contain uhs mode pin ctrl diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt index 63d4d626fbd5..483e9cfac1b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt @@ -39,3 +39,27 @@ qspi0: quadspi@40044000 { .... }; }; + +Example showing the usage of two SPI NOR devices: + +&qspi2 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_qspi2>; + status = "okay"; + + flash0: n25q256a@0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + compatible = "micron,n25q256a", "jedec,spi-nor"; + spi-max-frequency = <29000000>; + reg = <0>; + }; + + flash1: n25q256a@1 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + compatible = "micron,n25q256a", "jedec,spi-nor"; + spi-max-frequency = <29000000>; + reg = <1>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/marvell-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/marvell-nand.txt index c08fb477b3c6..e0c790706b9b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/marvell-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/marvell-nand.txt @@ -14,7 +14,10 @@ Required properties: - #address-cells: shall be set to 1. Encode the NAND CS. - #size-cells: shall be set to 0. - interrupts: shall define the NAND controller interrupt. -- clocks: shall reference the NAND controller clock. +- clocks: shall reference the NAND controller clocks, the second one is + is only needed for the Armada 7K/8K SoCs +- clock-names: mandatory if there is a second clock, in this case there + should be one clock named "core" and another one named "reg" - marvell,system-controller: Set to retrieve the syscon node that handles NAND controller related registers (only required with the "marvell,armada-8k-nand[-controller]" compatibles). diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt index 4a0a48bf4ecb..232fa12e90ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt @@ -41,6 +41,13 @@ additional (optional) property is defined: - erase-size : The chip's physical erase block size in bytes. + The device tree may optionally contain endianness property. + little-endian or big-endian : It Represents the endianness that should be used + by the controller to properly read/write data + from/to the flash. If this property is missing, + the endianness is chosen by the system + (potentially based on extra configuration options). + The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the address space. See partition.txt for more detail. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d4ee4da58463..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -PXA3xx NAND DT bindings - -Required properties: - - - compatible: Should be set to one of the following: - marvell,pxa3xx-nand - marvell,armada370-nand - marvell,armada-8k-nand - - reg: The register base for the controller - - interrupts: The interrupt to map - - #address-cells: Set to <1> if the node includes partitions - - marvell,system-controller: Set to retrieve the syscon node that handles - NAND controller related registers (only required - with marvell,armada-8k-nand compatible). - -Optional properties: - - - dmas: dma data channel, see dma.txt binding doc - - marvell,nand-enable-arbiter: Set to enable the bus arbiter - - marvell,nand-keep-config: Set to keep the NAND controller config as set - by the bootloader - - num-cs: Number of chipselect lines to use - - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if - not present false - - nand-ecc-strength: number of bits to correct per ECC step - - nand-ecc-step-size: number of data bytes covered by a single ECC step - -The following ECC strength and step size are currently supported: - - - nand-ecc-strength = <1>, nand-ecc-step-size = <512> - - nand-ecc-strength = <4>, nand-ecc-step-size = <512> - - nand-ecc-strength = <8>, nand-ecc-step-size = <512> - -Example: - - nand0: nand@43100000 { - compatible = "marvell,pxa3xx-nand"; - reg = <0x43100000 90>; - interrupts = <45>; - dmas = <&pdma 97 0>; - dma-names = "data"; - #address-cells = <1>; - - marvell,nand-enable-arbiter; - marvell,nand-keep-config; - num-cs = <1>; - - /* partitions (optional) */ - }; - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt index 5e13a5cdff03..0734f03bf3d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ Optional properties: - allwinner,rb : shall contain the native Ready/Busy ids. or - rb-gpios : shall contain the gpios used as R/B pins. -- nand-ecc-mode : one of the supported ECC modes ("hw", "hw_syndrome", "soft", - "soft_bch" or "none") +- nand-ecc-mode : one of the supported ECC modes ("hw", "soft", "soft_bch" or + "none") see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt for generic bindings. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nds32/andestech-boards b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nds32/andestech-boards new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f5d75693e3c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nds32/andestech-boards @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +Andestech(nds32) AE3XX Platform +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +The AE3XX prototype demonstrates the AE3XX example platform on the FPGA. It +is composed of one Andestech(nds32) processor and AE3XX. + +Required properties (in root node): +- compatible = "andestech,ae3xx"; + +Example: +/dts-v1/; +/ { + compatible = "andestech,ae3xx"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; +}; + +Andestech(nds32) AG101P Platform +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +AG101P is a generic SoC Platform IP that works with any of Andestech(nds32) +processors to provide a cost-effective and high performance solution for +majority of embedded systems in variety of application domains. Users may +simply attach their IP on one of the system buses together with certain glue +logics to complete a SoC solution for a specific application. With +comprehensive simulation and design environments, users may evaluate the +system performance of their applications and track bugs of their designs +efficiently. The optional hardware development platform further provides real +system environment for early prototyping and software/hardware co-development. + +Required properties (in root node): + compatible = "andestech,ag101p"; + +Example: +/dts-v1/; +/ { + compatible = "andestech,ag101p"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nds32/atl2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nds32/atl2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..da8ab8e7ae9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nds32/atl2c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* Andestech L2 cache Controller + +The level-2 cache controller plays an important role in reducing memory latency +for high performance systems, such as thoese designs with AndesCore processors. +Level-2 cache controller in general enhances overall system performance +signigicantly and the system power consumption might be reduced as well by +reducing DRAM accesses. + +This binding specifies what properties must be available in the device tree +representation of an Andestech L2 cache controller. + +Required properties: + - compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: "andestech,atl2c" + - reg : Physical base address and size of cache controller's memory mapped + - cache-unified : Specifies the cache is a unified cache. + - cache-level : Should be set to 2 for a level 2 cache. + +* Example + + cache-controller@e0500000 { + compatible = "andestech,atl2c"; + reg = <0xe0500000 0x1000>; + cache-unified; + cache-level = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nds32/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nds32/cpus.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6f9e311b6589 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nds32/cpus.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +* Andestech Processor Binding + +This binding specifies what properties must be available in the device tree +representation of a Andestech Processor Core, which is the root node in the +tree. + +Required properties: + + - compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: Should be "andestech,<core_name>", "andestech,nds32v3" as fallback. + Must contain "andestech,nds32v3" as the most generic value, in addition to + one of the following identifiers for a particular CPU core: + "andestech,n13" + "andestech,n15" + "andestech,d15" + "andestech,n10" + "andestech,d10" + - device_type + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be "cpu" + - reg: Contains CPU index. + - clock-frequency: Contains the clock frequency for CPU, in Hz. + +* Examples + +/ { + cpus { + cpu@0 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "andestech,n13", "andestech,nds32v3"; + reg = <0x0>; + clock-frequency = <60000000> + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell.txt index 1d4d0f49c9d0..60d50a2b0323 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/marvell.txt @@ -13,9 +13,18 @@ placed as a child node of an mdio device. The properties described here are those specific to Marvell devices. Additional required and optional properties can be found in dsa.txt. +The compatibility string is used only to find an identification register, +which is at a different MDIO base address in different switch families. +- "marvell,mv88e6085" : Switch has base address 0x10. Use with models: + 6085, 6095, 6097, 6123, 6131, 6141, 6161, 6165, + 6171, 6172, 6175, 6176, 6185, 6240, 6320, 6321, + 6341, 6350, 6351, 6352 +- "marvell,mv88e6190" : Switch has base address 0x00. Use with models: + 6190, 6190X, 6191, 6290, 6390, 6390X + Required properties: - compatible : Should be one of "marvell,mv88e6085" or - "marvell,mv88e6190" + "marvell,mv88e6190" as indicated above - reg : Address on the MII bus for the switch. Optional properties: @@ -50,14 +59,15 @@ Example: compatible = "marvell,mv88e6085"; reg = <0>; reset-gpios = <&gpio5 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - }; - mdio { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - switch1phy0: switch1phy0@0 { - reg = <0>; - interrupt-parent = <&switch0>; - interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + switch1phy0: switch1phy0@0 { + reg = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&switch0>; + interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; }; }; }; @@ -74,23 +84,24 @@ Example: compatible = "marvell,mv88e6390"; reg = <0>; reset-gpios = <&gpio5 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - }; - mdio { - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - switch1phy0: switch1phy0@0 { - reg = <0>; - interrupt-parent = <&switch0>; - interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + switch1phy0: switch1phy0@0 { + reg = <0>; + interrupt-parent = <&switch0>; + interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; }; - }; - mdio1 { - compatible = "marvell,mv88e6xxx-mdio-external"; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - switch1phy9: switch1phy0@9 { - reg = <9>; + mdio1 { + compatible = "marvell,mv88e6xxx-mdio-external"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + switch1phy9: switch1phy0@9 { + reg = <9>; + }; }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt index 2974e63ba311..cfc376bc977a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt @@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-bindings.txt. the boot program; should be used in cases where the MAC address assigned to the device by the boot program is different from the "local-mac-address" property; +- nvmem-cells: phandle, reference to an nvmem node for the MAC address; +- nvmem-cell-names: string, should be "mac-address" if nvmem is to be used; - max-speed: number, specifies maximum speed in Mbit/s supported by the device; - max-frame-size: number, maximum transfer unit (IEEE defined MTU), rather than the maximum frame size (there's contradiction in the Devicetree diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt index 594982c6b9f9..79bf352e659c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt @@ -6,7 +6,11 @@ the definition of the PHY node in booting-without-of.txt for an example of how to define a PHY. Required properties: - - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device + - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device, and optionally + the offset and length of the TBIPA register (TBI PHY address + register). If TBIPA register is not specified, the driver will + attempt to infer it from the register set specified (your mileage may + vary). - compatible : Should define the compatible device type for the mdio. Currently supported strings/devices are: - "fsl,gianfar-tbi" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/mcr20a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/mcr20a.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2aaef567c5be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/mcr20a.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +* MCR20A IEEE 802.15.4 * + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be "nxp,mcr20a" + - spi-max-frequency: maximal bus speed, should be set to a frequency + lower than 9000000 depends sync or async operation mode + - reg: the chipselect index + - interrupts: the interrupt generated by the device. Non high-level + can occur deadlocks while handling isr. + +Optional properties: + - rst_b-gpio: GPIO spec for the RST_B pin + +Example: + + mcr20a@0 { + compatible = "nxp,mcr20a"; + spi-max-frequency = <9000000>; + reg = <0>; + interrupts = <17 2>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + rst_b-gpio = <&gpio 27 1> + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt index 27966ae741e0..457d5ae16f23 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ Optional properties for PHY child node: - reset-gpios : Should specify the gpio for phy reset - magic-packet : If present, indicates that the hardware supports waking up via magic packet. +- phy-handle : see ethernet.txt file in the same directory Examples: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/meson-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/meson-dwmac.txt index 354dd9896bb5..61cada22ae6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/meson-dwmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/meson-dwmac.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required properties on all platforms: - compatible: Depending on the platform this should be one of: - "amlogic,meson6-dwmac" - "amlogic,meson8b-dwmac" + - "amlogic,meson8m2-dwmac" - "amlogic,meson-gxbb-dwmac" Additionally "snps,dwmac" and any applicable more detailed version number described in net/stmmac.txt @@ -19,13 +20,13 @@ Required properties on all platforms: configuration (for example the PRG_ETHERNET register range on Meson8b and newer) -Required properties on Meson8b and newer: +Required properties on Meson8b, Meson8m2, GXBB and newer: - clock-names: Should contain the following: - "stmmaceth" - see stmmac.txt - "clkin0" - first parent clock of the internal mux - "clkin1" - second parent clock of the internal mux -Optional properties on Meson8b and newer: +Optional properties on Meson8b, Meson8m2, GXBB and newer: - amlogic,tx-delay-ns: The internal RGMII TX clock delay (provided by this driver) in nanoseconds. Allowed values are: 0ns, 2ns, 4ns, 6ns. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nixge.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nixge.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e55af7f0881a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nixge.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +* NI XGE Ethernet controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "ni,xge-enet-2.00" +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts: Should contain tx and rx interrupt +- interrupt-names: Should be "rx" and "tx" +- phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory. +- phy-handle: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory. +- nvmem-cells: Phandle of nvmem cell containing the MAC address +- nvmem-cell-names: Should be "address" + +Examples (10G generic PHY): + nixge0: ethernet@40000000 { + compatible = "ni,xge-enet-2.00"; + reg = <0x40000000 0x6000>; + + nvmem-cells = <ð1_addr>; + nvmem-cell-names = "address"; + + interrupts = <0 29 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <0 30 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + interrupt-names = "rx", "tx"; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + + phy-mode = "xgmii"; + phy-handle = <ðernet_phy1>; + + ethernet_phy1: ethernet-phy@4 { + compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45"; + reg = <4>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt index c902261893b9..c306f55d335b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Must contain one or more of the following: - "renesas,etheravb-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 SoC. - "renesas,etheravb-r8a7745" for the R8A7745 SoC. + - "renesas,etheravb-r8a77470" for the R8A77470 SoC. - "renesas,etheravb-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 SoC. - "renesas,etheravb-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 SoC. - "renesas,etheravb-r8a7792" for the R8A7792 SoC. @@ -18,6 +19,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,etheravb-r8a7795" for the R8A7795 SoC. - "renesas,etheravb-r8a7796" for the R8A7796 SoC. - "renesas,etheravb-r8a77970" for the R8A77970 SoC. + - "renesas,etheravb-r8a77980" for the R8A77980 SoC. - "renesas,etheravb-r8a77995" for the R8A77995 SoC. - "renesas,etheravb-rcar-gen3" as a fallback for the above R-Car Gen3 devices. @@ -26,7 +28,11 @@ Required properties: SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first followed by the generic version. -- reg: offset and length of (1) the register block and (2) the stream buffer. +- reg: Offset and length of (1) the register block and (2) the stream buffer. + The region for the register block is mandatory. + The region for the stream buffer is optional, as it is only present on + R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 SoCs, and on R-Car H3 (R8A7795), M3-W (R8A7796), + and M3-N (R8A77965). - interrupts: A list of interrupt-specifiers, one for each entry in interrupt-names. If interrupt-names is not present, an interrupt specifier diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sff,sfp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sff,sfp.txt index f1c441bedf68..929591d52ed6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sff,sfp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/sff,sfp.txt @@ -33,6 +33,10 @@ Optional Properties: Select (AKA RS1) output gpio signal (SFP+ only), low: low Tx rate, high: high Tx rate. Must not be present for SFF modules +- maximum-power-milliwatt : Maximum module power consumption + Specifies the maximum power consumption allowable by a module in the + slot, in milli-Watts. Presently, modules can be up to 1W, 1.5W or 2W. + Example #1: Direct serdes to SFP connection sfp_eth3: sfp-eth3 { @@ -40,6 +44,7 @@ sfp_eth3: sfp-eth3 { i2c-bus = <&sfp_1g_i2c>; los-gpios = <&cpm_gpio2 22 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; mod-def0-gpios = <&cpm_gpio2 21 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + maximum-power-milliwatt = <1000>; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&cpm_sfp_1g_pins &cps_sfp_1g_pins>; tx-disable-gpios = <&cps_gpio1 24 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext,uniphier-ave4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext,uniphier-ave4.txt index 270ea4efff13..96398cc2982f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext,uniphier-ave4.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext,uniphier-ave4.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required properties: - "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-ave4" : for PXs2 SoC - "socionext,uniphier-ld11-ave4" : for LD11 SoC - "socionext,uniphier-ld20-ave4" : for LD20 SoC + - "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-ave4" : for PXs3 SoC - reg: Address where registers are mapped and size of region. - interrupts: Should contain the MAC interrupt. - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt in the same directory. Allow to choose diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt index 02c4353b5cf2..9ef9338aaee1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,dp83867.txt @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ Optional property: software needs to take when this pin is strapped in these modes. See data manual for details. + - ti,clk-output-sel - Muxing option for CLK_OUT pin - see dt-bindings/net/ti-dp83867.h + for applicable values. Note: ti,min-output-impedance and ti,max-output-impedance are mutually exclusive. When both properties are present ti,max-output-impedance diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt index f162c72b4e36..729f6747813b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt @@ -11,17 +11,32 @@ Required properties: "fsl,imx6ul-ocotp" (i.MX6UL), "fsl,imx7d-ocotp" (i.MX7D/S), followed by "syscon". +- #address-cells : Should be 1 +- #size-cells : Should be 1 - reg: Should contain the register base and length. - clocks: Should contain a phandle pointing to the gated peripheral clock. Optional properties: - read-only: disable write access -Example: +Optional Child nodes: + +- Data cells of ocotp: + Detailed bindings are described in bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt +Example: ocotp: ocotp@21bc000 { - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-ocotp", "syscon"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + compatible = "fsl,imx6sx-ocotp", "syscon"; reg = <0x021bc000 0x4000>; - clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_IIM>; - read-only; + clocks = <&clks IMX6SX_CLK_OCOTP>; + + tempmon_calib: calib@38 { + reg = <0x38 4>; + }; + + tempmon_temp_grade: temp-grade@20 { + reg = <0x20 4>; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/snvs-lpgpr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/snvs-lpgpr.txt index 20bc49b49799..3cb170896658 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/snvs-lpgpr.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/snvs-lpgpr.txt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Device tree bindings for Low Power General Purpose Register found in i.MX6Q/D -Secure Non-Volatile Storage. +and i.MX7 Secure Non-Volatile Storage. This DT node should be represented as a sub-node of a "syscon", "simple-mfd" node. @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: should be one of the fallowing variants: "fsl,imx6q-snvs-lpgpr" for Freescale i.MX6Q/D/DL/S "fsl,imx6ul-snvs-lpgpr" for Freescale i.MX6UL + "fsl,imx7d-snvs-lpgpr" for Freescale i.MX7D/S Example: snvs: snvs@020cc000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-histb-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-histb-pcie.txt index c84bc027930b..760b4d740616 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-histb-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-histb-pcie.txt @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ Required properties Optional properties: - reset-gpios: The gpio to generate PCIe PERST# assert and deassert signal. +- vpcie-supply: The regulator in charge of PCIe port power. - phys: List of phandle and phy mode specifier, should be 0. - phy-names: Must be "phy". diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/mediatek-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/mediatek-pcie.txt index 3a6ce55dd310..20227a875ac8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/mediatek-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/mediatek-pcie.txt @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Examples for MT7623: #reset-cells = <1>; }; - pcie: pcie-controller@1a140000 { + pcie: pcie@1a140000 { compatible = "mediatek,mt7623-pcie"; device_type = "pci"; reg = <0 0x1a140000 0 0x1000>, /* PCIe shared registers */ @@ -111,7 +111,6 @@ Examples for MT7623: 0x83000000 0 0x60000000 0 0x60000000 0 0x10000000>; /* memory space */ pcie@0,0 { - device_type = "pci"; reg = <0x0000 0 0 0 0>; #address-cells = <3>; #size-cells = <2>; @@ -123,7 +122,6 @@ Examples for MT7623: }; pcie@1,0 { - device_type = "pci"; reg = <0x0800 0 0 0 0>; #address-cells = <3>; #size-cells = <2>; @@ -135,7 +133,6 @@ Examples for MT7623: }; pcie@2,0 { - device_type = "pci"; reg = <0x1000 0 0 0 0>; #address-cells = <3>; #size-cells = <2>; @@ -148,6 +145,7 @@ Examples for MT7623: }; Examples for MT2712: + pcie: pcie@11700000 { compatible = "mediatek,mt2712-pcie"; device_type = "pci"; @@ -169,7 +167,6 @@ Examples for MT2712: ranges = <0x82000000 0 0x20000000 0x0 0x20000000 0 0x10000000>; pcie0: pcie@0,0 { - device_type = "pci"; reg = <0x0000 0 0 0 0>; #address-cells = <3>; #size-cells = <2>; @@ -189,7 +186,6 @@ Examples for MT2712: }; pcie1: pcie@1,0 { - device_type = "pci"; reg = <0x0800 0 0 0 0>; #address-cells = <3>; #size-cells = <2>; @@ -210,6 +206,7 @@ Examples for MT2712: }; Examples for MT7622: + pcie: pcie@1a140000 { compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-pcie"; device_type = "pci"; @@ -243,7 +240,6 @@ Examples for MT7622: ranges = <0x82000000 0 0x20000000 0x0 0x20000000 0 0x10000000>; pcie0: pcie@0,0 { - device_type = "pci"; reg = <0x0000 0 0 0 0>; #address-cells = <3>; #size-cells = <2>; @@ -263,7 +259,6 @@ Examples for MT7622: }; pcie1: pcie@1,0 { - device_type = "pci"; reg = <0x0800 0 0 0 0>; #address-cells = <3>; #size-cells = <2>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.txt index 3c9d321b3d3b..1fd703bd73e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/qcom,pcie.txt @@ -189,6 +189,10 @@ Value type: <phandle> Definition: A phandle to the analog power supply for IC which generates reference clock +- vddpe-3v3-supply: + Usage: optional + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: A phandle to the PCIe endpoint power supply - phys: Usage: required for apq8084 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt index 76ba3a61d1a3..1fb614e615da 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt @@ -1,13 +1,15 @@ * Renesas R-Car PCIe interface Required properties: -compatible: "renesas,pcie-r8a7779" for the R8A7779 SoC; +compatible: "renesas,pcie-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 SoC; + "renesas,pcie-r8a7779" for the R8A7779 SoC; "renesas,pcie-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 SoC; "renesas,pcie-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 SoC; "renesas,pcie-r8a7793" for the R8A7793 SoC; "renesas,pcie-r8a7795" for the R8A7795 SoC; "renesas,pcie-r8a7796" for the R8A7796 SoC; - "renesas,pcie-rcar-gen2" for a generic R-Car Gen2 compatible device. + "renesas,pcie-rcar-gen2" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or + RZ/G1 compatible device. "renesas,pcie-rcar-gen3" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device. When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ccn.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/arm-ccn.txt index 43b5a71a5a9d..43b5a71a5a9d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ccn.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/arm-ccn.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-gxl-usb2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-gxl-usb2-phy.txt index a105494a0fc9..b84a02ebffdf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-gxl-usb2-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-gxl-usb2-phy.txt @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ Required properties: - #phys-cells: must be 0 (see phy-bindings.txt in this directory) Optional properties: +- clocks: a phandle to the clock of this PHY +- clock-names: must be "phy" +- resets: a phandle to the reset line of this PHY +- reset-names: must be "phy" - phy-supply: see phy-bindings.txt in this directory diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-gxl-usb3-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-gxl-usb3-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..114947e1de3d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-gxl-usb3-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +* Amlogic Meson GXL and GXM USB3 PHY and OTG detection binding + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "amlogic,meson-gxl-usb3-phy" +- #phys-cells: must be 0 (see phy-bindings.txt in this directory) +- reg: The base address and length of the registers +- interrupts: the interrupt specifier for the OTG detection +- clocks: phandles to the clocks for + - the USB3 PHY + - and peripheral mode/OTG detection +- clock-names: must contain "phy" and "peripheral" +- resets: phandle to the reset lines for: + - the USB3 PHY and + - peripheral mode/OTG detection +- reset-names: must contain "phy" and "peripheral" + +Optional properties: +- phy-supply: see phy-bindings.txt in this directory + + +Example: + usb3_phy0: phy@78080 { + compatible = "amlogic,meson-gxl-usb3-phy"; + #phy-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x0 0x78080 0x0 0x20>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 16 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&clkc CLKID_USB_OTG>, <&clkc_AO CLKID_AO_CEC_32K>; + clock-names = "phy", "peripheral"; + resets = <&reset RESET_USB_OTG>, <&reset RESET_USB_OTG>; + reset-names = "phy", "peripheral"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt index a9aa79fb90ed..1aa6f2674af5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/nvidia,tegra20-usb-phy.txt @@ -21,7 +21,9 @@ Required properties : - timer: The timeout clock (clk_m). Present if phy_type == utmi. - utmi-pads: The clock needed to access the UTMI pad control registers. Present if phy_type == utmi. - - ulpi-link: The clock Tegra provides to the ULPI PHY (cdev2). + - ulpi-link: The clock Tegra provides to the ULPI PHY (usually pad DAP_MCLK2 + with pad group aka "nvidia,pins" cdev2 and pin mux option config aka + "nvidia,function" pllp_out4). Present if phy_type == ulpi, and ULPI link mode is in use. - resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. See ../reset/reset.txt for details. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-hi3798cv200-combphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-hi3798cv200-combphy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..17b0c761370a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-hi3798cv200-combphy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +HiSilicon STB PCIE/SATA/USB3 PHY + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-combphy" +- reg: Should be the address space for COMBPHY configuration and state + registers in peripheral controller, e.g. PERI_COMBPHY0_CFG and + PERI_COMBPHY0_STATE for COMBPHY0 Hi3798CV200 SoC. +- #phy-cells: Should be 1. The cell number is used to select the phy mode + as defined in <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h>. +- clocks: The phandle to clock provider and clock specifier pair. +- resets: The phandle to reset controller and reset specifier pair. + +Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties. + +Optional properties: +- hisilicon,fixed-mode: If the phy device doesn't support mode select + but a fixed mode setting, the property should be present to specify + the particular mode. +- hisilicon,mode-select-bits: If the phy device support mode select, + this property should be present to specify the register bits in + peripheral controller, as a 3 integers tuple: + <register_offset bit_shift bit_mask>. + +Notes: +- Between hisilicon,fixed-mode and hisilicon,mode-select-bits, one and only + one of them should be present. +- The device node should be a child of peripheral controller that contains + COMBPHY configuration/state and PERI_CTRL register used to select PHY mode. + Refer to arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt for the parent peripheral controller + bindings. + +Examples: + +perictrl: peripheral-controller@8a20000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-perictrl", "syscon", + "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x8a20000 0x1000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0x0 0x8a20000 0x1000>; + + combphy0: phy@850 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-combphy"; + reg = <0x850 0x8>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&crg HISTB_COMBPHY0_CLK>; + resets = <&crg 0x188 4>; + hisilicon,fixed-mode = <PHY_TYPE_USB3>; + }; + + combphy1: phy@858 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-combphy"; + reg = <0x858 0x8>; + #phy-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&crg HISTB_COMBPHY1_CLK>; + resets = <&crg 0x188 12>; + hisilicon,mode-select-bits = <0x0008 11 (0x3 << 11)>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-hisi-inno-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-hisi-inno-usb2.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0d70c8341095 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-hisi-inno-usb2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +Device tree bindings for HiSilicon INNO USB2 PHY + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be one of the following strings: + "hisilicon,inno-usb2-phy", + "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-usb2-phy". +- reg: Should be the address space for PHY configuration register in peripheral + controller, e.g. PERI_USB0 for USB 2.0 PHY01 on Hi3798CV200 SoC. +- clocks: The phandle and clock specifier pair for INNO USB2 PHY device + reference clock. +- resets: The phandle and reset specifier pair for INNO USB2 PHY device reset + signal. +- #address-cells: Must be 1. +- #size-cells: Must be 0. + +The INNO USB2 PHY device should be a child node of peripheral controller that +contains the PHY configuration register, and each device suppports up to 2 PHY +ports which are represented as child nodes of INNO USB2 PHY device. + +Required properties for PHY port node: +- reg: The PHY port instance number. +- #phy-cells: Defined by generic PHY bindings. Must be 0. +- resets: The phandle and reset specifier pair for PHY port reset signal. + +Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties + +Example: + +perictrl: peripheral-controller@8a20000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-perictrl", "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x8a20000 0x1000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0x0 0x8a20000 0x1000>; + + usb2_phy1: usb2-phy@120 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-usb2-phy"; + reg = <0x120 0x4>; + clocks = <&crg HISTB_USB2_PHY1_REF_CLK>; + resets = <&crg 0xbc 4>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + usb2_phy1_port0: phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + resets = <&crg 0xbc 8>; + }; + + usb2_phy1_port1: phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + resets = <&crg 0xbc 9>; + }; + }; + + usb2_phy2: usb2-phy@124 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-usb2-phy"; + reg = <0x124 0x4>; + clocks = <&crg HISTB_USB2_PHY2_REF_CLK>; + resets = <&crg 0xbc 6>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + usb2_phy2_port0: phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + #phy-cells = <0>; + resets = <&crg 0xbc 10>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mapphone-mdm6600.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mapphone-mdm6600.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..29427d4f047a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mapphone-mdm6600.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Device tree binding documentation for Motorola Mapphone MDM6600 USB PHY + +Required properties: +- compatible Must be "motorola,mapphone-mdm6600" +- enable-gpios GPIO to enable the USB PHY +- power-gpios GPIO to power on the device +- reset-gpios GPIO to reset the device +- motorola,mode-gpios Two GPIOs to configure MDM6600 USB start-up mode for + normal mode versus USB flashing mode +- motorola,cmd-gpios Three GPIOs to control the power state of the MDM6600 +- motorola,status-gpios Three GPIOs to read the power state of the MDM6600 + +Example: + +usb-phy { + compatible = "motorola,mapphone-mdm6600"; + enable-gpios = <&gpio3 31 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + power-gpios = <&gpio2 22 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio2 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + motorola,mode-gpios = <&gpio5 20 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>, + <&gpio5 21 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + motorola,cmd-gpios = <&gpio4 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>, + <&gpio4 8 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>, + <&gpio5 14 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + motorola,status-gpios = <&gpio2 20 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>, + <&gpio2 21 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>, + <&gpio2 23 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + #phy-cells = <0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt index 41e09ed2ca70..0d34b2b4a6b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-tphy.txt @@ -27,6 +27,10 @@ Optional properties (controller (parent) node): - reg : offset and length of register shared by multiple ports, exclude port's private register. It is needed on mt2701 and mt8173, but not on mt2712. + - mediatek,src-ref-clk-mhz : frequency of reference clock for slew rate + calibrate + - mediatek,src-coef : coefficient for slew rate calibrate, depends on + SoC process Required properties (port (child) node): - reg : address and length of the register set for the port. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-typec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-typec.txt index 6ea867e3176f..960da7fcaa9e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-typec.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-typec.txt @@ -14,25 +14,9 @@ Required properties: - resets : a list of phandle + reset specifier pairs - reset-names : string reset name, must be: "uphy", "uphy-pipe", "uphy-tcphy" - - extcon : extcon specifier for the Power Delivery -Note, there are 2 type-c phys for RK3399, and they are almost identical, except -these registers(description below), every register node contains 3 sections: -offset, enable bit, write mask bit. - - rockchip,typec-conn-dir : the register of type-c connector direction, - for type-c phy0, it must be <0xe580 0 16>; - for type-c phy1, it must be <0xe58c 0 16>; - - rockchip,usb3tousb2-en : the register of type-c force usb3 to usb2 enable - control. - for type-c phy0, it must be <0xe580 3 19>; - for type-c phy1, it must be <0xe58c 3 19>; - - rockchip,external-psm : the register of type-c phy external psm clock - selection. - for type-c phy0, it must be <0xe588 14 30>; - for type-c phy1, it must be <0xe594 14 30>; - - rockchip,pipe-status : the register of type-c phy pipe status. - for type-c phy0, it must be <0xe5c0 0 0>; - for type-c phy1, it must be <0xe5c0 16 16>; +Optional properties: + - extcon : extcon specifier for the Power Delivery Required nodes : a sub-node is required for each port the phy provides. The sub-node name is used to identify dp or usb3 port, @@ -43,6 +27,13 @@ Required nodes : a sub-node is required for each port the phy provides. Required properties (port (child) node): - #phy-cells : must be 0, See ./phy-bindings.txt for details. +Deprecated properties, do not use in new device tree sources, these +properties are determined by the compatible value: + - rockchip,typec-conn-dir + - rockchip,usb3tousb2-en + - rockchip,external-psm + - rockchip,pipe-status + Example: tcphy0: phy@ff7c0000 { compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-typec-phy"; @@ -58,10 +49,6 @@ Example: <&cru SRST_UPHY0_PIPE_L00>, <&cru SRST_P_UPHY0_TCPHY>; reset-names = "uphy", "uphy-pipe", "uphy-tcphy"; - rockchip,typec-conn-dir = <0xe580 0 16>; - rockchip,usb3tousb2-en = <0xe580 3 19>; - rockchip,external-psm = <0xe588 14 30>; - rockchip,pipe-status = <0xe5c0 0 0>; tcphy0_dp: dp-port { #phy-cells = <0>; @@ -86,10 +73,6 @@ Example: <&cru SRST_UPHY1_PIPE_L00>, <&cru SRST_P_UPHY1_TCPHY>; reset-names = "uphy", "uphy-pipe", "uphy-tcphy"; - rockchip,typec-conn-dir = <0xe58c 0 16>; - rockchip,usb3tousb2-en = <0xe58c 3 19>; - rockchip,external-psm = <0xe594 14 30>; - rockchip,pipe-status = <0xe5c0 16 16>; tcphy1_dp: dp-port { #phy-cells = <0>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stm32-usbphyc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stm32-usbphyc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..725ae71ae653 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stm32-usbphyc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +STMicroelectronics STM32 USB HS PHY controller + +The STM32 USBPHYC block contains a dual port High Speed UTMI+ PHY and a UTMI +switch. It controls PHY configuration and status, and the UTMI+ switch that +selects either OTG or HOST controller for the second PHY port. It also sets +PLL configuration. + +USBPHYC + |_ PLL + | + |_ PHY port#1 _________________ HOST controller + | _ | + | / 1|________________| + |_ PHY port#2 ----| |________________ + | \_0| | + |_ UTMI switch_______| OTG controller + + +Phy provider node +================= + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "st,stm32mp1-usbphyc" +- reg: address and length of the usb phy control register set +- clocks: phandle + clock specifier for the PLL phy clock +- #address-cells: number of address cells for phys sub-nodes, must be <1> +- #size-cells: number of size cells for phys sub-nodes, must be <0> + +Optional properties: +- assigned-clocks: phandle + clock specifier for the PLL phy clock +- assigned-clock-parents: the PLL phy clock parent +- resets: phandle + reset specifier + +Required nodes: one sub-node per port the controller provides. + +Phy sub-nodes +============== + +Required properties: +- reg: phy port index +- phy-supply: phandle to the regulator providing 3V3 power to the PHY, + see phy-bindings.txt in the same directory. +- vdda1v1-supply: phandle to the regulator providing 1V1 power to the PHY +- vdda1v8-supply: phandle to the regulator providing 1V8 power to the PHY +- #phy-cells: see phy-bindings.txt in the same directory, must be <0> for PHY + port#1 and must be <1> for PHY port#2, to select USB controller + + +Example: + usbphyc: usb-phy@5a006000 { + compatible = "st,stm32mp1-usbphyc"; + reg = <0x5a006000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&rcc_clk USBPHY_K>; + resets = <&rcc_rst USBPHY_R>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + usbphyc_port0: usb-phy@0 { + reg = <0>; + phy-supply = <&vdd_usb>; + vdda1v1-supply = <®11>; + vdda1v8-supply = <®18> + #phy-cells = <0>; + }; + + usbphyc_port1: usb-phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + phy-supply = <&vdd_usb>; + vdda1v1-supply = <®11>; + vdda1v8-supply = <®18> + #phy-cells = <1>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt index b6a9f2b92bab..dcf1b8f691d5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt @@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible: compatible list, contains: "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy" for PCIe phy on IPQ8074 "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" for 14nm PCIe phy on msm8996, - "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" for 14nm USB3 phy on msm8996. + "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" for 14nm USB3 phy on msm8996, + "qcom,qmp-v3-usb3-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 phy. - reg: offset and length of register set for PHY's common serdes block. @@ -25,10 +26,13 @@ Required properties: - clock-names: "cfg_ahb" for phy config clock, "aux" for phy aux clock, "ref" for 19.2 MHz ref clk, + "com_aux" for phy common block aux clock, For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain: "aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref". For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain: "aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref". + For "qcom,qmp-v3-usb3-phy" must contain: + "aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref", "com_aux". - resets: a list of phandles and reset controller specifier pairs, one for each entry in reset-names. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qusb2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qusb2-phy.txt index aa0fcb05acb3..42c97426836e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qusb2-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qusb2-phy.txt @@ -4,7 +4,10 @@ Qualcomm QUSB2 phy controller QUSB2 controller supports LS/FS/HS usb connectivity on Qualcomm chipsets. Required properties: - - compatible: compatible list, contains "qcom,msm8996-qusb2-phy". + - compatible: compatible list, contains + "qcom,msm8996-qusb2-phy" for 14nm PHY on msm8996, + "qcom,qusb2-v2-phy" for QUSB2 V2 PHY. + - reg: offset and length of the PHY register set. - #phy-cells: must be 0. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt index 99b651b33110..dbd137c079e2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Required properties: SoC. "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7796" if the device is a part of an R8A7796 SoC. + "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a77965" if the device is a part of an + R8A77965 SoC. "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a77995" if the device is a part of an R8A77995 SoC. "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb2-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt index f94cea48f6b1..47dd296ecead 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt @@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ Required properties: SoC. "renesas,r8a7796-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an R8A7796 SoC. + "renesas,r8a77965-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an + R8A77965 SoC. "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb3-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt index c1ce5a0a652e..07ca4ec4a745 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required properties: * allwinner,sun8i-a33-usb-phy * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-usb-phy * allwinner,sun8i-h3-usb-phy + * allwinner,sun8i-r40-usb-phy * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-usb-phy * allwinner,sun50i-a64-usb-phy - reg : a list of offset + length pairs diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/actions,s900-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/actions,s900-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..fb87c7d74f2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/actions,s900-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +Actions Semi S900 Pin Controller + +This binding describes the pin controller found in the S900 SoC. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: Should be "actions,s900-pinctrl" +- reg: Should contain the register base address and size of + the pin controller. +- clocks: phandle of the clock feeding the pin controller + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the +phrase "pin configuration node". + +The pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of +subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a +pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the +mux function to select on those group(s), and various pin configuration +parameters, such as pull-up, drive strength, etc. + +PIN CONFIGURATION NODES: + +The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated +and processed purely based on their content. + +Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In +other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration +parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. +Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no +information about e.g. the mux function. + +Pinmux functions are available only for the pin groups while pinconf +parameters are available for both pin groups and individual pins. + +The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid +to specify in a pin configuration subnode: + +Required Properties: + +- pins: An array of strings, each string containing the name of a pin. + These pins are used for selecting the pull control and schmitt + trigger parameters. The following are the list of pins + available: + + eth_txd0, eth_txd1, eth_txen, eth_rxer, eth_crs_dv, + eth_rxd1, eth_rxd0, eth_ref_clk, eth_mdc, eth_mdio, + sirq0, sirq1, sirq2, i2s_d0, i2s_bclk0, i2s_lrclk0, + i2s_mclk0, i2s_d1, i2s_bclk1, i2s_lrclk1, i2s_mclk1, + pcm1_in, pcm1_clk, pcm1_sync, pcm1_out, eram_a5, + eram_a6, eram_a7, eram_a8, eram_a9, eram_a10, eram_a11, + lvds_oep, lvds_oen, lvds_odp, lvds_odn, lvds_ocp, + lvds_ocn, lvds_obp, lvds_obn, lvds_oap, lvds_oan, + lvds_eep, lvds_een, lvds_edp, lvds_edn, lvds_ecp, + lvds_ecn, lvds_ebp, lvds_ebn, lvds_eap, lvds_ean, + sd0_d0, sd0_d1, sd0_d2, sd0_d3, sd1_d0, sd1_d1, + sd1_d2, sd1_d3, sd0_cmd, sd0_clk, sd1_cmd, sd1_clk, + spi0_sclk, spi0_ss, spi0_miso, spi0_mosi, uart0_rx, + uart0_tx, uart2_rx, uart2_tx, uart2_rtsb, uart2_ctsb, + uart3_rx, uart3_tx, uart3_rtsb, uart3_ctsb, uart4_rx, + uart4_tx, i2c0_sclk, i2c0_sdata, i2c1_sclk, i2c1_sdata, + i2c2_sclk, i2c2_sdata, csi0_dn0, csi0_dp0, csi0_dn1, + csi0_dp1, csi0_cn, csi0_cp, csi0_dn2, csi0_dp2, csi0_dn3, + csi0_dp3, dsi_dp3, dsi_dn3, dsi_dp1, dsi_dn1, dsi_cp, + dsi_cn, dsi_dp0, dsi_dn0, dsi_dp2, dsi_dn2, sensor0_pclk, + csi1_dn0,csi1_dp0,csi1_dn1, csi1_dp1, csi1_cn, csi1_cp, + sensor0_ckout, nand0_d0, nand0_d1, nand0_d2, nand0_d3, + nand0_d4, nand0_d5, nand0_d6, nand0_d7, nand0_dqs, + nand0_dqsn, nand0_ale, nand0_cle, nand0_ceb0, nand0_ceb1, + nand0_ceb2, nand0_ceb3, nand1_d0, nand1_d1, nand1_d2, + nand1_d3, nand1_d4, nand1_d5, nand1_d6, nand1_d7, nand1_dqs, + nand1_dqsn, nand1_ale, nand1_cle, nand1_ceb0, nand1_ceb1, + nand1_ceb2, nand1_ceb3, sgpio0, sgpio1, sgpio2, sgpio3 + +- groups: An array of strings, each string containing the name of a pin + group. These pin groups are used for selecting the pinmux + functions. + + lvds_oxx_uart4_mfp, rmii_mdc_mfp, rmii_mdio_mfp, sirq0_mfp, + sirq1_mfp, rmii_txd0_mfp, rmii_txd1_mfp, rmii_txen_mfp, + rmii_rxer_mfp, rmii_crs_dv_mfp, rmii_rxd1_mfp, rmii_rxd0_mfp, + rmii_ref_clk_mfp, i2s_d0_mfp, i2s_d1_mfp, i2s_lr_m_clk0_mfp, + i2s_bclk0_mfp, i2s_bclk1_mclk1_mfp, pcm1_in_out_mfp, + pcm1_clk_mfp, pcm1_sync_mfp, eram_a5_mfp, eram_a6_mfp, + eram_a7_mfp, eram_a8_mfp, eram_a9_mfp, eram_a10_mfp, + eram_a11_mfp, lvds_oep_odn_mfp, lvds_ocp_obn_mfp, + lvds_oap_oan_mfp, lvds_e_mfp, spi0_sclk_mosi_mfp, spi0_ss_mfp, + spi0_miso_mfp, uart2_rtsb_mfp, uart2_ctsb_mfp, uart3_rtsb_mfp, + uart3_ctsb_mfp, sd0_d0_mfp, sd0_d1_mfp, sd0_d2_d3_mfp, + sd1_d0_d3_mfp, sd0_cmd_mfp, sd0_clk_mfp, sd1_cmd_clk_mfp, + uart0_rx_mfp, nand0_d0_ceb3_mfp, uart0_tx_mfp, i2c0_mfp, + csi0_cn_cp_mfp, csi0_dn0_dp3_mfp, csi1_dn0_cp_mfp, + dsi_dp3_dn1_mfp, dsi_cp_dn0_mfp, dsi_dp2_dn2_mfp, + nand1_d0_ceb1_mfp, nand1_ceb3_mfp, nand1_ceb0_mfp, + csi1_dn0_dp0_mfp, uart4_rx_tx_mfp + + + These pin groups are used for selecting the drive strength + parameters. + + sgpio3_drv, sgpio2_drv, sgpio1_drv, sgpio0_drv, + rmii_tx_d0_d1_drv, rmii_txen_rxer_drv, rmii_crs_dv_drv, + rmii_rx_d1_d0_drv, rmii_ref_clk_drv, rmii_mdc_mdio_drv, + sirq_0_1_drv, sirq2_drv, i2s_d0_d1_drv, i2s_lr_m_clk0_drv, + i2s_blk1_mclk1_drv, pcm1_in_out_drv, lvds_oap_oan_drv, + lvds_oep_odn_drv, lvds_ocp_obn_drv, lvds_e_drv, sd0_d3_d0_drv, + sd1_d3_d0_drv, sd0_sd1_cmd_clk_drv, spi0_sclk_mosi_drv, + spi0_ss_miso_drv, uart0_rx_tx_drv, uart4_rx_tx_drv, uart2_drv, + uart3_drv, i2c0_drv, i2c1_drv, i2c2_drv, sensor0_drv + + These pin groups are used for selecting the slew rate + parameters. + + sgpio3_sr, sgpio2_sr, sgpio1_sr, sgpio0_sr, rmii_tx_d0_d1_sr, + rmii_txen_rxer_sr, rmii_crs_dv_sr, rmii_rx_d1_d0_sr, + rmii_ref_clk_sr, rmii_mdc_mdio_sr, sirq_0_1_sr, sirq2_sr, + i2s_do_d1_sr, i2s_lr_m_clk0_sr, i2s_bclk0_mclk1_sr, + pcm1_in_out_sr, sd1_d3_d0_sr, sd0_sd1_clk_cmd_sr, + spi0_sclk_mosi_sr, spi0_ss_miso_sr, uart0_rx_tx_sr, + uart4_rx_tx_sr, uart2_sr, uart3_sr, i2c0_sr, i2c1_sr, i2c2_sr, + sensor0_sr + +- function: An array of strings, each string containing the name of the + pinmux functions. These functions can only be selected by + the corresponding pin groups. The following are the list of + pinmux functions available: + + eram, eth_rmii, eth_smii, spi0, spi1, spi2, spi3, sens0, + uart0, uart1, uart2, uart3, uart4, uart5, uart6, i2s0, i2s1, + pcm0, pcm1, jtag, pwm0, pwm1, pwm2, pwm3, pwm4, pwm5, sd0, + sd1, sd2, sd3, i2c0, i2c1, i2c2, i2c3, i2c4, i2c5, lvds, + usb30, usb20, gpu, mipi_csi0, mipi_csi1, mipi_dsi, nand0, + nand1, spdif, sirq0, sirq1, sirq2 + +Optional Properties: + +- bias-bus-hold: No arguments. The specified pins should retain the previous + state value. +- bias-high-impedance: No arguments. The specified pins should be configured + as high impedance. +- bias-pull-down: No arguments. The specified pins should be configured as + pull down. +- bias-pull-up: No arguments. The specified pins should be configured as + pull up. +- input-schmitt-enable: No arguments: Enable schmitt trigger for the specified + pins +- input-schmitt-disable: No arguments: Disable schmitt trigger for the specified + pins +- slew-rate: Integer. Sets slew rate for the specified pins. + Valid values are: + <0> - Slow + <1> - Fast +- drive-strength: Integer. Selects the drive strength for the specified + pins in mA. + Valid values are: + <2> + <4> + <8> + <12> + +Example: + + pinctrl: pinctrl@e01b0000 { + compatible = "actions,s900-pinctrl"; + reg = <0x0 0xe01b0000 0x0 0x1000>; + clocks = <&cmu CLK_GPIO>; + + uart2-default: uart2-default { + pinmux { + groups = "lvds_oep_odn_mfp"; + function = "uart2"; + }; + pinconf { + groups = "lvds_oep_odn_drv"; + drive-strength = <12>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt index 09789fdfa749..ed5eb547afc8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun50i-a64-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun50i-a64-r-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun50i-h5-pinctrl" + "allwinner,sun50i-h6-pinctrl" "nextthing,gr8-pinctrl" - reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/axis,artpec6-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/axis,artpec6-pinctrl.txt index 47284f85ec80..678f5097058e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/axis,artpec6-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/axis,artpec6-pinctrl.txt @@ -19,8 +19,10 @@ Required subnode-properties: Available functions and groups (function: group0, group1...): gpio: cpuclkoutgrp0, udlclkoutgrp0, i2c1grp0, i2c2grp0, i2c3grp0, i2s0grp0, i2s1grp0, i2srefclkgrp0, spi0grp0, - spi1grp0, pciedebuggrp0, uart0grp0, uart0grp1, uart1grp0, - uart2grp0, uart2grp1, uart3grp0, uart4grp0, uart5grp0 + spi1grp0, pciedebuggrp0, uart0grp0, uart0grp1, uart0grp2, + uart1grp0, uart1grp1, uart2grp0, uart2grp1, uart2grp2, + uart3grp0, uart4grp0, uart4grp1, uart5grp0, uart5grp1, + uart5nocts cpuclkout: cpuclkoutgrp0 udlclkout: udlclkoutgrp0 i2c1: i2c1grp0 @@ -32,12 +34,12 @@ Required subnode-properties: spi0: spi0grp0 spi1: spi1grp0 pciedebug: pciedebuggrp0 - uart0: uart0grp0, uart0grp1 - uart1: uart1grp0 - uart2: uart2grp0, uart2grp1 + uart0: uart0grp0, uart0grp1, uart0grp2 + uart1: uart1grp0, uart1grp1 + uart2: uart2grp0, uart2grp1, uart2grp2 uart3: uart3grp0 - uart4: uart4grp0 - uart5: uart5grp0 + uart4: uart4grp0, uart4grp1 + uart5: uart5grp0, uart5grp1, uart5nocts nand: nandgrp0 sdio0: sdio0grp0 sdio1: sdio1grp0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6sll-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6sll-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..175e8939a301 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6sll-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +* Freescale i.MX6 SLL IOMUX Controller + +Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding part +and usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "fsl,imx6sll-iomuxc" +- fsl,pins: each entry consists of 6 integers and represents the mux and config + setting for one pin. The first 5 integers <mux_reg conf_reg input_reg mux_val + input_val> are specified using a PIN_FUNC_ID macro, which can be found in + imx6sll-pinfunc.h under device tree source folder. The last integer CONFIG is + the pad setting value like pull-up on this pin. Please refer to i.MX6SLL + Reference Manual for detailed CONFIG settings. + +CONFIG bits definition: +PAD_CTL_LVE (1 << 22) +PAD_CTL_HYS (1 << 16) +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_DOWN (0 << 14) +PAD_CTL_PUS_47K_UP (1 << 14) +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_UP (2 << 14) +PAD_CTL_PUS_22K_UP (3 << 14) +PAD_CTL_PUE (1 << 13) +PAD_CTL_PKE (1 << 12) +PAD_CTL_ODE (1 << 11) +PAD_CTL_SPEED_LOW (0 << 6) +PAD_CTL_SPEED_MED (1 << 6) +PAD_CTL_SPEED_HIGH (3 << 6) +PAD_CTL_DSE_DISABLE (0 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_260ohm (1 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_130ohm (2 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_87ohm (3 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_65ohm (4 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_52ohm (5 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_43ohm (6 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_37ohm (7 << 3) +PAD_CTL_SRE_FAST (1 << 0) +PAD_CTL_SRE_SLOW (0 << 0) + +Refer to imx6sll-pinfunc.h in device tree source folder for all available +imx6sll PIN_FUNC_ID. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,tz1090-pdc-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,tz1090-pdc-pinctrl.txt deleted file mode 100644 index cf9ccdff4455..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,tz1090-pdc-pinctrl.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -ImgTec TZ1090 PDC pin controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: "img,tz1090-pdc-pinctrl" -- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length of the - SOC_GPIO_CONTROL registers in the PDC register region. - -Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the -common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the -phrase "pin configuration node". - -TZ1090-PDC's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number -of subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a -pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the -mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration -parameters, such as pull-up, drive strength, etc. - -The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated -and processed purely based on their content. - -Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In -other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration -parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. -Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no -information about e.g. the mux function. For this reason, even seemingly boolean -values are actually tristates in this binding: unspecified, off, or on. -Unspecified is represented as an absent property, and off/on are represented as -integer values 0 and 1. - -Required subnode-properties: -- tz1090,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin or - group. Valid values for these names are listed below. - -Optional subnode-properties: -- tz1090,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the - pin or group. Valid values for function names are listed below, including - which pingroups can be muxed to them. -- supported generic pinconfig properties (for further details see - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt): - - bias-disable - - bias-high-impedance - - bias-bus-hold - - bias-pull-up - - bias-pull-down - - input-schmitt-enable - - input-schmitt-disable - - drive-strength: Integer, control drive strength of pins in mA. - 2: 2mA - 4: 4mA - 8: 8mA - 12: 12mA - - low-power-enable: Flag, power-on-start weak pull-down for invalid power. - - low-power-disable: Flag, power-on-start weak pull-down disabled. - -Note that many of these properties are only valid for certain specific pins -or groups. See the TZ1090 TRM for complete details regarding which groups -support which functionality. The Linux pinctrl driver may also be a useful -reference. - -Valid values for pin and group names are: - - pins: - - These all support bias-high-impediance, bias-pull-up, bias-pull-down, and - bias-bus-hold (which can also be provided to any of the groups below to set - it for all gpio pins in that group). - - gpio0, gpio1, sys_wake0, sys_wake1, sys_wake2, ir_data, ext_power. - - mux groups: - - These all support function. - - gpio0 - pins: gpio0. - function: ir_mod_stable_out. - gpio1 - pins: gpio1. - function: ir_mod_power_out. - - drive groups: - - These support input-schmitt-enable, input-schmitt-disable, - drive-strength, low-power-enable, and low-power-disable. - - pdc - pins: gpio0, gpio1, sys_wake0, sys_wake1, sys_wake2, ir_data, - ext_power. - -Example: - - pinctrl_pdc: pinctrl@2006500 { - #gpio-range-cells = <3>; - compatible = "img,tz1090-pdc-pinctrl"; - reg = <0x02006500 0x100>; - }; - -Example board file extracts: - - &pinctrl_pdc { - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&syswake_default>; - - syswake_default: syswakes { - syswake_cfg { - tz1090,pins = "sys_wake0", - "sys_wake1", - "sys_wake2"; - pull-up; - }; - }; - irmod_default: irmod { - gpio0_cfg { - tz1090,pins = "gpio0"; - tz1090,function = "ir_mod_stable_out"; - }; - gpio1_cfg { - tz1090,pins = "gpio1"; - tz1090,function = "ir_mod_power_out"; - }; - }; - }; - - ir: ir@2006200 { - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&irmod_default>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,tz1090-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,tz1090-pinctrl.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2dfd9a3fc1e4..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/img,tz1090-pinctrl.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,227 +0,0 @@ -ImgTec TZ1090 pin controller - -Required properties: -- compatible: "img,tz1090-pinctrl" -- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length of the pad - configuration registers (CR_PADS_* and CR_IF_CTL0). - -Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the -common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the -phrase "pin configuration node". - -TZ1090's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of -subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a -pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the -mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration -parameters, such as pull-up, drive strength, etc. - -The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated -and processed purely based on their content. - -Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In -other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration -parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. -Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no -information about e.g. the mux function. For this reason, even seemingly boolean -values are actually tristates in this binding: unspecified, off, or on. -Unspecified is represented as an absent property, and off/on are represented as -integer values 0 and 1. - -Required subnode-properties: -- tz1090,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin or - group. Valid values for these names are listed below. - -Optional subnode-properties: -- tz1090,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the - pin or group. Valid values for function names are listed below, including - which pingroups can be muxed to them. -- supported generic pinconfig properties (for further details see - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt): - - bias-disable - - bias-high-impedance - - bias-bus-hold - - bias-pull-up - - bias-pull-down - - input-schmitt-enable - - input-schmitt-disable - - drive-strength: Integer, control drive strength of pins in mA. - 2: 2mA - 4: 4mA - 8: 8mA - 12: 12mA - - -Note that many of these properties are only valid for certain specific pins -or groups. See the TZ1090 TRM for complete details regarding which groups -support which functionality. The Linux pinctrl driver may also be a useful -reference. - -Valid values for pin and group names are: - - gpio pins: - - These all support bias-high-impediance, bias-pull-up, bias-pull-down, and - bias-bus-hold (which can also be provided to any of the groups below to set - it for all pins in that group). - - They also all support the some form of muxing. Any pins which are contained - in one of the mux groups (see below) can be muxed only to the functions - supported by the mux group. All other pins can be muxed to the "perip" - function which enables them with their intended peripheral. - - Different pins in the same mux group cannot be muxed to different functions, - however it is possible to mux only a subset of the pins in a mux group to a - particular function and leave the remaining pins unmuxed. This is useful if - the board connects certain pins in a group to other devices to be controlled - by GPIO, and you don't want the usual peripheral to have any control of the - pin. - - ant_sel0, ant_sel1, gain0, gain1, gain2, gain3, gain4, gain5, gain6, gain7, - i2s_bclk_out, i2s_din, i2s_dout0, i2s_dout1, i2s_dout2, i2s_lrclk_out, - i2s_mclk, pa_on, pdm_a, pdm_b, pdm_c, pdm_d, pll_on, rx_hp, rx_on, - scb0_sclk, scb0_sdat, scb1_sclk, scb1_sdat, scb2_sclk, scb2_sdat, sdh_cd, - sdh_clk_in, sdh_wp, sdio_clk, sdio_cmd, sdio_d0, sdio_d1, sdio_d2, sdio_d3, - spi0_cs0, spi0_cs1, spi0_cs2, spi0_din, spi0_dout, spi0_mclk, spi1_cs0, - spi1_cs1, spi1_cs2, spi1_din, spi1_dout, spi1_mclk, tft_blank_ls, tft_blue0, - tft_blue1, tft_blue2, tft_blue3, tft_blue4, tft_blue5, tft_blue6, tft_blue7, - tft_green0, tft_green1, tft_green2, tft_green3, tft_green4, tft_green5, - tft_green6, tft_green7, tft_hsync_nr, tft_panelclk, tft_pwrsave, tft_red0, - tft_red1, tft_red2, tft_red3, tft_red4, tft_red5, tft_red6, tft_red7, - tft_vd12acb, tft_vdden_gd, tft_vsync_ns, tx_on, uart0_cts, uart0_rts, - uart0_rxd, uart0_txd, uart1_rxd, uart1_txd. - - bias-high-impediance: supported. - bias-pull-up: supported. - bias-pull-down: supported. - bias-bus-hold: supported. - function: perip or those supported by pin's mux group. - - other pins: - - These other pins are part of various pin groups below, but can't be - controlled as GPIOs. They do however support bias-high-impediance, - bias-pull-up, bias-pull-down, and bias-bus-hold (which can also be provided - to any of the groups below to set it for all pins in that group). - - clk_out0, clk_out1, tck, tdi, tdo, tms, trst. - - bias-high-impediance: supported. - bias-pull-up: supported. - bias-pull-down: supported. - bias-bus-hold: supported. - - mux groups: - - These all support function, and some support drive configs. - - afe - pins: tx_on, rx_on, pll_on, pa_on, rx_hp, ant_sel0, - ant_sel1, gain0, gain1, gain2, gain3, gain4, - gain5, gain6, gain7. - function: afe, ts_out_0. - input-schmitt-enable: supported. - input-schmitt-disable: supported. - drive-strength: supported. - pdm_d - pins: pdm_d. - function: pdm_dac, usb_vbus. - sdh - pins: sdh_cd, sdh_wp, sdh_clk_in. - function: sdh, sdio. - sdio - pins: sdio_clk, sdio_cmd, sdio_d0, sdio_d1, sdio_d2, - sdio_d3. - function: sdio, sdh. - spi1_cs2 - pins: spi1_cs2. - function: spi1_cs2, usb_vbus. - tft - pins: tft_red0, tft_red1, tft_red2, tft_red3, - tft_red4, tft_red5, tft_red6, tft_red7, - tft_green0, tft_green1, tft_green2, tft_green3, - tft_green4, tft_green5, tft_green6, tft_green7, - tft_blue0, tft_blue1, tft_blue2, tft_blue3, - tft_blue4, tft_blue5, tft_blue6, tft_blue7, - tft_vdden_gd, tft_panelclk, tft_blank_ls, - tft_vsync_ns, tft_hsync_nr, tft_vd12acb, - tft_pwrsave. - function: tft, ext_dac, not_iqadc_stb, iqdac_stb, ts_out_1, - lcd_trace, phy_ringosc. - input-schmitt-enable: supported. - input-schmitt-disable: supported. - drive-strength: supported. - - drive groups: - - These all support input-schmitt-enable, input-schmitt-disable, - and drive-strength. - - jtag - pins: tck, trst, tdi, tdo, tms. - scb1 - pins: scb1_sdat, scb1_sclk. - scb2 - pins: scb2_sdat, scb2_sclk. - spi0 - pins: spi0_mclk, spi0_cs0, spi0_cs1, spi0_cs2, spi0_dout, spi0_din. - spi1 - pins: spi1_mclk, spi1_cs0, spi1_cs1, spi1_cs2, spi1_dout, spi1_din. - uart - pins: uart0_txd, uart0_rxd, uart0_rts, uart0_cts, - uart1_txd, uart1_rxd. - drive_i2s - pins: clk_out1, i2s_din, i2s_dout0, i2s_dout1, i2s_dout2, - i2s_lrclk_out, i2s_bclk_out, i2s_mclk. - drive_pdm - pins: clk_out0, pdm_b, pdm_a. - drive_scb0 - pins: scb0_sclk, scb0_sdat, pdm_d, pdm_c. - drive_sdio - pins: sdio_clk, sdio_cmd, sdio_d0, sdio_d1, sdio_d2, sdio_d3, - sdh_wp, sdh_cd, sdh_clk_in. - - convenience groups: - - These are just convenient groupings of pins and don't support any drive - configs. - - uart0 - pins: uart0_cts, uart0_rts, uart0_rxd, uart0_txd. - uart1 - pins: uart1_rxd, uart1_txd. - scb0 - pins: scb0_sclk, scb0_sdat. - i2s - pins: i2s_bclk_out, i2s_din, i2s_dout0, i2s_dout1, i2s_dout2, - i2s_lrclk_out, i2s_mclk. - -Example: - - pinctrl: pinctrl@2005800 { - #gpio-range-cells = <3>; - compatible = "img,tz1090-pinctrl"; - reg = <0x02005800 0xe4>; - }; - -Example board file extract: - - &pinctrl { - uart0_default: uart0 { - uart0_cfg { - tz1090,pins = "uart0_rxd", - "uart0_txd"; - tz1090,function = "perip"; - }; - }; - tft_default: tft { - tft_cfg { - tz1090,pins = "tft"; - tz1090,function = "tft"; - }; - }; - }; - - uart@2004b00 { - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_default>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mcp23s08.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mcp23s08.txt index 9c451c20dda4..a5a8322a31bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mcp23s08.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mcp23s08.txt @@ -45,6 +45,8 @@ Optional properties: - first cell is the pin number - second cell is used to specify flags. - interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as a interrupt controller. +- drive-open-drain: Sets the ODR flag in the IOCON register. This configures + the IRQ output as open drain active low. Optional device specific properties: - microchip,irq-mirror: Sets the mirror flag in the IOCON register. Devices diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt index afa8a18ea11a..e7d6f81c227f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt @@ -76,12 +76,12 @@ Examples: ... { - syscfg_pctl_a: syscfg_pctl_a@10005000 { + syscfg_pctl_a: syscfg-pctl-a@10005000 { compatible = "mediatek,mt8135-pctl-a-syscfg", "syscon"; reg = <0 0x10005000 0 0x1000>; }; - syscfg_pctl_b: syscfg_pctl_b@1020c020 { + syscfg_pctl_b: syscfg-pctl-b@1020c020 { compatible = "mediatek,mt8135-pctl-b-syscfg", "syscon"; reg = <0 0x1020C020 0 0x1000>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm845-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm845-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..665aadb5ea28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,sdm845-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +Qualcomm SDM845 TLMM block + +This binding describes the Top Level Mode Multiplexer block found in the +SDM845 platform. + +- compatible: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: must be "qcom,sdm845-pinctrl" + +- reg: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: the base address and size of the TLMM register space. + +- interrupts: + Usage: required + Value type: <prop-encoded-array> + Definition: should specify the TLMM summary IRQ. + +- interrupt-controller: + Usage: required + Value type: <none> + Definition: identifies this node as an interrupt controller + +- #interrupt-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be 2. Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined + in <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h> + +- gpio-controller: + Usage: required + Value type: <none> + Definition: identifies this node as a gpio controller + +- #gpio-cells: + Usage: required + Value type: <u32> + Definition: must be 2. Specifying the pin number and flags, as defined + in <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> + +Please refer to ../gpio/gpio.txt and ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for +a general description of GPIO and interrupt bindings. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the +phrase "pin configuration node". + +The pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of +subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a +pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the +mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration +parameters, such as pull-up, drive strength, etc. + + +PIN CONFIGURATION NODES: + +The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated +and processed purely based on their content. + +Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In +other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration +parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. +Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no +information about e.g. the mux function. + + +The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid +to specify in a pin configuration subnode: + +- pins: + Usage: required + Value type: <string-array> + Definition: List of gpio pins affected by the properties specified in + this subnode. + + Valid pins are: + gpio0-gpio149 + Supports mux, bias and drive-strength + + sdc2_clk, sdc2_cmd, sdc2_data + Supports bias and drive-strength + +- function: + Usage: required + Value type: <string> + Definition: Specify the alternative function to be configured for the + specified pins. Functions are only valid for gpio pins. + Valid values are: + + gpio, adsp_ext, agera_pll, atest_char, atest_tsens, + atest_tsens2, atest_usb1, atest_usb10, atest_usb11, + atest_usb12, atest_usb13, atest_usb2, atest_usb20, + atest_usb21, atest_usb22, atest_usb23, audio_ref, + btfm_slimbus, cam_mclk, cci_async, cci_i2c, cci_timer0, + cci_timer1, cci_timer2, cci_timer3, cci_timer4, cri_trng, + cri_trng0, cri_trng1, dbg_out, ddr_bist, ddr_pxi0, + ddr_pxi1, ddr_pxi2, ddr_pxi3, edp_hot, edp_lcd, gcc_gp1, + gcc_gp2, gcc_gp3, jitter_bist, ldo_en, ldo_update, + lpass_slimbus, m_voc, mdp_vsync, mdp_vsync0, mdp_vsync1, + mdp_vsync2, mdp_vsync3, mss_lte, nav_pps, pa_indicator, + pci_e0, pci_e1, phase_flag, pll_bist, pll_bypassnl, + pll_reset, pri_mi2s, pri_mi2s_ws, prng_rosc, qdss_cti, + qdss, qlink_enable, qlink_request, qua_mi2s, qup0, qup1, + qup10, qup11, qup12, qup13, qup14, qup15, qup2, qup3, qup4, + qup5, qup6, qup7, qup8, qup9, qup_l4, qup_l5, qup_l6, + qspi_clk, qspi_cs, qspi_data, sd_write, sdc4_clk, sdc4_cmd, + sdc4_data, sec_mi2s, sp_cmu, spkr_i2s, ter_mi2s, tgu_ch0, + tgu_ch1, tgu_ch2, tgu_ch3, tsense_pwm1, tsense_pwm2, + tsif1_clk, tsif1_data, tsif1_en, tsif1_error, tsif1_sync, + tsif2_clk, tsif2_data, tsif2_en, tsif2_error, tsif2_sync, + uim1_clk, uim1_data, uim1_present, uim1_reset, uim2_clk, + uim2_data, uim2_present, uim2_reset, uim_batt, usb_phy, + vfr_1, vsense_trigger, wlan1_adc0, wlan1_adc1, wlan2_adc0, + wlan2_adc1, + +- bias-disable: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins should be configued as no pull. + +- bias-pull-down: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins should be configued as pull down. + +- bias-pull-up: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins should be configued as pull up. + +- output-high: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins are configured in output mode, driven + high. + Not valid for sdc pins. + +- output-low: + Usage: optional + Value type: <none> + Definition: The specified pins are configured in output mode, driven + low. + Not valid for sdc pins. + +- drive-strength: + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Definition: Selects the drive strength for the specified pins, in mA. + Valid values are: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 + +Example: + + tlmm: pinctrl@3400000 { + compatible = "qcom,sdm845-pinctrl"; + reg = <0x03400000 0xc00000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 208 0>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + + qup9_active: qup9-active { + mux { + pins = "gpio4", "gpio5"; + function = "qup9"; + }; + + config { + pins = "gpio4", "gpio5"; + drive-strength = <2>; + bias-disable; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt index bb1790e0b176..892d8fd7b700 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,pfc-pinctrl.txt @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,pfc-r8a7740": for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7743": for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7745": for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) compatible pin-controller. - - "renesas,pfc-r8a7778": for R8A7778 (R-Mobile M1) compatible pin-controller. + - "renesas,pfc-r8a7778": for R8A7778 (R-Car M1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7779": for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7791": for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible pin-controller. @@ -24,7 +24,9 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,pfc-r8a7794": for R8A7794 (R-Car E2) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7795": for R8A7795 (R-Car H3) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a7796": for R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible pin-controller. + - "renesas,pfc-r8a77965": for R8A77965 (R-Car M3-N) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a77970": for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible pin-controller. + - "renesas,pfc-r8a77980": for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-r8a77995": for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) compatible pin-controller. - "renesas,pfc-sh73a0": for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) compatible pin-controller. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt index 2c46f30b62c5..9a06e1fdbc42 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required properies: "st,stm32f429-pinctrl" "st,stm32f469-pinctrl" "st,stm32f746-pinctrl" + "st,stm32f769-pinctrl" "st,stm32h743-pinctrl" "st,stm32mp157-pinctrl" "st,stm32mp157-z-pinctrl" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pmem/pmem-region.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pmem/pmem-region.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..5cfa4f016a00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pmem/pmem-region.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +Device-tree bindings for persistent memory regions +----------------------------------------------------- + +Persistent memory refers to a class of memory devices that are: + + a) Usable as main system memory (i.e. cacheable), and + b) Retain their contents across power failure. + +Given b) it is best to think of persistent memory as a kind of memory mapped +storage device. To ensure data integrity the operating system needs to manage +persistent regions separately to the normal memory pool. To aid with that this +binding provides a standardised interface for discovering where persistent +memory regions exist inside the physical address space. + +Bindings for the region nodes: +----------------------------- + +Required properties: + - compatible = "pmem-region" + + - reg = <base, size>; + The reg property should specificy an address range that is + translatable to a system physical address range. This address + range should be mappable as normal system memory would be + (i.e cacheable). + + If the reg property contains multiple address ranges + each address range will be treated as though it was specified + in a separate device node. Having multiple address ranges in a + node implies no special relationship between the two ranges. + +Optional properties: + - Any relevant NUMA assocativity properties for the target platform. + + - volatile; This property indicates that this region is actually + backed by non-persistent memory. This lets the OS know that it + may skip the cache flushes required to ensure data is made + persistent after a write. + + If this property is absent then the OS must assume that the region + is backed by non-volatile memory. + +Examples: +-------------------- + + /* + * This node specifies one 4KB region spanning from + * 0x5000 to 0x5fff that is backed by non-volatile memory. + */ + pmem@5000 { + compatible = "pmem-region"; + reg = <0x00005000 0x00001000>; + }; + + /* + * This node specifies two 4KB regions that are backed by + * volatile (normal) memory. + */ + pmem@6000 { + compatible = "pmem-region"; + reg = < 0x00006000 0x00001000 + 0x00008000 0x00001000 >; + volatile; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/mti,mips-cpc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/mti,mips-cpc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c6b82511ae8a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/mti,mips-cpc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +Binding for MIPS Cluster Power Controller (CPC). + +This binding allows a system to specify where the CPC registers are +located. + +Required properties: +compatible : Should be "mti,mips-cpc". +regs: Should describe the address & size of the CPC register region. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt index 8690f10426a3..ab399e559257 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt @@ -17,7 +17,9 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,r8a7794-sysc" (R-Car E2) - "renesas,r8a7795-sysc" (R-Car H3) - "renesas,r8a7796-sysc" (R-Car M3-W) + - "renesas,r8a77965-sysc" (R-Car M3-N) - "renesas,r8a77970-sysc" (R-Car V3M) + - "renesas,r8a77980-sysc" (R-Car V3H) - "renesas,r8a77995-sysc" (R-Car D3) - reg: Address start and address range for the device. - #power-domain-cells: Must be 1. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.txt index e62d53d844cc..6d8980c18c34 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.txt @@ -27,10 +27,13 @@ Optional properties: it to an output when the power-off handler is called. If this optional property is not specified, the GPIO is initialized as an output in its inactive state. +- timeout-ms: Time to wait before asserting a WARN_ON(1). If nothing is + specified, 3000 ms is used. Examples: gpio-poweroff { compatible = "gpio-poweroff"; gpios = <&gpio 4 0>; + timeout-ms = <3000>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/ocelot-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/ocelot-reset.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1b4213eb3473 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/ocelot-reset.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Microsemi Ocelot reset controller + +The DEVCPU_GCB:CHIP_REGS have a SOFT_RST register that can be used to reset the +SoC MIPS core. + +Required Properties: + - compatible: "mscc,ocelot-chip-reset" + +Example: + reset@1070008 { + compatible = "mscc,ocelot-chip-reset"; + reg = <0x1070008 0x4>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/axp20x_battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/axp20x_battery.txt index c24886676a60..41916f69902c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/axp20x_battery.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/axp20x_battery.txt @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ Required Properties: - compatible, one of: "x-powers,axp209-battery-power-supply" "x-powers,axp221-battery-power-supply" + "x-powers,axp813-battery-power-supply" -This node is a subnode of the axp20x/axp22x PMIC. +This node is a subnode of its respective PMIC DT node. -The AXP20X and AXP22X can read the battery voltage, charge and discharge -currents of the battery by reading ADC channels from the AXP20X/AXP22X -ADC. +The supported devices can read the battery voltage, charge and discharge +currents of the battery by reading ADC channels from the ADC. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/wakeup-source.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/wakeup-source.txt index 3c81f78b5c27..5d254ab13ebf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/wakeup-source.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/wakeup-source.txt @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Examples #size-cells = <0>; button@1 { - debounce_interval = <50>; + debounce-interval = <50>; wakeup-source; linux,code = <116>; label = "POWER"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt index 36afa322b04b..a3dc4b9fa11a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt @@ -152,14 +152,7 @@ Nintendo Wii device tree 1.l) The General Purpose I/O (GPIO) controller node - Represents the dual access 32 GPIO controller interface. - - Required properties: - - - #gpio-cells : <2> - - compatible : should be "nintendo,hollywood-gpio" - - reg : should contain the IPC registers location and length - - gpio-controller + see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nintendo,hollywood-gpio.txt 1.m) The control node diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/ingenic,jz47xx-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/ingenic,jz47xx-pwm.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7d9d3f90641b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/ingenic,jz47xx-pwm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +Ingenic JZ47xx PWM Controller +============================= + +Required properties: +- compatible: One of: + * "ingenic,jz4740-pwm" + * "ingenic,jz4770-pwm" + * "ingenic,jz4780-pwm" +- #pwm-cells: Should be 3. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description + of the cells format. +- clocks : phandle to the external clock. +- clock-names : Should be "ext". + + +Example: + + pwm: pwm@10002000 { + compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-pwm"; + reg = <0x10002000 0x1000>; + + #pwm-cells = <3>; + + clocks = <&ext>; + clock-names = "ext"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-stm32-lp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-stm32-lp.txt index f8338d11fd2b..bd23302e84be 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-stm32-lp.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-stm32-lp.txt @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ See ../mfd/stm32-lptimer.txt for details about the parent node. Required parameters: - compatible: Must be "st,stm32-pwm-lp". +- #pwm-cells: Should be set to 3. This PWM chip uses the default 3 cells + bindings defined in pwm.txt. Optional properties: - pinctrl-names: Set to "default". @@ -18,6 +20,7 @@ Example: ... pwm { compatible = "st,stm32-pwm-lp"; + #pwm-cells = <3>; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&lppwm1_pins>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sun4i.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sun4i.txt index 51ff54c8b8ef..2a1affbff45e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sun4i.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-sun4i.txt @@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ Required properties: - "allwinner,sun5i-a13-pwm" - "allwinner,sun7i-a20-pwm" - "allwinner,sun8i-h3-pwm" + - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-pwm", "allwinner,sun5i-a13-pwm" + - "allwinner,sun50i-h5-pwm", "allwinner,sun5i-a13-pwm" - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers - #pwm-cells: should be 3. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of the cells format. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt index 74c118015980..35a3b9761ee5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt @@ -2,6 +2,8 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: should be "renesas,pwm-rcar" and one of the following. + - "renesas,pwm-r8a7743": for RZ/G1M + - "renesas,pwm-r8a7745": for RZ/G1E - "renesas,pwm-r8a7778": for R-Car M1A - "renesas,pwm-r8a7779": for R-Car H1 - "renesas,pwm-r8a7790": for R-Car H2 @@ -9,6 +11,7 @@ Required Properties: - "renesas,pwm-r8a7794": for R-Car E2 - "renesas,pwm-r8a7795": for R-Car H3 - "renesas,pwm-r8a7796": for R-Car M3-W + - "renesas,pwm-r8a77965": for R-Car M3-N - "renesas,pwm-r8a77995": for R-Car D3 - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the PWM. - #pwm-cells: should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of @@ -17,13 +20,15 @@ Required Properties: - pinctrl-0: phandle, referring to a default pin configuration node. - pinctrl-names: Set to "default". -Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) PWM Timer node +Example: R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) PWM Timer node pwm0: pwm@e6e30000 { - compatible = "renesas,pwm-r8a7790", "renesas,pwm-rcar"; + compatible = "renesas,pwm-r8a7743", "renesas,pwm-rcar"; reg = <0 0xe6e30000 0 0x8>; + clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 523>; + power-domains = <&sysc R8A7743_PD_ALWAYS_ON>; + resets = <&cpg 523>; #pwm-cells = <2>; - clocks = <&mstp5_clks R8A7790_CLK_PWM>; pinctrl-0 = <&pwm0_pins>; pinctrl-names = "default"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt index 1aadc804dae4..d53a16715da6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt @@ -3,10 +3,12 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: should be one of the following. - - "renesas,tpu-r8a73a4": for R8A77A4 (R-Mobile APE6) compatible PWM controller. + - "renesas,tpu-r8a73a4": for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) compatible PWM controller. - "renesas,tpu-r8a7740": for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) compatible PWM controller. + - "renesas,tpu-r8a7743": for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) compatible PWM controller. + - "renesas,tpu-r8a7745": for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) compatible PWM controller. - "renesas,tpu-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible PWM controller. - - "renesas,tpu": for generic R-Car TPU PWM controller. + - "renesas,tpu": for generic R-Car and RZ/G1 TPU PWM controller. - reg: Base address and length of each memory resource used by the PWM controller hardware module. @@ -18,10 +20,10 @@ Required Properties: Please refer to pwm.txt in this directory for details of the common PWM bindings used by client devices. -Example: R8A7740 (R-Car A1) TPU controller node +Example: R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) TPU controller node tpu: pwm@e6600000 { compatible = "renesas,tpu-r8a7740", "renesas,tpu"; - reg = <0xe6600000 0x100>; + reg = <0xe6600000 0x148>; #pwm-cells = <3>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/88pg86x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/88pg86x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..13b7f49a2ea8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/88pg86x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Marvell 88PG867/88PG868 voltage regulators + +Required properties: +- compatible: one of "marvell,88pg867", "marvell,88pg868"; +- reg: I2C slave address. + +Optional subnodes for regulators: "buck1", "buck2", using common regulator +bindings given in <Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt>. + +Example: + + pg868@19 { + compatible = "marvell,88pg868"; + reg = <0x19>; + + vcpu: buck1 { + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt index 4fae41d54798..0c2a6c8a1536 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Fixed Voltage regulators Required properties: - compatible: Must be "regulator-fixed"; +- regulator-name: Defined in regulator.txt as optional, but required here. Optional properties: - gpio: gpio to use for enable control diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt index dd1ed789728e..1f496159e2bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt @@ -2,6 +2,8 @@ GPIO controlled regulators Required properties: - compatible : Must be "regulator-gpio". +- regulator-name : Defined in regulator.txt as optional, but required + here. - states : Selection of available voltages and GPIO configs. if there are no states, then use a fixed regulator diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.txt index 4e3dfb5b5f16..58a1d97972f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/qcom,smd-rpm-regulator.txt @@ -23,7 +23,9 @@ Regulator nodes are identified by their compatible: "qcom,rpm-pm8916-regulators" "qcom,rpm-pm8941-regulators" "qcom,rpm-pm8994-regulators" + "qcom,rpm-pm8998-regulators" "qcom,rpm-pma8084-regulators" + "qcom,rpm-pmi8998-regulators" - vdd_s1-supply: - vdd_s2-supply: @@ -131,6 +133,38 @@ Regulator nodes are identified by their compatible: - vdd_s10-supply: - vdd_s11-supply: - vdd_s12-supply: +- vdd_s13-supply: +- vdd_l1_l27-supply: +- vdd_l20_l24-supply: +- vdd_l26-supply: +- vdd_l2_l8_l17-supply: +- vdd_l3_l11-supply: +- vdd_l4_l5-supply: +- vdd_l6-supply: +- vdd_l7_l12_l14_l15-supply: +- vdd_l9-supply: +- vdd_l10_l23_l25-supply: +- vdd_l13_l19_l21-supply: +- vdd_l16_l28-supply: +- vdd_l18_l22-supply: +- vdd_lvs1_lvs2-supply: + Usage: optional (pmi8998 only) + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as + described in the data sheet + +- vdd_s1-supply: +- vdd_s2-supply: +- vdd_s3-supply: +- vdd_s4-supply: +- vdd_s5-supply: +- vdd_s6-supply: +- vdd_s7-supply: +- vdd_s8-supply: +- vdd_s9-supply: +- vdd_s10-supply: +- vdd_s11-supply: +- vdd_s12-supply: - vdd_l1_l11-supply: - vdd_l2_l3_l4_l27-supply: - vdd_l5_l7-supply: @@ -148,6 +182,12 @@ Regulator nodes are identified by their compatible: Definition: reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as described in the data sheet +- vdd_bob-supply: + Usage: optional (pmi8998 only) + Value type: <phandle> + Definition: reference to regulator supplying the input pin, as + described in the data sheet + The regulator node houses sub-nodes for each regulator within the device. Each sub-node is identified using the node's name, with valid values listed for each of the pmics below. @@ -169,11 +209,19 @@ pm8994: l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, l12, l13, l14, l15, l16, l17, l18, l19, l20, l21, l22, l23, l24, l25, l26, l27, l28, l29, l30, l31, l32, lvs1, lvs2 +pm8998: + s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6, s7, s8, s9, s10, s11, s12, s13, l1, l2, l3, l4, + l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, l12, l13, l14, l15, l16, l17, l18, l19, + l20, l21, l22, l23, l24, l25, l26, l27, l28, lvs1, lvs2 + pma8084: s1, s2, s3, s4, s5, s6, s7, s8, s9, s10, s11, s12, l1, l2, l3, l4, l5, l6, l7, l8, l9, l10, l11, l12, l13, l14, l15, l16, l17, l18, l19, l20, l21, l22, l23, l24, l25, l26, l27, lvs1, lvs2, lvs3, lvs4, 5vs1 +pmi8998: + bob + The content of each sub-node is defined by the standard binding for regulators - see regulator.txt. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt index a8014f3ab8ba..294a0dae106a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt @@ -26,7 +26,9 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,r8a7794-rst" (R-Car E2) - "renesas,r8a7795-rst" (R-Car H3) - "renesas,r8a7796-rst" (R-Car M3-W) + - "renesas,r8a77965-rst" (R-Car M3-N) - "renesas,r8a77970-rst" (R-Car V3M) + - "renesas,r8a77980-rst" (R-Car V3H) - "renesas,r8a77995-rst" (R-Car D3) - reg: Address start and address range for the device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,stm32mp1-rcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,stm32mp1-rcc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b4edaf7c7ff3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/st,stm32mp1-rcc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +STMicroelectronics STM32MP1 Peripheral Reset Controller +======================================================= + +The RCC IP is both a reset and a clock controller. + +Please see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32mp1-rcc.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/imx-rngc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/imx-rng.txt index 93c7174a7bed..405c2b00ccb0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/imx-rngc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/imx-rng.txt @@ -1,15 +1,14 @@ -Freescale RNGC (Random Number Generator Version C) - -The driver also supports version B, which is mostly compatible -to version C. +Freescale RNGA/RNGB/RNGC (Random Number Generator Versions A, B and C) Required properties: - compatible : should be one of + "fsl,imx21-rnga" + "fsl,imx31-rnga" (backward compatible with "fsl,imx21-rnga") "fsl,imx25-rngb" "fsl,imx35-rngc" - reg : offset and length of the register set of this block -- interrupts : the interrupt number for the RNGC block -- clocks : the RNGC clk source +- interrupts : the interrupt number for the RNG block +- clocks : the RNG clk source Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/ks-sa-rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/ks-sa-rng.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b7a65b487901 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/ks-sa-rng.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Keystone SoC Hardware Random Number Generator(HWRNG) Module + +On Keystone SoCs HWRNG module is a submodule of the Security Accelerator. + +- compatible: should be "ti,keystone-rng" +- ti,syscon-sa-cfg: phandle to syscon node of the SA configuration registers. + This registers are shared between hwrng and crypto drivers. +- clocks: phandle to the reference clocks for the subsystem +- clock-names: functional clock name. Should be set to "fck" +- reg: HWRNG module register space + +Example: +/* K2HK */ + +rng@24000 { + compatible = "ti,keystone-rng"; + ti,syscon-sa-cfg = <&sa_config>; + clocks = <&clksa>; + clock-names = "fck"; + reg = <0x24000 0x1000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap_rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap_rng.txt index 9cf7876ab434..ea434ce50f36 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap_rng.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap_rng.txt @@ -13,7 +13,12 @@ Required properties: - interrupts : the interrupt number for the RNG module. Used for "ti,omap4-rng" and "inside-secure,safexcel-eip76" - clocks: the trng clock source. Only mandatory for the - "inside-secure,safexcel-eip76" compatible. + "inside-secure,safexcel-eip76" compatible, the second clock is + needed for the Armada 7K/8K SoCs +- clock-names: mandatory if there is a second clock, in this case the + name must be "core" for the first clock and "reg" for the second + one + Example: /* AM335x */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,stm32-rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,stm32-rng.txt index 47f04176f93b..1dfa7d51e006 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,stm32-rng.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/st,stm32-rng.txt @@ -11,6 +11,10 @@ Required properties: - interrupts : The designated IRQ line for the RNG - clocks : The clock needed to enable the RNG +Optional properties: +- resets : The reset to properly start RNG +- clock-error-detect : Enable the clock detection management + Example: rng: rng@50060800 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl12026.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl12026.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2e0be45193bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl12026.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +ISL12026 I2C RTC/EEPROM + +ISL12026 is an I2C RTC/EEPROM combination device. The RTC and control +registers respond at bus address 0x6f, and the EEPROM array responds +at bus address 0x57. The canonical "reg" value will be for the RTC portion. + +Required properties supported by the device: + + - "compatible": must be "isil,isl12026" + - "reg": I2C bus address of the device (always 0x6f) + +Optional properties: + + - "isil,pwr-bsw": If present PWR.BSW bit must be set to the specified + value for proper operation. + + - "isil,pwr-sbib": If present PWR.SBIB bit must be set to the specified + value for proper operation. + + +Example: + + rtc@6f { + compatible = "isil,isl12026"; + reg = <0x6f>; + isil,pwr-bsw = <0>; + isil,pwr-sbib = <1>; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt index df3bef7998fa..8c6659ed2cfc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/scsi/hisilicon-sas.txt @@ -53,6 +53,13 @@ Main node required properties: Optional main node properties: - hip06-sas-v2-quirk-amt : when set, indicates that the v2 controller has the "am-max-transmissions" limitation. + - hisilicon,signal-attenuation : array of 3 32-bit values, containing de-emphasis, + preshoot, and boost attenuation readings for the board. They + are used to describe the signal attenuation of the board. These + values' range is 7600 to 12400, and used to represent -24dB to + 24dB. + The formula is "y = (x-10000)/10000". For example, 10478 + means 4.78dB. Example: sas0: sas@c1000000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt index dad3b2ec66d4..aeb6db4e35c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ Required properties: - "ti,da830-uart" - "aspeed,ast2400-vuart" - "aspeed,ast2500-vuart" + - "nuvoton,npcm750-uart" - "serial" if the port type is unknown. - reg : offset and length of the register set for the device. - interrupts : should contain uart interrupt. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/axis,etraxfs-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/axis,etraxfs-uart.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 048c3818c826..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/axis,etraxfs-uart.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -ETRAX FS UART - -Required properties: -- compatible : "axis,etraxfs-uart" -- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device. -- interrupts: device interrupt - -Optional properties: -- {dtr,dsr,rng,dcd}-gpios: specify a GPIO for DTR/DSR/RI/DCD - line respectively. - -Example: - -serial@b00260000 { - compatible = "axis,etraxfs-uart"; - reg = <0xb0026000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <68>; - dtr-gpios = <&sysgpio 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - dsr-gpios = <&sysgpio 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - rng-gpios = <&sysgpio 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; - dcd-gpios = <&sysgpio 3 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt index cf504d0380ae..ad962f4ec3aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt @@ -43,6 +43,8 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,hscif-r8a7796" for R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) HSCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scif-r8a77970" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) SCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,hscif-r8a77970" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) HSCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scif-r8a77980" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) SCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,hscif-r8a77980" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) HSCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scif-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) SCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,hscif-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) HSCIF compatible UART. - "renesas,scifa-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFA compatible UART. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/st,stm32-usart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/st,stm32-usart.txt index d150b04a6229..9d3efed55deb 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/st,stm32-usart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/st,stm32-usart.txt @@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - pinctrl: The reference on the pins configuration - st,hw-flow-ctrl: bool flag to enable hardware flow control. +- rs485-rts-delay, rs485-rx-during-tx, rs485-rts-active-low, + linux,rs485-enabled-at-boot-time: see rs485.txt. - dmas: phandle(s) to DMA controller node(s). Refer to stm32-dma.txt - dma-names: "rx" and/or "tx" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/bcm/brcm,bcm2835-vchiq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/bcm/brcm,bcm2835-vchiq.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8dd7b3a7de65 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/bcm/brcm,bcm2835-vchiq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +Broadcom VCHIQ firmware services + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Should be "brcm,bcm2835-vchiq" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the doorbell register pair +- interrupts: The interrupt number + See bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt + +Example: + +mailbox@7e00b840 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-vchiq"; + reg = <0x7e00b840 0xf>; + interrupts = <0 2>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/scpsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/scpsys.txt index 76bf45b893fa..d6fe16f094af 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/scpsys.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/scpsys.txt @@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ Required properties: - "mediatek,mt2712-scpsys" - "mediatek,mt6797-scpsys" - "mediatek,mt7622-scpsys" + - "mediatek,mt7623-scpsys", "mediatek,mt2701-scpsys": For MT7623 SoC + - "mediatek,mt7623a-scpsys": For MT7623A SoC - "mediatek,mt8173-scpsys" - #power-domain-cells: Must be 1 - reg: Address range of the SCPSYS unit @@ -28,10 +30,11 @@ Required properties: - clock, clock-names: clocks according to the common clock binding. These are clocks which hardware needs to be enabled before enabling certain power domains. - Required clocks for MT2701: "mm", "mfg", "ethif" + Required clocks for MT2701 or MT7623: "mm", "mfg", "ethif" Required clocks for MT2712: "mm", "mfg", "venc", "jpgdec", "audio", "vdec" Required clocks for MT6797: "mm", "mfg", "vdec" Required clocks for MT7622: "hif_sel" + Required clocks for MT7622A: "ethif" Required clocks for MT8173: "mm", "mfg", "venc", "venc_lt" Optional properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4458.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4458.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7839be78448d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4458.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +AK4458 audio DAC + +This device supports I2C mode. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "asahi-kasei,ak4458" +- reg : The I2C address of the device for I2C + +Optional properties: +- reset-gpios: A GPIO specifier for the power down & reset pin +- mute-gpios: A GPIO specifier for the soft mute pin + +Example: + +&i2c { + ak4458: dac@10 { + compatible = "asahi-kasei,ak4458"; + reg = <0x10>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW> + mute-gpios = <&gpio1 11 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH> + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak5558.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak5558.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7d67ca6ced80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak5558.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +AK5558 8 channel differential 32-bit delta-sigma ADC + +This device supports I2C mode only. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "asahi-kasei,ak5558" +- reg : The I2C address of the device. + +Optional properties: + +- reset-gpios: A GPIO specifier for the power down & reset pin. + +Example: + +&i2c { + ak5558: adc@10 { + compatible = "asahi-kasei,ak5558"; + reg = <0x10>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/brcm,bcm2835-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/brcm,bcm2835-i2s.txt index 65783de0aedf..7bb0362828ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/brcm,bcm2835-i2s.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/brcm,bcm2835-i2s.txt @@ -2,9 +2,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible: "brcm,bcm2835-i2s" -- reg: A list of base address and size entries: - * The first entry should cover the PCM registers - * The second entry should cover the PCM clock registers +- reg: Should contain PCM registers location and length. +- clocks: the (PCM) clock to use - dmas: List of DMA controller phandle and DMA request line ordered pairs. - dma-names: Identifier string for each DMA request line in the dmas property. These strings correspond 1:1 with the ordered pairs in dmas. @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ Example: bcm2835_i2s: i2s@7e203000 { compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-i2s"; - reg = <0x7e203000 0x20>, - <0x7e101098 0x02>; + reg = <0x7e203000 0x24>; + clocks = <&clocks BCM2835_CLOCK_PCM>; dmas = <&dma 2>, <&dma 3>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/da7219.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/da7219.txt index 5b54d2d045c3..c3df92d31c4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/da7219.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/da7219.txt @@ -25,6 +25,9 @@ Optional properties: interrupt is to be used to wake system, otherwise "irq" should be used. - wakeup-source: Flag to indicate this device can wake system (suspend/resume). +- #clock-cells : Should be set to '<0>', only one clock source provided; +- clock-output-names : Name given for DAI clocks output; + - clocks : phandle and clock specifier for codec MCLK. - clock-names : Clock name string for 'clocks' attribute, should be "mclk". @@ -83,6 +86,9 @@ Example: VDDMIC-supply = <®_audio>; VDDIO-supply = <®_audio>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-output-names = "dai-clks"; + clocks = <&clks 201>; clock-names = "mclk"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dmic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dmic.txt index f7bf65611453..e957b4136716 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dmic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dmic.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - dmicen-gpios: GPIO specifier for dmic to control start and stop - num-channels: Number of microphones on this DAI + - wakeup-delay-ms: Delay (in ms) after enabling the DMIC Example node: @@ -15,4 +16,5 @@ Example node: compatible = "dmic-codec"; dmicen-gpios = <&gpio4 3 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; num-channels = <1>; + wakeup-delay-ms <50>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-asoc-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-asoc-card.txt index f749e2744824..c60a5732d29c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-asoc-card.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-asoc-card.txt @@ -28,7 +28,6 @@ The compatible list for this generic sound card currently: (compatible with CS4271 and CS4272) "fsl,imx-audio-wm8962" - (compatible with Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-wm8962.txt) "fsl,imx-audio-sgtl5000" (compatible with Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-sgtl5000.txt) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-wm8962.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-wm8962.txt deleted file mode 100644 index acea71bee34f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-wm8962.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -Freescale i.MX audio complex with WM8962 codec - -Required properties: - - - compatible : "fsl,imx-audio-wm8962" - - - model : The user-visible name of this sound complex - - - ssi-controller : The phandle of the i.MX SSI controller - - - audio-codec : The phandle of the WM8962 audio codec - - - audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. - Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the - connection's sink, the second being the connection's - source. Valid names could be power supplies, WM8962 - pins, and the jacks on the board: - - Power supplies: - * Mic Bias - - Board connectors: - * Mic Jack - * Headphone Jack - * Ext Spk - - - mux-int-port : The internal port of the i.MX audio muxer (AUDMUX) - - - mux-ext-port : The external port of the i.MX audio muxer - -Note: The AUDMUX port numbering should start at 1, which is consistent with -hardware manual. - -Example: - -sound { - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-sabresd-wm8962", - "fsl,imx-audio-wm8962"; - model = "wm8962-audio"; - ssi-controller = <&ssi2>; - audio-codec = <&codec>; - audio-routing = - "Headphone Jack", "HPOUTL", - "Headphone Jack", "HPOUTR", - "Ext Spk", "SPKOUTL", - "Ext Spk", "SPKOUTR", - "MICBIAS", "AMIC", - "IN3R", "MICBIAS", - "DMIC", "MICBIAS", - "DMICDAT", "DMIC"; - mux-int-port = <2>; - mux-ext-port = <3>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt index 4e3be6682c98..7e1bbd5c27fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/max98090.txt @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Optional properties: - clock-names: Should be "mclk" +- #sound-dai-cells : should be 0. + - maxim,dmic-freq: Frequency at which to clock DMIC - maxim,micbias: Micbias voltage applies to the analog mic, valid voltages value are: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/maxim,max9759.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/maxim,max9759.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..737a996374d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/maxim,max9759.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Maxim MAX9759 Speaker Amplifier +=============================== + +Required properties: +- compatible : "maxim,max9759" +- shutdown-gpios : the gpio connected to the shutdown pin +- mute-gpios : the gpio connected to the mute pin +- gain-gpios : the 2 gpios connected to the g1 and g2 pins + +Example: + +max9759: analog-amplifier { + compatible = "maxim,max9759"; + shutdown-gpios = <&gpio3 20 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + mute-gpios = <&gpio3 19 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + gain-gpios = <&gpio3 23 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>, + <&gpio3 25 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt index 6df87b97f7cb..e2f7f4951215 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ See ../arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt for details about the parent node. Example: audsys: audio-subsystem@11220000 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon", "simple-mfd"; + compatible = "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon"; ... afe: audio-controller { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm1789.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm1789.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..3c74ed220ac2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm1789.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Texas Instruments pcm1789 DT bindings + +PCM1789 is a simple audio codec that can be connected via +I2C or SPI. Currently, only I2C bus is supported. + +Required properties: + + - compatible: "ti,pcm1789" + +Required properties on I2C: + + - reg: the I2C address + - reset-gpios: GPIO to control the RESET pin + +Examples: + + audio-codec@4c { + compatible = "ti,pcm1789"; + reg = <0x4c>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio2 14 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt index 5bed9a595772..b86d790f630f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt @@ -351,6 +351,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7793" (R-Car M2-N) - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7794" (R-Car E2) - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7795" (R-Car H3) + - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7796" (R-Car M3-W) - reg : Should contain the register physical address. required register is SRU/ADG/SSI if generation1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip,rk3288-hdmi-analog.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip,rk3288-hdmi-analog.txt index 2539e1d68107..e5430d1d34e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip,rk3288-hdmi-analog.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip,rk3288-hdmi-analog.txt @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Optionnal properties: Example: sound { - compatible = "rockchip,rockchip-audio-es8388"; + compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-hdmi-analog"; rockchip,model = "Analog audio output"; rockchip,i2s-controller = <&i2s>; rockchip,audio-codec = <&es8388>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rohm,bd28623.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rohm,bd28623.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d84557c2686e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rohm,bd28623.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +ROHM BD28623MUV Class D speaker amplifier for digital input + +This codec does not have any control buses such as I2C, it detect format and +rate of I2S signal automatically. It has two signals that can be connected +to GPIOs: reset and mute. + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be "rohm,bd28623" +- #sound-dai-cells: should be 0. +- VCCA-supply : regulator phandle for the VCCA supply +- VCCP1-supply : regulator phandle for the VCCP1 supply +- VCCP2-supply : regulator phandle for the VCCP2 supply + +Optional properties: +- reset-gpios : GPIO specifier for the active low reset line +- mute-gpios : GPIO specifier for the active low mute line + +Example: + + codec { + compatible = "rohm,bd28623"; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; + + VCCA-supply = <&vcc_reg>; + VCCP1-supply = <&vcc_reg>; + VCCP2-supply = <&vcc_reg>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + mute-gpios = <&gpio 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5651.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5651.txt index 3875233095f5..b85221864cec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5651.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5651.txt @@ -16,6 +16,23 @@ Optional properties: - realtek,dmic-en Boolean. true if dmic is used. +- realtek,jack-detect-source + u32. Valid values: + 1: Use JD1_1 pin for jack-detect + 2: Use JD1_2 pin for jack-detect + 3: Use JD2 pin for jack-detect + +- realtek,over-current-threshold-microamp + u32, micbias over-current detection threshold in µA, valid values are + 600, 1500 and 2000µA. + +- realtek,over-current-scale-factor + u32, micbias over-current detection scale-factor, valid values are: + 0: Scale current by 0.5 + 1: Scale current by 0.75 + 2: Scale current by 1.0 + 3: Scale current by 1.5 + Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes) for RT5651: * DMIC L1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5665.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5665.txt index 419c89219681..8df170506986 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5665.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5665.txt @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -RT5665/RT5666/RT5668 audio CODEC +RT5665/RT5666 audio CODEC This device supports I2C only. Required properties: -- compatible : One of "realtek,rt5665", "realtek,rt5666" or "realtek,rt5668". +- compatible : One of "realtek,rt5665", "realtek,rt5666". - reg : The I2C address of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,odroid.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,odroid.txt index 625b1b18fd02..e9da2200e173 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,odroid.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,odroid.txt @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Samsung Exynos Odroid XU3/XU4 audio complex with MAX98090 codec Required properties: - - compatible - "samsung,odroidxu3-audio" - for Odroid XU3 board, - "samsung,odroidxu4-audio" - for Odroid XU4 board + - compatible - "hardkernel,odroid-xu3-audio" - for Odroid XU3 board, + "hardkernel,odroid-xu4-audio" - for Odroid XU4 board (deprecated), + "samsung,odroid-xu3-audio" - for Odroid XU3 board (deprecated), + "samsung,odroid-xu4-audio" - for Odroid XU4 board (deprecated) - model - the user-visible name of this sound complex - clocks - should contain entries matching clock names in the clock-names property @@ -35,7 +37,7 @@ Required sub-nodes: Example: sound { - compatible = "samsung,odroidxu3-audio"; + compatible = "hardkernel,odroid-xu3-audio"; model = "Odroid-XU3"; samsung,audio-routing = "Headphone Jack", "HPL", diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,tm2-audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,tm2-audio.txt index 94442e5673b3..f5ccc12ddc00 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,tm2-audio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung,tm2-audio.txt @@ -4,9 +4,13 @@ Required properties: - compatible : "samsung,tm2-audio" - model : the user-visible name of this sound complex - - audio-codec : the phandle of the wm5110 audio codec node, - as described in ../mfd/arizona.txt - - i2s-controller : the phandle of the I2S controller + - audio-codec : the first entry should be phandle of the wm5110 audio + codec node, as described in ../mfd/arizona.txt; + the second entry should be phandle of the HDMI + transmitter node + - i2s-controller : the list of phandle and argument tuples pointing to + I2S controllers, the first entry should be I2S0 and + the second one I2S1 - audio-amplifier : the phandle of the MAX98504 amplifier - samsung,audio-routing : a list of the connections between audio components; each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the @@ -22,8 +26,8 @@ Example: sound { compatible = "samsung,tm2-audio"; - audio-codec = <&wm5110>; - i2s-controller = <&i2s0>; + audio-codec = <&wm5110>, <&hdmi>; + i2s-controller = <&i2s0 0>, <&i2s1 0>; audio-amplifier = <&max98504>; mic-bias-gpios = <&gpr3 2 0>; model = "wm5110"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt index bf100cd0d0f7..a88cb00fa096 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/samsung-i2s.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Required SoC Specific Properties: - samsung,s5pv210-i2s: for 8/16/24bit multichannel(5.1) I2S with secondary fifo, s/w reset control and internal mux for root clk src. - samsung,exynos5420-i2s: for 8/16/24bit multichannel(5.1) I2S for - playback, sterio channel capture, secondary fifo using internal + playback, stereo channel capture, secondary fifo using internal or external dma, s/w reset control, internal mux for root clk src and 7.1 channel TDM support for playback. TDM (Time division multiplexing) is to allow transfer of multiple channel audio data on single data line. @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Required SoC Specific Properties: These strings correspond 1:1 with the ordered pairs in dmas. - clocks: Handle to iis clock and RCLK source clk. - clock-names: - i2s0 uses some base clks from CMU and some are from audio subsystem internal + i2s0 uses some base clocks from CMU and some are from audio subsystem internal clock controller. The clock names for i2s0 should be "iis", "i2s_opclk0" and "i2s_opclk1" as shown in the example below. i2s1 and i2s2 uses clocks from CMU. The clock names for i2s1 and i2s2 should @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ Required SoC Specific Properties: - #clock-cells: should be 1, this property must be present if the I2S device is a clock provider in terms of the common clock bindings, described in ../clock/clock-bindings.txt. -- clock-output-names: from the common clock bindings, names of the CDCLK - I2S output clocks, suggested values are "i2s_cdclk0", "i2s_cdclk1", - "i2s_cdclk3" for the I2S0, I2S1, I2S2 devices recpectively. +- clock-output-names (deprecated): from the common clock bindings, names of + the CDCLK I2S output clocks, suggested values are "i2s_cdclk0", "i2s_cdclk1", + "i2s_cdclk3" for the I2S0, I2S1, I2S2 devices respectively. There are following clocks available at the I2S device nodes: CLK_I2S_CDCLK - the CDCLK (CODECLKO) gate clock, @@ -49,9 +49,10 @@ There are following clocks available at the I2S device nodes: Refer to the SoC datasheet for availability of the above clocks. The CLK_I2S_RCLK_PSR and CLK_I2S_RCLK_SRC clocks are usually only available -in the IIS Multi Audio Interface (I2S0). -Note: Old DTs may not have the #clock-cells, clock-output-names properties -and then not use the I2S node as a clock supplier. +in the IIS Multi Audio Interface. + +Note: Old DTs may not have the #clock-cells property and then not use the I2S +node as a clock supplier. Optional SoC Specific Properties: @@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ Optional SoC Specific Properties: sub system(used in secondary sound source). - pinctrl-0: Should specify pin control groups used for this controller. - pinctrl-names: Should contain only one value - "default". +- #sound-dai-cells: should be 1. Example: @@ -74,9 +76,9 @@ i2s0: i2s@3830000 { <&clock_audss EXYNOS_I2S_BUS>, <&clock_audss EXYNOS_SCLK_I2S>; clock-names = "iis", "i2s_opclk0", "i2s_opclk1"; - #clock-cells; - clock-output-names = "i2s_cdclk0"; + #clock-cells = <1>; samsung,idma-addr = <0x03000000>; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&i2s0_bus>; + #sound-dai-cells = <1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt index 060cb4a3b47e..9a36c7e2a143 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ Required properties: - reg : the I2C address of the device +- #sound-dai-cells: must be equal to 0 + - clocks : the clock provider of SYS_MCLK - VDDA-supply : the regulator provider of VDDA @@ -40,6 +42,7 @@ Example: codec: sgtl5000@a { compatible = "fsl,sgtl5000"; reg = <0x0a>; + #sound-dai-cells = <0>; clocks = <&clks 150>; micbias-resistor-k-ohms = <2>; micbias-voltage-m-volts = <2250>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/snow.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/snow.txt index 6df74f15687f..80fd9a87bb3f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/snow.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/snow.txt @@ -5,8 +5,17 @@ Required properties: "google,snow-audio-max98090" or "google,snow-audio-max98091" or "google,snow-audio-max98095" -- samsung,i2s-controller: The phandle of the Samsung I2S controller -- samsung,audio-codec: The phandle of the audio codec +- samsung,i2s-controller (deprecated): The phandle of the Samsung I2S controller +- samsung,audio-codec (deprecated): The phandle of the audio codec + +Required sub-nodes: + + - 'cpu' subnode with a 'sound-dai' property containing the phandle of the I2S + controller + - 'codec' subnode with a 'sound-dai' property containing list of phandles + to the CODEC nodes, first entry must be the phandle of the MAX98090, + MAX98091 or MAX98095 CODEC (exact device type is indicated by the compatible + string) and the second entry must be the phandle of the HDMI IP block node Optional: - samsung,model: The name of the sound-card diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt index b1acc1a256ba..f301cdf0b7e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt @@ -45,6 +45,12 @@ SAI subnodes Optional properties: This property sets SAI sub-block as slave of another SAI sub-block. Must contain the phandle and index of the sai sub-block providing the synchronization. + - st,iec60958: support S/PDIF IEC6958 protocol for playback + IEC60958 protocol is not available for capture. + By default, custom protocol is assumed, meaning that protocol is + configured according to protocol defined in related DAI link node, + such as i2s, left justified, right justified, dsp and pdm protocols. + Note: ac97 protocol is not supported by SAI driver The device node should contain one 'port' child node with one child 'endpoint' node, according to the bindings defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tda7419.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tda7419.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6b85ec38dd56 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tda7419.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +TDA7419 audio processor + +This device supports I2C only. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "st,tda7419" +- reg : the I2C address of the device. +- vdd-supply : a regulator spec for the common power supply (8-10V) + +Optional properties: + +- st,mute-gpios : a GPIO spec for the MUTE pin. + +Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes): + + * SE3L + * SE3R + * SE2L + * SE2R + * SE1L + * SE1R + * DIFFL + * DIFFR + * MIX + * OUTLF + * OUTRF + * OUTLR + * OUTRR + * OUTSW + +Example: + +ap: tda7419@44 { + compatible = "st,tda7419"; + reg = <0x44>; + vdd-supply = <&vdd_9v0_reg>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/uniphier,aio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/uniphier,aio.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4ce68ed6f2f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/uniphier,aio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +Socionext UniPhier SoC audio driver + +The Socionext UniPhier audio subsystem consists of I2S and S/PDIF blocks in +the same register space. + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be one of the following: + "socionext,uniphier-ld11-aio" + "socionext,uniphier-ld20-aio" + "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-aio" +- reg : offset and length of the register set for the device. +- interrupts : should contain I2S or S/PDIF interrupt. +- pinctrl-names : should be "default". +- pinctrl-0 : defined I2S signal pins for an external codec chip. +- clock-names : should include following entries: + "aio" +- clocks : a list of phandle, should contain an entry for each + entry in clock-names. +- reset-names : should include following entries: + "aio" +- resets : a list of phandle, should contain an entry for each + entry in reset-names. +- #sound-dai-cells: should be 1. + +Optional properties: +- socionext,syscon: a phandle, should contain soc-glue. + The soc-glue is used for changing mode of S/PDIF signal pin + to Output from Hi-Z. This property is optional if you use + I2S signal pins only. + +Example: + audio { + compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-aio"; + reg = <0x56000000 0x80000>; + interrupts = <0 144 4>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_aout>; + clock-names = "aio"; + clocks = <&sys_clk 40>; + reset-names = "aio"; + resets = <&sys_rst 40>; + #sound-dai-cells = <1>; + + socionext,syscon = <&sg>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8524.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8524.txt index 20c62002cbcd..0f0553563fc1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8524.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8524.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Required properties: Example: -codec: wm8524@0 { +codec: wm8524 { compatible = "wlf,wm8524"; wlf,mute-gpios = <&gpio1 8 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt index 80710f0f0448..39806329c193 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties: "renesas,msiof-r8a7794" (R-Car E2) "renesas,msiof-r8a7795" (R-Car H3) "renesas,msiof-r8a7796" (R-Car M3-W) + "renesas,msiof-r8a77965" (R-Car M3-N) "renesas,msiof-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5) "renesas,sh-mobile-msiof" (generic SH-Mobile compatibile device) "renesas,rcar-gen2-msiof" (generic R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 compatible device) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-gpio.txt index a95603bcf6ff..52db562f17a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-gpio.txt @@ -1,18 +1,30 @@ SPI-GPIO devicetree bindings +This represents a group of 3-n GPIO lines used for bit-banged SPI on dedicated +GPIO lines. + Required properties: - compatible: should be set to "spi-gpio" - #address-cells: should be set to <0x1> - ranges - - gpio-sck: GPIO spec for the SCK line to use - - gpio-miso: GPIO spec for the MISO line to use - - gpio-mosi: GPIO spec for the MOSI line to use + - sck-gpios: GPIO spec for the SCK line to use + - miso-gpios: GPIO spec for the MISO line to use + - mosi-gpios: GPIO spec for the MOSI line to use - cs-gpios: GPIOs to use for chipselect lines. Not needed if num-chipselects = <0>. - num-chipselects: Number of chipselect lines. Should be <0> if a single device with no chip select is connected. +Deprecated bindings: + +These legacy GPIO line bindings can alternatively be used to define the +GPIO lines used, they should not be used in new device trees. + + - gpio-sck: GPIO spec for the SCK line to use + - gpio-miso: GPIO spec for the MISO line to use + - gpio-mosi: GPIO spec for the MOSI line to use + Example: spi { @@ -20,9 +32,9 @@ Example: #address-cells = <0x1>; ranges; - gpio-sck = <&gpio 95 0>; - gpio-miso = <&gpio 98 0>; - gpio-mosi = <&gpio 97 0>; + sck-gpios = <&gpio 95 0>; + miso-gpios = <&gpio 98 0>; + mosi-gpios = <&gpio 97 0>; cs-gpios = <&gpio 125 0>; num-chipselects = <1>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt index 28be51afdb6a..379eb763073e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt @@ -22,7 +22,32 @@ Optional properties: - clocks : thermal sensor's clock source. Example: +ocotp: ocotp@21bc000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + compatible = "fsl,imx6sx-ocotp", "syscon"; + reg = <0x021bc000 0x4000>; + clocks = <&clks IMX6SX_CLK_OCOTP>; + tempmon_calib: calib@38 { + reg = <0x38 4>; + }; + + tempmon_temp_grade: temp-grade@20 { + reg = <0x20 4>; + }; +}; + +tempmon: tempmon { + compatible = "fsl,imx6sx-tempmon", "fsl,imx6q-tempmon"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 49 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + fsl,tempmon = <&anatop>; + nvmem-cells = <&tempmon_calib>, <&tempmon_temp_grade>; + nvmem-cell-names = "calib", "temp_grade"; + clocks = <&clks IMX6SX_CLK_PLL3_USB_OTG>; +}; + +Legacy method (Deprecated): tempmon { compatible = "fsl,imx6q-tempmon"; fsl,tempmon = <&anatop>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/andestech,atcpit100-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/andestech,atcpit100-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4c9ea5989e35 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/andestech,atcpit100-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +Andestech ATCPIT100 timer +------------------------------------------------------------------ +ATCPIT100 is a generic IP block from Andes Technology, embedded in +Andestech AE3XX platforms and other designs. + +This timer is a set of compact multi-function timers, which can be +used as pulse width modulators (PWM) as well as simple timers. + +It supports up to 4 PIT channels. Each PIT channel is a +multi-function timer and provide the following usage scenarios: +One 32-bit timer +Two 16-bit timers +Four 8-bit timers +One 16-bit PWM +One 16-bit timer and one 8-bit PWM +Two 8-bit timer and one 8-bit PWM + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "andestech,atcpit100" +- reg : Address and length of the register set +- interrupts : Reference to the timer interrupt +- clocks : a clock to provide the tick rate for "andestech,atcpit100" +- clock-names : should be "PCLK" for the peripheral clock source. + +Examples: + +timer0: timer@f0400000 { + compatible = "andestech,atcpit100"; + reg = <0xf0400000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <2>; + clocks = <&apb>; + clock-names = "PCLK"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt index 2e3740f98c41..763a2808a95c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt @@ -75,6 +75,18 @@ maxim,max6621 PECI-to-I2C translator for PECI-to-SMBus/I2C protocol conversion maxim,max6625 9-Bit/12-Bit Temperature Sensors with I²C-Compatible Serial Interface mcube,mc3230 mCube 3-axis 8-bit digital accelerometer memsic,mxc6225 MEMSIC 2-axis 8-bit digital accelerometer +microchip,mcp4017-502 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (5k) +microchip,mcp4017-103 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (10k) +microchip,mcp4017-503 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (50k) +microchip,mcp4017-104 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (100k) +microchip,mcp4018-502 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (5k) +microchip,mcp4018-103 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (10k) +microchip,mcp4018-503 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (50k) +microchip,mcp4018-104 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (100k) +microchip,mcp4019-502 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (5k) +microchip,mcp4019-103 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (10k) +microchip,mcp4019-503 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (50k) +microchip,mcp4019-104 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (100k) microchip,mcp4531-502 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k) microchip,mcp4531-103 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k) microchip,mcp4531-503 Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k) diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,dwc3.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9a8b631904fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/amlogic,dwc3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +Amlogic Meson GX DWC3 USB SoC controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: depending on the SoC this should contain one of: + * amlogic,meson-axg-dwc3 + * amlogic,meson-gxl-dwc3 +- clocks: a handle for the "USB general" clock +- clock-names: must be "usb_general" +- resets: a handle for the shared "USB OTG" reset line +- reset-names: must be "usb_otg" + +Required child node: +A child node must exist to represent the core DWC3 IP block. The name of +the node is not important. The content of the node is defined in dwc3.txt. + +PHY documentation is provided in the following places: +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-gxl-usb2-phy.txt +- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-gxl-usb3-phy.txt + +Example device nodes: + usb0: usb@ff500000 { + compatible = "amlogic,meson-axg-dwc3"; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <2>; + ranges; + + clocks = <&clkc CLKID_USB>; + clock-names = "usb_general"; + resets = <&reset RESET_USB_OTG>; + reset-names = "usb_otg"; + + dwc3: dwc3@ff500000 { + compatible = "snps,dwc3"; + reg = <0x0 0xff500000 0x0 0x100000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 30 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + dr_mode = "host"; + maximum-speed = "high-speed"; + snps,dis_u2_susphy_quirk; + phys = <&usb3_phy>, <&usb2_phy0>; + phy-names = "usb2-phy", "usb3-phy"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt index e64d903bcbe8..46da5f184460 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Required properties: configured in FS mode; - "st,stm32f4x9-hsotg": The DWC2 USB HS controller instance in STM32F4x9 SoCs configured in HS mode; - - "st,stm32f7xx-hsotg": The DWC2 USB HS controller instance in STM32F7xx SoCs + - "st,stm32f7-hsotg": The DWC2 USB HS controller instance in STM32F7 SoCs configured in HS mode; - reg : Should contain 1 register range (address and length) - interrupts : Should contain 1 interrupt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt index 44e8bab159ad..0dbd3083e7dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt @@ -57,6 +57,22 @@ Optional properties: - snps,quirk-frame-length-adjustment: Value for GFLADJ_30MHZ field of GFLADJ register for post-silicon frame length adjustment when the fladj_30mhz_sdbnd signal is invalid or incorrect. + - snps,rx-thr-num-pkt-prd: periodic ESS RX packet threshold count - host mode + only. Set this and rx-max-burst-prd to a valid, + non-zero value 1-16 (DWC_usb31 programming guide + section 1.2.4) to enable periodic ESS RX threshold. + - snps,rx-max-burst-prd: max periodic ESS RX burst size - host mode only. Set + this and rx-thr-num-pkt-prd to a valid, non-zero value + 1-16 (DWC_usb31 programming guide section 1.2.4) to + enable periodic ESS RX threshold. + - snps,tx-thr-num-pkt-prd: periodic ESS TX packet threshold count - host mode + only. Set this and tx-max-burst-prd to a valid, + non-zero value 1-16 (DWC_usb31 programming guide + section 1.2.3) to enable periodic ESS TX threshold. + - snps,tx-max-burst-prd: max periodic ESS TX burst size - host mode only. Set + this and tx-thr-num-pkt-prd to a valid, non-zero value + 1-16 (DWC_usb31 programming guide section 1.2.3) to + enable periodic ESS TX threshold. - <DEPRECATED> tx-fifo-resize: determines if the FIFO *has* to be reallocated. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt index 88d9f4a4b280..266c2d917a28 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtk-xhci.txt @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Required properties: "mcu_ck": mcu_bus clock for register access, "dma_ck": dma_bus clock for data transfer by DMA - - phys : a list of phandle + phy specifier pairs + - phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory Optional properties: - wakeup-source : enable USB remote wakeup; @@ -52,6 +52,9 @@ Optional properties: See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt - imod-interval-ns: default interrupt moderation interval is 5000ns +additionally the properties from usb-hcd.txt (in the current directory) are +supported. + Example: usb30: usb@11270000 { compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-xhci"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt index d589a1ef96a1..3382b5cb471d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/mediatek,mtu3.txt @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Required properties: - clock-names : must contain "sys_ck" for clock of controller, the following clocks are optional: "ref_ck", "mcu_ck" and "dam_ck"; - - phys : a list of phandle + phy specifier pairs + - phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory - dr_mode : should be one of "host", "peripheral" or "otg", refer to usb/generic.txt @@ -53,6 +53,9 @@ Optional properties: - mediatek,u3p-dis-msk : mask to disable u3ports, bit0 for u3port0, bit1 for u3port1, ... etc; +additionally the properties from usb-hcd.txt (in the current directory) are +supported. + Sub-nodes: The xhci should be added as subnode to mtu3 as shown in the following example if host mode is enabled. The DT binding details of xhci can be found in: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt index 87a45e2f9b7f..2c071bb5801e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Must contain one of the following: - "renesas,r8a7795-usb3-peri" - "renesas,r8a7796-usb3-peri" + - "renesas,r8a77965-usb3-peri" - "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb3-peri" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt index d060172f1529..43960faf5a88 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7794" for r8a7794 (R-Car E2) compatible device - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7795" for r8a7795 (R-Car H3) compatible device - "renesas,usbhs-r8a7796" for r8a7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible device + - "renesas,usbhs-r8a77965" for r8a77965 (R-Car M3-N) compatible device - "renesas,usbhs-r8a77995" for r8a77995 (R-Car D3) compatible device - "renesas,usbhs-r7s72100" for r7s72100 (RZ/A1) compatible device - "renesas,rcar-gen2-usbhs" for R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible devices diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt index 3efde12b5d68..0f1b75386207 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt @@ -16,10 +16,12 @@ Optional properties: - has-transaction-translator : boolean, set this if EHCI have a Transaction Translator built into the root hub. - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs - - phys : phandle + phy specifier pair - - phy-names : "usb" + - phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory - resets : phandle + reset specifier pair +additionally the properties from usb-hcd.txt (in the current directory) are +supported. + Example (Sequoia 440EPx): ehci@e0000300 { compatible = "ibm,usb-ehci-440epx", "usb-ehci"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..50529b838c9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-hcd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +Generic USB HCD (Host Controller Device) Properties + +Optional properties: +- phys: a list of all USB PHYs on this HCD + +Example: + &usb1 { + phys = <&usb2_phy1>, <&usb3_phy1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt index 09e70c875bc6..a8d2103d1f3d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt @@ -13,10 +13,12 @@ Optional properties: - remote-wakeup-connected: remote wakeup is wired on the platform - num-ports : u32, to override the detected port count - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs -- phys : phandle + phy specifier pair -- phy-names : "usb" +- phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory - resets : a list of phandle + reset specifier pairs +additionally the properties from usb-hcd.txt (in the current directory) are +supported. + Example: ohci0: usb@1c14400 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt index 298133416c97..cc2e6f7d602e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-uhci.txt @@ -6,6 +6,9 @@ Required properties: - reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length) - interrupts : UHCI controller interrupt +additionally the properties from usb-hcd.txt (in the current directory) are +supported. + Example: uhci@d8007b00 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt index e2ea59bbca93..c4c00dff4b56 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,xhci-r8a7793" for r8a7793 SoC - "renesas,xhci-r8a7795" for r8a7795 SoC - "renesas,xhci-r8a7796" for r8a7796 SoC + - "renesas,xhci-r8a77965" for r8a77965 SoC - "renesas,rcar-gen2-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible device - "renesas,rcar-gen3-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device @@ -32,6 +33,11 @@ Optional properties: - usb3-lpm-capable: determines if platform is USB3 LPM capable - quirk-broken-port-ped: set if the controller has broken port disable mechanism - imod-interval-ns: default interrupt moderation interval is 5000ns + - phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory + +additionally the properties from usb-hcd.txt (in the current directory) are +supported. + Example: usb@f0931000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index ae850d6c0ad3..b5f978a4cac6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -104,6 +104,7 @@ eeti eGalax_eMPIA Technology Inc elan Elan Microelectronic Corp. embest Shenzhen Embest Technology Co., Ltd. emmicro EM Microelectronic +emtrion emtrion GmbH energymicro Silicon Laboratories (formerly Energy Micro AS) engicam Engicam S.r.l. epcos EPCOS AG @@ -224,6 +225,7 @@ motorola Motorola, Inc. moxa Moxa Inc. mpl MPL AG mqmaker mqmaker Inc. +mscc Microsemi Corporation msi Micro-Star International Co. Ltd. mti Imagination Technologies Ltd. (formerly MIPS Technologies Inc.) multi-inno Multi-Inno Technology Co.,Ltd diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt index 107280ef0025..adc6b76fcb3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/fsl-imx-wdt.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Optional properties: detail please see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regmap/regmap.txt. - fsl,ext-reset-output: If present the watchdog device is configured to assert its external reset (WDOG_B) instead of issuing a software reset. +- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds Examples: @@ -19,4 +20,5 @@ wdt@73f98000 { reg = <0x73f98000 0x4000>; interrupts = <58>; big-endian; + timeout-sec = <20>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/meson-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/meson-wdt.txt index 8a6d84cb36c9..7588cc3971bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/meson-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/meson-wdt.txt @@ -9,9 +9,13 @@ Required properties: "amlogic,meson8m2-wdt" and "amlogic,meson8b-wdt" on Meson8m2 SoCs - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. +Optional properties: +- timeout-sec: contains the watchdog timeout in seconds. + Example: wdt: watchdog@c1109900 { compatible = "amlogic,meson6-wdt"; reg = <0xc1109900 0x8>; + timeout-sec = <10>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt index 5b38a30e608c..859dee167b91 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt @@ -11,9 +11,13 @@ Required properties: - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. +Optional properties: +- timeout-sec: contains the watchdog timeout in seconds. + Example: wdt: watchdog@10000000 { compatible = "mediatek,mt6589-wdt"; reg = <0x10000000 0x18>; + timeout-sec = <10>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/nuvoton,npcm-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/nuvoton,npcm-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6d593003c933 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/nuvoton,npcm-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +Nuvoton NPCM Watchdog + +Nuvoton NPCM timer module provides five 24-bit timer counters, and a watchdog. +The watchdog supports a pre-timeout interrupt that fires 10ms before the +expiry. + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nuvoton,npcm750-wdt" for NPCM750 (Poleg). +- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device. +- interrupts : Contain the timer interrupt with flags for + falling edge. + +Required clocking property, have to be one of: +- clocks : phandle of timer reference clock. +- clock-frequency : The frequency in Hz of the clock that drives the NPCM7xx + timer (usually 25000000). + +Optional properties: +- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds + +Example: + +timer@f000801c { + compatible = "nuvoton,npcm750-wdt"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 47 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + reg = <0xf000801c 0x4>; + clocks = <&clk NPCM7XX_CLK_TIMER>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sirfsoc_wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sirfsoc_wdt.txt index 9cbc76c89b2b..0dce5e3100b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sirfsoc_wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sirfsoc_wdt.txt @@ -5,10 +5,14 @@ Required properties: - reg: Address range of tick timer/WDT register set - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu +Optional properties: +- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds + Example: timer@b0020000 { compatible = "sirf,prima2-tick"; reg = <0xb0020000 0x1000>; interrupts = <0>; + timeout-sec = <30>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt index 62dd5baad70e..ed11ce0ac836 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt @@ -2,13 +2,19 @@ Allwinner SoCs Watchdog timer Required properties: -- compatible : should be either "allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt" or - "allwinner,sun6i-a31-wdt" +- compatible : should be one of + "allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt" + "allwinner,sun6i-a31-wdt" + "allwinner,sun50i-a64-wdt","allwinner,sun6i-a31-wdt" - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. +Optional properties: +- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds + Example: wdt: watchdog@1c20c90 { compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt"; reg = <0x01c20c90 0x10>; + timeout-sec = <10>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/ce4100.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/ce4100.txt index b49ae593a60b..cd1221bfb539 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/ce4100.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/x86/ce4100.txt @@ -7,17 +7,36 @@ Many of the "generic" devices like HPET or IO APIC have the ce4100 name in their compatible property because they first appeared in this SoC. -The CPU node ------------- - cpu@0 { - device_type = "cpu"; - compatible = "intel,ce4100"; - reg = <0>; - lapic = <&lapic0>; +The CPU nodes +------------- + + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + cpu@0 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "intel,ce4100"; + reg = <0x00>; + }; + + cpu@2 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "intel,ce4100"; + reg = <0x02>; + }; }; -The reg property describes the CPU number. The lapic property points to -the local APIC timer. +A "cpu" node describes one logical processor (hardware thread). + +Required properties: + +- device_type + Device type, must be "cpu". + +- reg + Local APIC ID, the unique number assigned to each processor by + system hardware. The SoC node ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/overlay-notes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/overlay-notes.txt index c4aa0adf13ec..a4feb6dde8cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/overlay-notes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/overlay-notes.txt @@ -87,12 +87,12 @@ Overlay in-kernel API The API is quite easy to use. -1. Call of_overlay_apply() to create and apply an overlay changeset. The return -value is an error or a cookie identifying this overlay. +1. Call of_overlay_fdt_apply() to create and apply an overlay changeset. The +return value is an error or a cookie identifying this overlay. 2. Call of_overlay_remove() to remove and cleanup the overlay changeset -previously created via the call to of_overlay_apply(). Removal of an overlay -changeset that is stacked by another will not be permitted. +previously created via the call to of_overlay_fdt_apply(). Removal of an +overlay changeset that is stacked by another will not be permitted. Finally, if you need to remove all overlays in one-go, just call of_overlay_remove_all() which will remove every single one in the correct diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/device_connection.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/device_connection.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..affbc5566ab0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/device_connection.rst @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +================== +Device connections +================== + +Introduction +------------ + +Devices often have connections to other devices that are outside of the direct +child/parent relationship. A serial or network communication controller, which +could be a PCI device, may need to be able to get a reference to its PHY +component, which could be attached for example to the I2C bus. Some device +drivers need to be able to control the clocks or the GPIOs for their devices, +and so on. + +Device connections are generic descriptions of any type of connection between +two separate devices. + +Device connections alone do not create a dependency between the two devices. +They are only descriptions which are not tied to either of the devices directly. +A dependency between the two devices exists only if one of the two endpoint +devices requests a reference to the other. The descriptions themselves can be +defined in firmware (not yet supported) or they can be built-in. + +Usage +----- + +Device connections should exist before device ``->probe`` callback is called for +either endpoint device in the description. If the connections are defined in +firmware, this is not a problem. It should be considered if the connection +descriptions are "built-in", and need to be added separately. + +The connection description consists of the names of the two devices with the +connection, i.e. the endpoints, and unique identifier for the connection which +is needed if there are multiple connections between the two devices. + +After a description exists, the devices in it can request reference to the other +endpoint device, or they can request the description itself. + +API +--- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/devcon.c + : functions: device_connection_find_match device_connection_find device_connection_add device_connection_remove diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/fallback-mechanisms.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/fallback-mechanisms.rst index 4055ac76b288..f353783ae0be 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/fallback-mechanisms.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/fallback-mechanisms.rst @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Since a device is created for the sysfs interface to help load firmware as a fallback mechanism userspace can be informed of the addition of the device by relying on kobject uevents. The addition of the device into the device hierarchy means the fallback mechanism for firmware loading has been initiated. -For details of implementation refer to _request_firmware_load(), in particular +For details of implementation refer to fw_load_sysfs_fallback(), in particular on the use of dev_set_uevent_suppress() and kobject_uevent(). The kernel's kobject uevent mechanism is implemented in lib/kobject_uevent.c, diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/request_firmware.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/request_firmware.rst index cc0aea880824..cf4516dfbf96 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/request_firmware.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/request_firmware.rst @@ -44,6 +44,20 @@ request_firmware_nowait .. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/firmware_class.c :functions: request_firmware_nowait +Special optimizations on reboot +=============================== + +Some devices have an optimization in place to enable the firmware to be +retained during system reboot. When such optimizations are used the driver +author must ensure the firmware is still available on resume from suspend, +this can be done with firmware_request_cache() insted of requesting for the +firmare to be loaded. + +firmware_request_cache() +----------------------- +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/firmware_class.c + :functions: firmware_request_cache + request firmware API expected driver use ======================================== diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/board.rst index 659bb19f5b3c..25d62b2e9fd0 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/board.rst @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +============= GPIO Mappings ============= @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ device tree bindings for your controller. GPIOs mappings are defined in the consumer device's node, in a property named <function>-gpios, where <function> is the function the driver will request -through gpiod_get(). For example: +through gpiod_get(). For example:: foo_device { compatible = "acme,foo"; @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ it but are only supported for compatibility reasons and should not be used for newer bindings since it has been deprecated. This property will make GPIOs 15, 16 and 17 available to the driver under the -"led" function, and GPIO 1 as the "power" GPIO: +"led" function, and GPIO 1 as the "power" GPIO:: struct gpio_desc *red, *green, *blue, *power; @@ -60,13 +61,13 @@ looked up by the gpiod functions internally) used in the device tree. With above Internally, the GPIO subsystem prefixes the GPIO suffix ("gpios" or "gpio") with the string passed in con_id to get the resulting string -(snprintf(... "%s-%s", con_id, gpio_suffixes[]). +(``snprintf(... "%s-%s", con_id, gpio_suffixes[]``). ACPI ---- ACPI also supports function names for GPIOs in a similar fashion to DT. The above DT example can be converted to an equivalent ACPI description -with the help of _DSD (Device Specific Data), introduced in ACPI 5.1: +with the help of _DSD (Device Specific Data), introduced in ACPI 5.1:: Device (FOO) { Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () { @@ -105,12 +106,12 @@ Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt. Platform Data ------------- Finally, GPIOs can be bound to devices and functions using platform data. Board -files that desire to do so need to include the following header: +files that desire to do so need to include the following header:: #include <linux/gpio/machine.h> GPIOs are mapped by the means of tables of lookups, containing instances of the -gpiod_lookup structure. Two macros are defined to help declaring such mappings: +gpiod_lookup structure. Two macros are defined to help declaring such mappings:: GPIO_LOOKUP(chip_label, chip_hwnum, con_id, flags) GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX(chip_label, chip_hwnum, con_id, idx, flags) @@ -141,22 +142,24 @@ end. The 'dev_id' field of the table is the identifier of the device that will make use of these GPIOs. It can be NULL, in which case it will be matched for calls to gpiod_get() with a NULL device. -struct gpiod_lookup_table gpios_table = { - .dev_id = "foo.0", - .table = { - GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 15, "led", 0, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH), - GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 16, "led", 1, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH), - GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 17, "led", 2, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH), - GPIO_LOOKUP("gpio.0", 1, "power", GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW), - { }, - }, -}; +.. code-block:: c + + struct gpiod_lookup_table gpios_table = { + .dev_id = "foo.0", + .table = { + GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 15, "led", 0, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH), + GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 16, "led", 1, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH), + GPIO_LOOKUP_IDX("gpio.0", 17, "led", 2, GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH), + GPIO_LOOKUP("gpio.0", 1, "power", GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW), + { }, + }, + }; -And the table can be added by the board code as follows: +And the table can be added by the board code as follows:: gpiod_add_lookup_table(&gpios_table); -The driver controlling "foo.0" will then be able to obtain its GPIOs as follows: +The driver controlling "foo.0" will then be able to obtain its GPIOs as follows:: struct gpio_desc *red, *green, *blue, *power; diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/consumer.rst index d53e5b5cfc9c..c71a50d85b50 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/consumer.rst @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +================================== GPIO Descriptor Consumer Interface ================================== @@ -30,10 +31,10 @@ warnings. These stubs are used for two use cases: be met with console warnings that may be perceived as intimidating. All the functions that work with the descriptor-based GPIO interface are -prefixed with gpiod_. The gpio_ prefix is used for the legacy interface. No -other function in the kernel should use these prefixes. The use of the legacy -functions is strongly discouraged, new code should use <linux/gpio/consumer.h> -and descriptors exclusively. +prefixed with ``gpiod_``. The ``gpio_`` prefix is used for the legacy +interface. No other function in the kernel should use these prefixes. The use +of the legacy functions is strongly discouraged, new code should use +<linux/gpio/consumer.h> and descriptors exclusively. Obtaining and Disposing GPIOs @@ -43,13 +44,13 @@ With the descriptor-based interface, GPIOs are identified with an opaque, non-forgeable handler that must be obtained through a call to one of the gpiod_get() functions. Like many other kernel subsystems, gpiod_get() takes the device that will use the GPIO and the function the requested GPIO is supposed to -fulfill: +fulfill:: struct gpio_desc *gpiod_get(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, enum gpiod_flags flags) If a function is implemented by using several GPIOs together (e.g. a simple LED -device that displays digits), an additional index argument can be specified: +device that displays digits), an additional index argument can be specified:: struct gpio_desc *gpiod_get_index(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, unsigned int idx, @@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ occurred while trying to acquire it. This is useful to discriminate between mere errors and an absence of GPIO for optional GPIO parameters. For the common pattern where a GPIO is optional, the gpiod_get_optional() and gpiod_get_index_optional() functions can be used. These functions return NULL -instead of -ENOENT if no GPIO has been assigned to the requested function: +instead of -ENOENT if no GPIO has been assigned to the requested function:: struct gpio_desc *gpiod_get_optional(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, @@ -101,14 +102,14 @@ This is helpful to driver authors, since they do not need to special case -ENOSYS return codes. System integrators should however be careful to enable gpiolib on systems that need it. -For a function using multiple GPIOs all of those can be obtained with one call: +For a function using multiple GPIOs all of those can be obtained with one call:: struct gpio_descs *gpiod_get_array(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, enum gpiod_flags flags) This function returns a struct gpio_descs which contains an array of -descriptors: +descriptors:: struct gpio_descs { unsigned int ndescs; @@ -116,13 +117,13 @@ descriptors: } The following function returns NULL instead of -ENOENT if no GPIOs have been -assigned to the requested function: +assigned to the requested function:: struct gpio_descs *gpiod_get_array_optional(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, enum gpiod_flags flags) -Device-managed variants of these functions are also defined: +Device-managed variants of these functions are also defined:: struct gpio_desc *devm_gpiod_get(struct device *dev, const char *con_id, enum gpiod_flags flags) @@ -149,11 +150,11 @@ Device-managed variants of these functions are also defined: const char *con_id, enum gpiod_flags flags) -A GPIO descriptor can be disposed of using the gpiod_put() function: +A GPIO descriptor can be disposed of using the gpiod_put() function:: void gpiod_put(struct gpio_desc *desc) -For an array of GPIOs this function can be used: +For an array of GPIOs this function can be used:: void gpiod_put_array(struct gpio_descs *descs) @@ -161,7 +162,7 @@ It is strictly forbidden to use a descriptor after calling these functions. It is also not allowed to individually release descriptors (using gpiod_put()) from an array acquired with gpiod_get_array(). -The device-managed variants are, unsurprisingly: +The device-managed variants are, unsurprisingly:: void devm_gpiod_put(struct device *dev, struct gpio_desc *desc) @@ -175,7 +176,7 @@ Setting Direction ----------------- The first thing a driver must do with a GPIO is setting its direction. If no direction-setting flags have been given to gpiod_get*(), this is done by -invoking one of the gpiod_direction_*() functions: +invoking one of the gpiod_direction_*() functions:: int gpiod_direction_input(struct gpio_desc *desc) int gpiod_direction_output(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value) @@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ of early board setup. For output GPIOs, the value provided becomes the initial output value. This helps avoid signal glitching during system startup. -A driver can also query the current direction of a GPIO: +A driver can also query the current direction of a GPIO:: int gpiod_get_direction(const struct gpio_desc *desc) @@ -206,7 +207,7 @@ Most GPIO controllers can be accessed with memory read/write instructions. Those don't need to sleep, and can safely be done from inside hard (non-threaded) IRQ handlers and similar contexts. -Use the following calls to access GPIOs from an atomic context: +Use the following calls to access GPIOs from an atomic context:: int gpiod_get_value(const struct gpio_desc *desc); void gpiod_set_value(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value); @@ -231,11 +232,11 @@ head of a queue to transmit a command and get its response. This requires sleeping, which can't be done from inside IRQ handlers. Platforms that support this type of GPIO distinguish them from other GPIOs by -returning nonzero from this call: +returning nonzero from this call:: int gpiod_cansleep(const struct gpio_desc *desc) -To access such GPIOs, a different set of accessors is defined: +To access such GPIOs, a different set of accessors is defined:: int gpiod_get_value_cansleep(const struct gpio_desc *desc) void gpiod_set_value_cansleep(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value) @@ -271,23 +272,23 @@ As an example, if the active low property for a dedicated GPIO is set, and the gpiod_set_(array)_value_xxx() passes "asserted" ("1"), the physical line level will be driven low. -To summarize: - -Function (example) line property physical line -gpiod_set_raw_value(desc, 0); don't care low -gpiod_set_raw_value(desc, 1); don't care high -gpiod_set_value(desc, 0); default (active high) low -gpiod_set_value(desc, 1); default (active high) high -gpiod_set_value(desc, 0); active low high -gpiod_set_value(desc, 1); active low low -gpiod_set_value(desc, 0); default (active high) low -gpiod_set_value(desc, 1); default (active high) high -gpiod_set_value(desc, 0); open drain low -gpiod_set_value(desc, 1); open drain high impedance -gpiod_set_value(desc, 0); open source high impedance -gpiod_set_value(desc, 1); open source high - -It is possible to override these semantics using the *set_raw/'get_raw functions +To summarize:: + + Function (example) line property physical line + gpiod_set_raw_value(desc, 0); don't care low + gpiod_set_raw_value(desc, 1); don't care high + gpiod_set_value(desc, 0); default (active high) low + gpiod_set_value(desc, 1); default (active high) high + gpiod_set_value(desc, 0); active low high + gpiod_set_value(desc, 1); active low low + gpiod_set_value(desc, 0); default (active high) low + gpiod_set_value(desc, 1); default (active high) high + gpiod_set_value(desc, 0); open drain low + gpiod_set_value(desc, 1); open drain high impedance + gpiod_set_value(desc, 0); open source high impedance + gpiod_set_value(desc, 1); open source high + +It is possible to override these semantics using the set_raw/get_raw functions but it should be avoided as much as possible, especially by system-agnostic drivers which should not need to care about the actual physical line level and worry about the logical value instead. @@ -300,7 +301,7 @@ their device will actually receive, no matter what lies between it and the GPIO line. The following set of calls ignore the active-low or open drain property of a GPIO and -work on the raw line value: +work on the raw line value:: int gpiod_get_raw_value(const struct gpio_desc *desc) void gpiod_set_raw_value(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value) @@ -308,7 +309,7 @@ work on the raw line value: void gpiod_set_raw_value_cansleep(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value) int gpiod_direction_output_raw(struct gpio_desc *desc, int value) -The active low state of a GPIO can also be queried using the following call: +The active low state of a GPIO can also be queried using the following call:: int gpiod_is_active_low(const struct gpio_desc *desc) @@ -318,7 +319,7 @@ should not have to care about the physical line level or open drain semantics. Access multiple GPIOs with a single function call ------------------------------------------------- -The following functions get or set the values of an array of GPIOs: +The following functions get or set the values of an array of GPIOs:: int gpiod_get_array_value(unsigned int array_size, struct gpio_desc **desc_array, @@ -361,7 +362,7 @@ The functions take three arguments: The descriptor array can be obtained using the gpiod_get_array() function or one of its variants. If the group of descriptors returned by that function matches the desired group of GPIOs, those GPIOs can be accessed by simply using -the struct gpio_descs returned by gpiod_get_array(): +the struct gpio_descs returned by gpiod_get_array():: struct gpio_descs *my_gpio_descs = gpiod_get_array(...); gpiod_set_array_value(my_gpio_descs->ndescs, my_gpio_descs->desc, @@ -384,7 +385,7 @@ values are stored in value_array rather than passed back as return value. GPIOs mapped to IRQs -------------------- GPIO lines can quite often be used as IRQs. You can get the IRQ number -corresponding to a given GPIO using the following call: +corresponding to a given GPIO using the following call:: int gpiod_to_irq(const struct gpio_desc *desc) @@ -424,7 +425,7 @@ Interacting With the Legacy GPIO Subsystem Many kernel subsystems still handle GPIOs using the legacy integer-based interface. Although it is strongly encouraged to upgrade them to the safer descriptor-based API, the following two functions allow you to convert a GPIO -descriptor into the GPIO integer namespace and vice-versa: +descriptor into the GPIO integer namespace and vice-versa:: int desc_to_gpio(const struct gpio_desc *desc) struct gpio_desc *gpio_to_desc(unsigned gpio) diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst index 3392a0fd4c23..505ee906d7d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/driver.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +================================ GPIO Descriptor Driver Interface ================================ @@ -53,9 +54,9 @@ common to each controller of that type: The code implementing a gpio_chip should support multiple instances of the controller, possibly using the driver model. That code will configure each -gpio_chip and issue gpiochip_add[_data]() or devm_gpiochip_add_data(). -Removing a GPIO controller should be rare; use [devm_]gpiochip_remove() when -it is unavoidable. +gpio_chip and issue ``gpiochip_add[_data]()`` or ``devm_gpiochip_add_data()``. +Removing a GPIO controller should be rare; use ``[devm_]gpiochip_remove()`` +when it is unavoidable. Often a gpio_chip is part of an instance-specific structure with states not exposed by the GPIO interfaces, such as addressing, power management, and more. @@ -115,7 +116,7 @@ GPIOs with open drain/source support Open drain (CMOS) or open collector (TTL) means the line is not actively driven high: instead you provide the drain/collector as output, so when the transistor -is not open, it will present a high-impedance (tristate) to the external rail. +is not open, it will present a high-impedance (tristate) to the external rail:: CMOS CONFIGURATION TTL CONFIGURATION @@ -148,19 +149,19 @@ level-shift to the higher VDD. Integrated electronics often have an output driver stage in the form of a CMOS "totem-pole" with one N-MOS and one P-MOS transistor where one of them drives the line high and one of them drives the line low. This is called a push-pull -output. The "totem-pole" looks like so: - - VDD - | - OD ||--+ - +--/ ---o|| P-MOS-FET - | ||--+ -IN --+ +----- out - | ||--+ - +--/ ----|| N-MOS-FET - OS ||--+ - | - GND +output. The "totem-pole" looks like so:: + + VDD + | + OD ||--+ + +--/ ---o|| P-MOS-FET + | ||--+ + IN --+ +----- out + | ||--+ + +--/ ----|| N-MOS-FET + OS ||--+ + | + GND The desired output signal (e.g. coming directly from some GPIO output register) arrives at IN. The switches named "OD" and "OS" are normally closed, creating @@ -219,8 +220,9 @@ systems simultaneously: gpio and irq. RT_FULL: a realtime compliant GPIO driver should not use spinlock_t or any sleepable APIs (like PM runtime) as part of its irq_chip implementation. -- spinlock_t should be replaced with raw_spinlock_t [1]. -- If sleepable APIs have to be used, these can be done from the .irq_bus_lock() + +* spinlock_t should be replaced with raw_spinlock_t [1]. +* If sleepable APIs have to be used, these can be done from the .irq_bus_lock() and .irq_bus_unlock() callbacks, as these are the only slowpath callbacks on an irqchip. Create the callbacks if needed [2]. @@ -232,12 +234,12 @@ GPIO irqchips usually fall in one of two categories: system interrupt controller. This means that the GPIO irqchip handler will be called immediately from the parent irqchip, while holding the IRQs disabled. The GPIO irqchip will then end up calling something like this - sequence in its interrupt handler: + sequence in its interrupt handler:: - static irqreturn_t foo_gpio_irq(int irq, void *data) - chained_irq_enter(...); - generic_handle_irq(...); - chained_irq_exit(...); + static irqreturn_t foo_gpio_irq(int irq, void *data) + chained_irq_enter(...); + generic_handle_irq(...); + chained_irq_exit(...); Chained GPIO irqchips typically can NOT set the .can_sleep flag on struct gpio_chip, as everything happens directly in the callbacks: no @@ -252,7 +254,7 @@ GPIO irqchips usually fall in one of two categories: (for example, see [3]). Know W/A: The generic_handle_irq() is expected to be called with IRQ disabled, so the IRQ core will complain if it is called from an IRQ handler which is - forced to a thread. The "fake?" raw lock can be used to W/A this problem: + forced to a thread. The "fake?" raw lock can be used to W/A this problem:: raw_spinlock_t wa_lock; static irqreturn_t omap_gpio_irq_handler(int irq, void *gpiobank) @@ -265,11 +267,11 @@ GPIO irqchips usually fall in one of two categories: but chained IRQ handlers are not used. Instead GPIO IRQs dispatching is performed by generic IRQ handler which is configured using request_irq(). The GPIO irqchip will then end up calling something like this sequence in - its interrupt handler: + its interrupt handler:: - static irqreturn_t gpio_rcar_irq_handler(int irq, void *dev_id) - for each detected GPIO IRQ - generic_handle_irq(...); + static irqreturn_t gpio_rcar_irq_handler(int irq, void *dev_id) + for each detected GPIO IRQ + generic_handle_irq(...); RT_FULL: Such kind of handlers will be forced threaded on -RT, as result IRQ core will complain that generic_handle_irq() is called with IRQ enabled and @@ -282,11 +284,11 @@ GPIO irqchips usually fall in one of two categories: in a quick IRQ handler with IRQs disabled. Instead they need to spawn a thread and then mask the parent IRQ line until the interrupt is handled by the driver. The hallmark of this driver is to call something like - this in its interrupt handler: + this in its interrupt handler:: - static irqreturn_t foo_gpio_irq(int irq, void *data) - ... - handle_nested_irq(irq); + static irqreturn_t foo_gpio_irq(int irq, void *data) + ... + handle_nested_irq(irq); The hallmark of threaded GPIO irqchips is that they set the .can_sleep flag on struct gpio_chip to true, indicating that this chip may sleep @@ -359,12 +361,12 @@ below exists. Locking IRQ usage ----------------- Input GPIOs can be used as IRQ signals. When this happens, a driver is requested -to mark the GPIO as being used as an IRQ: +to mark the GPIO as being used as an IRQ:: int gpiochip_lock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset) This will prevent the use of non-irq related GPIO APIs until the GPIO IRQ lock -is released: +is released:: void gpiochip_unlock_as_irq(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned int offset) @@ -408,7 +410,7 @@ Sometimes it is useful to allow a GPIO chip driver to request its own GPIO descriptors through the gpiolib API. Using gpio_request() for this purpose does not help since it pins the module to the kernel forever (it calls try_module_get()). A GPIO driver can use the following functions instead -to request and free descriptors without being pinned to the kernel forever. +to request and free descriptors without being pinned to the kernel forever:: struct gpio_desc *gpiochip_request_own_desc(struct gpio_desc *desc, const char *label) @@ -422,6 +424,6 @@ These functions must be used with care since they do not affect module use count. Do not use the functions to request gpio descriptors not owned by the calling driver. -[1] http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-omap/msg120425.html -[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/9/25/494 -[3] https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/9/25/495 +* [1] http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-omap/msg120425.html +* [2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/9/25/494 +* [3] https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/9/25/495 diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/drivers-on-gpio.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/drivers-on-gpio.rst index a2ccbab12eb7..7da0c1dd1f7a 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/drivers-on-gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/drivers-on-gpio.rst @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +============================ Subsystem drivers using GPIO ============================ @@ -74,8 +75,8 @@ hardware descriptions such as device tree or ACPI: it from 1-to-0-to-1. If that hardware does not receive its "ping" periodically, it will reset the system. -- gpio-nand: drivers/mtd/nand/gpio.c is used to connect a NAND flash chip to - a set of simple GPIO lines: RDY, NCE, ALE, CLE, NWP. It interacts with the +- gpio-nand: drivers/mtd/nand/raw/gpio.c is used to connect a NAND flash chip + to a set of simple GPIO lines: RDY, NCE, ALE, CLE, NWP. It interacts with the NAND flash MTD subsystem and provides chip access and partition parsing like any other NAND driving hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/index.rst index 6dd4aa647f27..6a374ded1287 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/index.rst @@ -2,6 +2,18 @@ General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) =================================== +Contents: + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + intro + driver + consumer + board + drivers-on-gpio + legacy + Core ==== @@ -11,15 +23,6 @@ Core .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpio/gpiolib.c :export: -Legacy API -========== - -The functions listed in this section are deprecated. The GPIO descriptor based -API described above should be used in new code. - -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpio/gpiolib-legacy.c - :export: - ACPI support ============ diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/intro.rst index cd9b356e88cd..74591489d0b5 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/intro.rst @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ +============ +Introduction +============ + + GPIO Interfaces =============== @@ -9,9 +14,9 @@ Due to the history of GPIO interfaces in the kernel, there are two different ways to obtain and use GPIOs: - The descriptor-based interface is the preferred way to manipulate GPIOs, -and is described by all the files in this directory excepted gpio-legacy.txt. + and is described by all the files in this directory excepted gpio-legacy.txt. - The legacy integer-based interface which is considered deprecated (but still -usable for compatibility reasons) is documented in gpio-legacy.txt. + usable for compatibility reasons) is documented in gpio-legacy.txt. The remainder of this document applies to the new descriptor-based interface. gpio-legacy.txt contains the same information applied to the legacy diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/legacy.rst index 8356d0e78f67..5e9421e05f1d 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/gpio-legacy.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/legacy.rst @@ -1,4 +1,6 @@ -GPIO Interfaces +====================== +Legacy GPIO Interfaces +====================== This provides an overview of GPIO access conventions on Linux. @@ -129,7 +131,7 @@ The first thing a system should do with a GPIO is allocate it, using the gpio_request() call; see later. One of the next things to do with a GPIO, often in board setup code when -setting up a platform_device using the GPIO, is mark its direction: +setting up a platform_device using the GPIO, is mark its direction:: /* set as input or output, returning 0 or negative errno */ int gpio_direction_input(unsigned gpio); @@ -164,7 +166,7 @@ Those don't need to sleep, and can safely be done from inside hard (nonthreaded) IRQ handlers and similar contexts. Use the following calls to access such GPIOs, -for which gpio_cansleep() will always return false (see below): +for which gpio_cansleep() will always return false (see below):: /* GPIO INPUT: return zero or nonzero */ int gpio_get_value(unsigned gpio); @@ -201,11 +203,11 @@ This requires sleeping, which can't be done from inside IRQ handlers. Platforms that support this type of GPIO distinguish them from other GPIOs by returning nonzero from this call (which requires a valid GPIO number, -which should have been previously allocated with gpio_request): +which should have been previously allocated with gpio_request):: int gpio_cansleep(unsigned gpio); -To access such GPIOs, a different set of accessors is defined: +To access such GPIOs, a different set of accessors is defined:: /* GPIO INPUT: return zero or nonzero, might sleep */ int gpio_get_value_cansleep(unsigned gpio); @@ -222,27 +224,27 @@ Other than the fact that these accessors might sleep, and will work on GPIOs that can't be accessed from hardIRQ handlers, these calls act the same as the spinlock-safe calls. - ** IN ADDITION ** calls to setup and configure such GPIOs must be made +**IN ADDITION** calls to setup and configure such GPIOs must be made from contexts which may sleep, since they may need to access the GPIO -controller chip too: (These setup calls are usually made from board -setup or driver probe/teardown code, so this is an easy constraint.) +controller chip too (These setup calls are usually made from board +setup or driver probe/teardown code, so this is an easy constraint.):: - gpio_direction_input() - gpio_direction_output() - gpio_request() + gpio_direction_input() + gpio_direction_output() + gpio_request() -## gpio_request_one() -## gpio_request_array() -## gpio_free_array() + ## gpio_request_one() + ## gpio_request_array() + ## gpio_free_array() - gpio_free() - gpio_set_debounce() + gpio_free() + gpio_set_debounce() Claiming and Releasing GPIOs ---------------------------- -To help catch system configuration errors, two calls are defined. +To help catch system configuration errors, two calls are defined:: /* request GPIO, returning 0 or negative errno. * non-null labels may be useful for diagnostics. @@ -296,7 +298,7 @@ Also note that it's your responsibility to have stopped using a GPIO before you free it. Considering in most cases GPIOs are actually configured right after they -are claimed, three additional calls are defined: +are claimed, three additional calls are defined:: /* request a single GPIO, with initial configuration specified by * 'flags', identical to gpio_request() wrt other arguments and @@ -347,7 +349,7 @@ to make the pin LOW. The pin is make to HIGH by driving value 1 in output mode. In the future, these flags can be extended to support more properties. Further more, to ease the claim/release of multiple GPIOs, 'struct gpio' is -introduced to encapsulate all three fields as: +introduced to encapsulate all three fields as:: struct gpio { unsigned gpio; @@ -355,7 +357,7 @@ introduced to encapsulate all three fields as: const char *label; }; -A typical example of usage: +A typical example of usage:: static struct gpio leds_gpios[] = { { 32, GPIOF_OUT_INIT_HIGH, "Power LED" }, /* default to ON */ @@ -380,7 +382,7 @@ GPIOs mapped to IRQs -------------------- GPIO numbers are unsigned integers; so are IRQ numbers. These make up two logically distinct namespaces (GPIO 0 need not use IRQ 0). You can -map between them using calls like: +map between them using calls like:: /* map GPIO numbers to IRQ numbers */ int gpio_to_irq(unsigned gpio); @@ -446,12 +448,12 @@ A GPIO controller on a SOC might be tightly coupled with the pinctrl subsystem, in the sense that the pins can be used by other functions together with an optional gpio feature. We have already covered the case where e.g. a GPIO controller need to reserve a pin or set the -direction of a pin by calling any of: +direction of a pin by calling any of:: -pinctrl_gpio_request() -pinctrl_gpio_free() -pinctrl_gpio_direction_input() -pinctrl_gpio_direction_output() + pinctrl_gpio_request() + pinctrl_gpio_free() + pinctrl_gpio_direction_input() + pinctrl_gpio_direction_output() But how does the pin control subsystem cross-correlate the GPIO numbers (which are a global business) to a certain pin on a certain @@ -565,7 +567,7 @@ If neither of these options are selected, the platform does not support GPIOs through GPIO-lib and the code cannot be enabled by the user. Trivial implementations of those functions can directly use framework -code, which always dispatches through the gpio_chip: +code, which always dispatches through the gpio_chip:: #define gpio_get_value __gpio_get_value #define gpio_set_value __gpio_set_value @@ -731,7 +733,7 @@ the correct GPIO number to use for a given signal. Exporting from Kernel code -------------------------- Kernel code can explicitly manage exports of GPIOs which have already been -requested using gpio_request(): +requested using gpio_request():: /* export the GPIO to userspace */ int gpio_export(unsigned gpio, bool direction_may_change); @@ -756,3 +758,13 @@ After the GPIO has been exported, gpio_export_link() allows creating symlinks from elsewhere in sysfs to the GPIO sysfs node. Drivers can use this to provide the interface under their own device in sysfs with a descriptive name. + + +API Reference +============= + +The functions listed in this section are deprecated. The GPIO descriptor based +API should be used in new code. + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpio/gpiolib-legacy.c + :export: diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst index e9b41b1634f3..6d8352c0f354 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ available subsections can be seen below. uio-howto firmware/index pinctl - gpio + gpio/index misc_devices dmaengine/index slimbus diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/mtdnand.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/mtdnand.rst index 2a5191b6d445..dcd63599f700 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/mtdnand.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/mtdnand.rst @@ -967,10 +967,10 @@ API functions which are exported. Each function has a short description which is marked with an [XXX] identifier. See the chapter "Documentation hints" for an explanation. -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/mtd/nand/nand_base.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand_base.c :export: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/mtd/nand/nand_ecc.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand_ecc.c :export: Internal Functions Provided @@ -982,10 +982,10 @@ marked with an [XXX] identifier. See the chapter "Documentation hints" for an explanation. The functions marked with [DEFAULT] might be relevant for a board driver developer. -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/mtd/nand/nand_base.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand_base.c :internal: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/mtd/nand/nand_bbt.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/mtd/nand/raw/nand_bbt.c :internal: Credits diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/scsi.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/scsi.rst index 3ae337929721..31ad0fed6763 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/scsi.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/scsi.rst @@ -154,12 +154,6 @@ lists). .. kernel-doc:: drivers/scsi/scsi_lib_dma.c :export: -drivers/scsi/scsi_module.c -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -The file drivers/scsi/scsi_module.c contains legacy support for -old-style host templates. It should never be used by any new driver. - drivers/scsi/scsi_proc.c ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst index 693e3bd84e79..92056c20e070 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst @@ -709,6 +709,11 @@ The vmbus device regions are mapped into uio device resources: 3) Network receive buffer region 4) Network send buffer region +If a subchannel is created by a request to host, then the uio_hv_generic +device driver will create a sysfs binary file for the per-channel ring buffer. +For example: + /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/3811fe4d-0fa0-4b62-981a-74fc1084c757/channels/21/ring + Further information =================== diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec.rst index 8a7249f2ff04..feb31946490b 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec.rst @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Registering the ports The port drivers will describe every Type-C port they control with struct typec_capability data structure, and register them with the following API: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/typec.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c :functions: typec_register_port typec_unregister_port When registering the ports, the prefer_role member in struct typec_capability @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ typec_partner_desc. The class copies the details of the partner during registration. The class offers the following API for registering/unregistering partners. -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/typec.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c :functions: typec_register_partner typec_unregister_partner The class will provide a handle to struct typec_partner if the registration was @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ should include handle to struct usb_pd_identity instance. The class will then create a sysfs directory for the identity under the partner device. The result of Discover Identity command can then be reported with the following API: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/typec.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c :functions: typec_partner_set_identity Registering Cables @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ typec_cable_desc and about a plug in struct typec_plug_desc. The class copies the details during registration. The class offers the following API for registering/unregistering cables and their plugs: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/typec.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c :functions: typec_register_cable typec_unregister_cable typec_register_plug typec_unregister_plug The class will provide a handle to struct typec_cable and struct typec_plug if @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ include handle to struct usb_pd_identity instance. The class will then create a sysfs directory for the identity under the cable device. The result of Discover Identity command can then be reported with the following API: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/typec.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c :functions: typec_cable_set_identity Notifications @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ When the partner has executed a role change, or when the default roles change during connection of a partner or cable, the port driver must use the following APIs to report it to the class: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/typec.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c :functions: typec_set_data_role typec_set_pwr_role typec_set_vconn_role typec_set_pwr_opmode Alternate Modes @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ and struct typec_altmode_desc which is a container for all the supported modes. Ports that support Alternate Modes need to register each SVID they support with the following API: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/typec.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c :functions: typec_port_register_altmode If a partner or cable plug provides a list of SVIDs as response to USB Power @@ -159,12 +159,12 @@ registered. API for the partners: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/typec.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c :functions: typec_partner_register_altmode API for the Cable Plugs: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/typec.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c :functions: typec_plug_register_altmode So ports, partners and cable plugs will register the alternate modes with their @@ -172,11 +172,62 @@ own functions, but the registration will always return a handle to struct typec_altmode on success, or NULL. The unregistration will happen with the same function: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/typec.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c :functions: typec_unregister_altmode If a partner or cable plug enters or exits a mode, the port driver needs to notify the class with the following API: -.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/typec.c +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c :functions: typec_altmode_update_active + +Multiplexer/DeMultiplexer Switches +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +USB Type-C connectors may have one or more mux/demux switches behind them. Since +the plugs can be inserted right-side-up or upside-down, a switch is needed to +route the correct data pairs from the connector to the USB controllers. If +Alternate or Accessory Modes are supported, another switch is needed that can +route the pins on the connector to some other component besides USB. USB Type-C +Connector Class supplies an API for registering those switches. + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/mux.c + :functions: typec_switch_register typec_switch_unregister typec_mux_register typec_mux_unregister + +In most cases the same physical mux will handle both the orientation and mode. +However, as the port drivers will be responsible for the orientation, and the +alternate mode drivers for the mode, the two are always separated into their +own logical components: "mux" for the mode and "switch" for the orientation. + +When a port is registered, USB Type-C Connector Class requests both the mux and +the switch for the port. The drivers can then use the following API for +controlling them: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/typec/class.c + :functions: typec_set_orientation typec_set_mode + +If the connector is dual-role capable, there may also be a switch for the data +role. USB Type-C Connector Class does not supply separate API for them. The +port drivers can use USB Role Class API with those. + +Illustration of the muxes behind a connector that supports an alternate mode: + + ------------------------ + | Connector | + ------------------------ + | | + ------------------------ + \ Orientation / + -------------------- + | + -------------------- + / Mode \ + ------------------------ + / \ + ------------------------ -------------------- + | Alt Mode | / USB Role \ + ------------------------ ------------------------ + / \ + ------------------------ ------------------------ + | USB Host | | USB Device | + ------------------------ ------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/writing_musb_glue_layer.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/writing_musb_glue_layer.rst index e90e8fa95600..5bf7152fd76f 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/writing_musb_glue_layer.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/writing_musb_glue_layer.rst @@ -718,6 +718,3 @@ http://www.maximintegrated.com/app-notes/index.mvp/id/1822 Texas Instruments USB Configuration Wiki Page: http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Usbgeneralpage - -Analog Devices Blackfin MUSB Configuration: -http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=linux-kernel:drivers:musb diff --git a/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.txt b/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.txt index de1dc35fe500..4d1b7b4ccfaf 100644 --- a/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.txt +++ b/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.txt @@ -36,6 +36,14 @@ o fail_function ALLOW_ERROR_INJECTION() macro, by setting debugfs entries under /sys/kernel/debug/fail_function. No boot option supported. +o NVMe fault injection + + inject NVMe status code and retry flag on devices permitted by setting + debugfs entries under /sys/kernel/debug/nvme*/fault_inject. The default + status code is NVME_SC_INVALID_OPCODE with no retry. The status code and + retry flag can be set via the debugfs. + + Configure fault-injection capabilities behavior ----------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/fault-injection/nvme-fault-injection.txt b/Documentation/fault-injection/nvme-fault-injection.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8fbf3bf60b62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/fault-injection/nvme-fault-injection.txt @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +NVMe Fault Injection +==================== +Linux's fault injection framework provides a systematic way to support +error injection via debugfs in the /sys/kernel/debug directory. When +enabled, the default NVME_SC_INVALID_OPCODE with no retry will be +injected into the nvme_end_request. Users can change the default status +code and no retry flag via the debugfs. The list of Generic Command +Status can be found in include/linux/nvme.h + +Following examples show how to inject an error into the nvme. + +First, enable CONFIG_FAULT_INJECTION_DEBUG_FS kernel config, +recompile the kernel. After booting up the kernel, do the +following. + +Example 1: Inject default status code with no retry +--------------------------------------------------- + +mount /dev/nvme0n1 /mnt +echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/nvme0n1/fault_inject/times +echo 100 > /sys/kernel/debug/nvme0n1/fault_inject/probability +cp a.file /mnt + +Expected Result: + +cp: cannot stat ‘/mnt/a.file’: Input/output error + +Message from dmesg: + +FAULT_INJECTION: forcing a failure. +name fault_inject, interval 1, probability 100, space 0, times 1 +CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 4.15.0-rc8+ #2 +Hardware name: innotek GmbH VirtualBox/VirtualBox, +BIOS VirtualBox 12/01/2006 +Call Trace: + <IRQ> + dump_stack+0x5c/0x7d + should_fail+0x148/0x170 + nvme_should_fail+0x2f/0x50 [nvme_core] + nvme_process_cq+0xe7/0x1d0 [nvme] + nvme_irq+0x1e/0x40 [nvme] + __handle_irq_event_percpu+0x3a/0x190 + handle_irq_event_percpu+0x30/0x70 + handle_irq_event+0x36/0x60 + handle_fasteoi_irq+0x78/0x120 + handle_irq+0xa7/0x130 + ? tick_irq_enter+0xa8/0xc0 + do_IRQ+0x43/0xc0 + common_interrupt+0xa2/0xa2 + </IRQ> +RIP: 0010:native_safe_halt+0x2/0x10 +RSP: 0018:ffffffff82003e90 EFLAGS: 00000246 ORIG_RAX: ffffffffffffffdd +RAX: ffffffff817a10c0 RBX: ffffffff82012480 RCX: 0000000000000000 +RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: 0000000000000000 +RBP: 0000000000000000 R08: 000000008e38ce64 R09: 0000000000000000 +R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffffffff82012480 +R13: ffffffff82012480 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 0000000000000000 + ? __sched_text_end+0x4/0x4 + default_idle+0x18/0xf0 + do_idle+0x150/0x1d0 + cpu_startup_entry+0x6f/0x80 + start_kernel+0x4c4/0x4e4 + ? set_init_arg+0x55/0x55 + secondary_startup_64+0xa5/0xb0 + print_req_error: I/O error, dev nvme0n1, sector 9240 +EXT4-fs error (device nvme0n1): ext4_find_entry:1436: +inode #2: comm cp: reading directory lblock 0 + +Example 2: Inject default status code with retry +------------------------------------------------ + +mount /dev/nvme0n1 /mnt +echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/nvme0n1/fault_inject/times +echo 100 > /sys/kernel/debug/nvme0n1/fault_inject/probability +echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/nvme0n1/fault_inject/status +echo 0 > /sys/kernel/debug/nvme0n1/fault_inject/dont_retry + +cp a.file /mnt + +Expected Result: + +command success without error + +Message from dmesg: + +FAULT_INJECTION: forcing a failure. +name fault_inject, interval 1, probability 100, space 0, times 1 +CPU: 1 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/1 Not tainted 4.15.0-rc8+ #4 +Hardware name: innotek GmbH VirtualBox/VirtualBox, BIOS VirtualBox 12/01/2006 +Call Trace: + <IRQ> + dump_stack+0x5c/0x7d + should_fail+0x148/0x170 + nvme_should_fail+0x30/0x60 [nvme_core] + nvme_loop_queue_response+0x84/0x110 [nvme_loop] + nvmet_req_complete+0x11/0x40 [nvmet] + nvmet_bio_done+0x28/0x40 [nvmet] + blk_update_request+0xb0/0x310 + blk_mq_end_request+0x18/0x60 + flush_smp_call_function_queue+0x3d/0xf0 + smp_call_function_single_interrupt+0x2c/0xc0 + call_function_single_interrupt+0xa2/0xb0 + </IRQ> +RIP: 0010:native_safe_halt+0x2/0x10 +RSP: 0018:ffffc9000068bec0 EFLAGS: 00000246 ORIG_RAX: ffffffffffffff04 +RAX: ffffffff817a10c0 RBX: ffff88011a3c9680 RCX: 0000000000000000 +RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: 0000000000000000 +RBP: 0000000000000001 R08: 000000008e38c131 R09: 0000000000000000 +R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffff88011a3c9680 +R13: ffff88011a3c9680 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 0000000000000000 + ? __sched_text_end+0x4/0x4 + default_idle+0x18/0xf0 + do_idle+0x150/0x1d0 + cpu_startup_entry+0x6f/0x80 + start_secondary+0x187/0x1e0 + secondary_startup_64+0xa5/0xb0 diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt index 5575d2d09625..0b96b4e1e7d4 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt index abb5f271a792..372a2b18a617 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | ok | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | ok | | ia64: | ok | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | ok | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | ok | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt index dbdaffcc5110..ad97217b003b 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt index dfb638c2f842..36ee7bef5d18 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | ok | | c6x: | ok | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | ok | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | ok | | ia64: | ok | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | ok | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | ok | | nios2: | ok | | openrisc: | ok | | parisc: | ok | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | ok | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt index 3406fae833c3..f5c99fa576d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | 64-bit only diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt index 830dbe801aaf..5170a9934843 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | ok | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt index 0217bf6e942d..13b6e994ae1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | ok | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | ok | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | ok | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | ok | | nios2: | ok | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | ok | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt index 1e84be3c142e..419bb38820e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt index 529f66eda679..52b3ace0a030 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | ok | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | ok | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt index 43353242e439..180d24419518 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | ok | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | ok | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt index f559f1ba5416..0a1241f45e41 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | ok | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt index 59a4c9ffb7f3..570019572383 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt index 53ed42b0e7e5..0b8d922eb799 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt index 149443936de9..13852ae62e9e 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | ok | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt index 6be920643be6..e438ed675623 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | ok | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | ok | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | ok | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | ok | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt index 0eb08e1e32b8..47f64a433df0 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt index 514ad3468aa5..07f357fadbff 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | ok | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt index 532c6f0fc15c..4f3a6a0e4e68 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh b/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh index c16b5b595688..1ec47c3bb5fa 100755 --- a/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh +++ b/Documentation/features/list-arch.sh @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ for F in */*/arch-support.txt; do N=$(grep -h "^# Feature name:" $F | cut -c25-) C=$(grep -h "^# Kconfig:" $F | cut -c25-) D=$(grep -h "^# description:" $F | cut -c25-) - S=$(grep -hw $ARCH $F | cut -d\| -f3) + S=$(grep -hv "^#" $F | grep -w $ARCH | cut -d\| -f3) printf "%10s/%-22s:%s| %35s # %s\n" "$SUBSYS" "$N" "$S" "$C" "$D" done diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt index f3eec26c8cf8..482a0b09d1f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt index 9756abc680a7..bb35c5ba6286 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | ok | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | ok | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | ok | | microblaze: | ok | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | ok | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | ok | | um: | ok | | unicore32: | ok | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt index 62f4ee5c156c..627e9a6b2db9 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt index 321b32f6e63c..9edda216cdfb 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt index 79bfa4d6e41f..8d9afb10b16e 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | ok | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt index 00f1606bbf45..d01239ee34b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | ok | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | ok | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt index 7d516eacf7b9..458faba5311a 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt index f974b8df5d82..545d01c69c88 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..85a6c9d4571c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +# +# Feature name: membarrier-sync-core +# Kconfig: ARCH_HAS_MEMBARRIER_SYNC_CORE +# description: arch supports core serializing membarrier +# +# Architecture requirements +# +# * arm64 +# +# Rely on eret context synchronization when returning from IPI handler, and +# when returning to user-space. +# +# * x86 +# +# x86-32 uses IRET as return from interrupt, which takes care of the IPI. +# However, it uses both IRET and SYSEXIT to go back to user-space. The IRET +# instruction is core serializing, but not SYSEXIT. +# +# x86-64 uses IRET as return from interrupt, which takes care of the IPI. +# However, it can return to user-space through either SYSRETL (compat code), +# SYSRETQ, or IRET. +# +# Given that neither SYSRET{L,Q}, nor SYSEXIT, are core serializing, we rely +# instead on write_cr3() performed by switch_mm() to provide core serialization +# after changing the current mm, and deal with the special case of kthread -> +# uthread (temporarily keeping current mm into active_mm) by issuing a +# sync_core_before_usermode() in that specific case. +# + ----------------------- + | arch |status| + ----------------------- + | alpha: | TODO | + | arc: | TODO | + | arm: | TODO | + | arm64: | ok | + | c6x: | TODO | + | h8300: | TODO | + | hexagon: | TODO | + | ia64: | TODO | + | m68k: | TODO | + | microblaze: | TODO | + | mips: | TODO | + | nios2: | TODO | + | openrisc: | TODO | + | parisc: | TODO | + | powerpc: | TODO | + | s390: | TODO | + | sh: | TODO | + | sparc: | TODO | + | um: | TODO | + | unicore32: | TODO | + | x86: | ok | + | xtensa: | TODO | + ----------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt index 1d3c0f669152..347508863872 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | .. | | arm: | .. | | arm64: | .. | - | blackfin: | .. | | c6x: | .. | - | cris: | .. | - | frv: | .. | | h8300: | .. | | hexagon: | .. | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | .. | | m68k: | .. | - | metag: | .. | | microblaze: | .. | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | .. | | nios2: | .. | | openrisc: | .. | | parisc: | .. | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | .. | - | score: | .. | | sh: | .. | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | .. | | unicore32: | .. | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt index a32d5b207679..e4fad58a05e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | ok | | um: | ok | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt index caee8f64d1bc..8052904b25fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt index 1cd87f6cd07d..7c76b946297e 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | ok | | c6x: | ok | - | cris: | ok | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | ok | | hexagon: | ok | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | ok | - | metag: | ok | | microblaze: | ok | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | ok | | nios2: | ok | | openrisc: | ok | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | ok | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | ok | | um: | ok | | unicore32: | ok | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt index e6d7c7b2253c..9433b3e523b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | ok | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt index 15c6071788ae..212dde0b578c 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | .. | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | .. | | powerpc: | .. | | s390: | .. | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | .. | - | tile: | .. | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt index baee7611ba3d..4074028f72f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | ok | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | ok | | h8300: | ok | | hexagon: | ok | | ia64: | ok | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | ok | | microblaze: | ok | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | ok | | nios2: | ok | | openrisc: | ok | | parisc: | ok | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | ok | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | ok | | um: | ok | | unicore32: | ok | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt index 9129530cb73c..a394d8820517 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | ok | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | ok | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | ok | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt index f6829af3255f..082f93d5b40e 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt index 1a09ea99d486..605e0abb756d 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | ok | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt index d170e6236503..7a8eb0bd5ca8 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | .. | | c6x: | .. | - | cris: | .. | - | frv: | .. | | h8300: | .. | | hexagon: | .. | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | .. | | m68k: | .. | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | .. | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | .. | | nios2: | .. | | openrisc: | .. | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | .. | | sh: | .. | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | .. | | unicore32: | .. | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt index abfab4080a91..35fb99b2b3ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | .. | - | cris: | .. | - | frv: | .. | | h8300: | .. | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | .. | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | .. | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | .. | | openrisc: | .. | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | .. | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | .. | | unicore32: | .. | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt index f81f09b22b08..ed8b943ad8fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | TODO | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | TODO | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt index 0cc3e11c42e2..589947bdf0a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | TODO | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | TODO | - | tile: | ok | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt index 9a3fdac42ce1..8b8bea0318a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | .. | | arm: | .. | | arm64: | .. | - | blackfin: | .. | | c6x: | .. | - | cris: | .. | - | frv: | .. | | h8300: | .. | | hexagon: | .. | | ia64: | ok | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | .. | - | metag: | ok | | microblaze: | ok | | mips: | ok | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | .. | | openrisc: | .. | | parisc: | .. | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | ok | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | .. | | unicore32: | .. | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt index dfaa39e664ff..055004f467d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt @@ -10,28 +10,20 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | - | cris: | TODO | - | frv: | TODO | | h8300: | TODO | | hexagon: | TODO | | ia64: | TODO | - | m32r: | TODO | | m68k: | TODO | - | metag: | TODO | | microblaze: | TODO | | mips: | TODO | - | mn10300: | TODO | | nios2: | TODO | | openrisc: | TODO | | parisc: | TODO | | powerpc: | ok | | s390: | ok | - | score: | TODO | | sh: | ok | | sparc: | ok | - | tile: | TODO | | um: | TODO | | unicore32: | TODO | | x86: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/afs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/afs.txt index c5254f6d234d..8c6ea7b41048 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/afs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/afs.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Contents: - Proc filesystem. - The cell database. - Security. - - Examples. + - The @sys substitution. ======== @@ -230,3 +230,29 @@ If a file is opened with a particular key and then the file descriptor is passed to a process that doesn't have that key (perhaps over an AF_UNIX socket), then the operations on the file will be made with key that was used to open the file. + + +===================== +THE @SYS SUBSTITUTION +===================== + +The list of up to 16 @sys substitutions for the current network namespace can +be configured by writing a list to /proc/fs/afs/sysname: + + [root@andromeda ~]# echo foo amd64_linux_26 >/proc/fs/afs/sysname + +or cleared entirely by writing an empty list: + + [root@andromeda ~]# echo >/proc/fs/afs/sysname + +The current list for current network namespace can be retrieved by: + + [root@andromeda ~]# cat /proc/fs/afs/sysname + foo + amd64_linux_26 + +When @sys is being substituted for, each element of the list is tried in the +order given. + +By default, the list will contain one item that conforms to the pattern +"<arch>_linux_26", amd64 being the name for x86_64. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt index 0eb31de3a2c1..2a6f7399c1f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt @@ -129,20 +129,10 @@ To define an object, a structure of the following type should be filled out: const void *parent_netfs_data, const void *cookie_netfs_data); - uint16_t (*get_key)(const void *cookie_netfs_data, - void *buffer, - uint16_t bufmax); - - void (*get_attr)(const void *cookie_netfs_data, - uint64_t *size); - - uint16_t (*get_aux)(const void *cookie_netfs_data, - void *buffer, - uint16_t bufmax); - enum fscache_checkaux (*check_aux)(void *cookie_netfs_data, const void *data, - uint16_t datalen); + uint16_t datalen, + loff_t object_size); void (*get_context)(void *cookie_netfs_data, void *context); @@ -187,36 +177,7 @@ This has the following fields: cache in the parent's list will be chosen, or failing that, the first cache in the master list. - (4) A function to retrieve an object's key from the netfs [mandatory]. - - This function will be called with the netfs data that was passed to the - cookie acquisition function and the maximum length of key data that it may - provide. It should write the required key data into the given buffer and - return the quantity it wrote. - - (5) A function to retrieve attribute data from the netfs [optional]. - - This function will be called with the netfs data that was passed to the - cookie acquisition function. It should return the size of the file if - this is a data file. The size may be used to govern how much cache must - be reserved for this file in the cache. - - If the function is absent, a file size of 0 is assumed. - - (6) A function to retrieve auxiliary data from the netfs [optional]. - - This function will be called with the netfs data that was passed to the - cookie acquisition function and the maximum length of auxiliary data that - it may provide. It should write the auxiliary data into the given buffer - and return the quantity it wrote. - - If this function is absent, the auxiliary data length will be set to 0. - - The length of the auxiliary data buffer may be dependent on the key - length. A netfs mustn't rely on being able to provide more than 400 bytes - for both. - - (7) A function to check the auxiliary data [optional]. + (4) A function to check the auxiliary data [optional]. This function will be called to check that a match found in the cache for this object is valid. For instance with AFS it could check the auxiliary @@ -226,6 +187,9 @@ This has the following fields: If this function is absent, it will be assumed that matching objects in a cache are always valid. + The function is also passed the cache's idea of the object size and may + use this to manage coherency also. + If present, the function should return one of the following values: (*) FSCACHE_CHECKAUX_OKAY - the entry is okay as is @@ -235,7 +199,7 @@ This has the following fields: This function can also be used to extract data from the auxiliary data in the cache and copy it into the netfs's structures. - (8) A pair of functions to manage contexts for the completion callback + (5) A pair of functions to manage contexts for the completion callback [optional]. The cache read/write functions are passed a context which is then passed @@ -249,7 +213,7 @@ This has the following fields: required for indices as indices may not contain data. These functions may be called in interrupt context and so may not sleep. - (9) A function to mark a page as retaining cache metadata [optional]. + (6) A function to mark a page as retaining cache metadata [optional]. This is called by the cache to indicate that it is retaining in-memory information for this page and that the netfs should uncache the page when @@ -261,7 +225,7 @@ This has the following fields: This function is not required for indices as they're not permitted data. -(10) A function to unmark all the pages retaining cache metadata [mandatory]. + (7) A function to unmark all the pages retaining cache metadata [mandatory]. This is called by FS-Cache to indicate that a backing store is being unbound from a cookie and that all the marks on the pages should be @@ -333,12 +297,32 @@ the path to the file: struct fscache_cookie * fscache_acquire_cookie(struct fscache_cookie *parent, const struct fscache_object_def *def, + const void *index_key, + size_t index_key_len, + const void *aux_data, + size_t aux_data_len, void *netfs_data, + loff_t object_size, bool enable); This function creates an index entry in the index represented by parent, filling in the index entry by calling the operations pointed to by def. +A unique key that represents the object within the parent must be pointed to by +index_key and is of length index_key_len. + +An optional blob of auxiliary data that is to be stored within the cache can be +pointed to with aux_data and should be of length aux_data_len. This would +typically be used for storing coherency data. + +The netfs may pass an arbitrary value in netfs_data and this will be presented +to it in the event of any calling back. This may also be used in tracing or +logging of messages. + +The cache tracks the size of the data attached to an object and this set to be +object_size. For indices, this should be 0. This value will be passed to the +->check_aux() callback. + Note that this function never returns an error - all errors are handled internally. It may, however, return NULL to indicate no cookie. It is quite acceptable to pass this token back to this function as the parent to another @@ -355,30 +339,24 @@ must be enabled to do anything with it. A disabled cookie can be enabled by calling fscache_enable_cookie() (see below). For example, with AFS, a cell would be added to the primary index. This index -entry would have a dependent inode containing a volume location index for the -volume mappings within this cell: +entry would have a dependent inode containing volume mappings within this cell: cell->cache = fscache_acquire_cookie(afs_cache_netfs.primary_index, &afs_cell_cache_index_def, - cell, true); - -Then when a volume location was accessed, it would be entered into the cell's -index and an inode would be allocated that acts as a volume type and hash chain -combination: + cell->name, strlen(cell->name), + NULL, 0, + cell, 0, true); - vlocation->cache = - fscache_acquire_cookie(cell->cache, - &afs_vlocation_cache_index_def, - vlocation, true); - -And then a particular flavour of volume (R/O for example) could be added to -that index, creating another index for vnodes (AFS inode equivalents): +And then a particular volume could be added to that index by ID, creating +another index for vnodes (AFS inode equivalents): volume->cache = - fscache_acquire_cookie(vlocation->cache, + fscache_acquire_cookie(volume->cell->cache, &afs_volume_cache_index_def, - volume, true); + &volume->vid, sizeof(volume->vid), + NULL, 0, + volume, 0, true); ====================== @@ -392,7 +370,9 @@ the object definition should be something other than index type. vnode->cache = fscache_acquire_cookie(volume->cache, &afs_vnode_cache_object_def, - vnode, true); + &key, sizeof(key), + &aux, sizeof(aux), + vnode, vnode->status.size, true); ================================= @@ -408,7 +388,9 @@ it would be some other type of object such as a data file. xattr->cache = fscache_acquire_cookie(vnode->cache, &afs_xattr_cache_object_def, - xattr, true); + &xattr->name, strlen(xattr->name), + NULL, 0, + xattr, strlen(xattr->val), true); Miscellaneous objects might be used to store extended attributes or directory entries for example. @@ -425,8 +407,7 @@ cache to adjust its metadata for data tracking appropriately: int fscache_attr_changed(struct fscache_cookie *cookie); The cache will return -ENOBUFS if there is no backing cache or if there is no -space to allocate any extra metadata required in the cache. The attributes -will be accessed with the get_attr() cookie definition operation. +space to allocate any extra metadata required in the cache. Note that attempts to read or write data pages in the cache over this size may be rebuffed with -ENOBUFS. @@ -551,12 +532,13 @@ written back to the cache: int fscache_write_page(struct fscache_cookie *cookie, struct page *page, + loff_t object_size, gfp_t gfp); The cookie argument must specify a data file cookie, the page specified should contain the data to be written (and is also used to specify the page number), -and the gfp argument is used to control how any memory allocations made are -satisfied. +object_size is the revised size of the object and the gfp argument is used to +control how any memory allocations made are satisfied. The page must have first been read or allocated successfully and must not have been uncached before writing is performed. @@ -717,21 +699,23 @@ INDEX AND DATA FILE CONSISTENCY To find out whether auxiliary data for an object is up to data within the cache, the following function can be called: - int fscache_check_consistency(struct fscache_cookie *cookie) + int fscache_check_consistency(struct fscache_cookie *cookie, + const void *aux_data); This will call back to the netfs to check whether the auxiliary data associated -with a cookie is correct. It returns 0 if it is and -ESTALE if it isn't; it -may also return -ENOMEM and -ERESTARTSYS. +with a cookie is correct; if aux_data is non-NULL, it will update the auxiliary +data buffer first. It returns 0 if it is and -ESTALE if it isn't; it may also +return -ENOMEM and -ERESTARTSYS. To request an update of the index data for an index or other object, the following function should be called: - void fscache_update_cookie(struct fscache_cookie *cookie); + void fscache_update_cookie(struct fscache_cookie *cookie, + const void *aux_data); -This function will refer back to the netfs_data pointer stored in the cookie by -the acquisition function to obtain the data to write into each revised index -entry. The update method in the parent index definition will be called to -transfer the data. +This function will update the cookie's auxiliary data buffer from aux_data if +that is non-NULL and then schedule this to be stored on disk. The update +method in the parent index definition will be called to transfer the data. Note that partial updates may happen automatically at other times, such as when data blocks are added to a data file object. @@ -748,10 +732,11 @@ still possible to uncache pages and relinquish the cookie. The initial enablement state is set by fscache_acquire_cookie(), but the cookie can be enabled or disabled later. To disable a cookie, call: - + void fscache_disable_cookie(struct fscache_cookie *cookie, + const void *aux_data, bool invalidate); - + If the cookie is not already disabled, this locks the cookie against other enable and disable ops, marks the cookie as being disabled, discards or invalidates any backing objects and waits for cessation of activity on any @@ -760,13 +745,15 @@ associated object before unlocking the cookie. All possible failures are handled internally. The caller should consider calling fscache_uncache_all_inode_pages() afterwards to make sure all page markings are cleared up. - + Cookies can be enabled or reenabled with: - + void fscache_enable_cookie(struct fscache_cookie *cookie, + const void *aux_data, + loff_t object_size, bool (*can_enable)(void *data), void *data) - + If the cookie is not already enabled, this locks the cookie against other enable and disable ops, invokes can_enable() and, if the cookie is not an index cookie, will begin the procedure of acquiring backing objects. @@ -777,6 +764,12 @@ ruling as to whether or not enablement should actually be permitted to begin. All possible failures are handled internally. The cookie will only be marked as enabled if provisional backing objects are allocated. +The object's data size is updated from object_size and is passed to the +->check_aux() function. + +In both cases, the cookie's auxiliary data buffer is updated from aux_data if +that is non-NULL inside the enablement lock before proceeding. + =============================== MISCELLANEOUS COOKIE OPERATIONS @@ -823,6 +816,7 @@ COOKIE UNREGISTRATION To get rid of a cookie, this function should be called. void fscache_relinquish_cookie(struct fscache_cookie *cookie, + const void *aux_data, bool retire); If retire is non-zero, then the object will be marked for recycling, and all @@ -833,6 +827,9 @@ If retire is zero, then the object may be available again when next the acquisition function is called. Retirement here will overrule the pinning on a cookie. +The cookie's auxiliary data will be updated from aux_data if that is non-NULL +so that the cache can lazily update it on disk. + One very important note - relinquish must NOT be called for a cookie unless all the cookies for "child" indices, objects and pages have been relinquished first. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt index 0b302a11718a..d7f011ddc150 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt @@ -62,6 +62,18 @@ subdirectories, and a summation of all nested file sizes. This makes the identification of large disk space consumers relatively quick, as no 'du' or similar recursive scan of the file system is required. +Finally, Ceph also allows quotas to be set on any directory in the system. +The quota can restrict the number of bytes or the number of files stored +beneath that point in the directory hierarchy. Quotas can be set using +extended attributes 'ceph.quota.max_files' and 'ceph.quota.max_bytes', eg: + + setfattr -n ceph.quota.max_bytes -v 100000000 /some/dir + getfattr -n ceph.quota.max_bytes /some/dir + +A limitation of the current quotas implementation is that it relies on the +cooperation of the client mounting the file system to stop writers when a +limit is reached. A modified or adversarial client cannot be prevented +from writing as much data as it needs. Mount Syntax ============ @@ -137,6 +149,10 @@ Mount Options noasyncreaddir Do not use the dcache as above for readdir. + noquotadf + Report overall filesystem usage in statfs instead of using the root + directory quota. + More Information ================ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/README b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/README index a9da51553ba3..99ce3d25003d 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/README +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/README @@ -11,13 +11,14 @@ Information Foundation. CIFS and now SMB3 has now become a defacto standard for interoperating between Macs and Windows and major NAS appliances. Please see + MS-SMB2 (for detailed SMB2/SMB3/SMB3.1.1 protocol specification) http://protocolfreedom.org/ and http://samba.org/samba/PFIF/ for more details. For questions or bug reports please contact: - sfrench@samba.org (sfrench@us.ibm.com) + smfrench@gmail.com See the project page at: https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/LinuxCIFS_utils @@ -37,15 +38,15 @@ Installation instructions: ========================= If you have built the CIFS vfs as module (successfully) simply type "make modules_install" (or if you prefer, manually copy the file to -the modules directory e.g. /lib/modules/2.4.10-4GB/kernel/fs/cifs/cifs.o). +the modules directory e.g. /lib/modules/2.4.10-4GB/kernel/fs/cifs/cifs.ko). If you have built the CIFS vfs into the kernel itself, follow the instructions for your distribution on how to install a new kernel (usually you would simply type "make install"). -If you do not have the utility mount.cifs (in the Samba 3.0 source tree and on -the CIFS VFS web site) copy it to the same directory in which mount.smbfs and -similar files reside (usually /sbin). Although the helper software is not +If you do not have the utility mount.cifs (in the Samba 4.x source tree and on +the CIFS VFS web site) copy it to the same directory in which mount helpers +reside (usually /sbin). Although the helper software is not required, mount.cifs is recommended. Most distros include a "cifs-utils" package that includes this utility so it is recommended to install this. @@ -118,10 +119,13 @@ this can become unwieldy when potential mount targets include many or unpredictable UNC names. Samba Considerations -==================== -To get the maximum benefit from the CIFS VFS, we recommend using a server that -supports the SNIA CIFS Unix Extensions standard (e.g. Samba 2.2.5 or later or -Samba 3.0) but the CIFS vfs works fine with a wide variety of CIFS servers. +==================== +Most current servers support SMB2.1 and SMB3 which are more secure, +but there are useful protocol extensions for the older less secure CIFS +dialect, so to get the maximum benefit if mounting using the older dialect +(CIFS/SMB1), we recommend using a server that supports the SNIA CIFS +Unix Extensions standard (e.g. almost any version of Samba ie version +2.2.5 or later) but the CIFS vfs works fine with a wide variety of CIFS servers. Note that uid, gid and file permissions will display default values if you do not have a server that supports the Unix extensions for CIFS (such as Samba 2.2.5 or later). To enable the Unix CIFS Extensions in the Samba server, add @@ -603,11 +607,6 @@ Stats Lists summary resource usage information as well as per in the kernel configuration. Configuration pseudo-files: -PacketSigningEnabled If set to one, cifs packet signing is enabled - and will be used if the server requires - it. If set to two, cifs packet signing is - required even if the server considers packet - signing optional. (default 1) SecurityFlags Flags which control security negotiation and also packet signing. Authentication (may/must) flags (e.g. for NTLM and/or NTLMv2) may be combined with @@ -666,8 +665,6 @@ traceSMB If set to one, debug information is logged to the LookupCacheEnable If set to one, inode information is kept cached for one second improving performance of lookups (default 1) -OplockEnabled If set to one, safe distributed caching enabled. - (default 1) LinuxExtensionsEnabled If set to one then the client will attempt to use the CIFS "UNIX" extensions which are optional protocol enhancements that allow CIFS servers diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO index 396ecfd6ff4a..c5adf149b57f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Version 2.04 September 13, 2017 +Version 2.11 September 13, 2017 A Partial List of Missing Features ================================== @@ -8,10 +8,10 @@ for visible, important contributions to this module. Here is a partial list of the known problems and missing features: a) SMB3 (and SMB3.02) missing optional features: - - RDMA (started) - - multichannel (started) + - multichannel (started), integration with RDMA - directory leases (improved metadata caching) - - T10 copy offload (copy chunk is only mechanism supported) + - T10 copy offload (copy chunk, and "Duplicate Extents" ioctl + currently the only two server side copy mechanisms supported) b) improved sparse file support @@ -21,9 +21,8 @@ using Directory Leases d) quota support (needs minor kernel change since quota calls to make it to network filesystems or deviceless filesystems) -e) Better optimize open to reduce redundant opens (using reference -counts more) and to improve use of compounding in SMB3 to reduce -number of roundtrips. +e) Compounding (in progress) to reduce number of roundtrips, and also +better optimize open to reduce redundant opens (using reference counts more). f) Finish inotify support so kde and gnome file list windows will autorefresh (partially complete by Asser). Needs minor kernel @@ -35,7 +34,8 @@ the CIFS statistics (started) h) implement support for security and trusted categories of xattrs (requires minor protocol extension) to enable better support for SELINUX -i) Implement O_DIRECT flag on open (already supported on mount) +i) Add support for tree connect contexts (see MS-SMB2) a new SMB3.1.1 protocol + feature (may be especially useful for virtualization). j) Create UID mapping facility so server UIDs can be mapped on a per mount or a per server basis to client UIDs or nobody if no mapping @@ -53,13 +53,16 @@ viewing them. o) mount helper GUI (to simplify the various configuration options on mount) -p) autonegotiation of dialects (offering more than one dialect ie SMB3.02, -SMB3, SMB2.1 not just SMB3). +p) Add support for witness protocol (perhaps ioctl to cifs.ko from user space + tool listening on witness protocol RPC) to allow for notification of share + move, server failover, and server adapter changes. And also improve other + failover scenarios, e.g. when client knows multiple DFS entries point to + different servers, and the server we are connected to has gone down. q) Allow mount.cifs to be more verbose in reporting errors with dialect or unsupported feature errors. -r) updating cifs documentation, and user guid. +r) updating cifs documentation, and user guide. s) Addressing bugs found by running a broader set of xfstests in standard file system xfstest suite. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt index 13c2ff034348..12a147c9f87f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt @@ -174,6 +174,23 @@ offgrpjquota Turn off group journelled quota. offprjjquota Turn off project journelled quota. quota Enable plain user disk quota accounting. noquota Disable all plain disk quota option. +whint_mode=%s Control which write hints are passed down to block + layer. This supports "off", "user-based", and + "fs-based". In "off" mode (default), f2fs does not pass + down hints. In "user-based" mode, f2fs tries to pass + down hints given by users. And in "fs-based" mode, f2fs + passes down hints with its policy. +alloc_mode=%s Adjust block allocation policy, which supports "reuse" + and "default". +fsync_mode=%s Control the policy of fsync. Currently supports "posix" + and "strict". In "posix" mode, which is default, fsync + will follow POSIX semantics and does a light operation + to improve the filesystem performance. In "strict" mode, + fsync will be heavy and behaves in line with xfs, ext4 + and btrfs, where xfstest generic/342 will pass, but the + performance will regress. +test_dummy_encryption Enable dummy encryption, which provides a fake fscrypt + context. The fake fscrypt context is used by xfstests. ================================================================================ DEBUGFS ENTRIES @@ -611,3 +628,63 @@ algorithm. In order to identify whether the data in the victim segment are valid or not, F2FS manages a bitmap. Each bit represents the validity of a block, and the bitmap is composed of a bit stream covering whole blocks in main area. + +Write-hint Policy +----------------- + +1) whint_mode=off. F2FS only passes down WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET. + +2) whint_mode=user-based. F2FS tries to pass down hints given by +users. + +User F2FS Block +---- ---- ----- + META WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET + HOT_NODE " + WARM_NODE " + COLD_NODE " +*ioctl(COLD) COLD_DATA WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME +*extension list " " + +-- buffered io +WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME COLD_DATA WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME +WRITE_LIFE_SHORT HOT_DATA WRITE_LIFE_SHORT +WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET WARM_DATA WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET +WRITE_LIFE_NONE " " +WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM " " +WRITE_LIFE_LONG " " + +-- direct io +WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME COLD_DATA WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME +WRITE_LIFE_SHORT HOT_DATA WRITE_LIFE_SHORT +WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET WARM_DATA WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET +WRITE_LIFE_NONE " WRITE_LIFE_NONE +WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM " WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM +WRITE_LIFE_LONG " WRITE_LIFE_LONG + +3) whint_mode=fs-based. F2FS passes down hints with its policy. + +User F2FS Block +---- ---- ----- + META WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM; + HOT_NODE WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET + WARM_NODE " + COLD_NODE WRITE_LIFE_NONE +ioctl(COLD) COLD_DATA WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME +extension list " " + +-- buffered io +WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME COLD_DATA WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME +WRITE_LIFE_SHORT HOT_DATA WRITE_LIFE_SHORT +WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET WARM_DATA WRITE_LIFE_LONG +WRITE_LIFE_NONE " " +WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM " " +WRITE_LIFE_LONG " " + +-- direct io +WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME COLD_DATA WRITE_LIFE_EXTREME +WRITE_LIFE_SHORT HOT_DATA WRITE_LIFE_SHORT +WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET WARM_DATA WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET +WRITE_LIFE_NONE " WRITE_LIFE_NONE +WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM " WRITE_LIFE_MEDIUM +WRITE_LIFE_LONG " WRITE_LIFE_LONG diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt index 1fb12f9dfe48..7059623635b2 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt @@ -100,14 +100,15 @@ indicates that it is caching uptodate data. Glock locking order within GFS2: - 1. i_mutex (if required) + 1. i_rwsem (if required) 2. Rename glock (for rename only) 3. Inode glock(s) (Parents before children, inodes at "same level" with same parent in lock number order) 4. Rgrp glock(s) (for (de)allocation operations) 5. Transaction glock (via gfs2_trans_begin) for non-read operations - 6. Page lock (always last, very important!) + 6. i_rw_mutex (if required) + 7. Page lock (always last, very important!) There are two glocks per inode. One deals with access to the inode itself (locking order as above), and the other, known as the iopen diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.txt index e2818b60a5c2..f4ba94950e3f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.txt @@ -21,10 +21,16 @@ Orangefs features include: * Stateless -MAILING LIST -============ +MAILING LIST ARCHIVES +===================== -http://beowulf-underground.org/mailman/listinfo/pvfs2-users +http://lists.orangefs.org/pipermail/devel_lists.orangefs.org/ + + +MAILING LIST SUBMISSIONS +======================== + +devel@lists.orangefs.org DOCUMENTATION @@ -42,12 +48,59 @@ Orangefs versions prior to 2.9.3 would not be compatible with the upstream version of the kernel client. -BUILDING THE USERSPACE FILESYSTEM ON A SINGLE SERVER -==================================================== +RUNNING ORANGEFS ON A SINGLE SERVER +=================================== + +OrangeFS is usually run in large installations with multiple servers and +clients, but a complete filesystem can be run on a single machine for +development and testing. + +On Fedora, install orangefs and orangefs-server. + +dnf -y install orangefs orangefs-server + +There is an example server configuration file in +/etc/orangefs/orangefs.conf. Change localhost to your hostname if +necessary. + +To generate a filesystem to run xfstests against, see below. + +There is an example client configuration file in /etc/pvfs2tab. It is a +single line. Uncomment it and change the hostname if necessary. This +controls clients which use libpvfs2. This does not control the +pvfs2-client-core. + +Create the filesystem. + +pvfs2-server -f /etc/orangefs/orangefs.conf + +Start the server. + +systemctl start orangefs-server + +Test the server. + +pvfs2-ping -m /pvfsmnt + +Start the client. The module must be compiled in or loaded before this +point. + +systemctl start orangefs-client + +Mount the filesystem. + +mount -t pvfs2 tcp://localhost:3334/orangefs /pvfsmnt + -You can omit --prefix if you don't care that things are sprinkled around in -/usr/local. As of version 2.9.6, Orangefs uses Berkeley DB by default, we -will probably be changing the default to lmdb soon. +BUILDING ORANGEFS ON A SINGLE SERVER +==================================== + +Where OrangeFS cannot be installed from distribution packages, it may be +built from source. + +You can omit --prefix if you don't care that things are sprinkled around +in /usr/local. As of version 2.9.6, OrangeFS uses Berkeley DB by +default, we will probably be changing the default to LMDB soon. ./configure --prefix=/opt/ofs --with-db-backend=lmdb @@ -55,35 +108,69 @@ make make install -Create an orangefs config file: +Create an orangefs config file. + /opt/ofs/bin/pvfs2-genconfig /etc/pvfs2.conf - for "Enter hostnames", use the hostname, don't let it default to - localhost. +Create an /etc/pvfs2tab file. + +echo tcp://localhost:3334/orangefs /pvfsmnt pvfs2 defaults,noauto 0 0 > \ + /etc/pvfs2tab + +Create the mount point you specified in the tab file if needed. -create a pvfs2tab file in /etc: -cat /etc/pvfs2tab -tcp://myhostname:3334/orangefs /mymountpoint pvfs2 defaults,noauto 0 0 +mkdir /pvfsmnt -create the mount point you specified in the tab file if needed: -mkdir /mymountpoint +Bootstrap the server. -bootstrap the server: -/opt/ofs/sbin/pvfs2-server /etc/pvfs2.conf -f +/opt/ofs/sbin/pvfs2-server -f /etc/pvfs2.conf + +Start the server. -start the server: /opt/osf/sbin/pvfs2-server /etc/pvfs2.conf -Now the server is running. At this point you might like to -prove things are working with: +Now the server should be running. Pvfs2-ls is a simple +test to verify that the server is running. + +/opt/ofs/bin/pvfs2-ls /pvfsmnt -/opt/osf/bin/pvfs2-ls /mymountpoint +If stuff seems to be working, load the kernel module and +turn on the client core. -If stuff seems to be working, turn on the client core: -/opt/osf/sbin/pvfs2-client -p /opt/osf/sbin/pvfs2-client-core +/opt/ofs/sbin/pvfs2-client -p /opt/osf/sbin/pvfs2-client-core Mount your filesystem. -mount -t pvfs2 tcp://myhostname:3334/orangefs /mymountpoint + +mount -t pvfs2 tcp://localhost:3334/orangefs /pvfsmnt + + +RUNNING XFSTESTS +================ + +It is useful to use a scratch filesystem with xfstests. This can be +done with only one server. + +Make a second copy of the FileSystem section in the server configuration +file, which is /etc/orangefs/orangefs.conf. Change the Name to scratch. +Change the ID to something other than the ID of the first FileSystem +section (2 is usually a good choice). + +Then there are two FileSystem sections: orangefs and scratch. + +This change should be made before creating the filesystem. + +pvfs2-server -f /etc/orangefs/orangefs.conf + +To run xfstests, create /etc/xfsqa.config. + +TEST_DIR=/orangefs +TEST_DEV=tcp://localhost:3334/orangefs +SCRATCH_MNT=/scratch +SCRATCH_DEV=tcp://localhost:3334/scratch + +Then xfstests can be run + +./check -pvfs2 OPTIONS diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt index 6ea1e64d1464..961b287ef323 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt @@ -14,9 +14,13 @@ The result will inevitably fail to look exactly like a normal filesystem for various technical reasons. The expectation is that many use cases will be able to ignore these differences. -This approach is 'hybrid' because the objects that appear in the -filesystem do not all appear to belong to that filesystem. In many -cases an object accessed in the union will be indistinguishable + +Overlay objects +--------------- + +The overlay filesystem approach is 'hybrid', because the objects that +appear in the filesystem do not always appear to belong to that filesystem. +In many cases, an object accessed in the union will be indistinguishable from accessing the corresponding object from the original filesystem. This is most obvious from the 'st_dev' field returned by stat(2). @@ -34,6 +38,19 @@ make the overlay mount more compliant with filesystem scanners and overlay objects will be distinguishable from the corresponding objects in the original filesystem. +On 64bit systems, even if all overlay layers are not on the same +underlying filesystem, the same compliant behavior could be achieved +with the "xino" feature. The "xino" feature composes a unique object +identifier from the real object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. +If all underlying filesystems support NFS file handles and export file +handles with 32bit inode number encoding (e.g. ext4), overlay filesystem +will use the high inode number bits for fsid. Even when the underlying +filesystem uses 64bit inode numbers, users can still enable the "xino" +feature with the "-o xino=on" overlay mount option. That is useful for the +case of underlying filesystems like xfs and tmpfs, which use 64bit inode +numbers, but are very unlikely to use the high inode number bit. + + Upper and Lower --------------- @@ -290,10 +307,19 @@ Non-standard behavior --------------------- The copy_up operation essentially creates a new, identical file and -moves it over to the old name. The new file may be on a different -filesystem, so both st_dev and st_ino of the file may change. +moves it over to the old name. Any open files referring to this inode +will access the old data. + +The new file may be on a different filesystem, so both st_dev and st_ino +of the real file may change. The values of st_dev and st_ino returned by +stat(2) on an overlay object are often not the same as the real file +stat(2) values to prevent the values from changing on copy_up. -Any open files referring to this inode will access the old data. +Unless "xino" feature is enabled, when overlay layers are not all on the +same underlying filesystem, the value of st_dev may be different for two +non-directory objects in the same overlay filesystem and the value of +st_ino for directory objects may be non persistent and could change even +while the overlay filesystem is still mounted. Unless "inode index" feature is enabled, if a file with multiple hard links is copied up, then this will "break" the link. Changes will not be @@ -302,6 +328,7 @@ propagated to other names referring to the same inode. Unless "redirect_dir" feature is enabled, rename(2) on a lower or merged directory will fail with EXDEV. + Changes to underlying filesystems --------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/udf.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/udf.txt index d3d0e3218f86..e2f2faf32f18 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/udf.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/udf.txt @@ -36,18 +36,14 @@ The following mount options are supported: iocharset= Set the NLS character set The uid= and gid= options need a bit more explaining. They will accept a -decimal numeric value which will be used as the default ID for that mount. -They will also accept the string "ignore" and "forget". For files on the disk -that are owned by nobody ( -1 ), they will instead look as if they are owned -by the default ID. The ignore option causes the default ID to override all -IDs on the disk, not just -1. The forget option causes all IDs to be written -to disk as -1, so when the media is later remounted, they will appear to be -owned by whatever default ID it is mounted with at that time. +decimal numeric value and all inodes on that mount will then appear as +belonging to that uid and gid. Mount options also accept the string "forget". +The forget option causes all IDs to be written to disk as -1 which is a way +of UDF standard to indicate that IDs are not supported for these files . -For typical desktop use of removable media, you should set the ID to that -of the interactively logged on user, and also specify both the forget and -ignore options. This way the interactive user will always see the files -on the disk as belonging to him. +For typical desktop use of removable media, you should set the ID to that of +the interactively logged on user, and also specify the forget option. This way +the interactive user will always see the files on the disk as belonging to him. The remaining are for debugging and disaster recovery: @@ -57,16 +53,8 @@ The following expect a offset from 0. session= Set the CDROM session (default= last session) anchor= Override standard anchor location. (default= 256) - volume= Override the VolumeDesc location. (unused) - partition= Override the PartitionDesc location. (unused) lastblock= Set the last block of the filesystem/ -The following expect a offset from the partition root. - - fileset= Override the fileset block location. (unused) - rootdir= Override the root directory location. (unused) - WARNING: overriding the rootdir to a non-directory may - yield highly unpredictable results. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/frv/README.txt b/Documentation/frv/README.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a984faa968e8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/frv/README.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ - ================================ - Fujitsu FR-V LINUX DOCUMENTATION - ================================ - -This directory contains documentation for the Fujitsu FR-V CPU architecture -port of Linux. - -The following documents are available: - - (*) features.txt - - A description of the basic features inherent in this architecture port. - - - (*) configuring.txt - - A summary of the configuration options particular to this architecture. - - - (*) booting.txt - - A description of how to boot the kernel image and a summary of the kernel - command line options. - - - (*) gdbstub.txt - - A description of how to debug the kernel using GDB attached by serial - port, and a summary of the services available. - - - (*) mmu-layout.txt - - A description of the virtual and physical memory layout used in the - MMU linux kernel, and the registers used to support it. - - - (*) gdbinit - - An example .gdbinit file for use with GDB. It includes macros for viewing - MMU state on the FR451. See mmu-layout.txt for more information. - - - (*) clock.txt - - A description of the CPU clock scaling interface. - - - (*) atomic-ops.txt - - A description of how the FR-V kernel's atomic operations work. diff --git a/Documentation/frv/atomic-ops.txt b/Documentation/frv/atomic-ops.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 96638e9b9fe0..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/frv/atomic-ops.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ - ===================================== - FUJITSU FR-V KERNEL ATOMIC OPERATIONS - ===================================== - -On the FR-V CPUs, there is only one atomic Read-Modify-Write operation: the SWAP/SWAPI -instruction. Unfortunately, this alone can't be used to implement the following operations: - - (*) Atomic add to memory - - (*) Atomic subtract from memory - - (*) Atomic bit modification (set, clear or invert) - - (*) Atomic compare and exchange - -On such CPUs, the standard way of emulating such operations in uniprocessor mode is to disable -interrupts, but on the FR-V CPUs, modifying the PSR takes a lot of clock cycles, and it has to be -done twice. This means the CPU runs for a relatively long time with interrupts disabled, -potentially having a great effect on interrupt latency. - - -============= -NEW ALGORITHM -============= - -To get around this, the following algorithm has been implemented. It operates in a way similar to -the LL/SC instruction pairs supported on a number of platforms. - - (*) The CCCR.CC3 register is reserved within the kernel to act as an atomic modify abort flag. - - (*) In the exception prologues run on kernel->kernel entry, CCCR.CC3 is set to 0 (Undefined - state). - - (*) All atomic operations can then be broken down into the following algorithm: - - (1) Set ICC3.Z to true and set CC3 to True (ORCC/CKEQ/ORCR). - - (2) Load the value currently in the memory to be modified into a register. - - (3) Make changes to the value. - - (4) If CC3 is still True, simultaneously and atomically (by VLIW packing): - - (a) Store the modified value back to memory. - - (b) Set ICC3.Z to false (CORCC on GR29 is sufficient for this - GR29 holds the current - task pointer in the kernel, and so is guaranteed to be non-zero). - - (5) If ICC3.Z is still true, go back to step (1). - -This works in a non-SMP environment because any interrupt or other exception that happens between -steps (1) and (4) will set CC3 to the Undefined, thus aborting the store in (4a), and causing the -condition in ICC3 to remain with the Z flag set, thus causing step (5) to loop back to step (1). - - -This algorithm suffers from two problems: - - (1) The condition CCCR.CC3 is cleared unconditionally by an exception, irrespective of whether or - not any changes were made to the target memory location during that exception. - - (2) The branch from step (5) back to step (1) may have to happen more than once until the store - manages to take place. In theory, this loop could cycle forever because there are too many - interrupts coming in, but it's unlikely. - - -======= -EXAMPLE -======= - -Taking an example from include/asm-frv/atomic.h: - - static inline int atomic_add_return(int i, atomic_t *v) - { - unsigned long val; - - asm("0: \n" - -It starts by setting ICC3.Z to true for later use, and also transforming that into CC3 being in the -True state. - - " orcc gr0,gr0,gr0,icc3 \n" <-- (1) - " ckeq icc3,cc7 \n" <-- (1) - -Then it does the load. Note that the final phase of step (1) is done at the same time as the -load. The VLIW packing ensures they are done simultaneously. The ".p" on the load must not be -removed without swapping the order of these two instructions. - - " ld.p %M0,%1 \n" <-- (2) - " orcr cc7,cc7,cc3 \n" <-- (1) - -Then the proposed modification is generated. Note that the old value can be retained if required -(such as in test_and_set_bit()). - - " add%I2 %1,%2,%1 \n" <-- (3) - -Then it attempts to store the value back, contingent on no exception having cleared CC3 since it -was set to True. - - " cst.p %1,%M0 ,cc3,#1 \n" <-- (4a) - -It simultaneously records the success or failure of the store in ICC3.Z. - - " corcc gr29,gr29,gr0 ,cc3,#1 \n" <-- (4b) - -Such that the branch can then be taken if the operation was aborted. - - " beq icc3,#0,0b \n" <-- (5) - : "+U"(v->counter), "=&r"(val) - : "NPr"(i) - : "memory", "cc7", "cc3", "icc3" - ); - - return val; - } - - -============= -CONFIGURATION -============= - -The atomic ops implementation can be made inline or out-of-line by changing the -CONFIG_FRV_OUTOFLINE_ATOMIC_OPS configuration variable. Making it out-of-line has a number of -advantages: - - - The resulting kernel image may be smaller - - Debugging is easier as atomic ops can just be stepped over and they can be breakpointed - -Keeping it inline also has a number of advantages: - - - The resulting kernel may be Faster - - no out-of-line function calls need to be made - - the compiler doesn't have half its registers clobbered by making a call - -The out-of-line implementations live in arch/frv/lib/atomic-ops.S. diff --git a/Documentation/frv/booting.txt b/Documentation/frv/booting.txt deleted file mode 100644 index cd9dc1dfb144..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/frv/booting.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ - ========================= - BOOTING FR-V LINUX KERNEL - ========================= - -====================== -PROVIDING A FILESYSTEM -====================== - -First of all, a root filesystem must be made available. This can be done in -one of two ways: - - (1) NFS Export - - A filesystem should be constructed in a directory on an NFS server that - the target board can reach. This directory should then be NFS exported - such that the target board can read and write into it as root. - - (2) Flash Filesystem (JFFS2 Recommended) - - In this case, the image must be stored or built up on flash before it - can be used. A complete image can be built using the mkfs.jffs2 or - similar program and then downloaded and stored into flash by RedBoot. - - -======================== -LOADING THE KERNEL IMAGE -======================== - -The kernel will need to be loaded into RAM by RedBoot (or by some alternative -boot loader) before it can be run. The kernel image (arch/frv/boot/Image) may -be loaded in one of three ways: - - (1) Load from Flash - - This is the simplest. RedBoot can store an image in the flash (see the - RedBoot documentation) and then load it back into RAM. RedBoot keeps - track of the load address, entry point and size, so the command to do - this is simply: - - fis load linux - - The image is then ready to be executed. - - (2) Load by TFTP - - The following command will download a raw binary kernel image from the - default server (as negotiated by BOOTP) and store it into RAM: - - load -b 0x00100000 -r /tftpboot/image.bin - - The image is then ready to be executed. - - (3) Load by Y-Modem - - The following command will download a raw binary kernel image across the - serial port that RedBoot is currently using: - - load -m ymodem -b 0x00100000 -r zImage - - The serial client (such as minicom) must then be told to transmit the - program by Y-Modem. - - When finished, the image will then be ready to be executed. - - -================== -BOOTING THE KERNEL -================== - -Boot the image with the following RedBoot command: - - exec -c "<CMDLINE>" 0x00100000 - -For example: - - exec -c "console=ttySM0,115200 ip=:::::dhcp root=/dev/mtdblock2 rw" - -This will start the kernel running. Note that if the GDB-stub is compiled in, -then the kernel will immediately wait for GDB to connect over serial before -doing anything else. See the section on kernel debugging with GDB. - -The kernel command line <CMDLINE> tells the kernel where its console is and -how to find its root filesystem. This is made up of the following components, -separated by spaces: - - (*) console=ttyS<x>[,<baud>[<parity>[<bits>[<flow>]]]] - - This specifies that the system console should output through on-chip - serial port <x> (which can be "0" or "1"). - - <baud> is a standard baud rate between 1200 and 115200 (default 9600). - - <parity> is a parity setting of "N", "O", "E", "M" or "S" for None, Odd, - Even, Mark or Space. "None" is the default. - - <stop> is "7" or "8" for the number of bits per character. "8" is the - default. - - <flow> is "r" to use flow control (XCTS on serial port 2 only). The - default is to not use flow control. - - For example: - - console=ttyS0,115200 - - To use the first on-chip serial port at baud rate 115200, no parity, 8 - bits, and no flow control. - - (*) root=<xxxx> - - This specifies the device upon which the root filesystem resides. It - may be specified by major and minor number, device path, or even - partition uuid, if supported. For example: - - /dev/nfs NFS root filesystem - /dev/mtdblock3 Fourth RedBoot partition on the System Flash - PARTUUID=00112233-4455-6677-8899-AABBCCDDEEFF/PARTNROFF=1 - first partition after the partition with the given UUID - 253:0 Device with major 253 and minor 0 - - Authoritative information can be found in - "Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst". - - (*) rw - - Start with the root filesystem mounted Read/Write. - - The remaining components are all optional: - - (*) ip=<ip>::::<host>:<iface>:<cfg> - - Configure the network interface. If <cfg> is "off" then <ip> should - specify the IP address for the network device <iface>. <host> provide - the hostname for the device. - - If <cfg> is "bootp" or "dhcp", then all of these parameters will be - discovered by consulting a BOOTP or DHCP server. - - For example, the following might be used: - - ip=192.168.73.12::::frv:eth0:off - - This sets the IP address on the VDK motherboard RTL8029 ethernet chipset - (eth0) to be 192.168.73.12, and sets the board's hostname to be "frv". - - (*) nfsroot=<server>:<dir>[,v<vers>] - - This is mandatory if "root=/dev/nfs" is given as an option. It tells the - kernel the IP address of the NFS server providing its root filesystem, - and the pathname on that server of the filesystem. - - The NFS version to use can also be specified. v2 and v3 are supported by - Linux. - - For example: - - nfsroot=192.168.73.1:/nfsroot-frv - - (*) profile=1 - - Turns on the kernel profiler (accessible through /proc/profile). - - (*) console=gdb0 - - This can be used as an alternative to the "console=ttyS..." listed - above. I tells the kernel to pass the console output to GDB if the - gdbstub is compiled in to the kernel. - - If this is used, then the gdbstub passes the text to GDB, which then - simply dumps it to its standard output. - - (*) mem=<xxx>M - - Normally the kernel will work out how much SDRAM it has by reading the - SDRAM controller registers. That can be overridden with this - option. This allows the kernel to be told that it has <xxx> megabytes of - memory available. - - (*) init=<prog> [<arg> [<arg> [<arg> ...]]] - - This tells the kernel what program to run initially. By default this is - /sbin/init, but /sbin/sash or /bin/sh are common alternatives. diff --git a/Documentation/frv/clock.txt b/Documentation/frv/clock.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c72d350e177a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/frv/clock.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -Clock scaling -------------- - -The kernel supports scaling of CLCK.CMODE, CLCK.CM and CLKC.P0 clock -registers. If built with CONFIG_PM and CONFIG_SYSCTL options enabled, four -extra files will appear in the directory /proc/sys/pm/. Reading these files -will show: - - p0 -- current value of the P0 bit in CLKC register. - cm -- current value of the CM bits in CLKC register. - cmode -- current value of the CMODE bits in CLKC register. - -On all boards, the 'p0' file should also be writable, and either '1' or '0' -can be rewritten, to set or clear the CLKC_P0 bit respectively, hence -controlling whether the resource bus rate clock is halved. - -The 'cm' file should also be available on all boards. '0' can be written to it -to shift the board into High-Speed mode (normal), and '1' can be written to -shift the board into Medium-Speed mode. Selecting Low-Speed mode is not -supported by this interface, even though some CPUs do support it. - -On the boards with FR405 CPU (i.e. CB60 and CB70), the 'cmode' file is also -writable, allowing the CPU core speed (and other clock speeds) to be -controlled from userspace. - - -Determining current and possible settings ------------------------------------------ - -The current state and the available masks can be found in /proc/cpuinfo. For -example, on the CB70: - - # cat /proc/cpuinfo - CPU-Series: fr400 - CPU-Core: fr405, gr0-31, BE, CCCR - CPU: mb93405 - MMU: Prot - FP-Media: fr0-31, Media - System: mb93091-cb70, mb93090-mb00 - PM-Controls: cmode=0xd31f, cm=0x3, p0=0x3, suspend=0x9 - PM-Status: cmode=3, cm=0, p0=0 - Clock-In: 50.00 MHz - Clock-Core: 300.00 MHz - Clock-SDRAM: 100.00 MHz - Clock-CBus: 100.00 MHz - Clock-Res: 50.00 MHz - Clock-Ext: 50.00 MHz - Clock-DSU: 25.00 MHz - BogoMips: 300.00 - -And on the PDK, the PM lines look like the following: - - PM-Controls: cm=0x3, p0=0x3, suspend=0x9 - PM-Status: cmode=9, cm=0, p0=0 - -The PM-Controls line, if present, will indicate which /proc/sys/pm files can -be set to what values. The specification values are bitmasks; so, for example, -"suspend=0x9" indicates that 0 and 3 can be written validly to -/proc/sys/pm/suspend. - -The PM-Controls line will only be present if CONFIG_PM is configured to Y. - -The PM-Status line indicates which clock controls are set to which value. If -the file can be read, then the suspend value must be 0, and so that's not -included. diff --git a/Documentation/frv/configuring.txt b/Documentation/frv/configuring.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 36e76a2336fa..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/frv/configuring.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@ - ======================================= - FUJITSU FR-V LINUX KERNEL CONFIGURATION - ======================================= - -===================== -CONFIGURATION OPTIONS -===================== - -The most important setting is in the "MMU support options" tab (the first -presented in the configuration tools available): - - (*) "Kernel Type" - - This options allows selection of normal, MMU-requiring linux, and uClinux - (which doesn't require an MMU and doesn't have inter-process protection). - -There are a number of settings in the "Processor type and features" section of -the kernel configuration that need to be considered. - - (*) "CPU" - - The register and instruction sets at the core of the processor. This can - only be set to "FR40x/45x/55x" at the moment - but this permits usage of - the kernel with MB93091 CB10, CB11, CB30, CB41, CB60, CB70 and CB451 - CPU boards, and with the MB93093 PDK board. - - (*) "System" - - This option allows a choice of basic system. This governs the peripherals - that are expected to be available. - - (*) "Motherboard" - - This specifies the type of motherboard being used, and the peripherals - upon it. Currently only "MB93090-MB00" can be set here. - - (*) "Default cache-write mode" - - This controls the initial data cache write management mode. By default - Write-Through is selected, but Write-Back (Copy-Back) can also be - selected. This can be changed dynamically once the kernel is running (see - features.txt). - -There are some architecture specific configuration options in the "General -Setup" section of the kernel configuration too: - - (*) "Reserve memory uncached for (PCI) DMA" - - This requests that a uClinux kernel set aside some memory in an uncached - window for the use as consistent DMA memory (mainly for PCI). At least a - megabyte will be allocated in this way, possibly more. Any memory so - reserved will not be available for normal allocations. - - (*) "Kernel support for ELF-FDPIC binaries" - - This enables the binary-format driver for the new FDPIC ELF binaries that - this platform normally uses. These binaries are totally relocatable - - their separate sections can relocated independently, allowing them to be - shared on uClinux where possible. This should normally be enabled. - - (*) "Kernel image protection" - - This makes the protection register governing access to the core kernel - image prohibit access by userspace programs. This option is available on - uClinux only. - -There are also a number of settings in the "Kernel Hacking" section of the -kernel configuration especially for debugging a kernel on this -architecture. See the "gdbstub.txt" file for information about those. - - -====================== -DEFAULT CONFIGURATIONS -====================== - -The kernel sources include a number of example default configurations: - - (*) defconfig-mb93091 - - Default configuration for the MB93091-VDK with both CPU board and - MB93090-MB00 motherboard running uClinux. - - - (*) defconfig-mb93091-fb - - Default configuration for the MB93091-VDK with CPU board, - MB93090-MB00 motherboard, and DAV board running uClinux. - Includes framebuffer driver. - - - (*) defconfig-mb93093 - - Default configuration for the MB93093-PDK board running uClinux. - - - (*) defconfig-cb70-standalone - - Default configuration for the MB93091-VDK with only CB70 CPU board - running uClinux. This will use the CB70's DM9000 for network access. - - - (*) defconfig-mmu - - Default configuration for the MB93091-VDK with both CB451 CPU board and - MB93090-MB00 motherboard running MMU linux. - - (*) defconfig-mmu-audio - - Default configuration for the MB93091-VDK with CB451 CPU board, DAV - board, and MB93090-MB00 motherboard running MMU linux. Includes - audio driver. - - (*) defconfig-mmu-fb - - Default configuration for the MB93091-VDK with CB451 CPU board, DAV - board, and MB93090-MB00 motherboard running MMU linux. Includes - framebuffer driver. - - (*) defconfig-mmu-standalone - - Default configuration for the MB93091-VDK with only CB451 CPU board - running MMU linux. - - - diff --git a/Documentation/frv/features.txt b/Documentation/frv/features.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fa20c0e72833..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/frv/features.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,310 +0,0 @@ - =========================== - FUJITSU FR-V LINUX FEATURES - =========================== - -This kernel port has a number of features of which the user should be aware: - - (*) Linux and uClinux - - The FR-V architecture port supports both normal MMU linux and uClinux out - of the same sources. - - - (*) CPU support - - Support for the FR401, FR403, FR405, FR451 and FR555 CPUs should work with - the same uClinux kernel configuration. - - In normal (MMU) Linux mode, only the FR451 CPU will work as that is the - only one with a suitably featured CPU. - - The kernel is written and compiled with the assumption that only the - bottom 32 GR registers and no FR registers will be used by the kernel - itself, however all extra userspace registers will be saved on context - switch. Note that since most CPUs can't support lazy switching, no attempt - is made to do lazy register saving where that would be possible (FR555 - only currently). - - - (*) Board support - - The board on which the kernel will run can be configured on the "Processor - type and features" configuration tab. - - Set the System to "MB93093-PDK" to boot from the MB93093 (FR403) PDK. - - Set the System to "MB93091-VDK" to boot from the CB11, CB30, CB41, CB60, - CB70 or CB451 VDK boards. Set the Motherboard setting to "MB93090-MB00" to - boot with the standard ATA90590B VDK motherboard, and set it to "None" to - boot without any motherboard. - - - (*) Binary Formats - - The only userspace binary format supported is FDPIC ELF. Normal ELF, FLAT - and AOUT binaries are not supported for this architecture. - - FDPIC ELF supports shared library and program interpreter facilities. - - - (*) Scheduler Speed - - The kernel scheduler runs at 100Hz irrespective of the clock speed on this - architecture. This value is set in asm/param.h (see the HZ macro defined - there). - - - (*) Normal (MMU) Linux Memory Layout. - - See mmu-layout.txt in this directory for a description of the normal linux - memory layout - - See include/asm-frv/mem-layout.h for constants pertaining to the memory - layout. - - See include/asm-frv/mb-regs.h for the constants pertaining to the I/O bus - controller configuration. - - - (*) uClinux Memory Layout - - The memory layout used by the uClinux kernel is as follows: - - 0x00000000 - 0x00000FFF Null pointer catch page - 0x20000000 - 0x200FFFFF CS2# [PDK] FPGA - 0xC0000000 - 0xCFFFFFFF SDRAM - 0xC0000000 Base of Linux kernel image - 0xE0000000 - 0xEFFFFFFF CS2# [VDK] SLBUS/PCI window - 0xF0000000 - 0xF0FFFFFF CS5# MB93493 CSC area (DAV daughter board) - 0xF1000000 - 0xF1FFFFFF CS7# [CB70/CB451] CPU-card PCMCIA port space - 0xFC000000 - 0xFC0FFFFF CS1# [VDK] MB86943 config space - 0xFC100000 - 0xFC1FFFFF CS6# [CB70/CB451] CPU-card DM9000 NIC space - 0xFC100000 - 0xFC1FFFFF CS6# [PDK] AX88796 NIC space - 0xFC200000 - 0xFC2FFFFF CS3# MB93493 CSR area (DAV daughter board) - 0xFD000000 - 0xFDFFFFFF CS4# [CB70/CB451] CPU-card extra flash space - 0xFE000000 - 0xFEFFFFFF Internal CPU peripherals - 0xFF000000 - 0xFF1FFFFF CS0# Flash 1 - 0xFF200000 - 0xFF3FFFFF CS0# Flash 2 - 0xFFC00000 - 0xFFC0001F CS0# [VDK] FPGA - - The kernel reads the size of the SDRAM from the memory bus controller - registers by default. - - The kernel initialisation code (1) adjusts the SDRAM base addresses to - move the SDRAM to desired address, (2) moves the kernel image down to the - bottom of SDRAM, (3) adjusts the bus controller registers to move I/O - windows, and (4) rearranges the protection registers to protect all of - this. - - The reasons for doing this are: (1) the page at address 0 should be - inaccessible so that NULL pointer errors can be caught; and (2) the bottom - three quarters are left unoccupied so that an FR-V CPU with an MMU can use - it for virtual userspace mappings. - - See include/asm-frv/mem-layout.h for constants pertaining to the memory - layout. - - See include/asm-frv/mb-regs.h for the constants pertaining to the I/O bus - controller configuration. - - - (*) uClinux Memory Protection - - A DAMPR register is used to cover the entire region used for I/O - (0xE0000000 - 0xFFFFFFFF). This permits the kernel to make uncached - accesses to this region. Userspace is not permitted to access it. - - The DAMPR/IAMPR protection registers not in use for any other purpose are - tiled over the top of the SDRAM such that: - - (1) The core kernel image is covered by as small a tile as possible - granting only the kernel access to the underlying data, whilst - making sure no SDRAM is actually made unavailable by this approach. - - (2) All other tiles are arranged to permit userspace access to the rest - of the SDRAM. - - Barring point (1), there is nothing to protect kernel data against - userspace damage - but this is uClinux. - - - (*) Exceptions and Fixups - - Since the FR40x and FR55x CPUs that do not have full MMUs generate - imprecise data error exceptions, there are currently no automatic fixup - services available in uClinux. This includes misaligned memory access - fixups. - - Userspace EFAULT errors can be trapped by issuing a MEMBAR instruction and - forcing the fault to happen there. - - On the FR451, however, data exceptions are mostly precise, and so - exception fixup handling is implemented as normal. - - - (*) Userspace Breakpoints - - The ptrace() system call supports the following userspace debugging - features: - - (1) Hardware assisted single step. - - (2) Breakpoint via the FR-V "BREAK" instruction. - - (3) Breakpoint via the FR-V "TIRA GR0, #1" instruction. - - (4) Syscall entry/exit trap. - - Each of the above generates a SIGTRAP. - - - (*) On-Chip Serial Ports - - The FR-V on-chip serial ports are made available as ttyS0 and ttyS1. Note - that if the GDB stub is compiled in, ttyS1 will not actually be available - as it will be being used for the GDB stub. - - These ports can be made by: - - mknod /dev/ttyS0 c 4 64 - mknod /dev/ttyS1 c 4 65 - - - (*) Maskable Interrupts - - Level 15 (Non-maskable) interrupts are dealt with by the GDB stub if - present, and cause a panic if not. If the GDB stub is present, ttyS1's - interrupts are rated at level 15. - - All other interrupts are distributed over the set of available priorities - so that no IRQs are shared where possible. The arch interrupt handling - routines attempt to disentangle the various sources available through the - CPU's own multiplexor, and those on off-CPU peripherals. - - - (*) Accessing PCI Devices - - Where PCI is available, care must be taken when dealing with drivers that - access PCI devices. PCI devices present their data in little-endian form, - but the CPU sees it in big-endian form. The macros in asm/io.h try to get - this right, but may not under all circumstances... - - - (*) Ax88796 Ethernet Driver - - The MB93093 PDK board has an Ax88796 ethernet chipset (an NE2000 clone). A - driver has been written to deal specifically with this. The driver - provides MII services for the card. - - The driver can be configured by running make xconfig, and going to: - - (*) Network device support - - turn on "Network device support" - (*) Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit) - - turn on "Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)" - - turn on "AX88796 NE2000 compatible chipset" - - The driver can be found in: - - drivers/net/ax88796.c - include/asm/ax88796.h - - - (*) WorkRAM Driver - - This driver provides a character device that permits access to the WorkRAM - that can be found on the FR451 CPU. Each page is accessible through a - separate minor number, thereby permitting each page to have its own - filesystem permissions set on the device file. - - The device files should be: - - mknod /dev/frv/workram0 c 240 0 - mknod /dev/frv/workram1 c 240 1 - mknod /dev/frv/workram2 c 240 2 - ... - - The driver will not permit the opening of any device file that does not - correspond to at least a partial page of WorkRAM. So the first device file - is the only one available on the FR451. If any other CPU is detected, none - of the devices will be openable. - - The devices can be accessed with read, write and llseek, and can also be - mmapped. If they're mmapped, they will only map at the appropriate - 0x7e8nnnnn address on linux and at the 0xfe8nnnnn address on uClinux. If - MAP_FIXED is not specified, the appropriate address will be chosen anyway. - - The mappings must be MAP_SHARED not MAP_PRIVATE, and must not be - PROT_EXEC. They must also start at file offset 0, and must not be longer - than one page in size. - - This driver can be configured by running make xconfig, and going to: - - (*) Character devices - - turn on "Fujitsu FR-V CPU WorkRAM support" - - - (*) Dynamic data cache write mode changing - - It is possible to view and to change the data cache's write mode through - the /proc/sys/frv/cache-mode file while the kernel is running. There are - two modes available: - - NAME MEANING - ===== ========================================== - wthru Data cache is in Write-Through mode - wback Data cache is in Write-Back/Copy-Back mode - - To read the cache mode: - - # cat /proc/sys/frv/cache-mode - wthru - - To change the cache mode: - - # echo wback >/proc/sys/frv/cache-mode - # cat /proc/sys/frv/cache-mode - wback - - - (*) MMU Context IDs and Pinning - - On MMU Linux the CPU supports the concept of a context ID in its MMU to - make it more efficient (TLB entries are labelled with a context ID to link - them to specific tasks). - - Normally once a context ID is allocated, it will remain affixed to a task - or CLONE_VM'd group of tasks for as long as it exists. However, since the - kernel is capable of supporting more tasks than there are possible ID - numbers, the kernel will pass context IDs from one task to another if - there are insufficient available. - - The context ID currently in use by a task can be viewed in /proc: - - # grep CXNR /proc/1/status - CXNR: 1 - - Note that kernel threads do not have a userspace context, and so will not - show a CXNR entry in that file. - - Under some circumstances, however, it is desirable to pin a context ID on - a process such that the kernel won't pass it on. This can be done by - writing the process ID of the target process to a special file: - - # echo 17 >/proc/sys/frv/pin-cxnr - - Reading from the file will then show the context ID pinned. - - # cat /proc/sys/frv/pin-cxnr - 4 - - The context ID will remain pinned as long as any process is using that - context, i.e.: when the all the subscribing processes have exited or - exec'd; or when an unpinning request happens: - - # echo 0 >/proc/sys/frv/pin-cxnr - - When there isn't a pinned context, the file shows -1: - - # cat /proc/sys/frv/pin-cxnr - -1 diff --git a/Documentation/frv/gdbinit b/Documentation/frv/gdbinit deleted file mode 100644 index 51517b6f307f..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/frv/gdbinit +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -set remotebreak 1 - -define _amr - -printf "AMRx DAMR IAMR \n" -printf "==== ===================== =====================\n" -printf "amr0 : L:%08lx P:%08lx : L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0x0].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0x0].P,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x0].L,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x0].P -printf "amr1 : L:%08lx P:%08lx : L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0x1].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0x1].P,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x1].L,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x1].P -printf "amr2 : L:%08lx P:%08lx : L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0x2].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0x2].P,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x2].L,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x2].P -printf "amr3 : L:%08lx P:%08lx : L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0x3].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0x3].P,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x3].L,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x3].P -printf "amr4 : L:%08lx P:%08lx : L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0x4].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0x4].P,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x4].L,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x4].P -printf "amr5 : L:%08lx P:%08lx : L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0x5].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0x5].P,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x5].L,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x5].P -printf "amr6 : L:%08lx P:%08lx : L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0x6].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0x6].P,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x6].L,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x6].P -printf "amr7 : L:%08lx P:%08lx : L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0x7].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0x7].P,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x7].L,__debug_mmu.iamr[0x7].P - -printf "amr8 : L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0x8].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0x8].P -printf "amr9 : L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0x9].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0x9].P -printf "amr10: L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0xa].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0xa].P -printf "amr11: L:%08lx P:%08lx\n",__debug_mmu.damr[0xb].L,__debug_mmu.damr[0xb].P - -end - - -define _tlb -printf "tlb[0x00]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x0].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x0].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x0].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x0].P -printf "tlb[0x01]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1].P -printf "tlb[0x02]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2].P -printf "tlb[0x03]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3].P -printf "tlb[0x04]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x4].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x4].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x4].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x4].P -printf "tlb[0x05]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x5].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x5].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x5].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x5].P -printf "tlb[0x06]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x6].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x6].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x6].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x6].P -printf "tlb[0x07]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x7].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x7].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x7].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x7].P -printf "tlb[0x08]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x8].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x8].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x8].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x8].P -printf "tlb[0x09]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x9].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x9].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x9].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x9].P -printf "tlb[0x0a]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0xa].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0xa].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xa].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xa].P -printf "tlb[0x0b]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0xb].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0xb].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xb].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xb].P -printf "tlb[0x0c]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0xc].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0xc].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xc].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xc].P -printf "tlb[0x0d]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0xd].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0xd].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xd].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xd].P -printf "tlb[0x0e]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0xe].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0xe].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xe].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xe].P -printf "tlb[0x0f]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0xf].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0xf].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xf].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0xf].P -printf "tlb[0x10]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x10].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x10].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x10].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x10].P -printf "tlb[0x11]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x11].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x11].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x11].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x11].P -printf "tlb[0x12]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x12].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x12].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x12].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x12].P -printf "tlb[0x13]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x13].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x13].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x13].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x13].P -printf "tlb[0x14]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x14].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x14].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x14].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x14].P -printf "tlb[0x15]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x15].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x15].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x15].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x15].P -printf "tlb[0x16]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x16].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x16].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x16].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x16].P -printf "tlb[0x17]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x17].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x17].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x17].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x17].P -printf "tlb[0x18]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x18].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x18].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x18].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x18].P -printf "tlb[0x19]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x19].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x19].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x19].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x19].P -printf "tlb[0x1a]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1a].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1a].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1a].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1a].P -printf "tlb[0x1b]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1b].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1b].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1b].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1b].P -printf "tlb[0x1c]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1c].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1c].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1c].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1c].P -printf "tlb[0x1d]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1d].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1d].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1d].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1d].P -printf "tlb[0x1e]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1e].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1e].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1e].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1e].P -printf "tlb[0x1f]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1f].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x1f].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1f].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x1f].P -printf "tlb[0x20]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x20].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x20].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x20].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x20].P -printf "tlb[0x21]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x21].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x21].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x21].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x21].P -printf "tlb[0x22]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x22].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x22].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x22].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x22].P -printf "tlb[0x23]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x23].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x23].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x23].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x23].P -printf "tlb[0x24]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x24].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x24].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x24].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x24].P -printf "tlb[0x25]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x25].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x25].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x25].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x25].P -printf "tlb[0x26]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x26].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x26].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x26].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x26].P -printf "tlb[0x27]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x27].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x27].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x27].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x27].P -printf "tlb[0x28]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x28].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x28].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x28].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x28].P -printf "tlb[0x29]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x29].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x29].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x29].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x29].P -printf "tlb[0x2a]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2a].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2a].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2a].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2a].P -printf "tlb[0x2b]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2b].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2b].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2b].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2b].P -printf "tlb[0x2c]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2c].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2c].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2c].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2c].P -printf "tlb[0x2d]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2d].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2d].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2d].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2d].P -printf "tlb[0x2e]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2e].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2e].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2e].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2e].P -printf "tlb[0x2f]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2f].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x2f].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2f].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x2f].P -printf "tlb[0x30]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x30].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x30].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x30].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x30].P -printf "tlb[0x31]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x31].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x31].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x31].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x31].P -printf "tlb[0x32]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x32].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x32].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x32].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x32].P -printf "tlb[0x33]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x33].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x33].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x33].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x33].P -printf "tlb[0x34]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x34].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x34].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x34].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x34].P -printf "tlb[0x35]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x35].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x35].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x35].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x35].P -printf "tlb[0x36]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x36].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x36].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x36].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x36].P -printf "tlb[0x37]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x37].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x37].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x37].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x37].P -printf "tlb[0x38]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x38].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x38].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x38].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x38].P -printf "tlb[0x39]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x39].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x39].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x39].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x39].P -printf "tlb[0x3a]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3a].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3a].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3a].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3a].P -printf "tlb[0x3b]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3b].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3b].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3b].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3b].P -printf "tlb[0x3c]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3c].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3c].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3c].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3c].P -printf "tlb[0x3d]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3d].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3d].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3d].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3d].P -printf "tlb[0x3e]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3e].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3e].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3e].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3e].P -printf "tlb[0x3f]: %08lx %08lx %08lx %08lx\n",__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3f].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x3f].P,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3f].L,__debug_mmu.tlb[0x40+0x3f].P -end - - -define _pgd -p (pgd_t[0x40])*(pgd_t*)(__debug_mmu.damr[0x3].L) -end - -define _ptd_i -p (pte_t[0x1000])*(pte_t*)(__debug_mmu.damr[0x4].L) -end - -define _ptd_d -p (pte_t[0x1000])*(pte_t*)(__debug_mmu.damr[0x5].L) -end diff --git a/Documentation/frv/gdbstub.txt b/Documentation/frv/gdbstub.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b92bfd902a4e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/frv/gdbstub.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ - ==================== - DEBUGGING FR-V LINUX - ==================== - - -The kernel contains a GDB stub that talks GDB remote protocol across a serial -port. This permits GDB to single step through the kernel, set breakpoints and -trap exceptions that happen in kernel space and interrupt execution. It also -permits the NMI interrupt button or serial port events to jump the kernel into -the debugger. - -On the CPUs that have on-chip UARTs (FR400, FR403, FR405, FR555), the -GDB stub hijacks a serial port for its own purposes, and makes it -generate level 15 interrupts (NMI). The kernel proper cannot see the serial -port in question under these conditions. - -On the MB93091-VDK CPU boards, the GDB stub uses UART1, which would otherwise -be /dev/ttyS1. On the MB93093-PDK, the GDB stub uses UART0. Therefore, on the -PDK there is no externally accessible serial port and the serial port to -which the touch screen is attached becomes /dev/ttyS0. - -Note that the GDB stub runs entirely within CPU debug mode, and so should not -incur any exceptions or interrupts whilst it is active. In particular, note -that the clock will lose time since it is implemented in software. - - -================== -KERNEL PREPARATION -================== - -Firstly, a debuggable kernel must be built. To do this, unpack the kernel tree -and copy the configuration that you wish to use to .config. Then reconfigure -the following things on the "Kernel Hacking" tab: - - (*) "Include debugging information" - - Set this to "Y". This causes all C and Assembly files to be compiled - to include debugging information. - - (*) "In-kernel GDB stub" - - Set this to "Y". This causes the GDB stub to be compiled into the - kernel. - - (*) "Immediate activation" - - Set this to "Y" if you want the GDB stub to activate as soon as possible - and wait for GDB to connect. This allows you to start tracing right from - the beginning of start_kernel() in init/main.c. - - (*) "Console through GDB stub" - - Set this to "Y" if you wish to be able to use "console=gdb0" on the - command line. That tells the kernel to pass system console messages to - GDB (which then prints them on its standard output). This is useful when - debugging the serial drivers that'd otherwise be used to pass console - messages to the outside world. - -Then build as usual, download to the board and execute. Note that if -"Immediate activation" was selected, then the kernel will wait for GDB to -attach. If not, then the kernel will boot immediately and GDB will have to -interrupt it or wait for an exception to occur before doing anything with -the kernel. - - -========================= -KERNEL DEBUGGING WITH GDB -========================= - -Set the serial port on the computer that's going to run GDB to the appropriate -baud rate. Assuming the board's debug port is connected to ttyS0/COM1 on the -computer doing the debugging: - - stty -F /dev/ttyS0 115200 - -Then start GDB in the base of the kernel tree: - - frv-uclinux-gdb linux [uClinux] - -Or: - - frv-uclinux-gdb vmlinux [MMU linux] - -When the prompt appears: - - GNU gdb frv-031024 - Copyright 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and you are - welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under certain conditions. - Type "show copying" to see the conditions. - There is absolutely no warranty for GDB. Type "show warranty" for details. - This GDB was configured as "--host=i686-pc-linux-gnu --target=frv-uclinux"... - (gdb) - -Attach to the board like this: - - (gdb) target remote /dev/ttyS0 - Remote debugging using /dev/ttyS0 - start_kernel () at init/main.c:395 - (gdb) - -This should show the appropriate lines from the source too. The kernel can -then be debugged almost as if it's any other program. - - -=============================== -INTERRUPTING THE RUNNING KERNEL -=============================== - -The kernel can be interrupted whilst it is running, causing a jump back to the -GDB stub and the debugger: - - (*) Pressing Ctrl-C in GDB. This will cause GDB to try and interrupt the - kernel by sending an RS232 BREAK over the serial line to the GDB - stub. This will (mostly) immediately interrupt the kernel and return it - to the debugger. - - (*) Pressing the NMI button on the board will also cause a jump into the - debugger. - - (*) Setting a software breakpoint. This sets a break instruction at the - desired location which the GDB stub then traps the exception for. - - (*) Setting a hardware breakpoint. The GDB stub is capable of using the IBAR - and DBAR registers to assist debugging. - -Furthermore, the GDB stub will intercept a number of exceptions automatically -if they are caused by kernel execution. It will also intercept BUG() macro -invocation. - diff --git a/Documentation/frv/kernel-ABI.txt b/Documentation/frv/kernel-ABI.txt deleted file mode 100644 index aaa1cec86f0b..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/frv/kernel-ABI.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ - ================================= - INTERNAL KERNEL ABI FOR FR-V ARCH - ================================= - -The internal FRV kernel ABI is not quite the same as the userspace ABI. A -number of the registers are used for special purposed, and the ABI is not -consistent between modules vs core, and MMU vs no-MMU. - -This partly stems from the fact that FRV CPUs do not have a separate -supervisor stack pointer, and most of them do not have any scratch -registers, thus requiring at least one general purpose register to be -clobbered in such an event. Also, within the kernel core, it is possible to -simply jump or call directly between functions using a relative offset. -This cannot be extended to modules for the displacement is likely to be too -far. Thus in modules the address of a function to call must be calculated -in a register and then used, requiring two extra instructions. - -This document has the following sections: - - (*) System call register ABI - (*) CPU operating modes - (*) Internal kernel-mode register ABI - (*) Internal debug-mode register ABI - (*) Virtual interrupt handling - - -======================== -SYSTEM CALL REGISTER ABI -======================== - -When a system call is made, the following registers are effective: - - REGISTERS CALL RETURN - =============== ======================= ======================= - GR7 System call number Preserved - GR8 Syscall arg #1 Return value - GR9-GR13 Syscall arg #2-6 Preserved - - -=================== -CPU OPERATING MODES -=================== - -The FR-V CPU has three basic operating modes. In order of increasing -capability: - - (1) User mode. - - Basic userspace running mode. - - (2) Kernel mode. - - Normal kernel mode. There are many additional control registers - available that may be accessed in this mode, in addition to all the - stuff available to user mode. This has two submodes: - - (a) Exceptions enabled (PSR.T == 1). - - Exceptions will invoke the appropriate normal kernel mode - handler. On entry to the handler, the PSR.T bit will be cleared. - - (b) Exceptions disabled (PSR.T == 0). - - No exceptions or interrupts may happen. Any mandatory exceptions - will cause the CPU to halt unless the CPU is told to jump into - debug mode instead. - - (3) Debug mode. - - No exceptions may happen in this mode. Memory protection and - management exceptions will be flagged for later consideration, but - the exception handler won't be invoked. Debugging traps such as - hardware breakpoints and watchpoints will be ignored. This mode is - entered only by debugging events obtained from the other two modes. - - All kernel mode registers may be accessed, plus a few extra debugging - specific registers. - - -================================= -INTERNAL KERNEL-MODE REGISTER ABI -================================= - -There are a number of permanent register assignments that are set up by -entry.S in the exception prologue. Note that there is a complete set of -exception prologues for each of user->kernel transition and kernel->kernel -transition. There are also user->debug and kernel->debug mode transition -prologues. - - - REGISTER FLAVOUR USE - =============== ======= ============================================== - GR1 Supervisor stack pointer - GR15 Current thread info pointer - GR16 GP-Rel base register for small data - GR28 Current exception frame pointer (__frame) - GR29 Current task pointer (current) - GR30 Destroyed by kernel mode entry - GR31 NOMMU Destroyed by debug mode entry - GR31 MMU Destroyed by TLB miss kernel mode entry - CCR.ICC2 Virtual interrupt disablement tracking - CCCR.CC3 Cleared by exception prologue - (atomic op emulation) - SCR0 MMU See mmu-layout.txt. - SCR1 MMU See mmu-layout.txt. - SCR2 MMU Save for EAR0 (destroyed by icache insns - in debug mode) - SCR3 MMU Save for GR31 during debug exceptions - DAMR/IAMR NOMMU Fixed memory protection layout. - DAMR/IAMR MMU See mmu-layout.txt. - - -Certain registers are also used or modified across function calls: - - REGISTER CALL RETURN - =============== =============================== ====================== - GR0 Fixed Zero - - GR2 Function call frame pointer - GR3 Special Preserved - GR3-GR7 - Clobbered - GR8 Function call arg #1 Return value - (or clobbered) - GR9 Function call arg #2 Return value MSW - (or clobbered) - GR10-GR13 Function call arg #3-#6 Clobbered - GR14 - Clobbered - GR15-GR16 Special Preserved - GR17-GR27 - Preserved - GR28-GR31 Special Only accessed - explicitly - LR Return address after CALL Clobbered - CCR/CCCR - Mostly Clobbered - - -================================ -INTERNAL DEBUG-MODE REGISTER ABI -================================ - -This is the same as the kernel-mode register ABI for functions calls. The -difference is that in debug-mode there's a different stack and a different -exception frame. Almost all the global registers from kernel-mode -(including the stack pointer) may be changed. - - REGISTER FLAVOUR USE - =============== ======= ============================================== - GR1 Debug stack pointer - GR16 GP-Rel base register for small data - GR31 Current debug exception frame pointer - (__debug_frame) - SCR3 MMU Saved value of GR31 - - -Note that debug mode is able to interfere with the kernel's emulated atomic -ops, so it must be exceedingly careful not to do any that would interact -with the main kernel in this regard. Hence the debug mode code (gdbstub) is -almost completely self-contained. The only external code used is the -sprintf family of functions. - -Furthermore, break.S is so complicated because single-step mode does not -switch off on entry to an exception. That means unless manually disabled, -single-stepping will blithely go on stepping into things like interrupts. -See gdbstub.txt for more information. - - -========================== -VIRTUAL INTERRUPT HANDLING -========================== - -Because accesses to the PSR is so slow, and to disable interrupts we have -to access it twice (once to read and once to write), we don't actually -disable interrupts at all if we don't have to. What we do instead is use -the ICC2 condition code flags to note virtual disablement, such that if we -then do take an interrupt, we note the flag, really disable interrupts, set -another flag and resume execution at the point the interrupt happened. -Setting condition flags as a side effect of an arithmetic or logical -instruction is really fast. This use of the ICC2 only occurs within the -kernel - it does not affect userspace. - -The flags we use are: - - (*) CCR.ICC2.Z [Zero flag] - - Set to virtually disable interrupts, clear when interrupts are - virtually enabled. Can be modified by logical instructions without - affecting the Carry flag. - - (*) CCR.ICC2.C [Carry flag] - - Clear to indicate hardware interrupts are really disabled, set otherwise. - - -What happens is this: - - (1) Normal kernel-mode operation. - - ICC2.Z is 0, ICC2.C is 1. - - (2) An interrupt occurs. The exception prologue examines ICC2.Z and - determines that nothing needs doing. This is done simply with an - unlikely BEQ instruction. - - (3) The interrupts are disabled (local_irq_disable) - - ICC2.Z is set to 1. - - (4) If interrupts were then re-enabled (local_irq_enable): - - ICC2.Z would be set to 0. - - A TIHI #2 instruction (trap #2 if condition HI - Z==0 && C==0) would - be used to trap if interrupts were now virtually enabled, but - physically disabled - which they're not, so the trap isn't taken. The - kernel would then be back to state (1). - - (5) An interrupt occurs. The exception prologue examines ICC2.Z and - determines that the interrupt shouldn't actually have happened. It - jumps aside, and there disabled interrupts by setting PSR.PIL to 14 - and then it clears ICC2.C. - - (6) If interrupts were then saved and disabled again (local_irq_save): - - ICC2.Z would be shifted into the save variable and masked off - (giving a 1). - - ICC2.Z would then be set to 1 (thus unchanged), and ICC2.C would be - unaffected (ie: 0). - - (7) If interrupts were then restored from state (6) (local_irq_restore): - - ICC2.Z would be set to indicate the result of XOR'ing the saved - value (ie: 1) with 1, which gives a result of 0 - thus leaving - ICC2.Z set. - - ICC2.C would remain unaffected (ie: 0). - - A TIHI #2 instruction would be used to again assay the current state, - but this would do nothing as Z==1. - - (8) If interrupts were then enabled (local_irq_enable): - - ICC2.Z would be cleared. ICC2.C would be left unaffected. Both - flags would now be 0. - - A TIHI #2 instruction again issued to assay the current state would - then trap as both Z==0 [interrupts virtually enabled] and C==0 - [interrupts really disabled] would then be true. - - (9) The trap #2 handler would simply enable hardware interrupts - (set PSR.PIL to 0), set ICC2.C to 1 and return. - -(10) Immediately upon returning, the pending interrupt would be taken. - -(11) The interrupt handler would take the path of actually processing the - interrupt (ICC2.Z is clear, BEQ fails as per step (2)). - -(12) The interrupt handler would then set ICC2.C to 1 since hardware - interrupts are definitely enabled - or else the kernel wouldn't be here. - -(13) On return from the interrupt handler, things would be back to state (1). - -This trap (#2) is only available in kernel mode. In user mode it will -result in SIGILL. diff --git a/Documentation/frv/mmu-layout.txt b/Documentation/frv/mmu-layout.txt deleted file mode 100644 index db10250df6be..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/frv/mmu-layout.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,306 +0,0 @@ - ================================= - FR451 MMU LINUX MEMORY MANAGEMENT - ================================= - -============ -MMU HARDWARE -============ - -FR451 MMU Linux puts the MMU into EDAT mode whilst running. This means that it uses both the SAT -registers and the DAT TLB to perform address translation. - -There are 8 IAMLR/IAMPR register pairs and 16 DAMLR/DAMPR register pairs for SAT mode. - -In DAT mode, there is also a TLB organised in cache format as 64 lines x 2 ways. Each line spans a -16KB range of addresses, but can match a larger region. - - -=========================== -MEMORY MANAGEMENT REGISTERS -=========================== - -Certain control registers are used by the kernel memory management routines: - - REGISTERS USAGE - ====================== ================================================== - IAMR0, DAMR0 Kernel image and data mappings - IAMR1, DAMR1 First-chance TLB lookup mapping - DAMR2 Page attachment for cache flush by page - DAMR3 Current PGD mapping - SCR0, DAMR4 Instruction TLB PGE/PTD cache - SCR1, DAMR5 Data TLB PGE/PTD cache - DAMR6-10 kmap_atomic() mappings - DAMR11 I/O mapping - CXNR mm_struct context ID - TTBR Page directory (PGD) pointer (physical address) - - -===================== -GENERAL MEMORY LAYOUT -===================== - -The physical memory layout is as follows: - - PHYSICAL ADDRESS CONTROLLER DEVICE - =================== ============== ======================================= - 00000000 - BFFFFFFF SDRAM SDRAM area - E0000000 - EFFFFFFF L-BUS CS2# VDK SLBUS/PCI window - F0000000 - F0FFFFFF L-BUS CS5# MB93493 CSC area (DAV daughter board) - F1000000 - F1FFFFFF L-BUS CS7# (CB70 CPU-card PCMCIA port I/O space) - FC000000 - FC0FFFFF L-BUS CS1# VDK MB86943 config space - FC100000 - FC1FFFFF L-BUS CS6# DM9000 NIC I/O space - FC200000 - FC2FFFFF L-BUS CS3# MB93493 CSR area (DAV daughter board) - FD000000 - FDFFFFFF L-BUS CS4# (CB70 CPU-card extra flash space) - FE000000 - FEFFFFFF Internal CPU peripherals - FF000000 - FF1FFFFF L-BUS CS0# Flash 1 - FF200000 - FF3FFFFF L-BUS CS0# Flash 2 - FFC00000 - FFC0001F L-BUS CS0# FPGA - -The virtual memory layout is: - - VIRTUAL ADDRESS PHYSICAL TRANSLATOR FLAGS SIZE OCCUPATION - ================= ======== ============== ======= ======= =================================== - 00004000-BFFFFFFF various TLB,xAMR1 D-N-??V 3GB Userspace - C0000000-CFFFFFFF 00000000 xAMPR0 -L-S--V 256MB Kernel image and data - D0000000-D7FFFFFF various TLB,xAMR1 D-NS??V 128MB vmalloc area - D8000000-DBFFFFFF various TLB,xAMR1 D-NS??V 64MB kmap() area - DC000000-DCFFFFFF various TLB 1MB Secondary kmap_atomic() frame - DD000000-DD27FFFF various DAMR 160KB Primary kmap_atomic() frame - DD040000 DAMR2/IAMR2 -L-S--V page Page cache flush attachment point - DD080000 DAMR3 -L-SC-V page Page Directory (PGD) - DD0C0000 DAMR4 -L-SC-V page Cached insn TLB Page Table lookup - DD100000 DAMR5 -L-SC-V page Cached data TLB Page Table lookup - DD140000 DAMR6 -L-S--V page kmap_atomic(KM_BOUNCE_READ) - DD180000 DAMR7 -L-S--V page kmap_atomic(KM_SKB_SUNRPC_DATA) - DD1C0000 DAMR8 -L-S--V page kmap_atomic(KM_SKB_DATA_SOFTIRQ) - DD200000 DAMR9 -L-S--V page kmap_atomic(KM_USER0) - DD240000 DAMR10 -L-S--V page kmap_atomic(KM_USER1) - E0000000-FFFFFFFF E0000000 DAMR11 -L-SC-V 512MB I/O region - -IAMPR1 and DAMPR1 are used as an extension to the TLB. - - -==================== -KMAP AND KMAP_ATOMIC -==================== - -To access pages in the page cache (which may not be directly accessible if highmem is available), -the kernel calls kmap(), does the access and then calls kunmap(); or it calls kmap_atomic(), does -the access and then calls kunmap_atomic(). - -kmap() creates an attachment between an arbitrary inaccessible page and a range of virtual -addresses by installing a PTE in a special page table. The kernel can then access this page as it -wills. When it's finished, the kernel calls kunmap() to clear the PTE. - -kmap_atomic() does something slightly different. In the interests of speed, it chooses one of two -strategies: - - (1) If possible, kmap_atomic() attaches the requested page to one of DAMPR5 through DAMPR10 - register pairs; and the matching kunmap_atomic() clears the DAMPR. This makes high memory - support really fast as there's no need to flush the TLB or modify the page tables. The DAMLR - registers being used for this are preset during boot and don't change over the lifetime of the - process. There's a direct mapping between the first few kmap_atomic() types, DAMR number and - virtual address slot. - - However, there are more kmap_atomic() types defined than there are DAMR registers available, - so we fall back to: - - (2) kmap_atomic() uses a slot in the secondary frame (determined by the type parameter), and then - locks an entry in the TLB to translate that slot to the specified page. The number of slots is - obviously limited, and their positions are controlled such that each slot is matched by a - different line in the TLB. kunmap() ejects the entry from the TLB. - -Note that the first three kmap atomic types are really just declared as placeholders. The DAMPR -registers involved are actually modified directly. - -Also note that kmap() itself may sleep, kmap_atomic() may never sleep and both always succeed; -furthermore, a driver using kmap() may sleep before calling kunmap(), but may not sleep before -calling kunmap_atomic() if it had previously called kmap_atomic(). - - -=============================== -USING MORE THAN 256MB OF MEMORY -=============================== - -The kernel cannot access more than 256MB of memory directly. The physical layout, however, permits -up to 3GB of SDRAM (possibly 3.25GB) to be made available. By using CONFIG_HIGHMEM, the kernel can -allow userspace (by way of page tables) and itself (by way of kmap) to deal with the memory -allocation. - -External devices can, of course, still DMA to and from all of the SDRAM, even if the kernel can't -see it directly. The kernel translates page references into real addresses for communicating to the -devices. - - -=================== -PAGE TABLE TOPOLOGY -=================== - -The page tables are arranged in 2-layer format. There is a middle layer (PMD) that would be used in -3-layer format tables but that is folded into the top layer (PGD) and so consumes no extra memory -or processing power. - - +------+ PGD PMD - | TTBR |--->+-------------------+ - +------+ | | : STE | - | PGE0 | PME0 : STE | - | | : STE | - +-------------------+ Page Table - | | : STE -------------->+--------+ +0x0000 - | PGE1 | PME0 : STE -----------+ | PTE0 | - | | : STE -------+ | +--------+ - +-------------------+ | | | PTE63 | - | | : STE | | +-->+--------+ +0x0100 - | PGE2 | PME0 : STE | | | PTE64 | - | | : STE | | +--------+ - +-------------------+ | | PTE127 | - | | : STE | +------>+--------+ +0x0200 - | PGE3 | PME0 : STE | | PTE128 | - | | : STE | +--------+ - +-------------------+ | PTE191 | - +--------+ +0x0300 - -Each Page Directory (PGD) is 16KB (page size) in size and is divided into 64 entries (PGEs). Each -PGE contains one Page Mid Directory (PMD). - -Each PMD is 256 bytes in size and contains a single entry (PME). Each PME holds 64 FR451 MMU -segment table entries of 4 bytes apiece. Each PME "points to" a page table. In practice, each STE -points to a subset of the page table, the first to PT+0x0000, the second to PT+0x0100, the third to -PT+0x200, and so on. - -Each PGE and PME covers 64MB of the total virtual address space. - -Each Page Table (PTD) is 16KB (page size) in size, and is divided into 4096 entries (PTEs). Each -entry can point to one 16KB page. In practice, each Linux page table is subdivided into 64 FR451 -MMU page tables. But they are all grouped together to make management easier, in particular rmap -support is then trivial. - -Grouping page tables in this fashion makes PGE caching in SCR0/SCR1 more efficient because the -coverage of the cached item is greater. - -Page tables for the vmalloc area are allocated at boot time and shared between all mm_structs. - - -================= -USER SPACE LAYOUT -================= - -For MMU capable Linux, the regions userspace code are allowed to access are kept entirely separate -from those dedicated to the kernel: - - VIRTUAL ADDRESS SIZE PURPOSE - ================= ===== =================================== - 00000000-00003fff 4KB NULL pointer access trap - 00004000-01ffffff ~32MB lower mmap space (grows up) - 02000000-021fffff 2MB Stack space (grows down from top) - 02200000-nnnnnnnn Executable mapping - nnnnnnnn- brk space (grows up) - -bfffffff upper mmap space (grows down) - -This is so arranged so as to make best use of the 16KB page tables and the way in which PGEs/PMEs -are cached by the TLB handler. The lower mmap space is filled first, and then the upper mmap space -is filled. - - -=============================== -GDB-STUB MMU DEBUGGING SERVICES -=============================== - -The gdb-stub included in this kernel provides a number of services to aid in the debugging of MMU -related kernel services: - - (*) Every time the kernel stops, certain state information is dumped into __debug_mmu. This - variable is defined in arch/frv/kernel/gdb-stub.c. Note that the gdbinit file in this - directory has some useful macros for dealing with this. - - (*) __debug_mmu.tlb[] - - This receives the current TLB contents. This can be viewed with the _tlb GDB macro: - - (gdb) _tlb - tlb[0x00]: 01000005 00718203 01000002 00718203 - tlb[0x01]: 01004002 006d4201 01004005 006d4203 - tlb[0x02]: 01008002 006d0201 01008006 00004200 - tlb[0x03]: 0100c006 007f4202 0100c002 0064c202 - tlb[0x04]: 01110005 00774201 01110002 00774201 - tlb[0x05]: 01114005 00770201 01114002 00770201 - tlb[0x06]: 01118002 0076c201 01118005 0076c201 - ... - tlb[0x3d]: 010f4002 00790200 001f4002 0054ca02 - tlb[0x3e]: 010f8005 0078c201 010f8002 0078c201 - tlb[0x3f]: 001fc002 0056ca01 001fc005 00538a01 - - (*) __debug_mmu.iamr[] - (*) __debug_mmu.damr[] - - These receive the current IAMR and DAMR contents. These can be viewed with the _amr - GDB macro: - - (gdb) _amr - AMRx DAMR IAMR - ==== ===================== ===================== - amr0 : L:c0000000 P:00000cb9 : L:c0000000 P:000004b9 - amr1 : L:01070005 P:006f9203 : L:0102c005 P:006a1201 - amr2 : L:d8d00000 P:00000000 : L:d8d00000 P:00000000 - amr3 : L:d8d04000 P:00534c0d : L:00000000 P:00000000 - amr4 : L:d8d08000 P:00554c0d : L:00000000 P:00000000 - amr5 : L:d8d0c000 P:00554c0d : L:00000000 P:00000000 - amr6 : L:d8d10000 P:00000000 : L:00000000 P:00000000 - amr7 : L:d8d14000 P:00000000 : L:00000000 P:00000000 - amr8 : L:d8d18000 P:00000000 - amr9 : L:d8d1c000 P:00000000 - amr10: L:d8d20000 P:00000000 - amr11: L:e0000000 P:e0000ccd - - (*) The current task's page directory is bound to DAMR3. - - This can be viewed with the _pgd GDB macro: - - (gdb) _pgd - $3 = {{pge = {{ste = {0x554001, 0x554101, 0x554201, 0x554301, 0x554401, - 0x554501, 0x554601, 0x554701, 0x554801, 0x554901, 0x554a01, - 0x554b01, 0x554c01, 0x554d01, 0x554e01, 0x554f01, 0x555001, - 0x555101, 0x555201, 0x555301, 0x555401, 0x555501, 0x555601, - 0x555701, 0x555801, 0x555901, 0x555a01, 0x555b01, 0x555c01, - 0x555d01, 0x555e01, 0x555f01, 0x556001, 0x556101, 0x556201, - 0x556301, 0x556401, 0x556501, 0x556601, 0x556701, 0x556801, - 0x556901, 0x556a01, 0x556b01, 0x556c01, 0x556d01, 0x556e01, - 0x556f01, 0x557001, 0x557101, 0x557201, 0x557301, 0x557401, - 0x557501, 0x557601, 0x557701, 0x557801, 0x557901, 0x557a01, - 0x557b01, 0x557c01, 0x557d01, 0x557e01, 0x557f01}}}}, {pge = {{ - ste = {0x0 <repeats 64 times>}}}} <repeats 51 times>, {pge = {{ste = { - 0x248001, 0x248101, 0x248201, 0x248301, 0x248401, 0x248501, - 0x248601, 0x248701, 0x248801, 0x248901, 0x248a01, 0x248b01, - 0x248c01, 0x248d01, 0x248e01, 0x248f01, 0x249001, 0x249101, - 0x249201, 0x249301, 0x249401, 0x249501, 0x249601, 0x249701, - 0x249801, 0x249901, 0x249a01, 0x249b01, 0x249c01, 0x249d01, - 0x249e01, 0x249f01, 0x24a001, 0x24a101, 0x24a201, 0x24a301, - 0x24a401, 0x24a501, 0x24a601, 0x24a701, 0x24a801, 0x24a901, - 0x24aa01, 0x24ab01, 0x24ac01, 0x24ad01, 0x24ae01, 0x24af01, - 0x24b001, 0x24b101, 0x24b201, 0x24b301, 0x24b401, 0x24b501, - 0x24b601, 0x24b701, 0x24b801, 0x24b901, 0x24ba01, 0x24bb01, - 0x24bc01, 0x24bd01, 0x24be01, 0x24bf01}}}}, {pge = {{ste = { - 0x0 <repeats 64 times>}}}} <repeats 11 times>} - - (*) The PTD last used by the instruction TLB miss handler is attached to DAMR4. - (*) The PTD last used by the data TLB miss handler is attached to DAMR5. - - These can be viewed with the _ptd_i and _ptd_d GDB macros: - - (gdb) _ptd_d - $5 = {{pte = 0x0} <repeats 127 times>, {pte = 0x539b01}, { - pte = 0x0} <repeats 896 times>, {pte = 0x719303}, {pte = 0x6d5303}, { - pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x0}, { - pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x6a1303}, { - pte = 0x0} <repeats 12 times>, {pte = 0x709303}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x0}, - {pte = 0x6fd303}, {pte = 0x6f9303}, {pte = 0x6f5303}, {pte = 0x0}, { - pte = 0x6ed303}, {pte = 0x531b01}, {pte = 0x50db01}, { - pte = 0x0} <repeats 13 times>, {pte = 0x5303}, {pte = 0x7f5303}, { - pte = 0x509b01}, {pte = 0x505b01}, {pte = 0x7c9303}, {pte = 0x7b9303}, { - pte = 0x7b5303}, {pte = 0x7b1303}, {pte = 0x7ad303}, {pte = 0x0}, { - pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x7a1303}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x795303}, {pte = 0x0}, { - pte = 0x78d303}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x0}, { - pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x775303}, {pte = 0x771303}, {pte = 0x76d303}, { - pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x765303}, {pte = 0x7c5303}, {pte = 0x501b01}, { - pte = 0x4f1b01}, {pte = 0x4edb01}, {pte = 0x0}, {pte = 0x4f9b01}, { - pte = 0x4fdb01}, {pte = 0x0} <repeats 2992 times>} diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/00-INDEX b/Documentation/gpio/00-INDEX index 179beb234f98..17e19a68058f 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/gpio/00-INDEX @@ -1,17 +1,4 @@ 00-INDEX - This file -gpio.txt - - Introduction to GPIOs and their kernel interfaces -consumer.txt - - How to obtain and use GPIOs in a driver -driver.txt - - How to write a GPIO driver -drivers-on-gpio.txt: - - Drivers in other subsystems that can use GPIO to provide more - complex functionality. -board.txt - - How to assign GPIOs to a consumer device and a function sysfs.txt - Information about the GPIO sysfs interface -gpio-legacy.txt - - Historical documentation of the deprecated GPIO integer interface diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt index 6cdeab8650cd..58eeab81f349 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio/sysfs.txt @@ -32,9 +32,8 @@ standard kernels won't know about. And for some tasks, simple userspace GPIO drivers could be all that the system really needs. DO NOT ABUSE SYSFS TO CONTROL HARDWARE THAT HAS PROPER KERNEL DRIVERS. -PLEASE READ THE DOCUMENT NAMED "drivers-on-gpio.txt" IN THIS DOCUMENTATION -DIRECTORY TO AVOID REINVENTING KERNEL WHEELS IN USERSPACE. I MEAN IT. -REALLY. +PLEASE READ THE DOCUMENT AT Documentation/driver-api/gpio/drivers-on-gpio.rst +TO AVOID REINVENTING KERNEL WHEELS IN USERSPACE. I MEAN IT. REALLY. Paths in Sysfs -------------- diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e8c84419a2a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +======================== +GPU Driver Documentation +======================== + +.. toctree:: + + i915 + meson + pl111 + tegra + tinydrm + tve200 + vc4 + bridge/dw-hdmi + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst index 2dcf5b42015d..1dffd1ac4cd4 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst @@ -286,6 +286,9 @@ Atomic Mode Setting Function Reference .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic.c :export: +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic.c + :internal: + CRTC Abstraction ================ @@ -547,8 +550,9 @@ Explicit Fencing Properties Existing KMS Properties ----------------------- -The following table gives description of drm properties exposed by -various modules/drivers. +The following table gives description of drm properties exposed by various +modules/drivers. Because this table is very unwieldy, do not add any new +properties here. Instead document them in a section above. .. csv-table:: :header-rows: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/index.rst b/Documentation/gpu/index.rst index c36586dad29d..00288f34c5a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/index.rst @@ -10,16 +10,9 @@ Linux GPU Driver Developer's Guide drm-kms drm-kms-helpers drm-uapi - i915 - meson - pl111 - tegra - tinydrm - tve200 - vc4 + drivers vga-switcheroo vgaarbiter - bridge/dw-hdmi todo .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/kms-properties.csv b/Documentation/gpu/kms-properties.csv index 927b65e14219..6b28b014cb7d 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/kms-properties.csv +++ b/Documentation/gpu/kms-properties.csv @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ Owner Module/Drivers,Group,Property Name,Type,Property Values,Object attached,Description/Restrictions -,,“scaling mode”,ENUM,"{ ""None"", ""Full"", ""Center"", ""Full aspect"" }",Connector,"Supported by: amdgpu, gma500, i915, nouveau and radeon." ,DVI-I,“subconnector”,ENUM,"{ “Unknown”, “DVI-D”, “DVI-A” }",Connector,TBD ,,“select subconnector”,ENUM,"{ “Automatic”, “DVI-D”, “DVI-A” }",Connector,TBD ,TV,“subconnector”,ENUM,"{ ""Unknown"", ""Composite"", ""SVIDEO"", ""Component"", ""SCART"" }",Connector,TBD diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst index 1e593370f64f..f4d0b3476d9c 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst @@ -212,6 +212,16 @@ probably use drm_fb_helper_fbdev_teardown(). Contact: Maintainer of the driver you plan to convert +idr_init_base() +--------------- + +DRM core&drivers uses a lot of idr (integer lookup directories) for mapping +userspace IDs to internal objects, and in most places ID=0 means NULL and hence +is never used. Switching to idr_init_base() for these would make the idr more +efficient. + +Contact: Daniel Vetter + Core refactorings ================= @@ -440,5 +450,12 @@ See drivers/gpu/drm/amd/display/TODO for tasks. Contact: Harry Wentland, Alex Deucher +i915 +---- + +- Our early/late pm callbacks could be removed in favour of using + device_link_add to model the dependency between i915 and snd_had. See + https://dri.freedesktop.org/docs/drm/driver-api/device_link.html + Outside DRM =========== diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/tve200.rst b/Documentation/gpu/tve200.rst index 69b17b324e12..152ea9398f7e 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpu/tve200.rst +++ b/Documentation/gpu/tve200.rst @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ ================================== .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/tve200/tve200_drv.c - :doc: Faraday TV Encoder 200 + :doc: Faraday TV Encoder TVE200 DRM Driver diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 index 791bc0bd91e6..39033538eb03 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 @@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ Supported chips: Prefix: 'adm1075' Addresses scanned: - Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1075.pdf + * Analog Devices ADM1272 + Prefix: 'adm1272' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1272.pdf * Analog Devices ADM1275 Prefix: 'adm1275' Addresses scanned: - @@ -29,11 +33,11 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Description ----------- -This driver supports hardware monitoring for Analog Devices ADM1075, ADM1275, -ADM1276, ADM1278, ADM1293, and ADM1294 Hot-Swap Controller and Digital -Power Monitors. +This driver supports hardware monitoring for Analog Devices ADM1075, ADM1272, +ADM1275, ADM1276, ADM1278, ADM1293, and ADM1294 Hot-Swap Controller and +Digital Power Monitors. -ADM1075, ADM1275, ADM1276, ADM1278, ADM1293, and ADM1294 are hot-swap +ADM1075, ADM1272, ADM1275, ADM1276, ADM1278, ADM1293, and ADM1294 are hot-swap controllers that allow a circuit board to be removed from or inserted into a live backplane. They also feature current and voltage readback via an integrated 12 bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), accessed using a @@ -100,11 +104,10 @@ power1_input_lowest Lowest observed input power. ADM1293 and ADM1294 only. power1_input_highest Highest observed input power. power1_reset_history Write any value to reset history. - Power attributes are supported on ADM1075, ADM1276, - ADM1293, and ADM1294. + Power attributes are supported on ADM1075, ADM1272, + ADM1276, ADM1293, and ADM1294. temp1_input Chip temperature. - Temperature attributes are only available on ADM1278. temp1_max Maximum chip temperature. temp1_max_alarm Temperature alarm. temp1_crit Critical chip temperature. @@ -112,4 +115,5 @@ temp1_crit_alarm Critical temperature high alarm. temp1_highest Highest observed temperature. temp1_reset_history Write any value to reset history. - Temperature attributes are supported on ADM1278. + Temperature attributes are supported on ADM1272 and + ADM1278. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm92 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm92 index 22f68ad032cf..cfa99a353b8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm92 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm92 @@ -11,10 +11,8 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: none, force parameter needed Datasheet: http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM76.html * Maxim MAX6633/MAX6634/MAX6635 - Prefix: 'lm92' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 - 0x4b - MAX6633 with address in 0x40 - 0x47, 0x4c - 0x4f needs force parameter - and MAX6634 with address in 0x4c - 0x4f needs force parameter + Prefix: 'max6635' + Addresses scanned: none, force parameter needed Datasheet: http://www.maxim-ic.com/quick_view2.cfm/qv_pk/3074 Authors: diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/nct6775 b/Documentation/hwmon/nct6775 index 76add4c9cd68..bd59834d310f 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/nct6775 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/nct6775 @@ -36,6 +36,14 @@ Supported chips: Prefix: 'nct6793' Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers Datasheet: Available from Nuvoton upon request + * Nuvoton NCT6795D + Prefix: 'nct6795' + Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers + Datasheet: Available from Nuvoton upon request + * Nuvoton NCT6796D + Prefix: 'nct6796' + Addresses scanned: ISA address retrieved from Super I/O registers + Datasheet: Available from Nuvoton upon request Authors: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> @@ -88,10 +96,10 @@ The mode works for fan1-fan5. sysfs attributes ---------------- -pwm[1-5] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range: +pwm[1-7] - this file stores PWM duty cycle or DC value (fan speed) in range: 0 (lowest speed) to 255 (full) -pwm[1-5]_enable - this file controls mode of fan/temperature control: +pwm[1-7]_enable - this file controls mode of fan/temperature control: * 0 Fan control disabled (fans set to maximum speed) * 1 Manual mode, write to pwm[0-5] any value 0-255 * 2 "Thermal Cruise" mode @@ -99,16 +107,16 @@ pwm[1-5]_enable - this file controls mode of fan/temperature control: * 4 "Smart Fan III" mode (NCT6775F only) * 5 "Smart Fan IV" mode -pwm[1-5]_mode - controls if output is PWM or DC level +pwm[1-7]_mode - controls if output is PWM or DC level * 0 DC output * 1 PWM output Common fan control attributes ----------------------------- -pwm[1-5]_temp_sel Temperature source. Value is temperature sensor index. +pwm[1-7]_temp_sel Temperature source. Value is temperature sensor index. For example, select '1' for temp1_input. -pwm[1-5]_weight_temp_sel +pwm[1-7]_weight_temp_sel Secondary temperature source. Value is temperature sensor index. For example, select '1' for temp1_input. Set to 0 to disable secondary temperature control. @@ -116,16 +124,16 @@ pwm[1-5]_weight_temp_sel If secondary temperature functionality is enabled, it is controlled with the following attributes. -pwm[1-5]_weight_duty_step +pwm[1-7]_weight_duty_step Duty step size. -pwm[1-5]_weight_temp_step +pwm[1-7]_weight_temp_step Temperature step size. With each step over temp_step_base, the value of weight_duty_step is added to the current pwm value. -pwm[1-5]_weight_temp_step_base +pwm[1-7]_weight_temp_step_base Temperature at which secondary temperature control kicks in. -pwm[1-5]_weight_temp_step_tol +pwm[1-7]_weight_temp_step_tol Temperature step tolerance. Thermal Cruise mode (2) @@ -133,9 +141,9 @@ Thermal Cruise mode (2) If the temperature is in the range defined by: -pwm[1-5]_target_temp Target temperature, unit millidegree Celsius +pwm[1-7]_target_temp Target temperature, unit millidegree Celsius (range 0 - 127000) -pwm[1-5]_temp_tolerance +pwm[1-7]_temp_tolerance Target temperature tolerance, unit millidegree Celsius there are no changes to fan speed. Once the temperature leaves the interval, fan @@ -143,14 +151,14 @@ speed increases (if temperature is higher that desired) or decreases (if temperature is lower than desired), using the following limits and time intervals. -pwm[1-5]_start fan pwm start value (range 1 - 255), to start fan +pwm[1-7]_start fan pwm start value (range 1 - 255), to start fan when the temperature is above defined range. -pwm[1-5]_floor lowest fan pwm (range 0 - 255) if temperature is below +pwm[1-7]_floor lowest fan pwm (range 0 - 255) if temperature is below the defined range. If set to 0, the fan is expected to stop if the temperature is below the defined range. -pwm[1-5]_step_up_time milliseconds before fan speed is increased -pwm[1-5]_step_down_time milliseconds before fan speed is decreased -pwm[1-5]_stop_time how many milliseconds must elapse to switch +pwm[1-7]_step_up_time milliseconds before fan speed is increased +pwm[1-7]_step_down_time milliseconds before fan speed is decreased +pwm[1-7]_stop_time how many milliseconds must elapse to switch corresponding fan off (when the temperature was below defined range). @@ -159,8 +167,8 @@ Speed Cruise mode (3) This modes tries to keep the fan speed constant. -fan[1-5]_target Target fan speed -fan[1-5]_tolerance +fan[1-7]_target Target fan speed +fan[1-7]_tolerance Target speed tolerance @@ -177,19 +185,19 @@ points should be set to higher temperatures and higher pwm values to achieve higher fan speeds with increasing temperature. The last data point reflects critical temperature mode, in which the fans should run at full speed. -pwm[1-5]_auto_point[1-7]_pwm +pwm[1-7]_auto_point[1-7]_pwm pwm value to be set if temperature reaches matching temperature range. -pwm[1-5]_auto_point[1-7]_temp +pwm[1-7]_auto_point[1-7]_temp Temperature over which the matching pwm is enabled. -pwm[1-5]_temp_tolerance +pwm[1-7]_temp_tolerance Temperature tolerance, unit millidegree Celsius -pwm[1-5]_crit_temp_tolerance +pwm[1-7]_crit_temp_tolerance Temperature tolerance for critical temperature, unit millidegree Celsius -pwm[1-5]_step_up_time milliseconds before fan speed is increased -pwm[1-5]_step_down_time milliseconds before fan speed is decreased +pwm[1-7]_step_up_time milliseconds before fan speed is increased +pwm[1-7]_step_down_time milliseconds before fan speed is decreased Usage Notes ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sht21 b/Documentation/hwmon/sht21 index 47f4765db256..8b3cdda541c1 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sht21 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sht21 @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ Supported chips: Prefix: 'sht21' Addresses scanned: none Datasheet: Publicly available at the Sensirion website - http://www.sensirion.com/en/pdf/product_information/Datasheet-humidity-sensor-SHT21.pdf + http://www.sensirion.com/file/datasheet_sht21 * Sensirion SHT25 - Prefix: 'sht21' + Prefix: 'sht25' Addresses scanned: none Datasheet: Publicly available at the Sensirion website - http://www.sensirion.com/en/pdf/product_information/Datasheet-humidity-sensor-SHT25.pdf + http://www.sensirion.com/file/datasheet_sht25 Author: Urs Fleisch <urs.fleisch@sensirion.com> diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sht3x b/Documentation/hwmon/sht3x index b0d88184f48e..d9daa6ab1e8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sht3x +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sht3x @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Supported chips: * Sensirion SHT3x-DIS Prefix: 'sht3x' Addresses scanned: none - Datasheet: http://www.sensirion.com/fileadmin/user_upload/customers/sensirion/Dokumente/Humidity/Sensirion_Humidity_Datasheet_SHT3x_DIS.pdf + Datasheet: https://www.sensirion.com/file/datasheet_sht3x_digital Author: David Frey <david.frey@sensirion.com> diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 index d47702456926..65514c251318 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 @@ -28,8 +28,10 @@ Supported adapters: * Intel Wildcat Point (PCH) * Intel Wildcat Point-LP (PCH) * Intel BayTrail (SOC) + * Intel Braswell (SOC) * Intel Sunrise Point-H (PCH) * Intel Sunrise Point-LP (PCH) + * Intel Kaby Lake-H (PCH) * Intel DNV (SOC) * Intel Broxton (SOC) * Intel Lewisburg (PCH) diff --git a/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt b/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt index 6869c73de4e2..a63d2c54329b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/ia64/serial.txt @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ TROUBLESHOOTING SERIAL CONSOLE PROBLEMS - If you don't have an HCDP, the kernel doesn't know where your console lives until the driver discovers serial - devices. Use "console=uart, io,0x3f8" (or appropriate + devices. Use "console=uart,io,0x3f8" (or appropriate address for your machine). Kernel and init script output works fine, but no "login:" prompt: diff --git a/Documentation/input/devices/pxrc.rst b/Documentation/input/devices/pxrc.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ca11f646bae8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/devices/pxrc.rst @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +======================================================= +pxrc - PhoenixRC Flight Controller Adapter +======================================================= + +:Author: Marcus Folkesson <marcus.folkesson@gmail.com> + +This driver let you use your own RC controller plugged into the +adapter that comes with PhoenixRC [1]_ or other compatible adapters. + +The adapter supports 7 analog channels and 1 digital input switch. + +Notes +===== + +Many RC controllers is able to configure which stick goes to which channel. +This is also configurable in most simulators, so a matching is not necessary. + +The driver is generating the following input event for analog channels: + ++---------+----------------+ +| Channel | Event | ++=========+================+ +| 1 | ABS_X | ++---------+----------------+ +| 2 | ABS_Y | ++---------+----------------+ +| 3 | ABS_RX | ++---------+----------------+ +| 4 | ABS_RY | ++---------+----------------+ +| 5 | ABS_RUDDER | ++---------+----------------+ +| 6 | ABS_THROTTLE | ++---------+----------------+ +| 7 | ABS_MISC | ++---------+----------------+ + +The digital input switch is generated as an `BTN_A` event. + +Manual Testing +============== + +To test this driver's functionality you may use `input-event` which is part of +the `input layer utilities` suite [2]_. + +For example:: + + > modprobe pxrc + > input-events <devnr> + +To print all input events from input `devnr`. + +References +========== + +.. [1] http://www.phoenix-sim.com/ +.. [2] https://www.kraxel.org/cgit/input/ diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt index 6501389d55b9..84bb74dcae12 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt @@ -305,7 +305,6 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 0xA0 all linux/sdp/sdp.h Industrial Device Project <mailto:kenji@bitgate.com> 0xA1 0 linux/vtpm_proxy.h TPM Emulator Proxy Driver -0xA2 00-0F arch/tile/include/asm/hardwall.h 0xA3 80-8F Port ACL in development: <mailto:tlewis@mindspring.com> 0xA3 90-9F linux/dtlk.h diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI b/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI index 1688b5a1fd77..021aa9cf139d 100644 --- a/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI +++ b/Documentation/isdn/INTERFACE.CAPI @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ corresponding hardware driver. Kernel CAPI then forwards CAPI messages in both directions between the application and the hardware driver. Format and semantics of CAPI messages are specified in the CAPI 2.0 standard. -This standard is freely available from http://www.capi.org. +This standard is freely available from https://www.capi.org. 2. Driver and Device Registration diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README b/Documentation/isdn/README index 32d4e80c2c03..74bd2bdb455b 100644 --- a/Documentation/isdn/README +++ b/Documentation/isdn/README @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ README for the ISDN-subsystem de.alt.comm.isdn4linux There is also a well maintained FAQ in English available at - http://www.mhessler.de/i4lfaq/ + https://www.mhessler.de/i4lfaq/ It can be viewed online, or downloaded in sgml/text/html format. The FAQ can also be viewed online at - http://www.isdn4linux.de/faq/ + https://www.isdn4linux.de/faq/i4lfaq.html or downloaded from ftp://ftp.isdn4linux.de/pub/isdn4linux/FAQ/ diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.FAQ b/Documentation/isdn/README.FAQ index 356f7944641d..e5dd1addacdd 100644 --- a/Documentation/isdn/README.FAQ +++ b/Documentation/isdn/README.FAQ @@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ You find it in: In case you just want to see the FAQ online, or download the newest version, you can have a look at my website: -http://www.mhessler.de/i4lfaq/ (view + download) +https://www.mhessler.de/i4lfaq/ (view + download) or: -http://www.isdn4linux.de/faq/ (view) +https://www.isdn4linux.de/faq/4lfaq.html (view) As the extension tells, the FAQ is in SGML format, and you can convert it into text/html/... format by using the sgml2txt/sgml2html/... tools. diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset b/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset index 7534c6039adc..9b1ce277ca3d 100644 --- a/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset +++ b/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset @@ -29,8 +29,9 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver T-Com Sinus 721 data Chicago 390 USB (KPN) - See also http://www.erbze.info/sinus_gigaset.htm and - http://gigaset307x.sourceforge.net/ + See also http://www.erbze.info/sinus_gigaset.htm + (archived at https://web.archive.org/web/20100717020421/http://www.erbze.info:80/sinus_gigaset.htm ) and + http://gigaset307x.sourceforge.net/ We had also reports from users of Gigaset M105 who could use the drivers with SX 100 and CX 100 ISDN bases (only in unimodem mode, see section 2.5.) @@ -52,7 +53,7 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver to use CAPI 2.0 or ISDN4Linux for ISDN connections (voice or data). There are some user space tools available at - http://sourceforge.net/projects/gigaset307x/ + https://sourceforge.net/projects/gigaset307x/ which provide access to additional device specific functions like SMS, phonebook or call journal. @@ -202,7 +203,7 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver You can use some configuration tool of your distribution to configure this "modem" or configure pppd/wvdial manually. There are some example ppp configuration files and chat scripts in the gigaset-VERSION/ppp directory - in the driver packages from http://sourceforge.net/projects/gigaset307x/. + in the driver packages from https://sourceforge.net/projects/gigaset307x/. Please note that the USB drivers are not able to change the state of the control lines. This means you must use "Stupid Mode" if you are using wvdial or you should use the nocrtscts option of pppd. @@ -361,7 +362,7 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver --------------------------- If you can't solve problems with the driver on your own, feel free to use one of the forums, bug trackers, or mailing lists on - http://sourceforge.net/projects/gigaset307x + https://sourceforge.net/projects/gigaset307x or write an electronic mail to the maintainers. Try to provide as much information as possible, such as @@ -391,11 +392,12 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver 4. Links, other software --------------------- - Sourceforge project developing this driver and associated tools - http://sourceforge.net/projects/gigaset307x + https://sourceforge.net/projects/gigaset307x - Yahoo! Group on the Siemens Gigaset family of devices - http://de.groups.yahoo.com/group/Siemens-Gigaset + https://de.groups.yahoo.com/group/Siemens-Gigaset - Siemens Gigaset/T-Sinus compatibility table http://www.erbze.info/sinus_gigaset.htm + (archived at https://web.archive.org/web/20100717020421/http://www.erbze.info:80/sinus_gigaset.htm ) 5. Credits diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt index ac2363ea05c5..6c9c69ec3986 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt @@ -50,10 +50,6 @@ LDFLAGS_MODULE -------------------------------------------------- Additional options used for $(LD) when linking modules. -LDFLAGS_vmlinux --------------------------------------------------- -Additional options passed to final link of vmlinux. - KBUILD_VERBOSE -------------------------------------------------- Set the kbuild verbosity. Can be assigned same values as "V=...". diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt index bbc99c0c1094..7233118f3a05 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Examples: 15% of tristates will be set to 'y', 15% to 'm', 70% to 'n' ______________________________________________________________________ -Environment variables for 'silentoldconfig' +Environment variables for 'syncconfig' KCONFIG_NOSILENTUPDATE -------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt index 71e9feefb63c..048fc39a6b91 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt @@ -153,12 +153,18 @@ more details, with real examples. configuration. Kbuild compiles all the $(obj-y) files. It then calls - "$(LD) -r" to merge these files into one built-in.o file. - built-in.o is later linked into vmlinux by the parent Makefile. + "$(AR) rcSTP" to merge these files into one built-in.a file. + This is a thin archive without a symbol table, which makes it + unsuitable as a linker input. + + The scripts/link-vmlinux.sh script later makes an aggregate + built-in.a with "${AR} rcsTP", which creates the thin archive + with a symbol table and an index, making it a valid input for + the final vmlinux link passes. The order of files in $(obj-y) is significant. Duplicates in the lists are allowed: the first instance will be linked into - built-in.o and succeeding instances will be ignored. + built-in.a and succeeding instances will be ignored. Link order is significant, because certain functions (module_init() / __initcall) will be called during boot in the @@ -222,7 +228,7 @@ more details, with real examples. Note: Of course, when you are building objects into the kernel, the syntax above will also work. So, if you have CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y, kbuild will build an ext2.o file for you out of the individual - parts and then link this into built-in.o, as you would expect. + parts and then link this into built-in.a, as you would expect. --- 3.4 Objects which export symbols @@ -232,7 +238,7 @@ more details, with real examples. --- 3.5 Library file goals - lib-y Objects listed with obj-* are used for modules, or - combined in a built-in.o for that specific directory. + combined in a built-in.a for that specific directory. There is also the possibility to list objects that will be included in a library, lib.a. All objects listed with lib-y are combined in a single @@ -244,7 +250,7 @@ more details, with real examples. Note that the same kbuild makefile may list files to be built-in and to be part of a library. Therefore the same directory - may contain both a built-in.o and a lib.a file. + may contain both a built-in.a and a lib.a file. Example: #arch/x86/lib/Makefile @@ -831,12 +837,6 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): Note: ldflags-y can be used to further customise the flags used. See chapter 3.7. - LDFLAGS_MODULE Options for $(LD) when linking modules - - LDFLAGS_MODULE is used to set specific flags for $(LD) when - linking the .ko files used for modules. - Default is "-r", for relocatable output. - LDFLAGS_vmlinux Options for $(LD) when linking vmlinux LDFLAGS_vmlinux is used to specify additional flags to pass to @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): $(head-y) lists objects to be linked first in vmlinux. $(libs-y) lists directories where a lib.a archive can be located. - The rest list directories where a built-in.o object file can be + The rest list directories where a built-in.a object file can be located. $(init-y) objects will be located after $(head-y). @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly): extra-y := head.o init_task.o In this example, extra-y is used to list object files that - shall be built, but shall not be linked as part of built-in.o. + shall be built, but shall not be linked as part of built-in.a. --- 6.7 Commands useful for building a boot image diff --git a/Documentation/locking/lockdep-design.txt b/Documentation/locking/lockdep-design.txt index 9de1c158d44c..49f58a07ee7b 100644 --- a/Documentation/locking/lockdep-design.txt +++ b/Documentation/locking/lockdep-design.txt @@ -27,7 +27,8 @@ lock-class. State ----- -The validator tracks lock-class usage history into 4n + 1 separate state bits: +The validator tracks lock-class usage history into 4 * nSTATEs + 1 separate +state bits: - 'ever held in STATE context' - 'ever held as readlock in STATE context' @@ -37,7 +38,6 @@ The validator tracks lock-class usage history into 4n + 1 separate state bits: Where STATE can be either one of (kernel/locking/lockdep_states.h) - hardirq - softirq - - reclaim_fs - 'ever used' [ == !unused ] @@ -169,6 +169,53 @@ Note: When changing code to use the _nested() primitives, be careful and check really thoroughly that the hierarchy is correctly mapped; otherwise you can get false positives or false negatives. +Annotations +----------- + +Two constructs can be used to annotate and check where and if certain locks +must be held: lockdep_assert_held*(&lock) and lockdep_*pin_lock(&lock). + +As the name suggests, lockdep_assert_held* family of macros assert that a +particular lock is held at a certain time (and generate a WARN() otherwise). +This annotation is largely used all over the kernel, e.g. kernel/sched/ +core.c + + void update_rq_clock(struct rq *rq) + { + s64 delta; + + lockdep_assert_held(&rq->lock); + [...] + } + +where holding rq->lock is required to safely update a rq's clock. + +The other family of macros is lockdep_*pin_lock(), which is admittedly only +used for rq->lock ATM. Despite their limited adoption these annotations +generate a WARN() if the lock of interest is "accidentally" unlocked. This turns +out to be especially helpful to debug code with callbacks, where an upper +layer assumes a lock remains taken, but a lower layer thinks it can maybe drop +and reacquire the lock ("unwittingly" introducing races). lockdep_pin_lock() +returns a 'struct pin_cookie' that is then used by lockdep_unpin_lock() to check +that nobody tampered with the lock, e.g. kernel/sched/sched.h + + static inline void rq_pin_lock(struct rq *rq, struct rq_flags *rf) + { + rf->cookie = lockdep_pin_lock(&rq->lock); + [...] + } + + static inline void rq_unpin_lock(struct rq *rq, struct rq_flags *rf) + { + [...] + lockdep_unpin_lock(&rq->lock, rf->cookie); + } + +While comments about locking requirements might provide useful information, +the runtime checks performed by annotations are invaluable when debugging +locking problems and they carry the same level of details when inspecting +code. Always prefer annotations when in doubt! + Proof of 100% correctness: -------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/locking/mutex-design.txt b/Documentation/locking/mutex-design.txt index 60c482df1a38..818aca19612f 100644 --- a/Documentation/locking/mutex-design.txt +++ b/Documentation/locking/mutex-design.txt @@ -21,37 +21,23 @@ Implementation -------------- Mutexes are represented by 'struct mutex', defined in include/linux/mutex.h -and implemented in kernel/locking/mutex.c. These locks use a three -state atomic counter (->count) to represent the different possible -transitions that can occur during the lifetime of a lock: - - 1: unlocked - 0: locked, no waiters - negative: locked, with potential waiters - -In its most basic form it also includes a wait-queue and a spinlock -that serializes access to it. CONFIG_SMP systems can also include -a pointer to the lock task owner (->owner) as well as a spinner MCS -lock (->osq), both described below in (ii). +and implemented in kernel/locking/mutex.c. These locks use an atomic variable +(->owner) to keep track of the lock state during its lifetime. Field owner +actually contains 'struct task_struct *' to the current lock owner and it is +therefore NULL if not currently owned. Since task_struct pointers are aligned +at at least L1_CACHE_BYTES, low bits (3) are used to store extra state (e.g., +if waiter list is non-empty). In its most basic form it also includes a +wait-queue and a spinlock that serializes access to it. Furthermore, +CONFIG_MUTEX_SPIN_ON_OWNER=y systems use a spinner MCS lock (->osq), described +below in (ii). When acquiring a mutex, there are three possible paths that can be taken, depending on the state of the lock: -(i) fastpath: tries to atomically acquire the lock by decrementing the - counter. If it was already taken by another task it goes to the next - possible path. This logic is architecture specific. On x86-64, the - locking fastpath is 2 instructions: - - 0000000000000e10 <mutex_lock>: - e21: f0 ff 0b lock decl (%rbx) - e24: 79 08 jns e2e <mutex_lock+0x1e> - - the unlocking fastpath is equally tight: - - 0000000000000bc0 <mutex_unlock>: - bc8: f0 ff 07 lock incl (%rdi) - bcb: 7f 0a jg bd7 <mutex_unlock+0x17> - +(i) fastpath: tries to atomically acquire the lock by cmpxchg()ing the owner with + the current task. This only works in the uncontended case (cmpxchg() checks + against 0UL, so all 3 state bits above have to be 0). If the lock is + contended it goes to the next possible path. (ii) midpath: aka optimistic spinning, tries to spin for acquisition while the lock owner is running and there are no other tasks ready @@ -143,11 +129,10 @@ Test if the mutex is taken: Disadvantages ------------- -Unlike its original design and purpose, 'struct mutex' is larger than -most locks in the kernel. E.g: on x86-64 it is 40 bytes, almost twice -as large as 'struct semaphore' (24 bytes) and tied, along with rwsems, -for the largest lock in the kernel. Larger structure sizes mean more -CPU cache and memory footprint. +Unlike its original design and purpose, 'struct mutex' is among the largest +locks in the kernel. E.g: on x86-64 it is 32 bytes, where 'struct semaphore' +is 24 bytes and rw_semaphore is 40 bytes. Larger structure sizes mean more CPU +cache and memory footprint. When to use mutexes ------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/media/dmx.h.rst.exceptions b/Documentation/media/dmx.h.rst.exceptions index 63f55a9ae2b1..a8c4239ed95b 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/dmx.h.rst.exceptions +++ b/Documentation/media/dmx.h.rst.exceptions @@ -50,9 +50,15 @@ replace typedef dmx_filter_t :c:type:`dmx_filter` replace typedef dmx_pes_type_t :c:type:`dmx_pes_type` replace typedef dmx_input_t :c:type:`dmx_input` -ignore symbol DMX_OUT_DECODER -ignore symbol DMX_OUT_TAP -ignore symbol DMX_OUT_TS_TAP -ignore symbol DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP +replace symbol DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_HAD_CRC32_DISCARD :c:type:`dmx_buffer_flags` +replace symbol DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_TEI :c:type:`dmx_buffer_flags` +replace symbol DMX_BUFFER_PKT_COUNTER_MISMATCH :c:type:`dmx_buffer_flags` +replace symbol DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_DISCONTINUITY_DETECTED :c:type:`dmx_buffer_flags` +replace symbol DMX_BUFFER_FLAG_DISCONTINUITY_INDICATOR :c:type:`dmx_buffer_flags` + +replace symbol DMX_OUT_DECODER :c:type:`dmx_output` +replace symbol DMX_OUT_TAP :c:type:`dmx_output` +replace symbol DMX_OUT_TS_TAP :c:type:`dmx_output` +replace symbol DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP :c:type:`dmx_output` replace ioctl DMX_DQBUF dmx_qbuf diff --git a/Documentation/media/kapi/cec-core.rst b/Documentation/media/kapi/cec-core.rst index 62b9a1448177..a9f53f069a2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/kapi/cec-core.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/kapi/cec-core.rst @@ -110,11 +110,14 @@ your driver: void (*adap_status)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *file); void (*adap_free)(struct cec_adapter *adap); + /* Error injection callbacks */ + ... + /* High-level callbacks */ ... }; -The five low-level ops deal with various aspects of controlling the CEC adapter +The seven low-level ops deal with various aspects of controlling the CEC adapter hardware: @@ -286,6 +289,70 @@ handling the receive interrupt. The framework expects to see the cec_transmit_do call before the cec_received_msg call, otherwise it can get confused if the received message was in reply to the transmitted message. +Optional: Implementing Error Injection Support +---------------------------------------------- + +If the CEC adapter supports Error Injection functionality, then that can +be exposed through the Error Injection callbacks: + +.. code-block:: none + + struct cec_adap_ops { + /* Low-level callbacks */ + ... + + /* Error injection callbacks */ + int (*error_inj_show)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *sf); + bool (*error_inj_parse_line)(struct cec_adapter *adap, char *line); + + /* High-level CEC message callback */ + ... + }; + +If both callbacks are set, then an ``error-inj`` file will appear in debugfs. +The basic syntax is as follows: + +Leading spaces/tabs are ignored. If the next character is a ``#`` or the end of the +line was reached, then the whole line is ignored. Otherwise a command is expected. + +This basic parsing is done in the CEC Framework. It is up to the driver to decide +what commands to implement. The only requirement is that the command ``clear`` without +any arguments must be implemented and that it will remove all current error injection +commands. + +This ensures that you can always do ``echo clear >error-inj`` to clear any error +injections without having to know the details of the driver-specific commands. + +Note that the output of ``error-inj`` shall be valid as input to ``error-inj``. +So this must work: + +.. code-block:: none + + $ cat error-inj >einj.txt + $ cat einj.txt >error-inj + +The first callback is called when this file is read and it should show the +the current error injection state: + +.. c:function:: + int (*error_inj_show)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *sf); + +It is recommended that it starts with a comment block with basic usage +information. It returns 0 for success and an error otherwise. + +The second callback will parse commands written to the ``error-inj`` file: + +.. c:function:: + bool (*error_inj_parse_line)(struct cec_adapter *adap, char *line); + +The ``line`` argument points to the start of the command. Any leading +spaces or tabs have already been skipped. It is a single line only (so there +are no embedded newlines) and it is 0-terminated. The callback is free to +modify the contents of the buffer. It is only called for lines containing a +command, so this callback is never called for empty lines or comment lines. + +Return true if the command was valid or false if there were syntax errors. + Implementing the High-Level CEC Adapter --------------------------------------- @@ -298,6 +365,9 @@ CEC protocol driven. The following high-level callbacks are available: /* Low-level callbacks */ ... + /* Error injection callbacks */ + ... + /* High-level CEC message callback */ int (*received)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_msg *msg); }; diff --git a/Documentation/media/kapi/v4l2-dev.rst b/Documentation/media/kapi/v4l2-dev.rst index 7bb0505b60f1..eb03ccc41c41 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/kapi/v4l2-dev.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/kapi/v4l2-dev.rst @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ of the video device exits. The default :c:func:`video_device_release` callback currently just calls ``kfree`` to free the allocated memory. -There is also a ::c:func:`video_device_release_empty` function that does +There is also a :c:func:`video_device_release_empty` function that does nothing (is empty) and should be used if the struct is embedded and there is nothing to do when it is released. diff --git a/Documentation/media/lirc.h.rst.exceptions b/Documentation/media/lirc.h.rst.exceptions index c6e3a35d2c4e..984b61dc3f2e 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/lirc.h.rst.exceptions +++ b/Documentation/media/lirc.h.rst.exceptions @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ ignore symbol RC_PROTO_RC6_MCE ignore symbol RC_PROTO_SHARP ignore symbol RC_PROTO_XMP ignore symbol RC_PROTO_CEC +ignore symbol RC_PROTO_IMON # Undocumented macros diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-api.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-api.rst index b68ca9c1d2e0..1e2cf498ba30 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-api.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-api.rst @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ This part describes the CEC: Consumer Electronics Control cec-intro cec-funcs + cec-pin-error-inj cec-header diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-pin-error-inj.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-pin-error-inj.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..464b006dbe0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-pin-error-inj.rst @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +CEC Pin Framework Error Injection +================================= + +The CEC Pin Framework is a core CEC framework for CEC hardware that only +has low-level support for the CEC bus. Most hardware today will have +high-level CEC support where the hardware deals with driving the CEC bus, +but some older devices aren't that fancy. However, this framework also +allows you to connect the CEC pin to a GPIO on e.g. a Raspberry Pi and +you have now made a CEC adapter. + +What makes doing this so interesting is that since we have full control +over the bus it is easy to support error injection. This is ideal to +test how well CEC adapters can handle error conditions. + +Currently only the cec-gpio driver (when the CEC line is directly +connected to a pull-up GPIO line) and the AllWinner A10/A20 drm driver +support this framework. + +If ``CONFIG_CEC_PIN_ERROR_INJ`` is enabled, then error injection is available +through debugfs. Specifically, in ``/sys/kernel/debug/cec/cecX/`` there is +now an ``error-inj`` file. + +.. note:: + + The error injection commands are not a stable ABI and may change in the + future. + +With ``cat error-inj`` you can see both the possible commands and the current +error injection status:: + + $ cat /sys/kernel/debug/cec/cec0/error-inj + # Clear error injections: + # clear clear all rx and tx error injections + # rx-clear clear all rx error injections + # tx-clear clear all tx error injections + # <op> clear clear all rx and tx error injections for <op> + # <op> rx-clear clear all rx error injections for <op> + # <op> tx-clear clear all tx error injections for <op> + # + # RX error injection: + # <op>[,<mode>] rx-nack NACK the message instead of sending an ACK + # <op>[,<mode>] rx-low-drive <bit> force a low-drive condition at this bit position + # <op>[,<mode>] rx-add-byte add a spurious byte to the received CEC message + # <op>[,<mode>] rx-remove-byte remove the last byte from the received CEC message + # <op>[,<mode>] rx-arb-lost <poll> generate a POLL message to trigger an arbitration lost + # + # TX error injection settings: + # tx-ignore-nack-until-eom ignore early NACKs until EOM + # tx-custom-low-usecs <usecs> define the 'low' time for the custom pulse + # tx-custom-high-usecs <usecs> define the 'high' time for the custom pulse + # tx-custom-pulse transmit the custom pulse once the bus is idle + # + # TX error injection: + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-no-eom don't set the EOM bit + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-early-eom set the EOM bit one byte too soon + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-add-bytes <num> append <num> (1-255) spurious bytes to the message + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-remove-byte drop the last byte from the message + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-short-bit <bit> make this bit shorter than allowed + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-long-bit <bit> make this bit longer than allowed + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-custom-bit <bit> send the custom pulse instead of this bit + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-short-start send a start pulse that's too short + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-long-start send a start pulse that's too long + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-custom-start send the custom pulse instead of the start pulse + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-last-bit <bit> stop sending after this bit + # <op>[,<mode>] tx-low-drive <bit> force a low-drive condition at this bit position + # + # <op> CEC message opcode (0-255) or 'any' + # <mode> 'once' (default), 'always', 'toggle' or 'off' + # <bit> CEC message bit (0-159) + # 10 bits per 'byte': bits 0-7: data, bit 8: EOM, bit 9: ACK + # <poll> CEC poll message used to test arbitration lost (0x00-0xff, default 0x0f) + # <usecs> microseconds (0-10000000, default 1000) + + clear + +You can write error injection commands to ``error-inj`` using +``echo 'cmd' >error-inj`` or ``cat cmd.txt >error-inj``. The ``cat error-inj`` +output contains the current error commands. You can save the output to a file +and use it as an input to ``error-inj`` later. + +Basic Syntax +------------ + +Leading spaces/tabs are ignored. If the next character is a ``#`` or the end +of the line was reached, then the whole line is ignored. Otherwise a command +is expected. + +The error injection commands fall in two main groups: those relating to +receiving CEC messages and those relating to transmitting CEC messages. In +addition, there are commands to clear existing error injection commands and +to create custom pulses on the CEC bus. + +Most error injection commands can be executed for specific CEC opcodes or for +all opcodes (``any``). Each command also has a 'mode' which can be ``off`` +(can be used to turn off an existing error injection command), ``once`` +(the default) which will trigger the error injection only once for the next +received or transmitted message, ``always`` to always trigger the error +injection and ``toggle`` to toggle the error injection on or off for every +transmit or receive. + +So '``any rx-nack``' will NACK the next received CEC message, +'``any,always rx-nack``' will NACK all received CEC messages and +'``0x82,toggle rx-nack``' will only NACK if an Active Source message was +received and do that only for every other received message. + +After an error was injected with mode ``once`` the error injection command +is cleared automatically, so ``once`` is a one-time deal. + +All combinations of ``<op>`` and error injection commands can co-exist. So +this is fine:: + + 0x9e tx-add-bytes 1 + 0x9e tx-early-eom + 0x9f tx-add-bytes 2 + any rx-nack + +All four error injection commands will be active simultaneously. + +However, if the same ``<op>`` and command combination is specified, +but with different arguments:: + + 0x9e tx-add-bytes 1 + 0x9e tx-add-bytes 2 + +Then the second will overwrite the first. + +Clear Error Injections +---------------------- + +``clear`` + Clear all error injections. + +``rx-clear`` + Clear all receive error injections + +``tx-clear`` + Clear all transmit error injections + +``<op> clear`` + Clear all error injections for the given opcode. + +``<op> rx-clear`` + Clear all receive error injections for the given opcode. + +``<op> tx-clear`` + Clear all transmit error injections for the given opcode. + +Receive Messages +---------------- + +``<op>[,<mode>] rx-nack`` + NACK broadcast messages and messages directed to this CEC adapter. + Every byte of the message will be NACKed in case the transmitter + keeps transmitting after the first byte was NACKed. + +``<op>[,<mode>] rx-low-drive <bit>`` + Force a Low Drive condition at this bit position. If <op> specifies + a specific CEC opcode then the bit position must be at least 18, + otherwise the opcode hasn't been received yet. This tests if the + transmitter can handle the Low Drive condition correctly and reports + the error correctly. Note that a Low Drive in the first 4 bits can also + be interpreted as an Arbitration Lost condition by the transmitter. + This is implementation dependent. + +``<op>[,<mode>] rx-add-byte`` + Add a spurious 0x55 byte to the received CEC message, provided + the message was 15 bytes long or less. This is useful to test + the high-level protocol since spurious bytes should be ignored. + +``<op>[,<mode>] rx-remove-byte`` + Remove the last byte from the received CEC message, provided it + was at least 2 bytes long. This is useful to test the high-level + protocol since messages that are too short should be ignored. + +``<op>[,<mode>] rx-arb-lost <poll>`` + Generate a POLL message to trigger an Arbitration Lost condition. + This command is only allowed for ``<op>`` values of ``next`` or ``all``. + As soon as a start bit has been received the CEC adapter will switch + to transmit mode and it will transmit a POLL message. By default this is + 0x0f, but it can also be specified explicitly via the ``<poll>`` argument. + + This command can be used to test the Arbitration Lost condition in + the remote CEC transmitter. Arbitration happens when two CEC adapters + start sending a message at the same time. In that case the initiator + with the most leading zeroes wins and the other transmitter has to + stop transmitting ('Arbitration Lost'). This is very hard to test, + except by using this error injection command. + + This does not work if the remote CEC transmitter has logical address + 0 ('TV') since that will always win. + +Transmit Messages +----------------- + +``tx-ignore-nack-until-eom`` + This setting changes the behavior of transmitting CEC messages. Normally + as soon as the receiver NACKs a byte the transmit will stop, but the + specification also allows that the full message is transmitted and only + at the end will the transmitter look at the ACK bit. This is not + recommended behavior since there is no point in keeping the CEC bus busy + for longer than is strictly needed. Especially given how slow the bus is. + + This setting can be used to test how well a receiver deals with + transmitters that ignore NACKs until the very end of the message. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-no-eom`` + Don't set the EOM bit. Normally the last byte of the message has the EOM + (End-Of-Message) bit set. With this command the transmit will just stop + without ever sending an EOM. This can be used to test how a receiver + handles this case. Normally receivers have a time-out after which + they will go back to the Idle state. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-early-eom`` + Set the EOM bit one byte too soon. This obviously only works for messages + of two bytes or more. The EOM bit will be set for the second-to-last byte + and not for the final byte. The receiver should ignore the last byte in + this case. Since the resulting message is likely to be too short for this + same reason the whole message is typically ignored. The receiver should be + in Idle state after the last byte was transmitted. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-add-bytes <num>`` + Append ``<num>`` (1-255) spurious bytes to the message. The extra bytes + have the value of the byte position in the message. So if you transmit a + two byte message (e.g. a Get CEC Version message) and add 2 bytes, then + the full message received by the remote CEC adapter is + ``0x40 0x9f 0x02 0x03``. + + This command can be used to test buffer overflows in the receiver. E.g. + what does it do when it receives more than the maximum message size of 16 + bytes. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-remove-byte`` + Drop the last byte from the message, provided the message is at least + two bytes long. The receiver should ignore messages that are too short. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-short-bit <bit>`` + Make this bit period shorter than allowed. The bit position cannot be + an Ack bit. If <op> specifies a specific CEC opcode then the bit position + must be at least 18, otherwise the opcode hasn't been received yet. + Normally the period of a data bit is between 2.05 and 2.75 milliseconds. + With this command the period of this bit is 1.8 milliseconds, this is + done by reducing the time the CEC bus is high. This bit period is less + than is allowed and the receiver should respond with a Low Drive + condition. + + This command is ignored for 0 bits in bit positions 0 to 3. This is + because the receiver also looks for an Arbitration Lost condition in + those first four bits and it is undefined what will happen if it + sees a too-short 0 bit. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-long-bit <bit>`` + Make this bit period longer than is valid. The bit position cannot be + an Ack bit. If <op> specifies a specific CEC opcode then the bit position + must be at least 18, otherwise the opcode hasn't been received yet. + Normally the period of a data bit is between 2.05 and 2.75 milliseconds. + With this command the period of this bit is 2.9 milliseconds, this is + done by increasing the time the CEC bus is high. + + Even though this bit period is longer than is valid it is undefined what + a receiver will do. It might just accept it, or it might time out and + return to Idle state. Unfortunately the CEC specification is silent about + this. + + This command is ignored for 0 bits in bit positions 0 to 3. This is + because the receiver also looks for an Arbitration Lost condition in + those first four bits and it is undefined what will happen if it + sees a too-long 0 bit. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-short-start`` + Make this start bit period shorter than allowed. Normally the period of + a start bit is between 4.3 and 4.7 milliseconds. With this command the + period of the start bit is 4.1 milliseconds, this is done by reducing + the time the CEC bus is high. This start bit period is less than is + allowed and the receiver should return to Idle state when this is detected. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-long-start`` + Make this start bit period longer than is valid. Normally the period of + a start bit is between 4.3 and 4.7 milliseconds. With this command the + period of the start bit is 5 milliseconds, this is done by increasing + the time the CEC bus is high. This start bit period is more than is + valid and the receiver should return to Idle state when this is detected. + + Even though this start bit period is longer than is valid it is undefined + what a receiver will do. It might just accept it, or it might time out and + return to Idle state. Unfortunately the CEC specification is silent about + this. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-last-bit <bit>`` + Just stop transmitting after this bit. If <op> specifies a specific CEC + opcode then the bit position must be at least 18, otherwise the opcode + hasn't been received yet. This command can be used to test how the receiver + reacts when a message just suddenly stops. It should time out and go back + to Idle state. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-low-drive <bit>`` + Force a Low Drive condition at this bit position. If <op> specifies a + specific CEC opcode then the bit position must be at least 18, otherwise + the opcode hasn't been received yet. This can be used to test how the + receiver handles Low Drive conditions. Note that if this happens at bit + positions 0-3 the receiver can interpret this as an Arbitration Lost + condition. This is implementation dependent. + +Custom Pulses +------------- + +``tx-custom-low-usecs <usecs>`` + This defines the duration in microseconds that the custom pulse pulls + the CEC line low. The default is 1000 microseconds. + +``tx-custom-high-usecs <usecs>`` + This defines the duration in microseconds that the custom pulse keeps the + CEC line high (unless another CEC adapter pulls it low in that time). + The default is 1000 microseconds. The total period of the custom pulse is + ``tx-custom-low-usecs + tx-custom-high-usecs``. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-custom-bit <bit>`` + Send the custom bit instead of a regular data bit. The bit position cannot + be an Ack bit. If <op> specifies a specific CEC opcode then the bit + position must be at least 18, otherwise the opcode hasn't been received yet. + +``<op>[,<mode>] tx-custom-start`` + Send the custom bit instead of a regular start bit. + +``tx-custom-pulse`` + Transmit a single custom pulse as soon as the CEC bus is idle. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/dvb/dmx-qbuf.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/dvb/dmx-qbuf.rst index b48c4931658e..be5a4c6f1904 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/dvb/dmx-qbuf.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/dvb/dmx-qbuf.rst @@ -51,9 +51,10 @@ out to disk. Buffers remain locked until dequeued, until the the device is closed. Applications call the ``DMX_DQBUF`` ioctl to dequeue a filled -(capturing) buffer from the driver's outgoing queue. They just set the ``reserved`` field array to zero. When ``DMX_DQBUF`` is called with a -pointer to this structure, the driver fills the remaining fields or -returns an error code. +(capturing) buffer from the driver's outgoing queue. +They just set the ``index`` field withe the buffer ID to be queued. +When ``DMX_DQBUF`` is called with a pointer to struct :c:type:`dmx_buffer`, +the driver fills the remaining fields or returns an error code. By default ``DMX_DQBUF`` blocks when no buffer is in the outgoing queue. When the ``O_NONBLOCK`` flag was given to the diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-entities.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-entities.rst index b59ce149efb5..582fda488810 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-entities.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-entities.rst @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ id's until they get an error. - - - - Entity type, see :ref:`media-entity-type` for details. + - Entity type, see :ref:`media-entity-functions` for details. - .. row 4 @@ -144,10 +144,21 @@ id's until they get an error. - .. row 9 - - union + - __u32 + + - ``reserved[4]`` + + - + - + - Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set + the array to zero. - .. row 10 + - union + + - .. row 11 + - - struct @@ -156,7 +167,7 @@ id's until they get an error. - - Valid for (sub-)devices that create a single device node. - - .. row 11 + - .. row 12 - - @@ -166,7 +177,7 @@ id's until they get an error. - Device node major number. - - .. row 12 + - .. row 13 - - @@ -176,7 +187,7 @@ id's until they get an error. - Device node minor number. - - .. row 13 + - .. row 14 - - __u8 diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-links.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-links.rst index d05be16ffaf6..256168b3c3be 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-links.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-enum-links.rst @@ -125,6 +125,15 @@ returned during the enumeration process. - Pad flags, see :ref:`media-pad-flag` for more details. + - .. row 4 + + - __u32 + + - ``reserved[2]`` + + - Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set + the array to zero. + .. c:type:: media_link_desc @@ -161,6 +170,15 @@ returned during the enumeration process. - Link flags, see :ref:`media-link-flag` for more details. + - .. row 4 + + - __u32 + + - ``reserved[4]`` + + - Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set + the array to zero. + Return Value ============ diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-g-topology.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-g-topology.rst index 997e6b17440d..c4055ddf070a 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-g-topology.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-ioc-g-topology.rst @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ desired arrays with the media graph elements. - .. row 2 - - __u64 + - __u32 - ``num_entities`` @@ -76,6 +76,14 @@ desired arrays with the media graph elements. - .. row 3 + - __u32 + + - ``reserved1`` + + - Applications and drivers shall set this to 0. + + - .. row 4 + - __u64 - ``ptr_entities`` @@ -85,15 +93,23 @@ desired arrays with the media graph elements. the ioctl won't store the entities. It will just update ``num_entities`` - - .. row 4 + - .. row 5 - - __u64 + - __u32 - ``num_interfaces`` - Number of interfaces in the graph - - .. row 5 + - .. row 6 + + - __u32 + + - ``reserved2`` + + - Applications and drivers shall set this to 0. + + - .. row 7 - __u64 @@ -104,15 +120,23 @@ desired arrays with the media graph elements. the ioctl won't store the interfaces. It will just update ``num_interfaces`` - - .. row 6 + - .. row 8 - - __u64 + - __u32 - ``num_pads`` - Total number of pads in the graph - - .. row 7 + - .. row 9 + + - __u32 + + - ``reserved3`` + + - Applications and drivers shall set this to 0. + + - .. row 10 - __u64 @@ -122,15 +146,23 @@ desired arrays with the media graph elements. converted to a 64-bits integer. It can be zero. if zero, the ioctl won't store the pads. It will just update ``num_pads`` - - .. row 8 + - .. row 11 - - __u64 + - __u32 - ``num_links`` - Total number of data and interface links in the graph - - .. row 9 + - .. row 12 + + - __u32 + + - ``reserved4`` + + - Applications and drivers shall set this to 0. + + - .. row 13 - __u64 @@ -173,13 +205,13 @@ desired arrays with the media graph elements. - ``function`` - - Entity main function, see :ref:`media-entity-type` for details. + - Entity main function, see :ref:`media-entity-functions` for details. - .. row 4 - __u32 - - ``reserved``\ [12] + - ``reserved``\ [6] - Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set this array to zero. @@ -302,7 +334,7 @@ desired arrays with the media graph elements. - __u32 - - ``reserved``\ [9] + - ``reserved``\ [5] - Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set this array to zero. @@ -334,7 +366,7 @@ desired arrays with the media graph elements. - On pad to pad links: unique ID for the source pad. - On interface to entity links: unique ID for the entity. + On interface to entity links: unique ID for the interface. - .. row 3 @@ -358,7 +390,7 @@ desired arrays with the media graph elements. - __u32 - - ``reserved``\ [5] + - ``reserved``\ [6] - Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and applications must set this array to zero. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-types.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-types.rst index 8d64b0c06ebc..2dda14bd89b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-types.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/mediactl/media-types.rst @@ -7,11 +7,11 @@ Types and flags used to represent the media graph elements .. tabularcolumns:: |p{8.2cm}|p{10.3cm}| -.. _media-entity-type: +.. _media-entity-functions: .. cssclass:: longtable -.. flat-table:: Media entity types +.. flat-table:: Media entity functions :header-rows: 0 :stub-columns: 0 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Types and flags used to represent the media graph elements ``MEDIA_ENT_F_V4L2_SUBDEV_UNKNOWN`` - Unknown entity. That generally indicates that a driver didn't - initialize properly the entity, with is a Kernel bug + initialize properly the entity, which is a Kernel bug - .. row 2 @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Types and flags used to represent the media graph elements - ``MEDIA_ENT_F_PROC_VIDEO_STATISTICS`` - - Video statistics computation (histogram, 3A, ...). An entity + - Video statistics computation (histogram, 3A, etc.). An entity capable of statistics computation must have one sink pad and one source pad. It computes statistics over the frames received on its sink pad and outputs the statistics data on @@ -318,8 +318,19 @@ Types and flags used to represent the media graph elements - Video interface bridge. A video interface bridge entity must have at least one sink pad and at least one source pad. It receives video frames on its sink pad from an input video bus of one type (HDMI, eDP, - MIPI CSI-2, ...), and outputs them on its source pad to an output - video bus of another type (eDP, MIPI CSI-2, parallel, ...). + MIPI CSI-2, etc.), and outputs them on its source pad to an output + video bus of another type (eDP, MIPI CSI-2, parallel, etc.). + + - .. row 31 + + .. _MEDIA-ENT-F-DTV-DECODER: + + - ``MEDIA_ENT_F_DTV_DECODER`` + + - Digital video decoder. The basic function of the video decoder is + to accept digital video from a wide variety of sources + and output it in some digital video standard, with appropriate + timing signals. .. tabularcolumns:: |p{5.5cm}|p{12.0cm}| @@ -337,7 +348,7 @@ Types and flags used to represent the media graph elements - ``MEDIA_ENT_FL_DEFAULT`` - Default entity for its type. Used to discover the default audio, - VBI and video devices, the default camera sensor, ... + VBI and video devices, the default camera sensor, etc. - .. row 2 @@ -345,7 +356,7 @@ Types and flags used to represent the media graph elements - ``MEDIA_ENT_FL_CONNECTOR`` - - The entity represents a data conector + - The entity represents a connector. .. tabularcolumns:: |p{6.5cm}|p{6.0cm}|p{5.0cm}| diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/rc/lirc-dev-intro.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/rc/lirc-dev-intro.rst index 3a74fec66d69..698e4f80270e 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/rc/lirc-dev-intro.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/rc/lirc-dev-intro.rst @@ -18,7 +18,6 @@ Example dmesg output upon a driver registering w/LIRC: .. code-block:: none $ dmesg |grep lirc_dev - lirc_dev: IR Remote Control driver registered, major 248 rc rc0: lirc_dev: driver mceusb registered at minor = 0 What you should see for a chardev: diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/buffer.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/buffer.rst index ae6ee73f151c..e2c85ddc990b 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/buffer.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/buffer.rst @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Only pointers to buffers (planes) are exchanged, the data itself is not copied. These pointers, together with meta-information like timestamps or field parity, are stored in a struct :c:type:`v4l2_buffer`, argument to the :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYBUF`, -:ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF` and +:ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF <VIDIOC_QBUF>` and :ref:`VIDIOC_DQBUF <VIDIOC_QBUF>` ioctl. In the multi-planar API, some plane-specific members of struct :c:type:`v4l2_buffer`, such as pointers and sizes for each plane, are stored in struct diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/extended-controls.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/extended-controls.rst index dfe49ae57e78..03931f9b1285 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/extended-controls.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/extended-controls.rst @@ -1960,6 +1960,416 @@ enum v4l2_vp8_golden_frame_sel - 1, 2 and 3 corresponding to encoder profiles 0, 1, 2 and 3. +High Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC/H.265) Control Reference +----------------------------------------------------------- + +The HEVC/H.265 controls include controls for encoding parameters of HEVC/H.265 +video codec. + + +.. _hevc-control-id: + +HEVC/H.265 Control IDs +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP (integer)`` + Minimum quantization parameter for HEVC. + Valid range: from 0 to 51. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP (integer)`` + Maximum quantization parameter for HEVC. + Valid range: from 0 to 51. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_I_FRAME_QP (integer)`` + Quantization parameter for an I frame for HEVC. + Valid range: [V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP, + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP]. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_P_FRAME_QP (integer)`` + Quantization parameter for a P frame for HEVC. + Valid range: [V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP, + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP]. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_B_FRAME_QP (integer)`` + Quantization parameter for a B frame for HEVC. + Valid range: [V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP, + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP]. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_QP (boolean)`` + HIERARCHICAL_QP allows the host to specify the quantization parameter + values for each temporal layer through HIERARCHICAL_QP_LAYER. This is + valid only if HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER is greater than 1. Setting the + control value to 1 enables setting of the QP values for the layers. + +.. _v4l2-hevc-hier-coding-type: + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_TYPE`` + (enum) + +enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_hier_coding_type - + Selects the hierarchical coding type for encoding. Possible values are: + +.. raw:: latex + + \footnotesize + +.. tabularcolumns:: |p{9.0cm}|p{8.0cm}| + +.. flat-table:: + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_B`` + - Use the B frame for hierarchical coding. + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_P`` + - Use the P frame for hierarchical coding. + +.. raw:: latex + + \normalsize + + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_LAYER (integer)`` + Selects the hierarchical coding layer. In normal encoding + (non-hierarchial coding), it should be zero. Possible values are [0, 6]. + 0 indicates HIERARCHICAL CODING LAYER 0, 1 indicates HIERARCHICAL CODING + LAYER 1 and so on. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L0_QP (integer)`` + Indicates quantization parameter for hierarchical coding layer 0. + Valid range: [V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP, + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP]. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L1_QP (integer)`` + Indicates quantization parameter for hierarchical coding layer 1. + Valid range: [V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP, + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP]. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L2_QP (integer)`` + Indicates quantization parameter for hierarchical coding layer 2. + Valid range: [V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP, + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP]. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L3_QP (integer)`` + Indicates quantization parameter for hierarchical coding layer 3. + Valid range: [V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP, + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP]. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L4_QP (integer)`` + Indicates quantization parameter for hierarchical coding layer 4. + Valid range: [V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP, + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP]. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L5_QP (integer)`` + Indicates quantization parameter for hierarchical coding layer 5. + Valid range: [V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP, + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP]. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L6_QP (integer)`` + Indicates quantization parameter for hierarchical coding layer 6. + Valid range: [V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MIN_QP, + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_QP]. + +.. _v4l2-hevc-profile: + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_PROFILE`` + (enum) + +enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_profile - + Select the desired profile for HEVC encoder. + +.. raw:: latex + + \footnotesize + +.. tabularcolumns:: |p{9.0cm}|p{8.0cm}| + +.. flat-table:: + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_PROFILE_MAIN`` + - Main profile. + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_PROFILE_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE`` + - Main still picture profile. + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_PROFILE_MAIN_10`` + - Main 10 profile. + +.. raw:: latex + + \normalsize + + +.. _v4l2-hevc-level: + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL`` + (enum) + +enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_level - + Selects the desired level for HEVC encoder. + +.. raw:: latex + + \footnotesize + +.. tabularcolumns:: |p{9.0cm}|p{8.0cm}| + +.. flat-table:: + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_1`` + - Level 1.0 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_2`` + - Level 2.0 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_2_1`` + - Level 2.1 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_3`` + - Level 3.0 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_3_1`` + - Level 3.1 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_4`` + - Level 4.0 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_4_1`` + - Level 4.1 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_5`` + - Level 5.0 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_5_1`` + - Level 5.1 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_5_2`` + - Level 5.2 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_6`` + - Level 6.0 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_6_1`` + - Level 6.1 + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LEVEL_6_2`` + - Level 6.2 + +.. raw:: latex + + \normalsize + + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_FRAME_RATE_RESOLUTION (integer)`` + Indicates the number of evenly spaced subintervals, called ticks, within + one second. This is a 16 bit unsigned integer and has a maximum value up to + 0xffff and a minimum value of 1. + +.. _v4l2-hevc-tier: + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_TIER`` + (enum) + +enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_tier - + TIER_FLAG specifies tiers information of the HEVC encoded picture. Tier + were made to deal with applications that differ in terms of maximum bit + rate. Setting the flag to 0 selects HEVC tier as Main tier and setting + this flag to 1 indicates High tier. High tier is for applications requiring + high bit rates. + +.. raw:: latex + + \footnotesize + +.. tabularcolumns:: |p{9.0cm}|p{8.0cm}| + +.. flat-table:: + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_TIER_MAIN`` + - Main tier. + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_TIER_HIGH`` + - High tier. + +.. raw:: latex + + \normalsize + + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_PARTITION_DEPTH (integer)`` + Selects HEVC maximum coding unit depth. + +.. _v4l2-hevc-loop-filter-mode: + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LOOP_FILTER_MODE`` + (enum) + +enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_loop_filter_mode - + Loop filter mode for HEVC encoder. Possible values are: + +.. raw:: latex + + \footnotesize + +.. tabularcolumns:: |p{10.7cm}|p{6.3cm}| + +.. flat-table:: + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_DISABLED`` + - Loop filter is disabled. + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_ENABLED`` + - Loop filter is enabled. + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LOOP_FILTER_MODE_DISABLED_AT_SLICE_BOUNDARY`` + - Loop filter is disabled at the slice boundary. + +.. raw:: latex + + \normalsize + + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LF_BETA_OFFSET_DIV2 (integer)`` + Selects HEVC loop filter beta offset. The valid range is [-6, +6]. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LF_TC_OFFSET_DIV2 (integer)`` + Selects HEVC loop filter tc offset. The valid range is [-6, +6]. + +.. _v4l2-hevc-refresh-type: + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_REFRESH_TYPE`` + (enum) + +enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_hier_refresh_type - + Selects refresh type for HEVC encoder. + Host has to specify the period into + V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_REFRESH_PERIOD. + +.. raw:: latex + + \footnotesize + +.. tabularcolumns:: |p{8.0cm}|p{9.0cm}| + +.. flat-table:: + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_REFRESH_NONE`` + - Use the B frame for hierarchical coding. + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_REFRESH_CRA`` + - Use CRA (Clean Random Access Unit) picture encoding. + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_REFRESH_IDR`` + - Use IDR (Instantaneous Decoding Refresh) picture encoding. + +.. raw:: latex + + \normalsize + + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_REFRESH_PERIOD (integer)`` + Selects the refresh period for HEVC encoder. + This specifies the number of I pictures between two CRA/IDR pictures. + This is valid only if REFRESH_TYPE is not 0. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_LOSSLESS_CU (boolean)`` + Indicates HEVC lossless encoding. Setting it to 0 disables lossless + encoding. Setting it to 1 enables lossless encoding. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_CONST_INTRA_PRED (boolean)`` + Indicates constant intra prediction for HEVC encoder. Specifies the + constrained intra prediction in which intra largest coding unit (LCU) + prediction is performed by using residual data and decoded samples of + neighboring intra LCU only. Setting the value to 1 enables constant intra + prediction and setting the value to 0 disables constant intra prediction. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_WAVEFRONT (boolean)`` + Indicates wavefront parallel processing for HEVC encoder. Setting it to 0 + disables the feature and setting it to 1 enables the wavefront parallel + processing. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_GENERAL_PB (boolean)`` + Setting the value to 1 enables combination of P and B frame for HEVC + encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_TEMPORAL_ID (boolean)`` + Indicates temporal identifier for HEVC encoder which is enabled by + setting the value to 1. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_STRONG_SMOOTHING (boolean)`` + Indicates bi-linear interpolation is conditionally used in the intra + prediction filtering process in the CVS when set to 1. Indicates bi-linear + interpolation is not used in the CVS when set to 0. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_MAX_NUM_MERGE_MV_MINUS1 (integer)`` + Indicates maximum number of merge candidate motion vectors. + Values are from 0 to 4. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_TMV_PREDICTION (boolean)`` + Indicates temporal motion vector prediction for HEVC encoder. Setting it to + 1 enables the prediction. Setting it to 0 disables the prediction. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_WITHOUT_STARTCODE (boolean)`` + Specifies if HEVC generates a stream with a size of the length field + instead of start code pattern. The size of the length field is configurable + through the V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_SIZE_OF_LENGTH_FIELD control. Setting + the value to 0 disables encoding without startcode pattern. Setting the + value to 1 will enables encoding without startcode pattern. + +.. _v4l2-hevc-size-of-length-field: + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_SIZE_OF_LENGTH_FIELD`` +(enum) + +enum v4l2_mpeg_video_hevc_size_of_length_field - + Indicates the size of length field. + This is valid when encoding WITHOUT_STARTCODE_ENABLE is enabled. + +.. raw:: latex + + \footnotesize + +.. tabularcolumns:: |p{6.0cm}|p{11.0cm}| + +.. flat-table:: + :header-rows: 0 + :stub-columns: 0 + + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_SIZE_0`` + - Generate start code pattern (Normal). + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_SIZE_1`` + - Generate size of length field instead of start code pattern and length is 1. + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_SIZE_2`` + - Generate size of length field instead of start code pattern and length is 2. + * - ``V4L2_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_SIZE_4`` + - Generate size of length field instead of start code pattern and length is 4. + +.. raw:: latex + + \normalsize + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L0_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate for hierarchical coding layer 0 for HEVC encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L1_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate for hierarchical coding layer 1 for HEVC encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L2_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate for hierarchical coding layer 2 for HEVC encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L3_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate for hierarchical coding layer 3 for HEVC encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L4_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate for hierarchical coding layer 4 for HEVC encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L5_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate for hierarchical coding layer 5 for HEVC encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEVC_HIER_CODING_L6_BR (integer)`` + Indicates bit rate for hierarchical coding layer 6 for HEVC encoder. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REF_NUMBER_FOR_PFRAMES (integer)`` + Selects number of P reference pictures required for HEVC encoder. + P-Frame can use 1 or 2 frames for reference. + +``V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PREPEND_SPSPPS_TO_IDR (integer)`` + Indicates whether to generate SPS and PPS at every IDR. Setting it to 0 + disables generating SPS and PPS at every IDR. Setting it to one enables + generating SPS and PPS at every IDR. + + .. _camera-controls: Camera Control Reference @@ -3155,7 +3565,7 @@ enum v4l2_dv_it_content_type - HDMI carries 5V on one of the pins). This is often used to power an eeprom which contains EDID information, such that the source can read the EDID even if the sink is in standby/power off. Each bit - corresponds to an input pad on the transmitter. If an input pad + corresponds to an input pad on the receiver. If an input pad cannot detect whether power is present, then the bit for that pad will be 0. This read-only control is applicable to DVI-D, HDMI and DisplayPort connectors. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/func-poll.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/func-poll.rst index d0432dc09b05..360bc6523ae2 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/func-poll.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/func-poll.rst @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ When streaming I/O has been negotiated this function waits until a buffer has been filled by the capture device and can be dequeued with the :ref:`VIDIOC_DQBUF <VIDIOC_QBUF>` ioctl. For output devices this function waits until the device is ready to accept a new buffer to be -queued up with the :ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF` ioctl for +queued up with the :ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF <VIDIOC_QBUF>` ioctl for display. When buffers are already in the outgoing queue of the driver (capture) or the incoming queue isn't full (display) the function returns immediately. @@ -52,11 +52,11 @@ flags in the ``revents`` field, output devices the ``POLLOUT`` and ``POLLWRNORM`` flags. When the function timed out it returns a value of zero, on failure it returns -1 and the ``errno`` variable is set appropriately. When the application did not call -:ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMON` the :ref:`poll() <func-poll>` +:ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMON <VIDIOC_STREAMON>` the :ref:`poll() <func-poll>` function succeeds, but sets the ``POLLERR`` flag in the ``revents`` field. When the application has called -:ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMON` for a capture device but -hasn't yet called :ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF`, the +:ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMON <VIDIOC_STREAMON>` for a capture device but +hasn't yet called :ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF <VIDIOC_QBUF>`, the :ref:`poll() <func-poll>` function succeeds and sets the ``POLLERR`` flag in the ``revents`` field. For output devices this same situation will cause :ref:`poll() <func-poll>` to succeed as well, but it sets the ``POLLOUT`` and diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-compressed.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-compressed.rst index 728d7ede10fa..abec03937bb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-compressed.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-compressed.rst @@ -90,3 +90,8 @@ Compressed Formats - ``V4L2_PIX_FMT_VP9`` - 'VP90' - VP9 video elementary stream. + * .. _V4L2-PIX-FMT-HEVC: + + - ``V4L2_PIX_FMT_HEVC`` + - 'HEVC' + - HEVC/H.265 video elementary stream. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-v4l2-mplane.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-v4l2-mplane.rst index 337e8188caf1..ef52f637d8e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-v4l2-mplane.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-v4l2-mplane.rst @@ -55,12 +55,14 @@ describing all planes of that format. - ``pixelformat`` - The pixel format. Both single- and multi-planar four character codes can be used. - * - enum :c:type:`v4l2_field` + * - __u32 - ``field`` - - See struct :c:type:`v4l2_pix_format`. - * - enum :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace` + - Field order, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_field`. + See struct :c:type:`v4l2_pix_format`. + * - __u32 - ``colorspace`` - - See struct :c:type:`v4l2_pix_format`. + - Colorspace encoding, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace`. + See struct :c:type:`v4l2_pix_format`. * - struct :c:type:`v4l2_plane_pix_format` - ``plane_fmt[VIDEO_MAX_PLANES]`` - An array of structures describing format of each plane this pixel @@ -73,24 +75,34 @@ describing all planes of that format. * - __u8 - ``flags`` - Flags set by the application or driver, see :ref:`format-flags`. - * - enum :c:type:`v4l2_ycbcr_encoding` + * - union { + - (anonymous) + - + * - __u8 - ``ycbcr_enc`` - - This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by + - Y'CbCr encoding, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_ycbcr_encoding`. + This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by the driver for capture streams and by the application for output streams, see :ref:`colorspaces`. - * - enum :c:type:`v4l2_hsv_encoding` + * - __u8 - ``hsv_enc`` - - This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by + - HSV encoding, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_hsv_encoding`. + This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by the driver for capture streams and by the application for output streams, see :ref:`colorspaces`. - * - enum :c:type:`v4l2_quantization` + * - } + - + - + * - __u8 - ``quantization`` - - This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by + - Quantization range, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_quantization`. + This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by the driver for capture streams and by the application for output streams, see :ref:`colorspaces`. - * - enum :c:type:`v4l2_xfer_func` + * - __u8 - ``xfer_func`` - - This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by + - Transfer function, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_xfer_func`. + This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by the driver for capture streams and by the application for output streams, see :ref:`colorspaces`. * - __u8 diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-v4l2.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-v4l2.rst index 2ee164c25637..826f2305da01 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-v4l2.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-v4l2.rst @@ -40,9 +40,10 @@ Single-planar format structure RGB formats in :ref:`rgb-formats`, YUV formats in :ref:`yuv-formats`, and reserved codes in :ref:`reserved-formats` - * - enum :c:type::`v4l2_field` + * - __u32 - ``field`` - - Video images are typically interlaced. Applications can request to + - Field order, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_field`. + Video images are typically interlaced. Applications can request to capture or output only the top or bottom field, or both fields interlaced or sequentially stored in one buffer or alternating in separate buffers. Drivers return the actual field order selected. @@ -82,9 +83,10 @@ Single-planar format structure driver. Usually this is ``bytesperline`` times ``height``. When the image consists of variable length compressed data this is the maximum number of bytes required to hold an image. - * - enum :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace` + * - __u32 - ``colorspace`` - - This information supplements the ``pixelformat`` and must be set + - Image colorspace, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_colorspace`. + This information supplements the ``pixelformat`` and must be set by the driver for capture streams and by the application for output streams, see :ref:`colorspaces`. * - __u32 @@ -116,23 +118,33 @@ Single-planar format structure * - __u32 - ``flags`` - Flags set by the application or driver, see :ref:`format-flags`. - * - enum :c:type:`v4l2_ycbcr_encoding` + * - union { + - (anonymous) + - + * - __u32 - ``ycbcr_enc`` - - This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by + - Y'CbCr encoding, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_ycbcr_encoding`. + This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by the driver for capture streams and by the application for output streams, see :ref:`colorspaces`. - * - enum :c:type:`v4l2_hsv_encoding` + * - __u32 - ``hsv_enc`` - - This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by + - HSV encoding, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_hsv_encoding`. + This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by the driver for capture streams and by the application for output streams, see :ref:`colorspaces`. - * - enum :c:type:`v4l2_quantization` + * - } + - + - + * - __u32 - ``quantization`` - - This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by + - Quantization range, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_quantization`. + This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by the driver for capture streams and by the application for output streams, see :ref:`colorspaces`. - * - enum :c:type:`v4l2_xfer_func` + * - __u32 - ``xfer_func`` - - This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by + - Transfer function, from enum :c:type:`v4l2_xfer_func`. + This information supplements the ``colorspace`` and must be set by the driver for capture streams and by the application for output streams, see :ref:`colorspaces`. diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/subdev-formats.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/subdev-formats.rst index b1eea44550e1..9fcabe7f9367 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/subdev-formats.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/subdev-formats.rst @@ -16,10 +16,14 @@ Media Bus Formats * - __u32 - ``width`` - - Image width, in pixels. + - Image width in pixels. * - __u32 - ``height`` - - Image height, in pixels. + - Image height in pixels. If ``field`` is one of ``V4L2_FIELD_TOP``, + ``V4L2_FIELD_BOTTOM`` or ``V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE`` then height + refers to the number of lines in the field, otherwise it refers to + the number of lines in the frame (which is twice the field height + for interlaced formats). * - __u32 - ``code`` - Format code, from enum diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.rst index 616a5ea3f8fa..e831fa5512f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.rst @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ union holding separate parameters for input and output devices. - - The buffer (stream) type, same as struct :c:type:`v4l2_format` ``type``, set by the - application. See :c:type:`v4l2_buf_type` + application. See :c:type:`v4l2_buf_type`. * - union - ``parm`` - @@ -75,12 +75,13 @@ union holding separate parameters for input and output devices. - struct :c:type:`v4l2_captureparm` - ``capture`` - Parameters for capture devices, used when ``type`` is - ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE``. + ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE`` or + ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE``. * - - struct :c:type:`v4l2_outputparm` - ``output`` - Parameters for output devices, used when ``type`` is - ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT``. + ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT`` or ``V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE``. * - - __u8 - ``raw_data``\ [200] diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.rst index 70687a86ae38..49f9f4c181de 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.rst @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Description Applications can optionally call the :ref:`VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF` ioctl to pass ownership of the buffer to the driver before actually enqueuing it, -using the :ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF` ioctl, and to prepare it for future I/O. Such +using the :ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF <VIDIOC_QBUF>` ioctl, and to prepare it for future I/O. Such preparations may include cache invalidation or cleaning. Performing them in advance saves time during the actual I/O. In case such cache operations are not required, the application can use one of diff --git a/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/imx.rst b/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/imx.rst index 3c4f58bda178..65d3d15eb159 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/imx.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/imx.rst @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ imx6-mipi-csi2 This is the MIPI CSI-2 receiver entity. It has one sink pad to receive the MIPI CSI-2 stream (usually from a MIPI CSI-2 camera sensor). It has four source pads, corresponding to the four MIPI CSI-2 demuxed virtual -channel outputs. Multpiple source pads can be enabled to independently +channel outputs. Multiple source pads can be enabled to independently stream from multiple virtual channels. This entity actually consists of two sub-blocks. One is the MIPI CSI-2 @@ -213,9 +213,11 @@ To give an example of crop and /2 downscale, this will crop a 1280x960 input frame to 640x480, and then /2 downscale in both dimensions to 320x240 (assumes ipu1_csi0 is linked to ipu1_csi0_mux): -media-ctl -V "'ipu1_csi0_mux':2[fmt:UYVY2X8/1280x960]" -media-ctl -V "'ipu1_csi0':0[crop:(0,0)/640x480]" -media-ctl -V "'ipu1_csi0':0[compose:(0,0)/320x240]" +.. code-block:: none + + media-ctl -V "'ipu1_csi0_mux':2[fmt:UYVY2X8/1280x960]" + media-ctl -V "'ipu1_csi0':0[crop:(0,0)/640x480]" + media-ctl -V "'ipu1_csi0':0[compose:(0,0)/320x240]" Frame Skipping in ipuX_csiY --------------------------- @@ -229,8 +231,10 @@ at the source pad. The following example reduces an assumed incoming 60 Hz frame rate by half at the IDMAC output source pad: -media-ctl -V "'ipu1_csi0':0[fmt:UYVY2X8/640x480@1/60]" -media-ctl -V "'ipu1_csi0':2[fmt:UYVY2X8/640x480@1/30]" +.. code-block:: none + + media-ctl -V "'ipu1_csi0':0[fmt:UYVY2X8/640x480@1/60]" + media-ctl -V "'ipu1_csi0':2[fmt:UYVY2X8/640x480@1/30]" Frame Interval Monitor in ipuX_csiY ----------------------------------- @@ -422,8 +426,7 @@ This pipeline uses the preprocess encode entity to route frames directly from the CSI to the IC, to carry out scaling up to 1024x1024 resolution, CSC, flipping, and image rotation: --> ipuX_csiY:1 -> 0:ipuX_ic_prp:1 -> 0:ipuX_ic_prpenc:1 -> - ipuX_ic_prpenc capture +-> ipuX_csiY:1 -> 0:ipuX_ic_prp:1 -> 0:ipuX_ic_prpenc:1 -> ipuX_ic_prpenc capture Motion Compensated De-interlace: -------------------------------- @@ -432,8 +435,7 @@ This pipeline routes frames from the CSI direct pad to the VDIC entity to support motion-compensated de-interlacing (high motion mode only), scaling up to 1024x1024, CSC, flip, and rotation: --> ipuX_csiY:1 -> 0:ipuX_vdic:2 -> 0:ipuX_ic_prp:2 -> - 0:ipuX_ic_prpvf:1 -> ipuX_ic_prpvf capture +-> ipuX_csiY:1 -> 0:ipuX_vdic:2 -> 0:ipuX_ic_prp:2 -> 0:ipuX_ic_prpvf:1 -> ipuX_ic_prpvf capture Usage Notes @@ -458,8 +460,8 @@ This platform requires the OmniVision OV5642 module with a parallel camera interface, and the OV5640 module with a MIPI CSI-2 interface. Both modules are available from Boundary Devices: -https://boundarydevices.com/product/nit6x_5mp -https://boundarydevices.com/product/nit6x_5mp_mipi +- https://boundarydevices.com/product/nit6x_5mp +- https://boundarydevices.com/product/nit6x_5mp_mipi Note that if only one camera module is available, the other sensor node can be disabled in the device tree. diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt index a863009849a3..6dafc8085acc 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt @@ -14,7 +14,11 @@ DISCLAIMER This document is not a specification; it is intentionally (for the sake of brevity) and unintentionally (due to being human) incomplete. This document is meant as a guide to using the various memory barriers provided by Linux, but -in case of any doubt (and there are many) please ask. +in case of any doubt (and there are many) please ask. Some doubts may be +resolved by referring to the formal memory consistency model and related +documentation at tools/memory-model/. Nevertheless, even this memory +model should be viewed as the collective opinion of its maintainers rather +than as an infallible oracle. To repeat, this document is not a specification of what Linux expects from hardware. @@ -48,7 +52,7 @@ CONTENTS - Varieties of memory barrier. - What may not be assumed about memory barriers? - - Data dependency barriers. + - Data dependency barriers (historical). - Control dependencies. - SMP barrier pairing. - Examples of memory barrier sequences. @@ -399,7 +403,7 @@ Memory barriers come in four basic varieties: where two loads are performed such that the second depends on the result of the first (eg: the first load retrieves the address to which the second load will be directed), a data dependency barrier would be required to - make sure that the target of the second load is updated before the address + make sure that the target of the second load is updated after the address obtained by the first load is accessed. A data dependency barrier is a partial ordering on interdependent loads @@ -550,8 +554,15 @@ There are certain things that the Linux kernel memory barriers do not guarantee: Documentation/DMA-API.txt -DATA DEPENDENCY BARRIERS ------------------------- +DATA DEPENDENCY BARRIERS (HISTORICAL) +------------------------------------- + +As of v4.15 of the Linux kernel, an smp_read_barrier_depends() was +added to READ_ONCE(), which means that about the only people who +need to pay attention to this section are those working on DEC Alpha +architecture-specific code and those working on READ_ONCE() itself. +For those who need it, and for those who are interested in the history, +here is the story of data-dependency barriers. The usage requirements of data dependency barriers are a little subtle, and it's not always obvious that they're needed. To illustrate, consider the @@ -2839,8 +2850,9 @@ as that committed on CPU 1. To intervene, we need to interpolate a data dependency barrier or a read -barrier between the loads. This will force the cache to commit its coherency -queue before processing any further requests: +barrier between the loads (which as of v4.15 is supplied unconditionally +by the READ_ONCE() macro). This will force the cache to commit its +coherency queue before processing any further requests: CPU 1 CPU 2 COMMENT =============== =============== ======================================= @@ -2869,8 +2881,8 @@ Other CPUs may also have split caches, but must coordinate between the various cachelets for normal memory accesses. The semantics of the Alpha removes the need for hardware coordination in the absence of memory barriers, which permitted Alpha to sport higher CPU clock rates back in the day. However, -please note that smp_read_barrier_depends() should not be used except in -Alpha arch-specific code and within the READ_ONCE() macro. +please note that (again, as of v4.15) smp_read_barrier_depends() should not +be used except in Alpha arch-specific code and within the READ_ONCE() macro. CACHE COHERENCY VS DMA @@ -3035,7 +3047,9 @@ the data dependency barrier really becomes necessary as this synchronises both caches with the memory coherence system, thus making it seem like pointer changes vs new data occur in the right order. -The Alpha defines the Linux kernel's memory barrier model. +The Alpha defines the Linux kernel's memory model, although as of v4.15 +the Linux kernel's addition of smp_read_barrier_depends() to READ_ONCE() +greatly reduced Alpha's impact on the memory model. See the subsection on "Cache Coherency" above. diff --git a/Documentation/metag/00-INDEX b/Documentation/metag/00-INDEX deleted file mode 100644 index db11c513bd5c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/metag/00-INDEX +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -00-INDEX - - this file -kernel-ABI.txt - - Documents metag ABI details diff --git a/Documentation/metag/kernel-ABI.txt b/Documentation/metag/kernel-ABI.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 628216603198..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/metag/kernel-ABI.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,256 +0,0 @@ - ========================== - KERNEL ABIS FOR METAG ARCH - ========================== - -This document describes the Linux ABIs for the metag architecture, and has the -following sections: - - (*) Outline of registers - (*) Userland registers - (*) Kernel registers - (*) System call ABI - (*) Calling conventions - - -==================== -OUTLINE OF REGISTERS -==================== - -The main Meta core registers are arranged in units: - - UNIT Type DESCRIPTION GP EXT PRIV GLOBAL - ======= ======= =============== ======= ======= ======= ======= - CT Special Control unit - D0 General Data unit 0 0-7 8-15 16-31 16-31 - D1 General Data unit 1 0-7 8-15 16-31 16-31 - A0 General Address unit 0 0-3 4-7 8-15 8-15 - A1 General Address unit 1 0-3 4-7 8-15 8-15 - PC Special PC unit 0 1 - PORT Special Ports - TR Special Trigger unit 0-7 - TT Special Trace unit 0-5 - FX General FP unit 0-15 - -GP registers form part of the main context. - -Extended context registers (EXT) may not be present on all hardware threads and -can be context switched if support is enabled and the appropriate bits are set -in e.g. the D0.8 register to indicate what extended state to preserve. - -Global registers are shared between threads and are privilege protected. - -See arch/metag/include/asm/metag_regs.h for definitions relating to core -registers and the fields and bits they contain. See the TRMs for further details -about special registers. - -Several special registers are preserved in the main context, these are the -interesting ones: - - REG (ALIAS) PURPOSE - ======================= =============================================== - CT.1 (TXMODE) Processor mode bits (particularly for DSP) - CT.2 (TXSTATUS) Condition flags and LSM_STEP (MGET/MSET step) - CT.3 (TXRPT) Branch repeat counter - PC.0 (PC) Program counter - -Some of the general registers have special purposes in the ABI and therefore -have aliases: - - D0 REG (ALIAS) PURPOSE D1 REG (ALIAS) PURPOSE - =============== =============== =============== ======================= - D0.0 (D0Re0) 32bit result D1.0 (D1Re0) Top half of 64bit result - D0.1 (D0Ar6) Argument 6 D1.1 (D1Ar5) Argument 5 - D0.2 (D0Ar4) Argument 4 D1.2 (D1Ar3) Argument 3 - D0.3 (D0Ar2) Argument 2 D1.3 (D1Ar1) Argument 1 - D0.4 (D0FrT) Frame temp D1.4 (D1RtP) Return pointer - D0.5 Call preserved D1.5 Call preserved - D0.6 Call preserved D1.6 Call preserved - D0.7 Call preserved D1.7 Call preserved - - A0 REG (ALIAS) PURPOSE A1 REG (ALIAS) PURPOSE - =============== =============== =============== ======================= - A0.0 (A0StP) Stack pointer A1.0 (A1GbP) Global base pointer - A0.1 (A0FrP) Frame pointer A1.1 (A1LbP) Local base pointer - A0.2 A1.2 - A0.3 A1.3 - - -================== -USERLAND REGISTERS -================== - -All the general purpose D0, D1, A0, A1 registers are preserved when entering the -kernel (including asynchronous events such as interrupts and timer ticks) except -the following which have special purposes in the ABI: - - REGISTERS WHEN STATUS PURPOSE - =============== ======= =============== =============================== - D0.8 DSP Preserved ECH, determines what extended - DSP state to preserve. - A0.0 (A0StP) ALWAYS Preserved Stack >= A0StP may be clobbered - at any time by the creation of a - signal frame. - A1.0 (A1GbP) SMP Clobbered Used as temporary for loading - kernel stack pointer and saving - core context. - A0.15 !SMP Protected Stores kernel stack pointer. - A1.15 ALWAYS Protected Stores kernel base pointer. - -On UP A0.15 is used to store the kernel stack pointer for storing the userland -context. A0.15 is global between hardware threads though which means it cannot -be used on SMP for this purpose. Since no protected local registers are -available A1GbP is reserved for use as a temporary to allow a percpu stack -pointer to be loaded for storing the rest of the context. - - -================ -KERNEL REGISTERS -================ - -When in the kernel the following registers have special purposes in the ABI: - - REGISTERS WHEN STATUS PURPOSE - =============== ======= =============== =============================== - A0.0 (A0StP) ALWAYS Preserved Stack >= A0StP may be clobbered - at any time by the creation of - an irq signal frame. - A1.0 (A1GbP) ALWAYS Preserved Reserved (kernel base pointer). - - -=============== -SYSTEM CALL ABI -=============== - -When a system call is made, the following registers are effective: - - REGISTERS CALL RETURN - =============== ======================= =============================== - D0.0 (D0Re0) Return value (or -errno) - D1.0 (D1Re0) System call number Clobbered - D0.1 (D0Ar6) Syscall arg #6 Preserved - D1.1 (D1Ar5) Syscall arg #5 Preserved - D0.2 (D0Ar4) Syscall arg #4 Preserved - D1.2 (D1Ar3) Syscall arg #3 Preserved - D0.3 (D0Ar2) Syscall arg #2 Preserved - D1.3 (D1Ar1) Syscall arg #1 Preserved - -Due to the limited number of argument registers and some system calls with badly -aligned 64-bit arguments, 64-bit values are always packed in consecutive -arguments, even if this is contrary to the normal calling conventions (where the -two halves would go in a matching pair of data registers). - -For example fadvise64_64 usually has the signature: - - long sys_fadvise64_64(i32 fd, i64 offs, i64 len, i32 advice); - -But for metag fadvise64_64 is wrapped so that the 64-bit arguments are packed: - - long sys_fadvise64_64_metag(i32 fd, i32 offs_lo, - i32 offs_hi, i32 len_lo, - i32 len_hi, i32 advice) - -So the arguments are packed in the registers like this: - - D0 REG (ALIAS) VALUE D1 REG (ALIAS) VALUE - =============== =============== =============== ======================= - D0.1 (D0Ar6) advice D1.1 (D1Ar5) hi(len) - D0.2 (D0Ar4) lo(len) D1.2 (D1Ar3) hi(offs) - D0.3 (D0Ar2) lo(offs) D1.3 (D1Ar1) fd - - -=================== -CALLING CONVENTIONS -=================== - -These calling conventions apply to both user and kernel code. The stack grows -from low addresses to high addresses in the metag ABI. The stack pointer (A0StP) -should always point to the next free address on the stack and should at all -times be 64-bit aligned. The following registers are effective at the point of a -call: - - REGISTERS CALL RETURN - =============== ======================= =============================== - D0.0 (D0Re0) 32bit return value - D1.0 (D1Re0) Upper half of 64bit return value - D0.1 (D0Ar6) 32bit argument #6 Clobbered - D1.1 (D1Ar5) 32bit argument #5 Clobbered - D0.2 (D0Ar4) 32bit argument #4 Clobbered - D1.2 (D1Ar3) 32bit argument #3 Clobbered - D0.3 (D0Ar2) 32bit argument #2 Clobbered - D1.3 (D1Ar1) 32bit argument #1 Clobbered - D0.4 (D0FrT) Clobbered - D1.4 (D1RtP) Return pointer Clobbered - D{0-1}.{5-7} Preserved - A0.0 (A0StP) Stack pointer Preserved - A1.0 (A0GbP) Preserved - A0.1 (A0FrP) Frame pointer Preserved - A1.1 (A0LbP) Preserved - A{0-1},{2-3} Clobbered - -64-bit arguments are placed in matching pairs of registers (i.e. the same -register number in both D0 and D1 units), with the least significant half in D0 -and the most significant half in D1, leaving a gap where necessary. Further -arguments are stored on the stack in reverse order (earlier arguments at higher -addresses): - - ADDRESS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - =============== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== - A0StP --> - A0StP-0x08 32bit argument #8 32bit argument #7 - A0StP-0x10 32bit argument #10 32bit argument #9 - -Function prologues tend to look a bit like this: - - /* If frame pointer in use, move it to frame temp register so it can be - easily pushed onto stack */ - MOV D0FrT,A0FrP - - /* If frame pointer in use, set it to stack pointer */ - ADD A0FrP,A0StP,#0 - - /* Preserve D0FrT, D1RtP, D{0-1}.{5-7} on stack, incrementing A0StP */ - MSETL [A0StP++],D0FrT,D0.5,D0.6,D0.7 - - /* Allocate some stack space for local variables */ - ADD A0StP,A0StP,#0x10 - -At this point the stack would look like this: - - ADDRESS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - =============== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== - A0StP --> - A0StP-0x08 - A0StP-0x10 - A0StP-0x18 Old D0.7 Old D1.7 - A0StP-0x20 Old D0.6 Old D1.6 - A0StP-0x28 Old D0.5 Old D1.5 - A0FrP --> Old A0FrP (frame ptr) Old D1RtP (return ptr) - A0FrP-0x08 32bit argument #8 32bit argument #7 - A0FrP-0x10 32bit argument #10 32bit argument #9 - -Function epilogues tend to differ depending on the use of a frame pointer. An -example of a frame pointer epilogue: - - /* Restore D0FrT, D1RtP, D{0-1}.{5-7} from stack, incrementing A0FrP */ - MGETL D0FrT,D0.5,D0.6,D0.7,[A0FrP++] - /* Restore stack pointer to where frame pointer was before increment */ - SUB A0StP,A0FrP,#0x20 - /* Restore frame pointer from frame temp */ - MOV A0FrP,D0FrT - /* Return to caller via restored return pointer */ - MOV PC,D1RtP - -If the function hasn't touched the frame pointer, MGETL cannot be safely used -with A0StP as it always increments and that would expose the stack to clobbering -by interrupts (kernel) or signals (user). Therefore it's common to see the MGETL -split into separate GETL instructions: - - /* Restore D0FrT, D1RtP, D{0-1}.{5-7} from stack */ - GETL D0FrT,D1RtP,[A0StP+#-0x30] - GETL D0.5,D1.5,[A0StP+#-0x28] - GETL D0.6,D1.6,[A0StP+#-0x20] - GETL D0.7,D1.7,[A0StP+#-0x18] - /* Restore stack pointer */ - SUB A0StP,A0StP,#0x30 - /* Return to caller via restored return pointer */ - MOV PC,D1RtP diff --git a/Documentation/mn10300/ABI.txt b/Documentation/mn10300/ABI.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d3507bad428d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/mn10300/ABI.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ - ========================= - MN10300 FUNCTION CALL ABI - ========================= - -======= -GENERAL -======= - -The MN10300/AM33 kernel runs in little-endian mode; big-endian mode is not -supported. - -The stack grows downwards, and should always be 32-bit aligned. There are -separate stack pointer registers for userspace and the kernel. - - -================ -ARGUMENT PASSING -================ - -The first two arguments (assuming up to 32-bits per argument) to a function are -passed in the D0 and D1 registers respectively; all other arguments are passed -on the stack. - -If 64-bit arguments are being passed, then they are never split between -registers and the stack. If the first argument is a 64-bit value, it will be -passed in D0:D1. If the first argument is not a 64-bit value, but the second -is, the second will be passed entirely on the stack and D1 will be unused. - -Arguments smaller than 32-bits are not coalesced within a register or a stack -word. For example, two byte-sized arguments will always be passed in separate -registers or word-sized stack slots. - - -================= -CALLING FUNCTIONS -================= - -The caller must allocate twelve bytes on the stack for the callee's use before -it inserts a CALL instruction. The CALL instruction will write into the TOS -word, but won't actually modify the stack pointer; similarly, the RET -instruction reads from the TOS word of the stack, but doesn't move the stack -pointer beyond it. - - - Stack: - | | - | | - |---------------| SP+20 - | 4th Arg | - |---------------| SP+16 - | 3rd Arg | - |---------------| SP+12 - | D1 Save Slot | - |---------------| SP+8 - | D0 Save Slot | - |---------------| SP+4 - | Return Addr | - |---------------| SP - | | - | | - - -The caller must leave space on the stack (hence an allocation of twelve bytes) -in which the callee may store the first two arguments. - - -============ -RETURN VALUE -============ - -The return value is passed in D0 for an integer (or D0:D1 for a 64-bit value), -or A0 for a pointer. - -If the return value is a value larger than 64-bits, or is a structure or an -array, then a hidden first argument will be passed to the callee by the caller: -this will point to a piece of memory large enough to hold the result of the -function. In this case, the callee will return the value in that piece of -memory, and no value will be returned in D0 or A0. - - -=================== -REGISTER CLOBBERING -=================== - -The values in certain registers may be clobbered by the callee, and other -values must be saved: - - Clobber: D0-D1, A0-A1, E0-E3 - Save: D2-D3, A2-A3, E4-E7, SP - -All other non-supervisor-only registers are clobberable (such as MDR, MCRL, -MCRH). - - -================= -SPECIAL REGISTERS -================= - -Certain ordinary registers may carry special usage for the compiler: - - A3: Frame pointer - E2: TLS pointer - - -========== -KERNEL ABI -========== - -The kernel may use a slightly different ABI internally. - - (*) E2 - - If CONFIG_MN10300_CURRENT_IN_E2 is defined, then the current task pointer - will be kept in the E2 register, and that register will be marked - unavailable for the compiler to use as a scratch register. - - Normally the kernel uses something like: - - MOV SP,An - AND 0xFFFFE000,An - MOV (An),Rm // Rm holds current - MOV (yyy,Rm) // Access current->yyy - - To find the address of current; but since this option permits current to - be carried globally in an register, it can use: - - MOV (yyy,E2) // Access current->yyy - - instead. - - -=============== -SYSTEM CALL ABI -=============== - -System calls are called with the following convention: - - REGISTER ENTRY EXIT - =============== ======================= ======================= - D0 Syscall number Return value - A0 1st syscall argument Saved - D1 2nd syscall argument Saved - A3 3rd syscall argument Saved - A2 4th syscall argument Saved - D3 5th syscall argument Saved - D2 6th syscall argument Saved - -All other registers are saved. The layout is a consequence of the way the MOVM -instruction stores registers onto the stack. diff --git a/Documentation/mn10300/compartmentalisation.txt b/Documentation/mn10300/compartmentalisation.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8958b51dac4b..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/mn10300/compartmentalisation.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ - ========================================= - PART-SPECIFIC SOURCE COMPARTMENTALISATION - ========================================= - -The sources for various parts are compartmentalised at two different levels: - - (1) Processor level - - The "processor level" is a CPU core plus the other on-silicon - peripherals. - - Processor-specific header files are divided among directories in a similar - way to the CPU level: - - (*) include/asm-mn10300/proc-mn103e010/ - - Support for the AM33v2 CPU core. - - The appropriate processor is selected by a CONFIG_MN10300_PROC_YYYY option - from the "Processor support" choice menu in the arch/mn10300/Kconfig file. - - - (2) Unit level - - The "unit level" is a processor plus all the external peripherals - controlled by that processor. - - Unit-specific header files are divided among directories in a similar way - to the CPU level; not only that, but specific sources may also be - segregated into separate directories under the arch directory: - - (*) include/asm-mn10300/unit-asb2303/ - (*) arch/mn10300/unit-asb2303/ - - Support for the ASB2303 board with an ASB2308 daughter board. - - (*) include/asm-mn10300/unit-asb2305/ - (*) arch/mn10300/unit-asb2305/ - - Support for the ASB2305 board. - - The appropriate processor is selected by a CONFIG_MN10300_UNIT_ZZZZ option - from the "Unit type" choice menu in the arch/mn10300/Kconfig file. - - -============ -COMPILE TIME -============ - -When the kernel is compiled, symbolic links will be made in the asm header file -directory for this arch: - - include/asm-mn10300/proc => include/asm-mn10300/proc-YYYY/ - include/asm-mn10300/unit => include/asm-mn10300/unit-ZZZZ/ - -So that the header files contained in those directories can be accessed without -lots of #ifdef-age. - -The appropriate arch/mn10300/unit-ZZZZ directory will also be entered by the -compilation process; all other unit-specific directories will be ignored. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4c6586c87969 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +=================== +DPAA2 Documentation +=================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + overview diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/overview.rst b/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/overview.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..79fede4447d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/dpaa2/overview.rst @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ +.. include:: <isonum.txt> + +DPAA2 (Data Path Acceleration Architecture Gen2) Overview +========================================================= + +:Copyright: |copy| 2015 Freescale Semiconductor Inc. +:Copyright: |copy| 2018 NXP + +This document provides an overview of the Freescale DPAA2 architecture +and how it is integrated into the Linux kernel. + +Introduction +============ + +DPAA2 is a hardware architecture designed for high-speeed network +packet processing. DPAA2 consists of sophisticated mechanisms for +processing Ethernet packets, queue management, buffer management, +autonomous L2 switching, virtual Ethernet bridging, and accelerator +(e.g. crypto) sharing. + +A DPAA2 hardware component called the Management Complex (or MC) manages the +DPAA2 hardware resources. The MC provides an object-based abstraction for +software drivers to use the DPAA2 hardware. +The MC uses DPAA2 hardware resources such as queues, buffer pools, and +network ports to create functional objects/devices such as network +interfaces, an L2 switch, or accelerator instances. +The MC provides memory-mapped I/O command interfaces (MC portals) +which DPAA2 software drivers use to operate on DPAA2 objects. + +The diagram below shows an overview of the DPAA2 resource management +architecture:: + + +--------------------------------------+ + | OS | + | DPAA2 drivers | + | | | + +-----------------------------|--------+ + | + | (create,discover,connect + | config,use,destroy) + | + DPAA2 | + +------------------------| mc portal |-+ + | | | + | +- - - - - - - - - - - - -V- - -+ | + | | | | + | | Management Complex (MC) | | + | | | | + | +- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -+ | + | | + | Hardware Hardware | + | Resources Objects | + | --------- ------- | + | -queues -DPRC | + | -buffer pools -DPMCP | + | -Eth MACs/ports -DPIO | + | -network interface -DPNI | + | profiles -DPMAC | + | -queue portals -DPBP | + | -MC portals ... | + | ... | + | | + +--------------------------------------+ + + +The MC mediates operations such as create, discover, +connect, configuration, and destroy. Fast-path operations +on data, such as packet transmit/receive, are not mediated by +the MC and are done directly using memory mapped regions in +DPIO objects. + +Overview of DPAA2 Objects +========================= + +The section provides a brief overview of some key DPAA2 objects. +A simple scenario is described illustrating the objects involved +in creating a network interfaces. + +DPRC (Datapath Resource Container) +---------------------------------- + +A DPRC is a container object that holds all the other +types of DPAA2 objects. In the example diagram below there +are 8 objects of 5 types (DPMCP, DPIO, DPBP, DPNI, and DPMAC) +in the container. + +:: + + +---------------------------------------------------------+ + | DPRC | + | | + | +-------+ +-------+ +-------+ +-------+ +-------+ | + | | DPMCP | | DPIO | | DPBP | | DPNI | | DPMAC | | + | +-------+ +-------+ +-------+ +---+---+ +---+---+ | + | | DPMCP | | DPIO | | + | +-------+ +-------+ | + | | DPMCP | | + | +-------+ | + | | + +---------------------------------------------------------+ + +From the point of view of an OS, a DPRC behaves similar to a plug and +play bus, like PCI. DPRC commands can be used to enumerate the contents +of the DPRC, discover the hardware objects present (including mappable +regions and interrupts). + +:: + + DPRC.1 (bus) + | + +--+--------+-------+-------+-------+ + | | | | | + DPMCP.1 DPIO.1 DPBP.1 DPNI.1 DPMAC.1 + DPMCP.2 DPIO.2 + DPMCP.3 + +Hardware objects can be created and destroyed dynamically, providing +the ability to hot plug/unplug objects in and out of the DPRC. + +A DPRC has a mappable MMIO region (an MC portal) that can be used +to send MC commands. It has an interrupt for status events (like +hotplug). +All objects in a container share the same hardware "isolation context". +This means that with respect to an IOMMU the isolation granularity +is at the DPRC (container) level, not at the individual object +level. + +DPRCs can be defined statically and populated with objects +via a config file passed to the MC when firmware starts it. + +DPAA2 Objects for an Ethernet Network Interface +----------------------------------------------- + +A typical Ethernet NIC is monolithic-- the NIC device contains TX/RX +queuing mechanisms, configuration mechanisms, buffer management, +physical ports, and interrupts. DPAA2 uses a more granular approach +utilizing multiple hardware objects. Each object provides specialized +functions. Groups of these objects are used by software to provide +Ethernet network interface functionality. This approach provides +efficient use of finite hardware resources, flexibility, and +performance advantages. + +The diagram below shows the objects needed for a simple +network interface configuration on a system with 2 CPUs. + +:: + + +---+---+ +---+---+ + CPU0 CPU1 + +---+---+ +---+---+ + | | + +---+---+ +---+---+ + DPIO DPIO + +---+---+ +---+---+ + \ / + \ / + \ / + +---+---+ + DPNI --- DPBP,DPMCP + +---+---+ + | + | + +---+---+ + DPMAC + +---+---+ + | + port/PHY + +Below the objects are described. For each object a brief description +is provided along with a summary of the kinds of operations the object +supports and a summary of key resources of the object (MMIO regions +and IRQs). + +DPMAC (Datapath Ethernet MAC) +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Represents an Ethernet MAC, a hardware device that connects to an Ethernet +PHY and allows physical transmission and reception of Ethernet frames. + +- MMIO regions: none +- IRQs: DPNI link change +- commands: set link up/down, link config, get stats, + IRQ config, enable, reset + +DPNI (Datapath Network Interface) +Contains TX/RX queues, network interface configuration, and RX buffer pool +configuration mechanisms. The TX/RX queues are in memory and are identified +by queue number. + +- MMIO regions: none +- IRQs: link state +- commands: port config, offload config, queue config, + parse/classify config, IRQ config, enable, reset + +DPIO (Datapath I/O) +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Provides interfaces to enqueue and dequeue +packets and do hardware buffer pool management operations. The DPAA2 +architecture separates the mechanism to access queues (the DPIO object) +from the queues themselves. The DPIO provides an MMIO interface to +enqueue/dequeue packets. To enqueue something a descriptor is written +to the DPIO MMIO region, which includes the target queue number. +There will typically be one DPIO assigned to each CPU. This allows all +CPUs to simultaneously perform enqueue/dequeued operations. DPIOs are +expected to be shared by different DPAA2 drivers. + +- MMIO regions: queue operations, buffer management +- IRQs: data availability, congestion notification, buffer + pool depletion +- commands: IRQ config, enable, reset + +DPBP (Datapath Buffer Pool) +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Represents a hardware buffer pool. + +- MMIO regions: none +- IRQs: none +- commands: enable, reset + +DPMCP (Datapath MC Portal) +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Provides an MC command portal. +Used by drivers to send commands to the MC to manage +objects. + +- MMIO regions: MC command portal +- IRQs: command completion +- commands: IRQ config, enable, reset + +Object Connections +================== +Some objects have explicit relationships that must +be configured: + +- DPNI <--> DPMAC +- DPNI <--> DPNI +- DPNI <--> L2-switch-port + + A DPNI must be connected to something such as a DPMAC, + another DPNI, or L2 switch port. The DPNI connection + is made via a DPRC command. + +:: + + +-------+ +-------+ + | DPNI | | DPMAC | + +---+---+ +---+---+ + | | + +==========+ + +- DPNI <--> DPBP + + A network interface requires a 'buffer pool' (DPBP + object) which provides a list of pointers to memory + where received Ethernet data is to be copied. The + Ethernet driver configures the DPBPs associated with + the network interface. + +Interrupts +========== +All interrupts generated by DPAA2 objects are message +interrupts. At the hardware level message interrupts +generated by devices will normally have 3 components-- +1) a non-spoofable 'device-id' expressed on the hardware +bus, 2) an address, 3) a data value. + +In the case of DPAA2 devices/objects, all objects in the +same container/DPRC share the same 'device-id'. +For ARM-based SoC this is the same as the stream ID. + + +DPAA2 Linux Drivers Overview +============================ + +This section provides an overview of the Linux kernel drivers for +DPAA2-- 1) the bus driver and associated "DPAA2 infrastructure" +drivers and 2) functional object drivers (such as Ethernet). + +As described previously, a DPRC is a container that holds the other +types of DPAA2 objects. It is functionally similar to a plug-and-play +bus controller. +Each object in the DPRC is a Linux "device" and is bound to a driver. +The diagram below shows the Linux drivers involved in a networking +scenario and the objects bound to each driver. A brief description +of each driver follows. + +:: + + +------------+ + | OS Network | + | Stack | + +------------+ +------------+ + | Allocator |. . . . . . . | Ethernet | + |(DPMCP,DPBP)| | (DPNI) | + +-.----------+ +---+---+----+ + . . ^ | + . . <data avail, | | <enqueue, + . . tx confirm> | | dequeue> + +-------------+ . | | + | DPRC driver | . +---+---V----+ +---------+ + | (DPRC) | . . . . . .| DPIO driver| | MAC | + +----------+--+ | (DPIO) | | (DPMAC) | + | +------+-----+ +-----+---+ + |<dev add/remove> | | + | | | + +--------+----------+ | +--+---+ + | MC-bus driver | | | PHY | + | | | |driver| + | /bus/fsl-mc | | +--+---+ + +-------------------+ | | + | | + ========================= HARDWARE =========|=================|====== + DPIO | + | | + DPNI---DPBP | + | | + DPMAC | + | | + PHY ---------------+ + ============================================|======================== + +A brief description of each driver is provided below. + +MC-bus driver +------------- +The MC-bus driver is a platform driver and is probed from a +node in the device tree (compatible "fsl,qoriq-mc") passed in by boot +firmware. It is responsible for bootstrapping the DPAA2 kernel +infrastructure. +Key functions include: + +- registering a new bus type named "fsl-mc" with the kernel, + and implementing bus call-backs (e.g. match/uevent/dev_groups) +- implementing APIs for DPAA2 driver registration and for device + add/remove +- creates an MSI IRQ domain +- doing a 'device add' to expose the 'root' DPRC, in turn triggering + a bind of the root DPRC to the DPRC driver + +The binding for the MC-bus device-tree node can be consulted at +*Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt*. +The sysfs bind/unbind interfaces for the MC-bus can be consulted at +*Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fsl-mc*. + +DPRC driver +----------- +The DPRC driver is bound to DPRC objects and does runtime management +of a bus instance. It performs the initial bus scan of the DPRC +and handles interrupts for container events such as hot plug by +re-scanning the DPRC. + +Allocator +--------- +Certain objects such as DPMCP and DPBP are generic and fungible, +and are intended to be used by other drivers. For example, +the DPAA2 Ethernet driver needs: + +- DPMCPs to send MC commands, to configure network interfaces +- DPBPs for network buffer pools + +The allocator driver registers for these allocatable object types +and those objects are bound to the allocator when the bus is probed. +The allocator maintains a pool of objects that are available for +allocation by other DPAA2 drivers. + +DPIO driver +----------- +The DPIO driver is bound to DPIO objects and provides services that allow +other drivers such as the Ethernet driver to enqueue and dequeue data for +their respective objects. +Key services include: + +- data availability notifications +- hardware queuing operations (enqueue and dequeue of data) +- hardware buffer pool management + +To transmit a packet the Ethernet driver puts data on a queue and +invokes a DPIO API. For receive, the Ethernet driver registers +a data availability notification callback. To dequeue a packet +a DPIO API is used. +There is typically one DPIO object per physical CPU for optimum +performance, allowing different CPUs to simultaneously enqueue +and dequeue data. + +The DPIO driver operates on behalf of all DPAA2 drivers +active in the kernel-- Ethernet, crypto, compression, +etc. + +Ethernet driver +--------------- +The Ethernet driver is bound to a DPNI and implements the kernel +interfaces needed to connect the DPAA2 network interface to +the network stack. +Each DPNI corresponds to a Linux network interface. + +MAC driver +---------- +An Ethernet PHY is an off-chip, board specific component and is managed +by the appropriate PHY driver via an mdio bus. The MAC driver +plays a role of being a proxy between the PHY driver and the +MC. It does this proxy via the MC commands to a DPMAC object. +If the PHY driver signals a link change, the MAC driver notifies +the MC via a DPMAC command. If a network interface is brought +up or down, the MC notifies the DPMAC driver via an interrupt and +the driver can take appropriate action. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt b/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt index 57e616ed10b0..c2d6e1824b29 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Enabling the driver The driver is enabled via the standard kernel configuration system, using the make command: - Make oldconfig/silentoldconfig/menuconfig/etc. + make config/oldconfig/menuconfig/etc. The driver is located in the menu structure at: diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ice.txt b/Documentation/networking/ice.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6261c46378e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/ice.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Intel(R) Ethernet Connection E800 Series Linux Driver +=================================================================== + +Intel ice Linux driver. +Copyright(c) 2018 Intel Corporation. + +Contents +======== +- Enabling the driver +- Support + +The driver in this release supports Intel's E800 Series of products. For +more information, visit Intel's support page at http://support.intel.com. + +Enabling the driver +=================== + +The driver is enabled via the standard kernel configuration system, +using the make command: + + Make oldconfig/silentoldconfig/menuconfig/etc. + +The driver is located in the menu structure at: + + -> Device Drivers + -> Network device support (NETDEVICES [=y]) + -> Ethernet driver support + -> Intel devices + -> Intel(R) Ethernet Connection E800 Series Support + +Support +======= + +For general information, go to the Intel support website at: + + http://support.intel.com + +If an issue is identified with the released source code, please email +the maintainer listed in the MAINTAINERS file. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/index.rst b/Documentation/networking/index.rst index 90966c2692d8..f204eaff657d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/index.rst @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Contents: batman-adv can + dpaa2/index kapi z8530book msg_zerocopy diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index a553d4e4a0fb..5dc1a040a2f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -133,14 +133,11 @@ min_adv_mss - INTEGER IP Fragmentation: -ipfrag_high_thresh - INTEGER - Maximum memory used to reassemble IP fragments. When - ipfrag_high_thresh bytes of memory is allocated for this purpose, - the fragment handler will toss packets until ipfrag_low_thresh - is reached. This also serves as a maximum limit to namespaces - different from the initial one. - -ipfrag_low_thresh - INTEGER +ipfrag_high_thresh - LONG INTEGER + Maximum memory used to reassemble IP fragments. + +ipfrag_low_thresh - LONG INTEGER + (Obsolete since linux-4.17) Maximum memory used to reassemble IP fragments before the kernel begins to remove incomplete fragment queues to free up resources. The kernel still accepts new fragments for defragmentation. @@ -755,13 +752,13 @@ udp_rmem_min - INTEGER Minimal size of receive buffer used by UDP sockets in moderation. Each UDP socket is able to use the size for receiving data, even if total pages of UDP sockets exceed udp_mem pressure. The unit is byte. - Default: 1 page + Default: 4K udp_wmem_min - INTEGER Minimal size of send buffer used by UDP sockets in moderation. Each UDP socket is able to use the size for sending data, even if total pages of UDP sockets exceed udp_mem pressure. The unit is byte. - Default: 1 page + Default: 4K CIPSOv4 Variables: @@ -1363,6 +1360,13 @@ flowlabel_reflect - BOOLEAN FALSE: disabled Default: FALSE +fib_multipath_hash_policy - INTEGER + Controls which hash policy to use for multipath routes. + Default: 0 (Layer 3) + Possible values: + 0 - Layer 3 (source and destination addresses plus flow label) + 1 - Layer 4 (standard 5-tuple) + anycast_src_echo_reply - BOOLEAN Controls the use of anycast addresses as source addresses for ICMPv6 echo reply @@ -1696,7 +1700,9 @@ disable_ipv6 - BOOLEAN interface and start Duplicate Address Detection, if necessary. When this value is changed from 0 to 1 (IPv6 is being disabled), - it will dynamically delete all address on the given interface. + it will dynamically delete all addresses and routes on the given + interface. From now on it will not possible to add addresses/routes + to the selected interface. accept_dad - INTEGER Whether to accept DAD (Duplicate Address Detection). @@ -2094,7 +2100,7 @@ sctp_rmem - vector of 3 INTEGERs: min, default, max It is guaranteed to each SCTP socket (but not association) even under moderate memory pressure. - Default: 1 page + Default: 4K sctp_wmem - vector of 3 INTEGERs: min, default, max Currently this tunable has no effect. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/irda.txt b/Documentation/networking/irda.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bff26c138be6..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/networking/irda.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -To use the IrDA protocols within Linux you will need to get a suitable copy -of the IrDA Utilities. More detailed information about these and associated -programs can be found on http://irda.sourceforge.net/ - -For more information about how to use the IrDA protocol stack, see the -Linux Infrared HOWTO by Werner Heuser <wehe@tuxmobil.org>: -<http://www.tuxmobil.org/Infrared-HOWTO/Infrared-HOWTO.html> - -There is an active mailing list for discussing Linux-IrDA matters called - irda-users@lists.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/networking/msg_zerocopy.rst b/Documentation/networking/msg_zerocopy.rst index 291a01264967..fe46d4867e2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/msg_zerocopy.rst +++ b/Documentation/networking/msg_zerocopy.rst @@ -72,11 +72,6 @@ this flag, a process must first signal intent by setting a socket option: if (setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ZEROCOPY, &one, sizeof(one))) error(1, errno, "setsockopt zerocopy"); -Setting the socket option only works when the socket is in its initial -(TCP_CLOSED) state. Trying to set the option for a socket returned by accept(), -for example, will lead to an EBUSY error. In this case, the option should be set -to the listening socket and it will be inherited by the accepted sockets. - Transmission ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/net_dim.txt b/Documentation/networking/net_dim.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9cb31c5e2dcd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/net_dim.txt @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +Net DIM - Generic Network Dynamic Interrupt Moderation +====================================================== + +Author: + Tal Gilboa <talgi@mellanox.com> + + +Contents +========= + +- Assumptions +- Introduction +- The Net DIM Algorithm +- Registering a Network Device to DIM +- Example + +Part 0: Assumptions +====================== + +This document assumes the reader has basic knowledge in network drivers +and in general interrupt moderation. + + +Part I: Introduction +====================== + +Dynamic Interrupt Moderation (DIM) (in networking) refers to changing the +interrupt moderation configuration of a channel in order to optimize packet +processing. The mechanism includes an algorithm which decides if and how to +change moderation parameters for a channel, usually by performing an analysis on +runtime data sampled from the system. Net DIM is such a mechanism. In each +iteration of the algorithm, it analyses a given sample of the data, compares it +to the previous sample and if required, it can decide to change some of the +interrupt moderation configuration fields. The data sample is composed of data +bandwidth, the number of packets and the number of events. The time between +samples is also measured. Net DIM compares the current and the previous data and +returns an adjusted interrupt moderation configuration object. In some cases, +the algorithm might decide not to change anything. The configuration fields are +the minimum duration (microseconds) allowed between events and the maximum +number of wanted packets per event. The Net DIM algorithm ascribes importance to +increase bandwidth over reducing interrupt rate. + + +Part II: The Net DIM Algorithm +=============================== + +Each iteration of the Net DIM algorithm follows these steps: +1. Calculates new data sample. +2. Compares it to previous sample. +3. Makes a decision - suggests interrupt moderation configuration fields. +4. Applies a schedule work function, which applies suggested configuration. + +The first two steps are straightforward, both the new and the previous data are +supplied by the driver registered to Net DIM. The previous data is the new data +supplied to the previous iteration. The comparison step checks the difference +between the new and previous data and decides on the result of the last step. +A step would result as "better" if bandwidth increases and as "worse" if +bandwidth reduces. If there is no change in bandwidth, the packet rate is +compared in a similar fashion - increase == "better" and decrease == "worse". +In case there is no change in the packet rate as well, the interrupt rate is +compared. Here the algorithm tries to optimize for lower interrupt rate so an +increase in the interrupt rate is considered "worse" and a decrease is +considered "better". Step #2 has an optimization for avoiding false results: it +only considers a difference between samples as valid if it is greater than a +certain percentage. Also, since Net DIM does not measure anything by itself, it +assumes the data provided by the driver is valid. + +Step #3 decides on the suggested configuration based on the result from step #2 +and the internal state of the algorithm. The states reflect the "direction" of +the algorithm: is it going left (reducing moderation), right (increasing +moderation) or standing still. Another optimization is that if a decision +to stay still is made multiple times, the interval between iterations of the +algorithm would increase in order to reduce calculation overhead. Also, after +"parking" on one of the most left or most right decisions, the algorithm may +decide to verify this decision by taking a step in the other direction. This is +done in order to avoid getting stuck in a "deep sleep" scenario. Once a +decision is made, an interrupt moderation configuration is selected from +the predefined profiles. + +The last step is to notify the registered driver that it should apply the +suggested configuration. This is done by scheduling a work function, defined by +the Net DIM API and provided by the registered driver. + +As you can see, Net DIM itself does not actively interact with the system. It +would have trouble making the correct decisions if the wrong data is supplied to +it and it would be useless if the work function would not apply the suggested +configuration. This does, however, allow the registered driver some room for +manoeuvre as it may provide partial data or ignore the algorithm suggestion +under some conditions. + + +Part III: Registering a Network Device to DIM +============================================== + +Net DIM API exposes the main function net_dim(struct net_dim *dim, +struct net_dim_sample end_sample). This function is the entry point to the Net +DIM algorithm and has to be called every time the driver would like to check if +it should change interrupt moderation parameters. The driver should provide two +data structures: struct net_dim and struct net_dim_sample. Struct net_dim +describes the state of DIM for a specific object (RX queue, TX queue, +other queues, etc.). This includes the current selected profile, previous data +samples, the callback function provided by the driver and more. +Struct net_dim_sample describes a data sample, which will be compared to the +data sample stored in struct net_dim in order to decide on the algorithm's next +step. The sample should include bytes, packets and interrupts, measured by +the driver. + +In order to use Net DIM from a networking driver, the driver needs to call the +main net_dim() function. The recommended method is to call net_dim() on each +interrupt. Since Net DIM has a built-in moderation and it might decide to skip +iterations under certain conditions, there is no need to moderate the net_dim() +calls as well. As mentioned above, the driver needs to provide an object of type +struct net_dim to the net_dim() function call. It is advised for each entity +using Net DIM to hold a struct net_dim as part of its data structure and use it +as the main Net DIM API object. The struct net_dim_sample should hold the latest +bytes, packets and interrupts count. No need to perform any calculations, just +include the raw data. + +The net_dim() call itself does not return anything. Instead Net DIM relies on +the driver to provide a callback function, which is called when the algorithm +decides to make a change in the interrupt moderation parameters. This callback +will be scheduled and run in a separate thread in order not to add overhead to +the data flow. After the work is done, Net DIM algorithm needs to be set to +the proper state in order to move to the next iteration. + + +Part IV: Example +================= + +The following code demonstrates how to register a driver to Net DIM. The actual +usage is not complete but it should make the outline of the usage clear. + +my_driver.c: + +#include <linux/net_dim.h> + +/* Callback for net DIM to schedule on a decision to change moderation */ +void my_driver_do_dim_work(struct work_struct *work) +{ + /* Get struct net_dim from struct work_struct */ + struct net_dim *dim = container_of(work, struct net_dim, + work); + /* Do interrupt moderation related stuff */ + ... + + /* Signal net DIM work is done and it should move to next iteration */ + dim->state = NET_DIM_START_MEASURE; +} + +/* My driver's interrupt handler */ +int my_driver_handle_interrupt(struct my_driver_entity *my_entity, ...) +{ + ... + /* A struct to hold current measured data */ + struct net_dim_sample dim_sample; + ... + /* Initiate data sample struct with current data */ + net_dim_sample(my_entity->events, + my_entity->packets, + my_entity->bytes, + &dim_sample); + /* Call net DIM */ + net_dim(&my_entity->dim, dim_sample); + ... +} + +/* My entity's initialization function (my_entity was already allocated) */ +int my_driver_init_my_entity(struct my_driver_entity *my_entity, ...) +{ + ... + /* Initiate struct work_struct with my driver's callback function */ + INIT_WORK(&my_entity->dim.work, my_driver_do_dim_work); + ... +} diff --git a/Documentation/networking/nf_flowtable.txt b/Documentation/networking/nf_flowtable.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..54128c50d508 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/nf_flowtable.txt @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +Netfilter's flowtable infrastructure +==================================== + +This documentation describes the software flowtable infrastructure available in +Netfilter since Linux kernel 4.16. + +Overview +-------- + +Initial packets follow the classic forwarding path, once the flow enters the +established state according to the conntrack semantics (ie. we have seen traffic +in both directions), then you can decide to offload the flow to the flowtable +from the forward chain via the 'flow offload' action available in nftables. + +Packets that find an entry in the flowtable (ie. flowtable hit) are sent to the +output netdevice via neigh_xmit(), hence, they bypass the classic forwarding +path (the visible effect is that you do not see these packets from any of the +netfilter hooks coming after the ingress). In case of flowtable miss, the packet +follows the classic forward path. + +The flowtable uses a resizable hashtable, lookups are based on the following +7-tuple selectors: source, destination, layer 3 and layer 4 protocols, source +and destination ports and the input interface (useful in case there are several +conntrack zones in place). + +Flowtables are populated via the 'flow offload' nftables action, so the user can +selectively specify what flows are placed into the flow table. Hence, packets +follow the classic forwarding path unless the user explicitly instruct packets +to use this new alternative forwarding path via nftables policy. + +This is represented in Fig.1, which describes the classic forwarding path +including the Netfilter hooks and the flowtable fastpath bypass. + + userspace process + ^ | + | | + _____|____ ____\/___ + / \ / \ + | input | | output | + \__________/ \_________/ + ^ | + | | + _________ __________ --------- _____\/_____ + / \ / \ |Routing | / \ + --> ingress ---> prerouting ---> |decision| | postrouting |--> neigh_xmit + \_________/ \__________/ ---------- \____________/ ^ + | ^ | | ^ | + flowtable | | ____\/___ | | + | | | / \ | | + __\/___ | --------->| forward |------------ | + |-----| | \_________/ | + |-----| | 'flow offload' rule | + |-----| | adds entry to | + |_____| | flowtable | + | | | + / \ | | + /hit\_no_| | + \ ? / | + \ / | + |__yes_________________fastpath bypass ____________________________| + + Fig.1 Netfilter hooks and flowtable interactions + +The flowtable entry also stores the NAT configuration, so all packets are +mangled according to the NAT policy that matches the initial packets that went +through the classic forwarding path. The TTL is decremented before calling +neigh_xmit(). Fragmented traffic is passed up to follow the classic forwarding +path given that the transport selectors are missing, therefore flowtable lookup +is not possible. + +Example configuration +--------------------- + +Enabling the flowtable bypass is relatively easy, you only need to create a +flowtable and add one rule to your forward chain. + + table inet x { + flowtable f { + hook ingress priority 0 devices = { eth0, eth1 }; + } + chain y { + type filter hook forward priority 0; policy accept; + ip protocol tcp flow offload @f + counter packets 0 bytes 0 + } + } + +This example adds the flowtable 'f' to the ingress hook of the eth0 and eth1 +netdevices. You can create as many flowtables as you want in case you need to +perform resource partitioning. The flowtable priority defines the order in which +hooks are run in the pipeline, this is convenient in case you already have a +nftables ingress chain (make sure the flowtable priority is smaller than the +nftables ingress chain hence the flowtable runs before in the pipeline). + +The 'flow offload' action from the forward chain 'y' adds an entry to the +flowtable for the TCP syn-ack packet coming in the reply direction. Once the +flow is offloaded, you will observe that the counter rule in the example above +does not get updated for the packets that are being forwarded through the +forwarding bypass. + +More reading +------------ + +This documentation is based on the LWN.net articles [1][2]. Rafal Milecki also +made a very complete and comprehensive summary called "A state of network +acceleration" that describes how things were before this infrastructure was +mailined [3] and it also makes a rough summary of this work [4]. + +[1] https://lwn.net/Articles/738214/ +[2] https://lwn.net/Articles/742164/ +[3] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/lede-dev/2018-January/010830.html +[4] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/lede-dev/2018-January/010829.html diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt index bf654845556e..999eb41da81d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt @@ -7,15 +7,12 @@ socket interface on 2.4/2.6/3.x kernels. This type of sockets is used for i) capture network traffic with utilities like tcpdump, ii) transmit network traffic, or any other that needs raw access to network interface. -You can find the latest version of this document at: - http://wiki.ipxwarzone.com/index.php5?title=Linux_packet_mmap - Howto can be found at: - http://wiki.gnu-log.net (packet_mmap) + https://sites.google.com/site/packetmmap/ Please send your comments to Ulisses Alonso Camaró <uaca@i.hate.spam.alumni.uv.es> - Johann Baudy <johann.baudy@gnu-log.net> + Johann Baudy ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Why use PACKET_MMAP @@ -51,17 +48,8 @@ From the user standpoint, you should use the higher level libpcap library, which is a de facto standard, portable across nearly all operating systems including Win32. -Said that, at time of this writing, official libpcap 0.8.1 is out and doesn't include -support for PACKET_MMAP, and also probably the libpcap included in your distribution. - -I'm aware of two implementations of PACKET_MMAP in libpcap: - - http://wiki.ipxwarzone.com/ (by Simon Patarin, based on libpcap 0.6.2) - http://public.lanl.gov/cpw/ (by Phil Wood, based on lastest libpcap) - -The rest of this document is intended for people who want to understand -the low level details or want to improve libpcap by including PACKET_MMAP -support. +Packet MMAP support was integrated into libpcap around the time of version 1.3.0; +TPACKET_V3 support was added in version 1.5.0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + How to use mmap() directly to improve capture process @@ -174,7 +162,7 @@ As capture, each frame contains two parts: /* bind socket to eth0 */ bind(this->socket, (struct sockaddr *)&my_addr, sizeof(struct sockaddr_ll)); - A complete tutorial is available at: http://wiki.gnu-log.net/ + A complete tutorial is available at: https://sites.google.com/site/packetmmap/ By default, the user should put data at : frame base + TPACKET_HDRLEN - sizeof(struct sockaddr_ll) diff --git a/Documentation/networking/segmentation-offloads.txt b/Documentation/networking/segmentation-offloads.txt index 2f09455a993a..aca542ec125c 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/segmentation-offloads.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/segmentation-offloads.txt @@ -13,14 +13,15 @@ The following technologies are described: * Generic Segmentation Offload - GSO * Generic Receive Offload - GRO * Partial Generic Segmentation Offload - GSO_PARTIAL + * SCTP accelleration with GSO - GSO_BY_FRAGS TCP Segmentation Offload ======================== TCP segmentation allows a device to segment a single frame into multiple frames with a data payload size specified in skb_shinfo()->gso_size. -When TCP segmentation requested the bit for either SKB_GSO_TCP or -SKB_GSO_TCP6 should be set in skb_shinfo()->gso_type and +When TCP segmentation requested the bit for either SKB_GSO_TCPV4 or +SKB_GSO_TCPV6 should be set in skb_shinfo()->gso_type and skb_shinfo()->gso_size should be set to a non-zero value. TCP segmentation is dependent on support for the use of partial checksum @@ -49,6 +50,10 @@ datagram into multiple IPv4 fragments. Many of the requirements for UDP fragmentation offload are the same as TSO. However the IPv4 ID for fragments should not increment as a single IPv4 datagram is fragmented. +UFO is deprecated: modern kernels will no longer generate UFO skbs, but can +still receive them from tuntap and similar devices. Offload of UDP-based +tunnel protocols is still supported. + IPIP, SIT, GRE, UDP Tunnel, and Remote Checksum Offloads ======================================================== @@ -83,10 +88,10 @@ SKB_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM. These two additional tunnel types reflect the fact that the outer header also requests to have a non-zero checksum included in the outer header. -Finally there is SKB_GSO_REMCSUM which indicates that a given tunnel header -has requested a remote checksum offload. In this case the inner headers -will be left with a partial checksum and only the outer header checksum -will be computed. +Finally there is SKB_GSO_TUNNEL_REMCSUM which indicates that a given tunnel +header has requested a remote checksum offload. In this case the inner +headers will be left with a partial checksum and only the outer header +checksum will be computed. Generic Segmentation Offload ============================ @@ -128,3 +133,38 @@ values for if the header was simply duplicated. The one exception to this is the outer IPv4 ID field. It is up to the device drivers to guarantee that the IPv4 ID field is incremented in the case that a given header does not have the DF bit set. + +SCTP accelleration with GSO +=========================== + +SCTP - despite the lack of hardware support - can still take advantage of +GSO to pass one large packet through the network stack, rather than +multiple small packets. + +This requires a different approach to other offloads, as SCTP packets +cannot be just segmented to (P)MTU. Rather, the chunks must be contained in +IP segments, padding respected. So unlike regular GSO, SCTP can't just +generate a big skb, set gso_size to the fragmentation point and deliver it +to IP layer. + +Instead, the SCTP protocol layer builds an skb with the segments correctly +padded and stored as chained skbs, and skb_segment() splits based on those. +To signal this, gso_size is set to the special value GSO_BY_FRAGS. + +Therefore, any code in the core networking stack must be aware of the +possibility that gso_size will be GSO_BY_FRAGS and handle that case +appropriately. + +There are some helpers to make this easier: + + - skb_is_gso(skb) && skb_is_gso_sctp(skb) is the best way to see if + an skb is an SCTP GSO skb. + + - For size checks, the skb_gso_validate_*_len family of helpers correctly + considers GSO_BY_FRAGS. + + - For manipulating packets, skb_increase_gso_size and skb_decrease_gso_size + will check for GSO_BY_FRAGS and WARN if asked to manipulate these skbs. + +This also affects drivers with the NETIF_F_FRAGLIST & NETIF_F_GSO_SCTP bits +set. Note also that NETIF_F_GSO_SCTP is included in NETIF_F_GSO_SOFTWARE. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tls.txt b/Documentation/networking/tls.txt index 77ed00631c12..58b5ef75f1b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/tls.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/tls.txt @@ -48,6 +48,9 @@ the transmit and the receive into the kernel. setsockopt(sock, SOL_TLS, TLS_TX, &crypto_info, sizeof(crypto_info)); +Transmit and receive are set separately, but the setup is the same, using either +TLS_TX or TLS_RX. + Sending TLS application data ---------------------------- @@ -79,6 +82,28 @@ for memory), or the encryption will always succeed. If send() returns -ENOMEM and some data was left on the socket buffer from a previous call using MSG_MORE, the MSG_MORE data is left on the socket buffer. +Receiving TLS application data +------------------------------ + +After setting the TLS_RX socket option, all recv family socket calls +are decrypted using TLS parameters provided. A full TLS record must +be received before decryption can happen. + + char buffer[16384]; + recv(sock, buffer, 16384); + +Received data is decrypted directly in to the user buffer if it is +large enough, and no additional allocations occur. If the userspace +buffer is too small, data is decrypted in the kernel and copied to +userspace. + +EINVAL is returned if the TLS version in the received message does not +match the version passed in setsockopt. + +EMSGSIZE is returned if the received message is too big. + +EBADMSG is returned if decryption failed for any other reason. + Send TLS control messages ------------------------- @@ -118,6 +143,43 @@ using a record of type @record_type. Control message data should be provided unencrypted, and will be encrypted by the kernel. +Receiving TLS control messages +------------------------------ + +TLS control messages are passed in the userspace buffer, with message +type passed via cmsg. If no cmsg buffer is provided, an error is +returned if a control message is received. Data messages may be +received without a cmsg buffer set. + + char buffer[16384]; + char cmsg[CMSG_SPACE(sizeof(unsigned char))]; + struct msghdr msg = {0}; + msg.msg_control = cmsg; + msg.msg_controllen = sizeof(cmsg); + + struct iovec msg_iov; + msg_iov.iov_base = buffer; + msg_iov.iov_len = 16384; + + msg.msg_iov = &msg_iov; + msg.msg_iovlen = 1; + + int ret = recvmsg(sock, &msg, 0 /* flags */); + + struct cmsghdr *cmsg = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); + if (cmsg->cmsg_level == SOL_TLS && + cmsg->cmsg_type == TLS_GET_RECORD_TYPE) { + int record_type = *((unsigned char *)CMSG_DATA(cmsg)); + // Do something with record_type, and control message data in + // buffer. + // + // Note that record_type may be == to application data (23). + } else { + // Buffer contains application data. + } + +recv will never return data from mixed types of TLS records. + Integrating in to userspace TLS library --------------------------------------- @@ -126,10 +188,10 @@ layer of a userspace TLS library. A patchset to OpenSSL to use ktls as the record layer is here: -https://github.com/Mellanox/tls-openssl +https://github.com/Mellanox/openssl/commits/tls_rx2 An example of calling send directly after a handshake using gnutls. Since it doesn't implement a full record layer, control messages are not supported: -https://github.com/Mellanox/tls-af_ktls_tool +https://github.com/ktls/af_ktls-tool/commits/RX diff --git a/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt b/Documentation/perf/arm-ccn.txt index 15cdb7bc57c3..15cdb7bc57c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt +++ b/Documentation/perf/arm-ccn.txt diff --git a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt index 9f2f942a01cf..cc87adf44c0a 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt @@ -24,8 +24,16 @@ Some warnings, first. * see the FAQ below for details. (This is not true for more traditional * power states like "standby", which normally don't turn USB off.) +Swap partition: You need to append resume=/dev/your_swap_partition to kernel command -line. Then you suspend by +line or specify it using /sys/power/resume. + +Swap file: +If using a swapfile you can also specify a resume offset using +resume_offset=<number> on the kernel command line or specify it +in /sys/power/resume_offset. + +After preparing then you suspend by echo shutdown > /sys/power/disk; echo disk > /sys/power/state diff --git a/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst b/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst index 26b106071364..eb4b185d168c 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst @@ -58,6 +58,14 @@ can never be transgressed. If there is a good reason to go against the style (a line which becomes far less readable if split to fit within the 80-column limit, for example), just do it. +Note that you can also use the ``clang-format`` tool to help you with +these rules, to quickly re-format parts of your code automatically, +and to review full files in order to spot coding style mistakes, +typos and possible improvements. It is also handy for sorting ``#includes``, +for aligning variables/macros, for reflowing text and other similar tasks. +See the file :ref:`Documentation/process/clang-format.rst <clangformat>` +for more details. + Abstraction layers ****************** diff --git a/Documentation/process/adding-syscalls.rst b/Documentation/process/adding-syscalls.rst index 8cc25a06f353..0d4f29bc798b 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/adding-syscalls.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/adding-syscalls.rst @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ your new syscall number may get adjusted to resolve conflicts. The file ``kernel/sys_ni.c`` provides a fallback stub implementation of each system call, returning ``-ENOSYS``. Add your new system call here too:: - cond_syscall(sys_xyzzy); + COND_SYSCALL(xyzzy); Your new kernel functionality, and the system call that controls it, should normally be optional, so add a ``CONFIG`` option (typically to @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ First, the entry in ``arch/x86/entry/syscalls/syscall_32.tbl`` gets an extra column to indicate that a 32-bit userspace program running on a 64-bit kernel should hit the compat entry point:: - 380 i386 xyzzy sys_xyzzy compat_sys_xyzzy + 380 i386 xyzzy sys_xyzzy __ia32_compat_sys_xyzzy Second, you need to figure out what should happen for the x32 ABI version of the new system call. There's a choice here: the layout of the arguments @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ the compatibility wrapper:: 333 64 xyzzy sys_xyzzy ... - 555 x32 xyzzy compat_sys_xyzzy + 555 x32 xyzzy __x32_compat_sys_xyzzy If no pointers are involved, then it is preferable to re-use the 64-bit system call for the x32 ABI (and consequently the entry in @@ -487,6 +487,38 @@ patchset, for the convenience of reviewers. The man page should be cc'ed to linux-man@vger.kernel.org For more details, see https://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/patches.html + +Do not call System Calls in the Kernel +-------------------------------------- + +System calls are, as stated above, interaction points between userspace and +the kernel. Therefore, system call functions such as ``sys_xyzzy()`` or +``compat_sys_xyzzy()`` should only be called from userspace via the syscall +table, but not from elsewhere in the kernel. If the syscall functionality is +useful to be used within the kernel, needs to be shared between an old and a +new syscall, or needs to be shared between a syscall and its compatibility +variant, it should be implemented by means of a "helper" function (such as +``kern_xyzzy()``). This kernel function may then be called within the +syscall stub (``sys_xyzzy()``), the compatibility syscall stub +(``compat_sys_xyzzy()``), and/or other kernel code. + +At least on 64-bit x86, it will be a hard requirement from v4.17 onwards to not +call system call functions in the kernel. It uses a different calling +convention for system calls where ``struct pt_regs`` is decoded on-the-fly in a +syscall wrapper which then hands processing over to the actual syscall function. +This means that only those parameters which are actually needed for a specific +syscall are passed on during syscall entry, instead of filling in six CPU +registers with random user space content all the time (which may cause serious +trouble down the call chain). + +Moreover, rules on how data may be accessed may differ between kernel data and +user data. This is another reason why calling ``sys_xyzzy()`` is generally a +bad idea. + +Exceptions to this rule are only allowed in architecture-specific overrides, +architecture-specific compatibility wrappers, or other code in arch/. + + References and Sources ---------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/process/changes.rst b/Documentation/process/changes.rst index 5470f1b74375..ddc029734b25 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/changes.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/changes.rst @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Binutils -------- The build system has, as of 4.13, switched to using thin archives (`ar T`) -rather than incremental linking (`ld -r`) for built-in.o intermediate steps. +rather than incremental linking (`ld -r`) for built-in.a intermediate steps. This requires binutils 2.20 or newer. Flex diff --git a/Documentation/process/clang-format.rst b/Documentation/process/clang-format.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6710c0707721 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/process/clang-format.rst @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +.. _clangformat: + +clang-format +============ + +``clang-format`` is a tool to format C/C++/... code according to +a set of rules and heuristics. Like most tools, it is not perfect +nor covers every single case, but it is good enough to be helpful. + +``clang-format`` can be used for several purposes: + + - Quickly reformat a block of code to the kernel style. Specially useful + when moving code around and aligning/sorting. See clangformatreformat_. + + - Spot style mistakes, typos and possible improvements in files + you maintain, patches you review, diffs, etc. See clangformatreview_. + + - Help you follow the coding style rules, specially useful for those + new to kernel development or working at the same time in several + projects with different coding styles. + +Its configuration file is ``.clang-format`` in the root of the kernel tree. +The rules contained there try to approximate the most common kernel +coding style. They also try to follow :ref:`Documentation/process/coding-style.rst <codingstyle>` +as much as possible. Since not all the kernel follows the same style, +it is possible that you may want to tweak the defaults for a particular +subsystem or folder. To do so, you can override the defaults by writing +another ``.clang-format`` file in a subfolder. + +The tool itself has already been included in the repositories of popular +Linux distributions for a long time. Search for ``clang-format`` in +your repositories. Otherwise, you can either download pre-built +LLVM/clang binaries or build the source code from: + + http://releases.llvm.org/download.html + +See more information about the tool at: + + https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html + + https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormatStyleOptions.html + + +.. _clangformatreview: + +Review files and patches for coding style +----------------------------------------- + +By running the tool in its inline mode, you can review full subsystems, +folders or individual files for code style mistakes, typos or improvements. + +To do so, you can run something like:: + + # Make sure your working directory is clean! + clang-format -i kernel/*.[ch] + +And then take a look at the git diff. + +Counting the lines of such a diff is also useful for improving/tweaking +the style options in the configuration file; as well as testing new +``clang-format`` features/versions. + +``clang-format`` also supports reading unified diffs, so you can review +patches and git diffs easily. See the documentation at: + + https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html#script-for-patch-reformatting + +To avoid ``clang-format`` formatting some portion of a file, you can do:: + + int formatted_code; + // clang-format off + void unformatted_code ; + // clang-format on + void formatted_code_again; + +While it might be tempting to use this to keep a file always in sync with +``clang-format``, specially if you are writing new files or if you are +a maintainer, please note that people might be running different +``clang-format`` versions or not have it available at all. Therefore, +you should probably refrain yourself from using this in kernel sources; +at least until we see if ``clang-format`` becomes commonplace. + + +.. _clangformatreformat: + +Reformatting blocks of code +--------------------------- + +By using an integration with your text editor, you can reformat arbitrary +blocks (selections) of code with a single keystroke. This is specially +useful when moving code around, for complex code that is deeply intended, +for multi-line macros (and aligning their backslashes), etc. + +Remember that you can always tweak the changes afterwards in those cases +where the tool did not do an optimal job. But as a first approximation, +it can be very useful. + +There are integrations for many popular text editors. For some of them, +like vim, emacs, BBEdit and Visual Studio you can find support built-in. +For instructions, read the appropiate section at: + + https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html + +For Atom, Eclipse, Sublime Text, Visual Studio Code, XCode and other +editors and IDEs you should be able to find ready-to-use plugins. + +For this use case, consider using a secondary ``.clang-format`` +so that you can tweak a few options. See clangformatextra_. + + +.. _clangformatmissing: + +Missing support +--------------- + +``clang-format`` is missing support for some things that are common +in kernel code. They are easy to remember, so if you use the tool +regularly, you will quickly learn to avoid/ignore those. + +In particular, some very common ones you will notice are: + + - Aligned blocks of one-line ``#defines``, e.g.:: + + #define TRACING_MAP_BITS_DEFAULT 11 + #define TRACING_MAP_BITS_MAX 17 + #define TRACING_MAP_BITS_MIN 7 + + vs.:: + + #define TRACING_MAP_BITS_DEFAULT 11 + #define TRACING_MAP_BITS_MAX 17 + #define TRACING_MAP_BITS_MIN 7 + + - Aligned designated initializers, e.g.:: + + static const struct file_operations uprobe_events_ops = { + .owner = THIS_MODULE, + .open = probes_open, + .read = seq_read, + .llseek = seq_lseek, + .release = seq_release, + .write = probes_write, + }; + + vs.:: + + static const struct file_operations uprobe_events_ops = { + .owner = THIS_MODULE, + .open = probes_open, + .read = seq_read, + .llseek = seq_lseek, + .release = seq_release, + .write = probes_write, + }; + + +.. _clangformatextra: + +Extra features/options +---------------------- + +Some features/style options are not enabled by default in the configuration +file in order to minimize the differences between the output and the current +code. In other words, to make the difference as small as possible, +which makes reviewing full-file style, as well diffs and patches as easy +as possible. + +In other cases (e.g. particular subsystems/folders/files), the kernel style +might be different and enabling some of these options may approximate +better the style there. + +For instance: + + - Aligning assignments (``AlignConsecutiveAssignments``). + + - Aligning declarations (``AlignConsecutiveDeclarations``). + + - Reflowing text in comments (``ReflowComments``). + + - Sorting ``#includes`` (``SortIncludes``). + +They are typically useful for block re-formatting, rather than full-file. +You might want to create another ``.clang-format`` file and use that one +from your editor/IDE instead. diff --git a/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst b/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst index d98deb62c400..4e7c0a1c427a 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/coding-style.rst @@ -631,6 +631,14 @@ options ``-kr -i8`` (stands for ``K&R, 8 character indents``), or use re-formatting you may want to take a look at the man page. But remember: ``indent`` is not a fix for bad programming. +Note that you can also use the ``clang-format`` tool to help you with +these rules, to quickly re-format parts of your code automatically, +and to review full files in order to spot coding style mistakes, +typos and possible improvements. It is also handy for sorting ``#includes``, +for aligning variables/macros, for reflowing text and other similar tasks. +See the file :ref:`Documentation/process/clang-format.rst <clangformat>` +for more details. + 10) Kconfig configuration files ------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/process/maintainer-pgp-guide.rst b/Documentation/process/maintainer-pgp-guide.rst index b453561a7148..aff9b1a4d77b 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/maintainer-pgp-guide.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/maintainer-pgp-guide.rst @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Our goal is to protect your master key by moving it to offline media, so if you only have a combined **[SC]** key, then you should create a separate signing subkey:: - $ gpg --quick-add-key [fpr] ed25519 sign + $ gpg --quick-addkey [fpr] ed25519 sign Remember to tell the keyservers about this change, so others can pull down your new subkey:: @@ -450,11 +450,18 @@ functionality. There are several options available: others. If you want to use ECC keys, your best bet among commercially available devices is the Nitrokey Start. +.. note:: + + If you are listed in MAINTAINERS or have an account at kernel.org, + you `qualify for a free Nitrokey Start`_ courtesy of The Linux + Foundation. + .. _`Nitrokey Start`: https://shop.nitrokey.com/shop/product/nitrokey-start-6 .. _`Nitrokey Pro`: https://shop.nitrokey.com/shop/product/nitrokey-pro-3 .. _`Yubikey 4`: https://www.yubico.com/product/yubikey-4-series/ .. _Gnuk: http://www.fsij.org/doc-gnuk/ .. _`LWN has a good review`: https://lwn.net/Articles/736231/ +.. _`qualify for a free Nitrokey Start`: https://www.kernel.org/nitrokey-digital-tokens-for-kernel-developers.html Configure your smartcard device ------------------------------- @@ -482,7 +489,7 @@ there are no convenient command-line switches:: You should set the user PIN (1), Admin PIN (3), and the Reset Code (4). Please make sure to record and store these in a safe place -- especially the Admin PIN and the Reset Code (which allows you to completely wipe -the smartcard). You so rarely need to use the Admin PIN, that you will +the smartcard). You so rarely need to use the Admin PIN, that you will inevitably forget what it is if you do not record it. Getting back to the main card menu, you can also set other values (such @@ -494,6 +501,12 @@ additionally leak information about your smartcard should you lose it. Despite having the name "PIN", neither the user PIN nor the admin PIN on the card need to be numbers. +.. warning:: + + Some devices may require that you move the subkeys onto the device + before you can change the passphrase. Please check the documentation + provided by the device manufacturer. + Move the subkeys to your smartcard ---------------------------------- @@ -655,6 +668,20 @@ want to import these changes back into your regular working directory:: $ gpg --export | gpg --homedir ~/.gnupg --import $ unset GNUPGHOME +Using gpg-agent over ssh +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +You can forward your gpg-agent over ssh if you need to sign tags or +commits on a remote system. Please refer to the instructions provided +on the GnuPG wiki: + +- `Agent Forwarding over SSH`_ + +It works more smoothly if you can modify the sshd server settings on the +remote end. + +.. _`Agent Forwarding over SSH`: https://wiki.gnupg.org/AgentForwarding + Using PGP with Git ================== @@ -692,6 +719,7 @@ should be used (``[fpr]`` is the fingerprint of your key):: tell git to always use it instead of the legacy ``gpg`` from version 1:: $ git config --global gpg.program gpg2 + $ git config --global gpgv.program gpgv2 How to work with signed tags ---------------------------- @@ -731,6 +759,13 @@ If you are verifying someone else's git tag, then you will need to import their PGP key. Please refer to the ":ref:`verify_identities`" section below. +.. note:: + + If you get "``gpg: Can't check signature: unknown pubkey + algorithm``" error, you need to tell git to use gpgv2 for + verification, so it properly processes signatures made by ECC keys. + See instructions at the start of this section. + Configure git to always sign annotated tags ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt b/Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt index ae8fef86b832..11e904ee073f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt +++ b/Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt @@ -18,7 +18,6 @@ - Adjust clock frequency + Ancillary clock features - - One short or periodic alarms, with signal delivery to user program - Time stamp external events - Period output signals configurable from user space - Synchronization of the Linux system time via the PPS subsystem @@ -48,9 +47,7 @@ User space programs may control the clock using standardized ioctls. A program may query, enable, configure, and disable the ancillary clock features. User space can receive time stamped - events via blocking read() and poll(). One shot and periodic - signals may be configured via the POSIX timer_settime() system - call. + events via blocking read() and poll(). ** Writing clock drivers diff --git a/Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.txt b/Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.txt index 90b3dfead81b..2be11ad864ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.txt +++ b/Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.txt @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ every detail. More information/reference could be found here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Channel_I/O - s390 architecture: s390 Principles of Operation manual (IBM Form. No. SA22-7832) -- The existing Qemu code which implements a simple emulated channel +- The existing QEMU code which implements a simple emulated channel subsystem could also be a good reference. It makes it easier to follow the flow. qemu/hw/s390x/css.c @@ -39,22 +39,22 @@ For vfio mediated device framework: Motivation of vfio-ccw ---------------------- -Currently, a guest virtualized via qemu/kvm on s390 only sees +Typically, a guest virtualized via QEMU/KVM on s390 only sees paravirtualized virtio devices via the "Virtio Over Channel I/O (virtio-ccw)" transport. This makes virtio devices discoverable via standard operating system algorithms for handling channel devices. However this is not enough. On s390 for the majority of devices, which use the standard Channel I/O based mechanism, we also need to provide -the functionality of passing through them to a Qemu virtual machine. +the functionality of passing through them to a QEMU virtual machine. This includes devices that don't have a virtio counterpart (e.g. tape drives) or that have specific characteristics which guests want to exploit. For passing a device to a guest, we want to use the same interface as -everybody else, namely vfio. Thus, we would like to introduce vfio -support for channel devices. And we would like to name this new vfio -device "vfio-ccw". +everybody else, namely vfio. We implement this vfio support for channel +devices via the vfio mediated device framework and the subchannel device +driver "vfio_ccw". Access patterns of CCW devices ------------------------------ @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ As mentioned above, we realize vfio-ccw with a mdev implementation. Channel I/O does not have IOMMU hardware support, so the physical vfio-ccw device does not have an IOMMU level translation or isolation. -Sub-channel I/O instructions are all privileged instructions, When +Subchannel I/O instructions are all privileged instructions. When handling the I/O instruction interception, vfio-ccw has the software policing and translation how the channel program is programmed before it gets sent to hardware. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ devices: - The vfio_mdev driver for the mediated vfio ccw device. This is provided by the mdev framework. It is a vfio device driver for the mdev that created by vfio_ccw. - It realize a group of vfio device driver callbacks, adds itself to a + It realizes a group of vfio device driver callbacks, adds itself to a vfio group, and registers itself to the mdev framework as a mdev driver. It uses a vfio iommu backend that uses the existing map and unmap @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ vfio-ccw I/O region An I/O region is used to accept channel program request from user space and store I/O interrupt result for user space to retrieve. The -defination of the region is: +definition of the region is: struct ccw_io_region { #define ORB_AREA_SIZE 12 @@ -198,30 +198,23 @@ irb_area stores the I/O result. ret_code stores a return code for each access of the region. -vfio-ccw patches overview -------------------------- +vfio-ccw operation details +-------------------------- -For now, our patches are rebased on the latest mdev implementation. -vfio-ccw follows what vfio-pci did on the s390 paltform and uses -vfio-iommu-type1 as the vfio iommu backend. It's a good start to launch -the code review for vfio-ccw. Note that the implementation is far from -complete yet; but we'd like to get feedback for the general -architecture. +vfio-ccw follows what vfio-pci did on the s390 platform and uses +vfio-iommu-type1 as the vfio iommu backend. * CCW translation APIs -- Description: - These introduce a group of APIs (start with 'cp_') to do CCW - translation. The CCWs passed in by a user space program are - organized with their guest physical memory addresses. These APIs - will copy the CCWs into the kernel space, and assemble a runnable - kernel channel program by updating the guest physical addresses with - their corresponding host physical addresses. -- Patches: - vfio: ccw: introduce channel program interfaces + A group of APIs (start with 'cp_') to do CCW translation. The CCWs + passed in by a user space program are organized with their guest + physical memory addresses. These APIs will copy the CCWs into kernel + space, and assemble a runnable kernel channel program by updating the + guest physical addresses with their corresponding host physical addresses. + Note that we have to use IDALs even for direct-access CCWs, as the + referenced memory can be located anywhere, including above 2G. * vfio_ccw device driver -- Description: - The following patches utilizes the CCW translation APIs and introduce + This driver utilizes the CCW translation APIs and introduces vfio_ccw, which is the driver for the I/O subchannel devices you want to pass through. vfio_ccw implements the following vfio ioctls: @@ -236,20 +229,14 @@ architecture. This also provides the SET_IRQ ioctl to setup an event notifier to notify the user space program the I/O completion in an asynchronous way. -- Patches: - vfio: ccw: basic implementation for vfio_ccw driver - vfio: ccw: introduce ccw_io_region - vfio: ccw: realize VFIO_DEVICE_GET_REGION_INFO ioctl - vfio: ccw: realize VFIO_DEVICE_RESET ioctl - vfio: ccw: realize VFIO_DEVICE_G(S)ET_IRQ_INFO ioctls - -The user of vfio-ccw is not limited to Qemu, while Qemu is definitely a + +The use of vfio-ccw is not limited to QEMU, while QEMU is definitely a good example to get understand how these patches work. Here is a little -bit more detail how an I/O request triggered by the Qemu guest will be +bit more detail how an I/O request triggered by the QEMU guest will be handled (without error handling). Explanation: -Q1-Q7: Qemu side process. +Q1-Q7: QEMU side process. K1-K5: Kernel side process. Q1. Get I/O region info during initialization. @@ -263,7 +250,7 @@ Q4. Write the guest channel program and ORB to the I/O region. K2. Translate the guest channel program to a host kernel space channel program, which becomes runnable for a real device. K3. With the necessary information contained in the orb passed in - by Qemu, issue the ccwchain to the device. + by QEMU, issue the ccwchain to the device. K4. Return the ssch CC code. Q5. Return the CC code to the guest. @@ -271,7 +258,7 @@ Q5. Return the CC code to the guest. K5. Interrupt handler gets the I/O result and write the result to the I/O region. - K6. Signal Qemu to retrieve the result. + K6. Signal QEMU to retrieve the result. Q6. Get the signal and event handler reads out the result from the I/O region. Q7. Update the irb for the guest. @@ -289,10 +276,20 @@ More information for DASD and ECKD could be found here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Direct-access_storage_device https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Count_key_data -Together with the corresponding work in Qemu, we can bring the passed +Together with the corresponding work in QEMU, we can bring the passed through DASD/ECKD device online in a guest now and use it as a block device. +While the current code allows the guest to start channel programs via +START SUBCHANNEL, support for HALT SUBCHANNEL or CLEAR SUBCHANNEL is +not yet implemented. + +vfio-ccw supports classic (command mode) channel I/O only. Transport +mode (HPF) is not supported. + +QDIO subchannels are currently not supported. Classic devices other than +DASD/ECKD might work, but have not been tested. + Reference --------- 1. ESA/s390 Principles of Operation manual (IBM Form. No. SA22-7832) diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997 b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997 deleted file mode 100644 index 6faad7e6417c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.1992-1997 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2023 +0,0 @@ -Sat Jan 18 15:51:45 1997 Richard Henderson <rth@tamu.edu> - - * Don't play with usage_count directly, instead hand around - the module header and use the module macros. - -Fri May 17 00:00:00 1996 Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com> - - * BusLogic Driver Version 2.0.3 Released. - -Tue Apr 16 21:00:00 1996 Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com> - - * BusLogic Driver Version 1.3.2 Released. - -Sun Dec 31 23:26:00 1995 Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com> - - * BusLogic Driver Version 1.3.1 Released. - -Fri Nov 10 15:29:49 1995 Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com> - - * Released new BusLogic driver. - -Wed Aug 9 22:37:04 1995 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl> - - As a preparation for new device code, separated the various - functions the request->dev field had into the device proper, - request->rq_dev and a status field request->rq_status. - - The 2nd argument of bios_param is now a kdev_t. - -Wed Jul 19 10:43:15 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> - - * scsi.c (scsi_proc_info): /proc/scsi/scsi now also lists all - attached devices. - - * scsi_proc.c (proc_print_scsidevice): Added. Used by scsi.c and - eata_dma_proc.c to produce some device info for /proc/scsi. - - * eata_dma.c (eata_queue)(eata_int_handler)(eata_scsi_done): - Changed handling of internal SCSI commands send to the HBA. - - -Wed Jul 19 10:09:17 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> - - * Linux 1.3.11 released. - - * eata_dma.c (eata_queue)(eata_int_handler): Added code to do - command latency measurements if requested by root through - /proc/scsi interface. - Throughout Use HZ constant for time references. - - * eata_pio.c: Use HZ constant for time references. - - * aic7xxx.c, aic7xxx.h, aic7xxx_asm.c: Changed copyright from BSD - to GNU style. - - * scsi.h: Added READ_12 command opcode constant - -Wed Jul 19 09:25:30 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> - - * Linux 1.3.10 released. - - * scsi_proc.c (dispatch_scsi_info): Removed unused variable. - -Wed Jul 19 09:25:30 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> - - * Linux 1.3.9 released. - - * scsi.c Blacklist concept expanded to 'support' more device - deficiencies. blacklist[] renamed to device_list[] - (scan_scsis): Code cleanup. - - * scsi_debug.c (scsi_debug_proc_info): Added support to control - device lockup simulation via /proc/scsi interface. - - -Wed Jul 19 09:22:34 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> - - * Linux 1.3.7 released. - - * scsi_proc.c: Fixed a number of bugs in directory handling - -Wed Jul 19 09:18:28 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> - - * Linux 1.3.5 released. - - * Native wide, multichannel and /proc/scsi support now in official - kernel distribution. - - * scsi.c/h, hosts.c/h et al reindented to increase readability - (especially on 80 column wide terminals). - - * scsi.c, scsi_proc.c, ../../fs/proc/inode.c: Added - /proc/scsi/scsi which allows root to scan for hotplugged devices. - - * scsi.c (scsi_proc_info): Added, to support /proc/scsi/scsi. - (scan_scsis): Added some 'spaghetti' code to allow scanning for - single devices. - - -Thu Jun 20 15:20:27 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> - - * proc.c: Renamed to scsi_proc.c - -Mon Jun 12 20:32:45 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> - - * Linux 1.3.0 released. - -Mon May 15 19:33:14 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> - - * scsi.c: Added native multichannel and wide scsi support. - - * proc.c (dispatch_scsi_info) (build_proc_dir_hba_entries): - Updated /proc/scsi interface. - -Thu May 4 17:58:48 1995 Michael Neuffer <neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de> - - * sd.c (requeue_sd_request): Zero out the scatterlist only if - scsi_malloc returned memory for it. - - * eata_dma.c (register_HBA) (eata_queue): Add support for - large scatter/gather tables and set use_clustering accordingly - - * hosts.c: Make use_clustering changeable in the Scsi_Host structure. - -Wed Apr 12 15:25:52 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.2.5 released. - - * buslogic.c: Update to version 1.15 (From Leonard N. Zubkoff). - Fixed interrupt routine to avoid races when handling multiple - complete commands per interrupt. Seems to come up with faster - cards. - - * eata_dma.c: Update to 2.3.5r. Modularize. Improved error handling - throughout and fixed bug interrupt routine which resulted in shifted - status bytes. Added blink LED state checks for ISA and EISA HBAs. - Memory management bug seems to have disappeared ==> increasing - C_P_L_CURRENT_MAX to 16 for now. Decreasing C_P_L_DIV to 3 for - performance reasons. - - * scsi.c: If we get a FMK, EOM, or ILI when attempting to scan - the bus, assume that it was just noise on the bus, and ignore - the device. - - * scsi.h: Update and add a bunch of missing commands which we - were never using. - - * sd.c: Use restore_flags in do_sd_request - this may result in - latency conditions, but it gets rid of races and crashes. - Do not save flags again when searching for a second command to - queue. - - * st.c: Use bytes, not STP->buffer->buffer_size when reading - from tape. - - -Tue Apr 4 09:42:08 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.2.4 released. - - * st.c: Fix typo - restoring wrong flags. - -Wed Mar 29 06:55:12 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.2.3 released. - - * st.c: Perform some waiting operations with interrupts off. - Is this correct??? - -Wed Mar 22 10:34:26 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.2.2 released. - - * aha152x.c: Modularize. Add support for PCMCIA. - - * eata.c: Update to version 2.0. Fixed bug preventing media - detection. If scsi_register_host returns NULL, fail gracefully. - - * scsi.c: Detect as NEC (for photo-cd purposes) for the 84 - and 25 models as "NEC_OLDCDR". - - * scsi.h: Add define for NEC_OLDCDR - - * sr.c: Add handling for NEC_OLDCDR. Treat as unknown. - - * u14-34f.c: Update to version 2.0. Fixed same bug as in - eata.c. - - -Mon Mar 6 11:11:20 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.2.0 released. Yeah!!! - - * Minor spelling/punctuation changes throughout. Nothing - substantive. - -Mon Feb 20 21:33:03 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.95 released. - - * qlogic.c: Update to version 0.41. - - * seagate.c: Change some message to be more descriptive about what - we detected. - - * sr.c: spelling/whitespace changes. - -Mon Feb 20 21:33:03 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.94 released. - -Mon Feb 20 08:57:17 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.93 released. - - * hosts.h: Change io_port to long int from short. - - * 53c7,8xx.c: crash on AEN fixed, SCSI reset is no longer a NOP, - NULL pointer panic on odd UDCs fixed, two bugs in diagnostic output - fixed, should initialize correctly if left running, now loadable, - new memory allocation, extraneous diagnostic output suppressed, - splx() replaced with save/restore flags. [ Drew ] - - * hosts.c, hosts.h, scsi_ioctl.c, sd.c, sd_ioctl.c, sg.c, sr.c, - sr_ioctl.c: Add special junk at end that Emacs will use for - formatting the file. - - * qlogic.c: Update to v0.40a. Improve parity handling. - - * scsi.c: Add Hitachi DK312C to blacklist. Change "};" to "}" in - many places. Use scsi_init_malloc to get command block - may - need this to be dma compatible for some host adapters. - Restore interrupts after unregistering a host. - - * sd.c: Use sti instead of restore flags - causes latency problems. - - * seagate.c: Use controller_type to determine string used when - registering irq. - - * sr.c: More photo-cd hacks to make sure we get the xa stuff right. - * sr.h, sr.c: Change is_xa to xa_flags field. - - * st.c: Disable retries for write operations. - -Wed Feb 15 10:52:56 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.92 released. - - * eata.c: Update to 1.17. - - * eata_dma.c: Update to 2.31a. Add more support for /proc/scsi. - Continuing modularization. Less crashes because of the bug in the - memory management ==> increase C_P_L_CURRENT_MAX to 10 - and decrease C_P_L_DIV to 4. - - * hosts.c: If we remove last host registered, reuse host number. - When freeing memory from host being deregistered, free extra_bytes - too. - - * scsi.c (scan_scsis): memset(SDpnt, 0) and set SCmd.device to SDpnt. - Change memory allocation to work around bugs in __get_dma_pages. - Do not free host if usage count is not zero (for modules). - - * sr_ioctl.c: Increase IOCTL_TIMEOUT to 3000. - - * st.c: Allow for ST_EXTRA_DEVS in st data structures. - - * u14-34f.c: Update to 1.17. - -Thu Feb 9 10:11:16 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.91 released. - - * eata.c: Update to 1.16. Use wish_block instead of host->block. - - * hosts.c: Initialize wish_block to 0. - - * hosts.h: Add wish_block. - - * scsi.c: Use wish_block as indicator that the host should be added - to block list. - - * sg.c: Add SG_EXTRA_DEVS to number of slots. - - * u14-34f.c: Use wish_block. - -Tue Feb 7 11:46:04 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.90 released. - - * eata.c: Change naming from eata_* to eata2x_*. Now at vers 1.15. - Update interrupt handler to take pt_regs as arg. Allow blocking - even if loaded as module. Initialize target_time_out array. - Do not put sti(); in timing loop. - - * hosts.c: Do not reuse host numbers. - Use scsi_make_blocked_list to generate blocking list. - - * script_asm.pl: Beats me. Don't know perl. Something to do with - phase index. - - * scsi.c (scsi_make_blocked_list): New function - code copied from - hosts.c. - - * scsi.c: Update code to disable photo CD for Toshiba cdroms. - Use just manufacturer name, not model number. - - * sr.c: Fix setting density for Toshiba drives. - - * u14-34f.c: Clear target_time_out array during reset. - -Wed Feb 1 09:20:45 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.89 released. - - * Makefile, u14-34f.c: Modularize. - - * Makefile, eata.c: Modularize. Now version 1.14 - - * NCR5380.c: Update interrupt handler with new arglist. Minor - cleanups. - - * eata_dma.c: Begin to modularize. Add hooks for /proc/scsi. - New version 2.3.0a. Add code in interrupt handler to allow - certain CDROM drivers to be detected which return a - CHECK_CONDITION during SCSI bus scan. Add opcode check to get - all DATA IN and DATA OUT phases right. Utilize HBA_interpret flag. - Improvements in HBA identification. Various other minor stuff. - - * hosts.c: Initialize ->dma_channel and ->io_port when registering - a new host. - - * qlogic.c: Modularize and add PCMCIA support. - - * scsi.c: Add Hitachi to blacklist. - - * scsi.c: Change default to no lun scan (too many problem devices). - - * scsi.h: Define QUEUE_FULL condition. - - * sd.c: Do not check for non-existent partition until after - new media check. - - * sg.c: Undo previous change which was wrong. - - * sr_ioctl.c: Increase IOCTL_TIMEOUT to 2000. - - * st.c: Patches from Kai - improve filemark handling. - -Tue Jan 31 17:32:12 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.88 released. - - * Throughout - spelling/grammar fixups. - - * scsi.c: Make sure that all buffers are 16 byte aligned - some - drivers (buslogic) need this. - - * scsi.c (scan_scsis): Remove message printed. - - * scsi.c (scsi_init): Move message here. - -Mon Jan 30 06:40:25 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.87 released. - - * sr.c: Photo-cd related changes. (Gerd Knorr??). - - * st.c: Changes from Kai related to EOM detection. - -Mon Jan 23 23:53:10 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.86 released. - - * 53c7,8xx.h: Change SG size to 127. - - * eata_dma: Update to version 2.10i. Remove bug in the registration - of multiple HBAs and channels. Minor other improvements and stylistic - changes. - - * scsi.c: Test for Toshiba XM-3401TA and exclude from detection - as toshiba drive - photo cd does not work with this drive. - - * sr.c: Update photocd code. - -Mon Jan 23 23:53:10 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.85 released. - - * st.c, st_ioctl.c, sg.c, sd_ioctl.c, scsi_ioctl.c, hosts.c: - include linux/mm.h - - * qlogic.c, buslogic.c, aha1542.c: Include linux/module.h. - -Sun Jan 22 22:08:46 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.84 released. - - * Makefile: Support for loadable QLOGIC boards. - - * aha152x.c: Update to version 1.8 from Juergen. - - * eata_dma.c: Update from Michael Neuffer. - Remove hard limit of 2 commands per lun and make it better - configurable. Improvements in HBA identification. - - * in2000.c: Fix biosparam to support large disks. - - * qlogic.c: Minor changes (change sti -> restore_flags). - -Wed Jan 18 23:33:09 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.83 released. - - * aha1542.c(aha1542_intr_handle): Use arguments handed down to find - which irq. - - * buslogic.c: Likewise. - - * eata_dma.c: Use min of 2 cmd_per_lun for OCS_enabled boards. - - * scsi.c: Make RECOVERED_ERROR a SUGGEST_IS_OK. - - * sd.c: Fail if we are opening a non-existent partition. - - * sr.c: Bump SR_TIMEOUT to 15000. - Do not probe for media size at boot time(hard on changers). - Flag device as needing sector size instead. - - * sr_ioctl.c: Remove CDROMMULTISESSION_SYS ioctl. - - * ultrastor.c: Fix bug in call to ultrastor_interrupt (wrong #args). - -Mon Jan 16 07:18:23 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.82 released. - - Throughout. - - Change all interrupt handlers to accept new calling convention. - In particular, we now receive the irq number as one of the arguments. - - * More minor spelling corrections in some of the new files. - - * aha1542.c, buslogic.c: Clean up interrupt handler a little now - that we receive the irq as an arg. - - * aha274x.c: s/snarf_region/request_region/ - - * eata.c: Update to version 1.12. Fix some comments and display a - message if we cannot reserve the port addresses. - - * u14-34f.c: Update to version 1.13. Fix some comments and display a - message if we cannot reserve the port addresses. - - * eata_dma.c: Define get_board_data function (send INQUIRY command). - Use to improve detection of variants of different DPT boards. Change - version subnumber to "0g". - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.26. Improve detection of some boards - repackaged by IBM. - - * scsi.c (scsi_register_host): Change "name" to const char *. - - * sr.c: Fix problem in set mode command for Toshiba drives. - - * sr.c: Fix typo from patch 81. - -Fri Jan 13 12:54:46 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.81 released. Codefreeze for 1.2 release announced. - - Big changes here. - - * eata_dma.*: New files from Michael Neuffer. - (neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de). Should support - all eata/dpt cards. - - * hosts.c, Makefile: Add eata_dma. - - * README.st: Document MTEOM. - - Patches from me (ERY) to finish support for low-level loadable scsi. - It now works, and is actually useful. - - * Throughout - add new argument to scsi_init_malloc that takes an - additional parameter. This is used as a priority to kmalloc, - and you can specify the GFP_DMA flag if you need DMA-able memory. - - * Makefile: For source files that are loadable, always add name - to SCSI_SRCS. Fill in modules: target. - - * hosts.c: Change next_host to next_scsi_host, and make global. - Print hosts after we have identified all of them. Use info() - function if present, otherwise use name field. - - * hosts.h: Change attach function to return int, not void. - Define number of device slots to allow for loadable devices. - Define tags to tell scsi module code what type of module we - are loading. - - * scsi.c: Fix scan_scsis so that it can be run by a user process. - Do not use waiting loops - use up and down mechanism as long - as current != task[0]. - - * scsi.c(scan_scsis): Do not use stack variables for I/O - this - could be > 16Mb if we are loading a module at runtime (i.e. use - scsi_init_malloc to get some memory we know will be safe). - - * scsi.c: Change dma freelist to be a set of pages. This allows - us to dynamically adjust the size of the list by adding more pages - to the pagelist. Fix scsi_malloc and scsi_free accordingly. - - * scsi_module.c: Fix include. - - * sd.c: Declare detach function. Increment/decrement module usage - count as required. Fix init functions to allow loaded devices. - Revalidate all new disks so we get the partition tables. Define - detach function. - - * sr.c: Likewise. - - * sg.c: Declare detach function. Allow attachment of devices on - loaded drivers. - - * st.c: Declare detach function. Increment/decrement module usage - count as required. - -Tue Jan 10 10:09:58 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.79 released. - - Patch from some undetermined individual who needs to get a life :-). - - * sr.c: Attacked by spelling bee... - - Patches from Gerd Knorr: - - * sr.c: make printk messages for photoCD a little more informative. - - * sr_ioctl.c: Fix CDROMMULTISESSION_SYS ioctl. - -Mon Jan 9 10:01:37 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.78 released. - - * Makefile: Add empty modules: target. - - * Wheee. Now change register_iomem to request_region. - - * in2000.c: Bugfix - apparently this is the fix that we have - all been waiting for. It fixes a problem whereby the driver - is not stable under heavy load. Race condition and all that. - Patch from Peter Lu. - -Wed Jan 4 21:17:40 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.77 released. - - * 53c7,8xx.c: Fix from Linus - emulate splx. - - Throughout: - - Change "snarf_region" with "register_iomem". - - * scsi_module.c: New file. Contains support for low-level loadable - scsi drivers. [ERY]. - - * sd.c: More s/int/long/ changes. - - * seagate.c: Explicitly include linux/config.h - - * sg.c: Increment/decrement module usage count on open/close. - - * sg.c: Be a bit more careful about the user not supplying enough - information for a valid command. Pass correct size down to - scsi_do_cmd. - - * sr.c: More changes for Photo-CD. This apparently breaks NEC drives. - - * sr_ioctl.c: Support CDROMMULTISESSION ioctl. - - -Sun Jan 1 19:55:21 1995 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.76 released. - - * constants.c: Add type cast in switch statement. - - * scsi.c (scsi_free): Change datatype of "offset" to long. - (scsi_malloc): Change a few more variables to long. Who - did this and why was it important? 64 bit machines? - - - Lots of changes to use save_state/restore_state instead of cli/sti. - Files changed include: - - * aha1542.c: - * aha1740.c: - * buslogic.c: - * in2000.c: - * scsi.c: - * scsi_debug.c: - * sd.c: - * sr.c: - * st.c: - -Wed Dec 28 16:38:29 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.75 released. - - * buslogic.c: Spelling fix. - - * scsi.c: Add HP C1790A and C2500A scanjet to blacklist. - - * scsi.c: Spelling fixup. - - * sd.c: Add support for sd_hardsizes (hard sector sizes). - - * ultrastor.c: Use save_flags/restore_flags instead of cli/sti. - -Fri Dec 23 13:36:25 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.74 released. - - * README.st: Update from Kai Makisara. - - * eata.c: New version from Dario - version 1.11. - use scsicam bios_param routine. Add support for 2011 - and 2021 boards. - - * hosts.c: Add support for blocking. Linked list automatically - generated when shpnt->block is set. - - * scsi.c: Add sankyo & HP scanjet to blacklist. Add support for - kicking things loose when we deadlock. - - * scsi.c: Recognize scanners and processors in scan_scsis. - - * scsi_ioctl.h: Increase timeout to 9 seconds. - - * st.c: New version from Kai - add better support for backspace. - - * u14-34f.c: New version from Dario. Supports blocking. - -Wed Dec 14 14:46:30 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.73 released. - - * buslogic.c: Update from Dave Gentzel. Version 1.14. - Add module related stuff. More fault tolerant if out of - DMA memory. - - * fdomain.c: New version from Rik Faith - version 5.22. Add support - for ISA-200S SCSI adapter. - - * hosts.c: Spelling. - - * qlogic.c: Update to version 0.38a. Add more support for PCMCIA. - - * scsi.c: Mask device type with 0x1f during scan_scsis. - Add support for deadlocking, err, make that getting out of - deadlock situations that are created when we allow the user - to limit requests to one host adapter at a time. - - * scsi.c: Bugfix - pass pid, not SCpnt as second arg to - scsi_times_out. - - * scsi.c: Restore interrupt state to previous value instead of using - cli/sti pairs. - - * scsi.c: Add a bunch of module stuff (all commented out for now). - - * scsi.c: Clean up scsi_dump_status. - -Tue Dec 6 12:34:20 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.72 released. - - * sg.c: Bugfix - always use sg_free, since we might have big buff. - -Fri Dec 2 11:24:53 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.71 released. - - * sg.c: Clear buff field when not in use. Only call scsi_free if - non-null. - - * scsi.h: Call wake_up(&wait_for_request) when done with a - command. - - * scsi.c (scsi_times_out): Pass pid down so that we can protect - against race conditions. - - * scsi.c (scsi_abort): Zero timeout field if we get the - NOT_RUNNING message back from low-level driver. - - - * scsi.c (scsi_done): Restore cmd_len, use_sg here. - - * scsi.c (request_sense): Not here. - - * hosts.h: Add new forbidden_addr, forbidden_size fields. Who - added these and why???? - - * hosts.c (scsi_mem_init): Mark pages as reserved if they fall in - the forbidden regions. I am not sure - I think this is so that - we can deal with boards that do incomplete decoding of their - address lines for the bios chips, but I am not entirely sure. - - * buslogic.c: Set forbidden_addr stuff if using a buggy board. - - * aha1740.c: Test for NULL pointer in SCtmp. This should not - occur, but a nice message is better than a kernel segfault. - - * 53c7,8xx.c: Add new PCI chip ID for 815. - -Fri Dec 2 11:24:53 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.70 released. - - * ChangeLog, st.c: Spelling. - -Tue Nov 29 18:48:42 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.69 released. - - * u14-34f.h: Non-functional change. [Dario]. - - * u14-34f.c: Use block field in Scsi_Host to prevent commands from - being queued to more than one host at the same time (used when - motherboard does not deal with multiple bus-masters very well). - Only when SINGLE_HOST_OPERATIONS is defined. - Use new cmd_per_lun field. [Dario] - - * eata.c: Likewise. - - * st.c: More changes from Kai. Add ready flag to indicate drive - status. - - * README.st: Document this. - - * sr.c: Bugfix (do not subtract CD_BLOCK_OFFSET) for photo-cd - code. - - * sg.c: Bugfix - fix problem where opcode is not correctly set up. - - * seagate.[c,h]: Use #defines to set driver name. - - * scsi_ioctl.c: Zero buffer before executing command. - - * scsi.c: Use new cmd_per_lun field in Scsi_Hosts as appropriate. - Add Sony CDU55S to blacklist. - - * hosts.h: Add new cmd_per_lun field to Scsi_Hosts. - - * hosts.c: Initialize cmd_per_lun in Scsi_Hosts from template. - - * buslogic.c: Use cmd_per_lun field - initialize to different - values depending upon bus type (i.e. use 1 if ISA, so we do not - hog memory). Use other patches which got lost from 1.1.68. - - * aha1542.c: Spelling. - -Tue Nov 29 15:43:50 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) - - * Linux 1.1.68 released. - - Add support for 12 byte vendor specific commands in scsi-generics, - more (i.e. the last mandatory) low-level changes to support - loadable modules, plus a few other changes people have requested - lately. Changes by me (ERY) unless otherwise noted. Spelling - changes appear from some unknown corner of the universe. - - * Throughout: Change COMMAND_SIZE() to use SCpnt->cmd_len. - - * Throughout: Change info() low level function to take a Scsi_Host - pointer. This way the info function can return specific - information about the host in question, if desired. - - * All low-level drivers: Add NULL in initializer for the - usage_count field added to Scsi_Host_Template. - - * aha152x.[c,h]: Remove redundant info() function. - - * aha1542.[c,h]: Likewise. - - * aha1740.[c,h]: Likewise. - - * aha274x.[c,h]: Likewise. - - * eata.[c,h]: Likewise. - - * pas16.[c,h]: Likewise. - - * scsi_debug.[c,h]: Likewise. - - * t128.[c,h]: Likewise. - - * u14-34f.[c,h]: Likewise. - - * ultrastor.[c,h]: Likewise. - - * wd7000.[c,h]: Likewise. - - * aha1542.c: Add support for command line options with lilo to set - DMA parameters, I/O port. From Matt Aarnio. - - * buslogic.[c,h]: New version (1.13) from Dave Gentzel. - - * hosts.h: Add new field to Scsi_Hosts "block" to allow blocking - all I/O to certain other cards. Helps prevent problems with some - ISA motherboards. - - * hosts.h: Add usage_count to Scsi_Host_Template. - - * hosts.h: Add n_io_port to Scsi_Host (used when releasing module). - - * hosts.c: Initialize block field. - - * in2000.c: Remove "static" declarations from exported functions. - - * in2000.h: Likewise. - - * scsi.c: Correctly set cmd_len field as required. Save and - change setting when doing a request_sense, restore when done. - Move abort timeout message. Fix panic in request_queueable to - print correct function name. - - * scsi.c: When incrementing usage count, walk block linked list - for host, and or in SCSI_HOST_BLOCK bit. When decrementing usage - count to 0, clear this bit to allow usage to continue, wake up - processes waiting. - - - * scsi_ioctl.c: If we have an info() function, call it, otherwise - if we have a "name" field, use it, else do nothing. - - * sd.c, sr.c: Clear cmd_len field prior to each command we - generate. - - * sd.h: Add "has_part_table" bit to rscsi_disks. - - * sg.[c,h]: Add support for vendor specific 12 byte commands (i.e. - override command length in COMMAND_SIZE). - - * sr.c: Bugfix from Gerd in photocd code. - - * sr.c: Bugfix in get_sectorsize - always use scsi_malloc buffer - - we cannot guarantee that the stack is < 16Mb. - -Tue Nov 22 15:40:46 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) - - * Linux 1.1.67 released. - - * sr.c: Change spelling of manufactor to manufacturer. - - * scsi.h: Likewise. - - * scsi.c: Likewise. - - * qlogic.c: Spelling corrections. - - * in2000.h: Spelling corrections. - - * in2000.c: Update from Bill Earnest, change from - jshiffle@netcom.com. Support new bios versions. - - * README.qlogic: Spelling correction. - -Tue Nov 22 15:40:46 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) - - * Linux 1.1.66 released. - - * u14-34f.c: Spelling corrections. - - * sr.[h,c]: Add support for multi-session CDs from Gerd Knorr. - - * scsi.h: Add manufactor field for keeping track of device - manufacturer. - - * scsi.c: More spelling corrections. - - * qlogic.h, qlogic.c, README.qlogic: New driver from Tom Zerucha. - - * in2000.c, in2000.h: New driver from Brad McLean/Bill Earnest. - - * fdomain.c: Spelling correction. - - * eata.c: Spelling correction. - -Fri Nov 18 15:22:44 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) - - * Linux 1.1.65 released. - - * eata.h: Update version string to 1.08.00. - - * eata.c: Set sg_tablesize correctly for DPT PM2012 boards. - - * aha274x.seq: Spell checking. - - * README.st: Likewise. - - * README.aha274x: Likewise. - - * ChangeLog: Likewise. - -Tue Nov 15 15:35:08 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) - - * Linux 1.1.64 released. - - * u14-34f.h: Update version number to 1.10.01. - - * u14-34f.c: Use Scsi_Host can_queue variable instead of one from template. - - * eata.[c,h]: New driver for DPT boards from Dario Ballabio. - - * buslogic.c: Use can_queue field. - -Wed Nov 30 12:09:09 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) - - * Linux 1.1.63 released. - - * sd.c: Give I/O error if we attempt 512 byte I/O to a disk with - 1024 byte sectors. - - * scsicam.c: Make sure we do read from whole disk (mask off - partition). - - * scsi.c: Use can_queue in Scsi_Host structure. - Fix panic message about invalid host. - - * hosts.c: Initialize can_queue from template. - - * hosts.h: Add can_queue to Scsi_Host structure. - - * aha1740.c: Print out warning about NULL ecbptr. - -Fri Nov 4 12:40:30 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) - - * Linux 1.1.62 released. - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.20. (From Rik Faith). Support - BIOS version 3.5. - - * st.h: Add ST_EOD symbol. - - * st.c: Patches from Kai Makisara - support additional densities, - add support for MTFSS, MTBSS, MTWSM commands. - - * README.st: Update to document new commands. - - * scsi.c: Add Mediavision CDR-H93MV to blacklist. - -Sat Oct 29 20:57:36 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.aib.com) - - * Linux 1.1.60 released. - - * u14-34f.[c,h]: New driver from Dario Ballabio. - - * aic7770.c, aha274x_seq.h, aha274x.seq, aha274x.h, aha274x.c, - README.aha274x: New files, new driver from John Aycock. - - -Tue Oct 11 08:47:39 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.54 released. - - * Add third PCI chip id. [Drew] - - * buslogic.c: Set BUSLOGIC_CMDLUN back to 1 [Eric]. - - * ultrastor.c: Fix asm directives for new GCC. - - * sr.c, sd.c: Use new end_scsi_request function. - - * scsi.h(end_scsi_request): Return pointer to block if still - active, else return NULL if inactive. Fixes race condition. - -Sun Oct 9 20:23:14 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.53 released. - - * scsi.c: Do not allocate dma bounce buffers if we have exactly - 16Mb. - -Fri Sep 9 05:35:30 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.51 released. - - * aha152x.c: Add support for disabling the parity check. Update - to version 1.4. [Juergen]. - - * seagate.c: Tweak debugging message. - -Wed Aug 31 10:15:55 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.50 released. - - * aha152x.c: Add eb800 for Vtech Platinum SMP boards. [Juergen]. - - * scsi.c: Add Quantum PD1225S to blacklist. - -Fri Aug 26 09:38:45 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.49 released. - - * sd.c: Fix bug when we were deleting the wrong entry if we - get an unsupported sector size device. - - * sr.c: Another spelling patch. - -Thu Aug 25 09:15:27 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.48 released. - - * Throughout: Use new semantics for request_dma, as appropriate. - - * sr.c: Print correct device number. - -Sun Aug 21 17:49:23 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.47 released. - - * NCR5380.c: Add support for LIMIT_TRANSFERSIZE. - - * constants.h: Add prototype for print_Scsi_Cmnd. - - * pas16.c: Some more minor tweaks. Test for Mediavision board. - Allow for disks > 1Gb. [Drew??] - - * sr.c: Set SCpnt->transfersize. - -Tue Aug 16 17:29:35 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.46 released. - - * Throughout: More spelling fixups. - - * buslogic.c: Add a few more fixups from Dave. Disk translation - mainly. - - * pas16.c: Add a few patches (Drew?). - - -Thu Aug 11 20:45:15 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.44 released. - - * hosts.c: Add type casts for scsi_init_malloc. - - * scsicam.c: Add type cast. - -Wed Aug 10 19:23:01 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.43 released. - - * Throughout: Spelling cleanups. [??] - - * aha152x.c, NCR53*.c, fdomain.c, g_NCR5380.c, pas16.c, seagate.c, - t128.c: Use request_irq, not irqaction. [??] - - * aha1542.c: Move test for shost before we start to use shost. - - * aha1542.c, aha1740.c, ultrastor.c, wd7000.c: Use new - calling sequence for request_irq. - - * buslogic.c: Update from Dave Gentzel. - -Tue Aug 9 09:32:59 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.42 released. - - * NCR5380.c: Change NCR5380_print_status to static. - - * seagate.c: A few more bugfixes. Only Drew knows what they are - for. - - * ultrastor.c: Tweak some __asm__ directives so that it works - with newer compilers. [??] - -Sat Aug 6 21:29:36 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.40 released. - - * NCR5380.c: Return SCSI_RESET_WAKEUP from reset function. - - * aha1542.c: Reset mailbox status after a bus device reset. - - * constants.c: Fix typo (;;). - - * g_NCR5380.c: - * pas16.c: Correct usage of NCR5380_init. - - * scsi.c: Remove redundant (and unused variables). - - * sd.c: Use memset to clear all of rscsi_disks before we use it. - - * sg.c: Ditto, except for scsi_generics. - - * sr.c: Ditto, except for scsi_CDs. - - * st.c: Initialize STp->device. - - * seagate.c: Fix bug. [Drew] - -Thu Aug 4 08:47:27 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@andante) - - * Linux 1.1.39 released. - - * Makefile: Fix typo in NCR53C7xx. - - * st.c: Print correct number for device. - -Tue Aug 2 11:29:14 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * Linux 1.1.38 released. - - Lots of changes in 1.1.38. All from Drew unless otherwise noted. - - * 53c7,8xx.c: New file from Drew. PCI driver. - - * 53c7,8xx.h: Likewise. - - * 53c7,8xx.scr: Likewise. - - * 53c8xx_d.h, 53c8xx_u.h, script_asm.pl: Likewise. - - * scsicam.c: New file from Drew. Read block 0 on the disk and - read the partition table. Attempt to deduce the geometry from - the partition table if possible. Only used by 53c[7,8]xx right - now, but could be used by any device for which we have no way - of identifying the geometry. - - * sd.c: Use device letters instead of sd%d in a lot of messages. - - * seagate.c: Fix bug that resulted in lockups with some devices. - - * sr.c (sr_open): Return -EROFS, not -EACCES if we attempt to open - device for write. - - * hosts.c, Makefile: Update for new driver. - - * NCR5380.c, NCR5380.h, g_NCR5380.h: Update from Drew to support - 53C400 chip. - - * constants.c: Define CONST_CMND and CONST_MSG. Other minor - cleanups along the way. Improve handling of CONST_MSG. - - * fdomain.c, fdomain.h: New version from Rik Faith. Update to - 5.18. Should now support TMC-3260 PCI card with 18C30 chip. - - * pas16.c: Update with new irq initialization. - - * t128.c: Update with minor cleanups. - - * scsi.c (scsi_pid): New variable - gives each command a unique - id. Add Quantum LPS5235S to blacklist. Change in_scan to - in_scan_scsis and make global. - - * scsi.h: Add some defines for extended message handling, - INITIATE/RELEASE_RECOVERY. Add a few new fields to support sync - transfers. - - * scsi_ioctl.h: Add ioctl to request synchronous transfers. - - -Tue Jul 26 21:36:58 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * Linux 1.1.37 released. - - * aha1542.c: Always call aha1542_mbenable, use new udelay - mechanism so we do not wait a long time if the board does not - implement this command. - - * g_NCR5380.c: Remove #include <linux/config.h> and #if - defined(CONFIG_SCSI_*). - - * seagate.c: Likewise. - - Next round of changes to support loadable modules. Getting closer - now, still not possible to do anything remotely usable. - - hosts.c: Create a linked list of detected high level devices. - (scsi_register_device): New function to insert into this list. - (scsi_init): Call scsi_register_device for each of the known high - level drivers. - - hosts.h: Add prototype for linked list header. Add structure - definition for device template structure which defines the linked - list. - - scsi.c: (scan_scsis): Use linked list instead of knowledge about - existing high level device drivers. - (scsi_dev_init): Use init functions for drivers on linked list - instead of explicit list to initialize and attach devices to high - level drivers. - - scsi.h: Add new field "attached" to scsi_device - count of number - of high level devices attached. - - sd.c, sr.c, sg.c, st.c: Adjust init/attach functions to use new - scheme. - -Sat Jul 23 13:03:17 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * Linux 1.1.35 released. - - * ultrastor.c: Change constraint on asm() operand so that it works - with gcc 2.6.0. - -Thu Jul 21 10:37:39 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * Linux 1.1.33 released. - - * sr.c(sr_open): Do not allow opens with write access. - -Mon Jul 18 09:51:22 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * Linux 1.1.31 released. - - * sd.c: Increase SD_TIMEOUT from 300 to 600. - - * sr.c: Remove stray task_struct* variable that was no longer - used. - - * sr_ioctl.c: Fix typo in up() call. - -Sun Jul 17 16:25:29 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * Linux 1.1.30 released. - - * scsi.c (scan_scsis): Fix detection of some Toshiba CDROM drives - that report themselves as disk drives. - - * (Throughout): Use request.sem instead of request.waiting. - Should fix swap problem with fdomain. - -Thu Jul 14 10:51:42 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * Linux 1.1.29 released. - - * scsi.c (scan_scsis): Add new devices to end of linked list, not - to the beginning. - - * scsi.h (SCSI_SLEEP): Remove brain dead hack to try to save - the task state before sleeping. - -Sat Jul 9 15:01:03 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - More changes to eventually support loadable modules. Mainly - we want to use linked lists instead of arrays because it is easier - to dynamically add and remove things this way. - - Quite a bit more work is needed before loadable modules are - possible (and usable) with scsi, but this is most of the grunge - work. - - * Linux 1.1.28 released. - - * scsi.c, scsi.h (allocate_device, request_queueable): Change - argument from index into scsi_devices to a pointer to the - Scsi_Device struct. - - * Throughout: Change all calls to allocate_device, - request_queueable to use new calling sequence. - - * Throughout: Use SCpnt->device instead of - scsi_devices[SCpnt->index]. Ugh - the pointer was there all along - - much cleaner this way. - - * scsi.c (scsi_init_malloc, scsi_free_malloc): New functions - - allow us to pretend that we have a working malloc when we - initialize. Use this instead of passing memory_start, memory_end - around all over the place. - - * scsi.h, st.c, sr.c, sd.c, sg.c: Change *_init1 functions to use - scsi_init_malloc, remove all arguments, no return value. - - * scsi.h: Remove index field from Scsi_Device and Scsi_Cmnd - structs. - - * scsi.c (scsi_dev_init): Set up for scsi_init_malloc. - (scan_scsis): Get SDpnt from scsi_init_malloc, and refresh - when we discover a device. Free pointer before returning. - Change scsi_devices into a linked list. - - * scsi.c (scan_scsis): Change to only scan one host. - (scsi_dev_init): Loop over all detected hosts, and scan them. - - * hosts.c (scsi_init_free): Change so that number of extra bytes - is stored in struct, and we do not have to pass it each time. - - * hosts.h: Change Scsi_Host_Template struct to include "next" and - "release" functions. Initialize to NULL in all low level - adapters. - - * hosts.c: Rename scsi_hosts to builtin_scsi_hosts, create linked - list scsi_hosts, linked together with the new "next" field. - -Wed Jul 6 05:45:02 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * Linux 1.1.25 released. - - * aha152x.c: Changes from Juergen - cleanups and updates. - - * sd.c, sr.c: Use new check_media_change and revalidate - file_operations fields. - - * st.c, st.h: Add changes from Kai Makisara, dated Jun 22. - - * hosts.h: Change SG_ALL back to 0xff. Apparently soft error - in /dev/brain resulted in having this bumped up. - Change first parameter in bios_param function to be Disk * instead - of index into rscsi_disks. - - * sd_ioctl.c: Pass pointer to rscsi_disks element instead of index - to array. - - * sd.h: Add struct name "scsi_disk" to typedef for Scsi_Disk. - - * scsi.c: Remove redundant Maxtor XT8760S from blacklist. - In scsi_reset, add printk when DEBUG defined. - - * All low level drivers: Modify definitions of bios_param in - appropriate way. - -Thu Jun 16 10:31:59 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * Linux 1.1.20 released. - - * scsi_ioctl.c: Only pass down the actual number of characters - required to scsi_do_cmd, not the one rounded up to a even number - of sectors. - - * ultrastor.c: Changes from Caleb Epstein for 24f cards. Support - larger SG lists. - - * ultrastor.c: Changes from me - use scsi_register to register - host. Add some consistency checking, - -Wed Jun 1 21:12:13 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * Linux 1.1.19 released. - - * scsi.h: Add new return code for reset() function: - SCSI_RESET_PUNT. - - * scsi.c: Make SCSI_RESET_PUNT the same as SCSI_RESET_WAKEUP for - now. - - * aha1542.c: If the command responsible for the reset is not - pending, return SCSI_RESET_PUNT. - - * aha1740.c, buslogic.c, wd7000.c, ultrastor.c: Return - SCSI_RESET_PUNT instead of SCSI_RESET_SNOOZE. - -Tue May 31 19:36:01 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * buslogic.c: Do not print out message about "must be Adaptec" - if we have detected a buslogic card. Print out a warning message - if we are configuring for >16Mb, since the 445S at board level - D or earlier does not work right. The "D" level board can be made - to work by flipping an undocumented switch, but this is too subtle. - - Changes based upon patches in Yggdrasil distribution. - - * sg.c, sg.h: Return sense data to user. - - * aha1542.c, aha1740.c, buslogic.c: Do not panic if - sense buffer is wrong size. - - * hosts.c: Test for ultrastor card before any of the others. - - * scsi.c: Allow boot-time option for max_scsi_luns=? so that - buggy firmware has an easy work-around. - -Sun May 15 20:24:34 1994 Eric Youngdale (eric@esp22) - - * Linux 1.1.15 released. - - Post-codefreeze thaw... - - * buslogic.[c,h]: New driver from David Gentzel. - - * hosts.h: Add use_clustering field to explicitly say whether - clustering should be used for devices attached to this host - adapter. The buslogic board apparently supports large SG lists, - but it is apparently faster if sd.c condenses this into a smaller - list. - - * sd.c: Use this field instead of heuristic. - - * All host adapter include files: Add appropriate initializer for - use_clustering field. - - * scsi.h: Add #defines for return codes for the abort and reset - functions. There are now a specific set of return codes to fully - specify all of the possible things that the low-level adapter - could do. - - * scsi.c: Act based upon return codes from abort/reset functions. - - * All host adapter abort/reset functions: Return new return code. - - * Add code in scsi.c to help debug timeouts. Use #define - DEBUG_TIMEOUT to enable this. - - * scsi.c: If the host->irq field is set, use - disable_irq/enable_irq before calling queuecommand if we - are not already in an interrupt. Reduce races, and we - can be sloppier about cli/sti in the interrupt routines now - (reduce interrupt latency). - - * constants.c: Fix some things to eliminate warnings. Add some - sense descriptions that were omitted before. - - * aha1542.c: Watch for SCRD from host adapter - if we see it, set - a flag. Currently we only print out the number of pending - commands that might need to be restarted. - - * aha1542.c (aha1542_abort): Look for lost interrupts, OGMB still - full, and attempt to recover. Otherwise give up. - - * aha1542.c (aha1542_reset): Try BUS DEVICE RESET, and then pass - DID_RESET back up to the upper level code for all commands running - on this target (even on different LUNs). - -Sat May 7 14:54:01 1994 - - * Linux 1.1.12 released. - - * st.c, st.h: New version from Kai. Supports boot time - specification of number of buffers. - - * wd7000.[c,h]: Updated driver from John Boyd. Now supports - more than one wd7000 board in machine at one time, among other things. - -Wed Apr 20 22:20:35 1994 - - * Linux 1.1.8 released. - - * sd.c: Add a few type casts where scsi_malloc is called. - -Wed Apr 13 12:53:29 1994 - - * Linux 1.1.4 released. - - * scsi.c: Clean up a few printks (use %p to print pointers). - -Wed Apr 13 11:33:02 1994 - - * Linux 1.1.3 released. - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.16 (Handle different FIFO sizes - better). - -Fri Apr 8 08:57:19 1994 - - * Linux 1.1.2 released. - - * Throughout: SCSI portion of cluster diffs added. - -Tue Apr 5 07:41:50 1994 - - * Linux 1.1 development tree initiated. - - * The linux 1.0 development tree is now effectively frozen except - for obvious bugfixes. - -****************************************************************** -****************************************************************** -****************************************************************** -****************************************************************** - -Sun Apr 17 00:17:39 1994 - - * Linux 1.0, patchlevel 9 released. - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.16 (Handle different FIFO sizes - better). - -Thu Apr 7 08:36:20 1994 - - * Linux 1.0, patchlevel8 released. - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.15 from 5.9. Handles 3.4 bios. - -Sun Apr 3 14:43:03 1994 - - * Linux 1.0, patchlevel6 released. - - * wd7000.c: Make stab at fixing race condition. - -Sat Mar 26 14:14:50 1994 - - * Linux 1.0, patchlevel5 released. - - * aha152x.c, Makefile: Fix a few bugs (too much data message). - Add a few more bios signatures. (Patches from Juergen). - - * aha1542.c: Fix race condition in aha1542_out. - -Mon Mar 21 16:36:20 1994 - - * Linux 1.0, patchlevel3 released. - - * sd.c, st.c, sr.c, sg.c: Return -ENXIO, not -ENODEV if we attempt - to open a non-existent device. - - * scsi.c: Add Chinon cdrom to blacklist. - - * sr_ioctl.c: Check return status of verify_area. - -Sat Mar 6 16:06:19 1994 - - * Linux 1.0 released (technically a pre-release). - - * scsi.c: Add IMS CDD521, Maxtor XT-8760S to blacklist. - -Tue Feb 15 10:58:20 1994 - - * pl15e released. - - * aha1542.c: For 1542C, allow dynamic device scan with >1Gb turned - off. - - * constants.c: Fix typo in definition of CONSTANTS. - - * pl15d released. - -Fri Feb 11 10:10:16 1994 - - * pl15c released. - - * scsi.c: Add Maxtor XT-3280 and Rodime RO3000S to blacklist. - - * scsi.c: Allow tagged queueing for scsi 3 devices as well. - Some really old devices report a version number of 0. Disallow - LUN != 0 for these. - -Thu Feb 10 09:48:57 1994 - - * pl15b released. - -Sun Feb 6 12:19:46 1994 - - * pl15a released. - -Fri Feb 4 09:02:17 1994 - - * scsi.c: Add Teac cdrom to blacklist. - -Thu Feb 3 14:16:43 1994 - - * pl15 released. - -Tue Feb 1 15:47:43 1994 - - * pl14w released. - - * wd7000.c (wd_bases): Fix typo in last change. - -Mon Jan 24 17:37:23 1994 - - * pl14u released. - - * aha1542.c: Support 1542CF/extended bios. Different from 1542C - - * wd7000.c: Allow bios at 0xd8000 as well. - - * ultrastor.c: Do not truncate cylinders to 1024. - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.9 (add new bios signature). - - * NCR5380.c: Update from Drew - should work a lot better now. - -Sat Jan 8 15:13:10 1994 - - * pl14o released. - - * sr_ioctl.c: Zero reserved field before trying to set audio volume. - -Wed Jan 5 13:21:10 1994 - - * pl14m released. - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.8. No functional difference??? - -Tue Jan 4 14:26:13 1994 - - * pl14l released. - - * ultrastor.c: Remove outl, inl functions (now provided elsewhere). - -Mon Jan 3 12:27:25 1994 - - * pl14k released. - - * aha152x.c: Remove insw and outsw functions. - - * fdomain.c: Ditto. - -Wed Dec 29 09:47:20 1993 - - * pl14i released. - - * scsi.c: Support RECOVERED_ERROR for tape drives. - - * st.c: Update of tape driver from Kai. - -Tue Dec 21 09:18:30 1993 - - * pl14g released. - - * aha1542.[c,h]: Support extended BIOS stuff. - - * scsi.c: Clean up messages about disks, so they are displayed as - sda, sdb, etc instead of sd0, sd1, etc. - - * sr.c: Force reread of capacity if disk was changed. - Clear buffer before asking for capacity/sectorsize (some drives - do not report this properly). Set needs_sector_size flag if - drive did not return sensible sector size. - -Mon Dec 13 12:13:47 1993 - - * aha152x.c: Update to version .101 from Juergen. - -Mon Nov 29 03:03:00 1993 - - * linux 0.99.14 released. - - * All scsi stuff moved from kernel/blk_drv/scsi to drivers/scsi. - - * Throughout: Grammatical corrections to various comments. - - * Makefile: fix so that we do not need to compile things we are - not going to use. - - * NCR5380.c, NCR5380.h, g_NCR5380.c, g_NCR5380.h, pas16.c, - pas16.h, t128.c, t128.h: New files from Drew. - - * aha152x.c, aha152x.h: New files from Juergen Fischer. - - * aha1542.c: Support for more than one 1542 in the machine - at the same time. Make functions static that do not need - visibility. - - * aha1740.c: Set NEEDS_JUMPSTART flag in reset function, so we - know to restart the command. Change prototype of aha1740_reset - to take a command pointer. - - * constants.c: Clean up a few things. - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 5.6. Move snarf_region. Allow - board to be set at different SCSI ids. Remove support for - reselection (did not work well). Set JUMPSTART flag in reset - code. - - * hosts.c: Support new low-level adapters. Allow for more than - one adapter of a given type. - - * hosts.h: Allow for more than one adapter of a given type. - - * scsi.c: Add scsi_device_types array, if NEEDS_JUMPSTART is set - after a low-level reset, start the command again. Sort blacklist, - and add Maxtor MXT-1240S, XT-4170S, NEC CDROM 84, Seagate ST157N. - - * scsi.h: Add constants for tagged queueing. - - * Throughout: Use constants from major.h instead of hardcoded - numbers for major numbers. - - * scsi_ioctl.c: Fix bug in buffer length in ioctl_command. Use - verify_area in GET_IDLUN ioctl. Add new ioctls for - TAGGED_QUEUE_ENABLE, DISABLE. Only allow IOCTL_SEND_COMMAND by - superuser. - - * sd.c: Only pay attention to UNIT_ATTENTION for removable disks. - Fix bug where sometimes portions of blocks would get lost - resulting in processes hanging. Add messages when we spin up a - disk, and fix a bug in the timing. Increase read-ahead for disks - that are on a scatter-gather capable host adapter. - - * seagate.c: Fix so that some parameters can be set from the lilo - prompt. Supply jumpstart flag if we are resetting and need the - command restarted. Fix so that we return 1 if we detect a card - so that multiple card detection works correctly. Add yet another - signature for FD cards (950). Add another signature for ST0x. - - * sg.c, sg.h: New files from Lawrence Foard for generic scsi - access. - - * sr.c: Add type casts for (void*) so that we can do pointer - arithmetic. Works with GCC without this, but it is not strictly - correct. Same bugfix as was in sd.c. Increase read-ahead a la - disk driver. - - * sr_ioctl.c: Use scsi_malloc buffer instead of buffer from stack - since we cannot guarantee that the stack is < 16Mb. - - ultrastor.c: Update to support 24f properly (JFC's driver). - - wd7000.c: Supply jumpstart flag for reset. Do not round up - number of cylinders in biosparam function. - -Sat Sep 4 20:49:56 1993 - - * 0.99pl13 released. - - * Throughout: Use check_region/snarf_region for all low-level - drivers. - - * aha1542.c: Do hard reset instead of soft (some ethercard probes - screw us up). - - * scsi.c: Add new flag ASKED_FOR_SENSE so that we can tell if we are - in a loop whereby the device returns null sense data. - - * sd.c: Add code to spin up a drive if it is not already spinning. - Do this one at a time to make it easier on power supplies. - - * sd_ioctl.c: Use sync_dev instead of fsync_dev in BLKFLSBUF ioctl. - - * seagate.c: Switch around DATA/CONTROL lines. - - * st.c: Change sense to unsigned. - -Thu Aug 5 11:59:18 1993 - - * 0.99pl12 released. - - * constants.c, constants.h: New files with ascii descriptions of - various conditions. - - * Makefile: Do not try to count the number of low-level drivers, - just generate the list of .o files. - - * aha1542.c: Replace 16 with sizeof(SCpnt->sense_buffer). Add tests - for addresses > 16Mb, panic if we find one. - - * aha1740.c: Ditto with sizeof(). - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 3.18. Add new signature, register IRQ - with irqaction. Use ID 7 for new board. Be more intelligent about - obtaining the h/s/c numbers for biosparam. - - * hosts.c: Do not depend upon Makefile generated count of the number - of low-level host adapters. - - * scsi.c: Use array for scsi_command_size instead of a function. Add - Texel cdrom and Maxtor XT-4380S to blacklist. Allow compile time - option for no-multi lun scan. Add semaphore for possible problems - with handshaking, assume device is faulty until we know it not to be - the case. Add DEBUG_INIT symbol to dump info as we scan for devices. - Zero sense buffer so we can tell if we need to request it. When - examining sense information, request sense if buffer is all zero. - If RESET, request sense information to see what to do next. - - * scsi_debug.c: Change some constants to use symbols like INT_MAX. - - * scsi_ioctl.c (kernel_scsi_ioctl): New function -for making ioctl - calls from kernel space. - - * sd.c: Increase timeout to 300. Use functions in constants.h to - display info. Use scsi_malloc buffer for READ_CAPACITY, since - we cannot guarantee that a stack based buffer is < 16Mb. - - * sd_ioctl.c: Add BLKFLSBUF ioctl. - - * seagate.c: Add new compile time options for ARBITRATE, - SLOW_HANDSHAKE, and SLOW_RATE. Update assembly loops for transferring - data. Use kernel_scsi_ioctl to request mode page with geometry. - - * sr.c: Use functions in constants.c to display messages. - - * st.c: Support for variable block size. - - * ultrastor.c: Do not use cache for tape drives. Set - unchecked_isa_dma flag, even though this may not be needed (gets set - later). - -Sat Jul 17 18:32:44 1993 - - * 0.99pl11 released. C++ compilable. - - * Throughout: Add type casts all over the place, and use "ip" instead - of "info" in the various biosparam functions. - - * Makefile: Compile seagate.c with C++ compiler. - - * aha1542.c: Always set ccb pointer as this gets trashed somehow on - some systems. Add a few type casts. Update biosparam function a little. - - * aha1740.c: Add a few type casts. - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 3.17 from 3.6. Now works with - TMC-18C50. - - * scsi.c: Minor changes here and there with datatypes. Save use_sg - when requesting sense information so that this can properly be - restored if we retry the command. Set aside dma buffers assuming each - block is 1 page, not 1Kb minix block. - - * scsi_ioctl.c: Add a few type casts. Other minor changes. - - * sd.c: Correctly free all scsi_malloc'd memory if we run out of - dma_pool. Store blocksize information for each partition. - - * seagate.c: Minor cleanups here and there. - - * sr.c: Set up blocksize array for all discs. Fix bug in freeing - buffers if we run out of dma pool. - -Thu Jun 2 17:58:11 1993 - - * 0.99pl10 released. - - * aha1542.c: Support for BT 445S (VL-bus board with no dma channel). - - * fdomain.c: Upgrade to version 3.6. Preliminary support for TNC-18C50. - - * scsi.c: First attempt to fix problem with old_use_sg. Change - NOT_READY to a SUGGEST_ABORT. Fix timeout race where time might - get decremented past zero. - - * sd.c: Add block_fsync function to dispatch table. - - * sr.c: Increase timeout to 500 from 250. Add entry for sync in - dispatch table (supply NULL). If we do not have a sectorsize, - try to get it in the sd_open function. Add new function just to - obtain sectorsize. - - * sr.h: Add needs_sector_size semaphore. - - * st.c: Add NULL for fsync in dispatch table. - - * wd7000.c: Allow another condition for power on that are normal - and do not require a panic. - -Thu Apr 22 23:10:11 1993 - - * 0.99pl9 released. - - * aha1542.c: Use (void) instead of () in setup_mailboxes. - - * scsi.c: Initialize transfersize and underflow fields in SCmd to 0. - Do not panic for unsupported message bytes. - - * scsi.h: Allocate 12 bytes instead of 10 for commands. Add - transfersize and underflow fields. - - * scsi_ioctl.c: Further bugfix to ioctl_probe. - - * sd.c: Use long instead of int for last parameter in sd_ioctl. - Initialize transfersize and underflow fields. - - * sd_ioctl.c: Ditto for sd_ioctl(,,,,); - - * seagate.c: New version from Drew. Includes new signatures for FD - cards. Support for 0ws jumper. Correctly initialize - scsi_hosts[hostnum].this_id. Improved handing of - disconnect/reconnect, and support command linking. Use - transfersize and underflow fields. Support scatter-gather. - - * sr.c, sr_ioctl.c: Use long instead of int for last parameter in sr_ioctl. - Use buffer and buflength in do_ioctl. Patches from Chris Newbold for - scsi-2 audio commands. - - * ultrastor.c: Comment out in_byte (compiler warning). - - * wd7000.c: Change () to (void) in wd7000_enable_dma. - -Wed Mar 31 16:36:25 1993 - - * 0.99pl8 released. - - * aha1542.c: Handle mailboxes better for 1542C. - Do not truncate number of cylinders at 1024 for biosparam call. - - * aha1740.c: Fix a few minor bugs for multiple devices. - Same as above for biosparam. - - * scsi.c: Add lockable semaphore for removable devices that can have - media removal prevented. Add another signature for flopticals. - (allocate_device): Fix race condition. Allow more space in dma pool - for blocksizes of up to 4Kb. - - * scsi.h: Define COMMAND_SIZE. Define a SCSI specific version of - INIT_REQUEST that can run with interrupts off. - - * scsi_ioctl.c: Make ioctl_probe function more idiot-proof. If - a removable device says ILLEGAL REQUEST to a door-locking command, - clear lockable flag. Add SCSI_IOCTL_GET_IDLUN ioctl. Do not attempt - to lock door for devices that do not have lockable semaphore set. - - * sd.c: Fix race condition for multiple disks. Use INIT_SCSI_REQUEST - instead of INIT_REQUEST. Allow sector sizes of 1024 and 256. For - removable disks that are not ready, mark them as having a media change - (some drives do not report this later). - - * seagate.c: Use volatile keyword for memory-mapped register pointers. - - * sr.c: Fix race condition, a la sd.c. Increase the number of retries - to 1. Use INIT_SCSI_REQUEST. Allow 512 byte sector sizes. Do a - read_capacity when we init the device so we know the size and - sectorsize. - - * st.c: If ioctl not found in st.c, try scsi_ioctl for others. - - * ultrastor.c: Do not truncate number of cylinders at 1024 for - biosparam call. - - * wd7000.c: Ditto. - Throughout: Use COMMAND_SIZE macro to determine length of scsi - command. - - - -Sat Mar 13 17:31:29 1993 - - * 0.99pl7 released. - - Throughout: Improve punctuation in some messages, and use new - verify_area syntax. - - * aha1542.c: Handle unexpected interrupts better. - - * scsi.c: Ditto. Handle reset conditions a bit better, asking for - sense information and retrying if required. - - * scsi_ioctl.c: Allow for 12 byte scsi commands. - - * ultrastor.c: Update to use scatter-gather. - -Sat Feb 20 17:57:15 1993 - - * 0.99pl6 released. - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 3.5. Handle spurious interrupts - better. - - * sd.c: Use register_blkdev function. - - * sr.c: Ditto. - - * st.c: Use register_chrdev function. - - * wd7000.c: Undo previous change. - -Sat Feb 6 11:20:43 1993 - - * 0.99pl5 released. - - * scsi.c: Fix bug in testing for UNIT_ATTENTION. - - * wd7000.c: Check at more addresses for bios. Fix bug in biosparam - (heads & sectors turned around). - -Wed Jan 20 18:13:59 1993 - - * 0.99pl4 released. - - * scsi.c: Ignore leading spaces when looking for blacklisted devices. - - * seagate.c: Add a few new signatures for FD cards. Another patch - with SCint to fix race condition. Use recursion_depth to keep track - of how many times we have been recursively called, and do not start - another command unless we are on the outer level. Fixes bug - with Syquest cartridge drives (used to crash kernel), because - they do not disconnect with large data transfers. - -Tue Jan 12 14:33:36 1993 - - * 0.99pl3 released. - - * fdomain.c: Update to version 3.3 (a few new signatures). - - * scsi.c: Add CDU-541, Denon DRD-25X to blacklist. - (allocate_request, request_queueable): Init request.waiting to NULL if - non-buffer type of request. - - * seagate.c: Allow controller to be overridden with CONTROLLER symbol. - Set SCint=NULL when we are done, to remove race condition. - - * st.c: Changes from Kai. - -Wed Dec 30 20:03:47 1992 - - * 0.99pl2 released. - - * scsi.c: Blacklist back in. Remove Newbury drive as other bugfix - eliminates need for it here. - - * sd.c: Return ENODEV instead of EACCES if no such device available. - (sd_init) Init blkdev_fops earlier so that sd_open is available sooner. - - * sr.c: Same as above for sd.c. - - * st.c: Return ENODEV instead of ENXIO if no device. Init chrdev_fops - sooner, so that it is always there even if no tapes. - - * seagate.c (controller_type): New variable to keep track of ST0x or - FD. Modify signatures list to indicate controller type, and init - controller_type once we find a match. - - * wd7000.c (wd7000_set_sync): Remove redundant function. - -Sun Dec 20 16:26:24 1992 - - * 0.99pl1 released. - - * scsi_ioctl.c: Bugfix - check dev->index, not dev->id against - NR_SCSI_DEVICES. - - * sr_ioctl.c: Verify that device exists before allowing an ioctl. - - * st.c: Patches from Kai - change timeout values, improve end of tape - handling. - -Sun Dec 13 18:15:23 1992 - - * 0.99 kernel released. Baseline for this ChangeLog. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt b/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3797f3e6c2b5..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/scsi/Mylex.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -Please see the file README.BusLogic for information about Linux support for -Mylex (formerly BusLogic) MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Host Adapters. - -The Mylex DAC960 PCI RAID Controllers are now supported. Please consult -http://sourceforge.net/projects/dandelion for further information on the DAC960 driver. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt index 453d4b79c78d..25a4b4cf04a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt @@ -34,11 +34,6 @@ parameters may be changed at runtime by the command See drivers/scsi/BusLogic.c, comment before function BusLogic_ParseDriverOptions(). - eata= [HW,SCSI] - - fdomain= [HW,SCSI] - See header of drivers/scsi/fdomain.c. - gdth= [HW,SCSI] See header of drivers/scsi/gdth.c. @@ -70,8 +65,6 @@ parameters may be changed at runtime by the command ncr53c400a= [HW,SCSI] See Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt. - ncr53c406a= [HW,SCSI] - ncr53c8xx= [HW,SCSI] osst= [HW,SCSI] SCSI Tape Driver @@ -110,12 +103,5 @@ parameters may be changed at runtime by the command st= [HW,SCSI] SCSI tape parameters (buffers, etc.) See Documentation/scsi/st.txt. - sym53c416= [HW,SCSI] - See header of drivers/scsi/sym53c416.c. - - tmscsim= [HW,SCSI] - See comment before function dc390_setup() in - drivers/scsi/tmscsim.c. - wd33c93= [HW,SCSI] See header of drivers/scsi/wd33c93.c. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt index 2c31d9ee6776..177c031763c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt @@ -114,9 +114,7 @@ called "xxx" could be defined as "static int xxx_slave_alloc(struct scsi_device * sdev) { /* code */ }" ** the scsi_host_alloc() function is a replacement for the rather vaguely -named scsi_register() function in most situations. The scsi_register() -and scsi_unregister() functions remain to support legacy LLDs that use -the passive initialization model. +named scsi_register() function in most situations. Hotplug initialization model @@ -228,79 +226,6 @@ slave_configure() callbacks). Such instances are "owned" by the mid-level. struct scsi_device instances are freed after slave_destroy(). -Passive initialization model -============================ -These older LLDs include a file called "scsi_module.c" [yes the ".c" is a -little surprising] in their source code. For that file to work an -instance of struct scsi_host_template with the name "driver_template" -needs to be defined. Here is a typical code sequence used in this model: - static struct scsi_host_template driver_template = { - ... - }; - #include "scsi_module.c" - -The scsi_module.c file contains two functions: - - init_this_scsi_driver() which is executed when the LLD is - initialized (i.e. boot time or module load time) - - exit_this_scsi_driver() which is executed when the LLD is shut - down (i.e. module unload time) -Note: since these functions are tagged with __init and __exit qualifiers -an LLD should not call them explicitly (since the kernel does that). - -Here is an example of an initialization sequence when two hosts are -detected (so detect() returns 2) and the SCSI bus scan on each host -finds 1 SCSI device (and a second device does not respond). - -LLD mid level LLD -===----------------------=========-----------------===------ -init_this_scsi_driver() ----+ - | - detect() -----------------+ - | | - | scsi_register() - | scsi_register() - | - slave_alloc() - slave_configure() --> scsi_change_queue_depth() - slave_alloc() *** - slave_destroy() *** - | - slave_alloc() - slave_configure() - slave_alloc() *** - slave_destroy() *** ------------------------------------------------------------- - -The mid level invokes scsi_change_queue_depth() with "cmd_per_lun" for that -host as the queue length. These settings can be overridden by a -slave_configure() supplied by the LLD. - -*** For scsi devices that the mid level tries to scan but do not - respond, a slave_alloc(), slave_destroy() pair is called. - -Here is an LLD shutdown sequence: - -LLD mid level LLD -===----------------------=========-----------------===------ -exit_this_scsi_driver() ----+ - | - slave_destroy() - release() --> scsi_unregister() - | - slave_destroy() - release() --> scsi_unregister() ------------------------------------------------------------- - -An LLD need not define slave_destroy() (i.e. it is optional). - -The shortcoming of the "passive initialization model" is that host -registration and de-registration are (typically) tied to LLD initialization -and shutdown. Once the LLD is initialized then a new host that appears -(e.g. via hotplugging) cannot easily be added without a redundant -driver shutdown and re-initialization. It may be possible to write an LLD -that uses both initialization models. - - Reference Counting ================== The Scsi_Host structure has had reference counting infrastructure added. @@ -738,7 +663,6 @@ The interface functions are listed below in alphabetical order. Summary: bios_param - fetch head, sector, cylinder info for a disk - detect - detects HBAs this driver wants to control eh_timed_out - notify the host that a command timer expired eh_abort_handler - abort given command eh_bus_reset_handler - issue SCSI bus reset @@ -748,7 +672,6 @@ Summary: ioctl - driver can respond to ioctls proc_info - supports /proc/scsi/{driver_name}/{host_no} queuecommand - queue scsi command, invoke 'done' on completion - release - release all resources associated with given host slave_alloc - prior to any commands being sent to a new device slave_configure - driver fine tuning for given device after attach slave_destroy - given device is about to be shut down @@ -785,28 +708,6 @@ Details: /** - * detect - detects HBAs this driver wants to control - * @shtp: host template for this driver. - * - * Returns number of hosts this driver wants to control. 0 means no - * suitable hosts found. - * - * Locks: none held - * - * Calling context: process [invoked from init_this_scsi_driver()] - * - * Notes: First function called from the SCSI mid level on this - * driver. Upper level drivers (e.g. sd) may not (yet) be present. - * For each host found, this method should call scsi_register() - * [see hosts.c]. - * - * Defined in: LLD (required if "passive initialization mode" is used, - * not invoked in "hotplug initialization mode") - **/ - int detect(struct scsi_host_template * shtp) - - -/** * eh_timed_out - The timer for the command has just fired * @scp: identifies command timing out * @@ -1074,27 +975,6 @@ Details: /** - * release - release all resources associated with given host - * @shp: host to be released. - * - * Return value ignored (could soon be a function returning void). - * - * Locks: none held - * - * Calling context: process - * - * Notes: Invoked from scsi_module.c's exit_this_scsi_driver(). - * LLD's implementation of this function should call - * scsi_unregister(shp) prior to returning. - * Only needed for old-style host templates. - * - * Defined in: LLD (required in "passive initialization model", - * should not be defined in hotplug model) - **/ - int release(struct Scsi_Host * shp) - - -/** * slave_alloc - prior to any commands being sent to a new device * (i.e. just prior to scan) this call is made * @sdp: pointer to new device (about to be scanned) diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/sd-parameters.txt b/Documentation/scsi/sd-parameters.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8e5af00d88e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/sd-parameters.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Linux SCSI Disk Driver (sd) Parameters +====================================== + +cache_type (RW) +--------------- +Enable/disable drive write & read cache. + + cache_type string | WCE RCD | Write cache | Read cache +----------------------------+---------+-------------+------------ + write through | 0 0 | off | on + none | 0 1 | off | off + write back | 1 0 | on | on + write back, no read (daft) | 1 1 | on | off + +To set cache type to "write back" and save this setting to the drive: + + # echo "write back" > cache_type + +To modify the caching mode without making the change persistent, prepend +"temporary " to the cache type string. E.g.: + + # echo "temporary write back" > cache_type diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0e0322bf0020..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,443 +0,0 @@ -The tmscsim driver -================== - -1. Purpose and history -2. Installation -3. Features -4. Configuration via /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? -5. Configuration via boot/module params -6. Potential improvements -7. Bug reports, debugging and updates -8. Acknowledgements -9. Copyright - - -1. Purpose and history ----------------------- -The tmscsim driver supports PCI SCSI Host Adapters based on the AM53C974 -chip. AM53C974 based SCSI adapters include: - Tekram DC390, DC390T - Dawicontrol 2974 - QLogic Fast! PCI Basic - some on-board adapters -(This is most probably not a complete list) - -It has originally written by C.L. Huang from the Tekram corp. to support the -Tekram DC390(T) adapter. This is where the name comes from: tm = Tekram -scsi = SCSI driver, m = AMD (?) as opposed to w for the DC390W/U/F -(NCR53c8X5, X=2/7) driver. Yes, there was also a driver for the latter, -tmscsiw, which supported DC390W/U/F adapters. It's not maintained any more, -as the ncr53c8xx is perfectly supporting these adapters since some time. - -The driver first appeared in April 1996, exclusively supported the DC390 -and has been enhanced since then in various steps. In May 1998 support for -general AM53C974 based adapters and some possibilities to configure it were -added. The non-DC390 support works by assuming some values for the data -normally taken from the DC390 EEPROM. See below (chapter 5) for details. - -When using the DC390, the configuration is still be done using the DC390 -BIOS setup. The DC390 EEPROM is read and used by the driver, any boot or -module parameters (chapter 5) are ignored! However, you can change settings -dynamically, as described in chapter 4. - -For a more detailed description of the driver's history, see the first lines -of tmscsim.c. -The numbering scheme isn't consistent. The first versions went from 1.00 to -1.12, then 1.20a to 1.20t. Finally I decided to use the ncr53c8xx scheme. So -the next revisions will be 2.0a to 2.0X (stable), 2.1a to 2.1X (experimental), -2.2a to 2.2X (stable, again) etc. (X = anything between a and z.) If I send -fixes to people for testing, I create intermediate versions with a digit -appended, e.g. 2.0c3. - - -2. Installation ---------------- -If you got any recent kernel with this driver and document included in -linux/drivers/scsi, you basically have to do nothing special to use this -driver. Of course you have to choose to compile SCSI support and DC390(T) -support into your kernel or as module when configuring your kernel for -compiling. -NEW: You may as well compile this module outside your kernel, using the -supplied Makefile. - - If you got an old kernel (pre 2.1.127, pre 2.0.37p1) with an old version of - this driver: Get dc390-21125-20b.diff.gz or dc390-2036p21-20b1.diff.gz from - my web page and apply the patch. Apply further patches to upgrade to the - latest version of the driver. - - If you want to do it manually, you should copy the files (dc390.h, - tmscsim.h, tmscsim.c, scsiiom.c and README.tmscsim) from this directory to - linux/drivers/scsi. You have to recompile your kernel/module of course. - - You should apply the three patches included in dc390-120-kernel.diff - (Applying them: cd /usr/src; patch -p0 <~/dc390-120-kernel.diff) - The patches are against 2.1.125, so you might have to manually resolve - rejections when applying to another kernel version. - - The patches will update the kernel startup code to allow boot parameters to - be passed to the driver, update the Documentation and finally offer you the - possibility to omit the non-DC390 parts of the driver. - (By selecting "Omit support for non DC390" you basically disable the - emulation of a DC390 EEPROM for non DC390 adapters. This saves a few bytes - of memory.) - -If you got a very old kernel without the tmscsim driver (pre 2.0.31) -I recommend upgrading your kernel. However, if you don't want to, please -contact me to get the appropriate patches. - - -Upgrading a SCSI driver is always a delicate thing to do. The 2.0 driver has -proven stable on many systems, but it's still a good idea to take some -precautions. In an ideal world you would have a full backup of your disks. -The world isn't ideal and most people don't have full backups (me neither). -So take at least the following measures: -* make your kernel remount the FS read-only on detecting an error: - tune2fs -e remount-ro /dev/sd?? -* have copies of your SCSI disk's partition tables on some safe location: - dd if=/dev/sda of=/mnt/floppy/sda bs=512 count=1 - or just print it with: - fdisk -l | lpr -* make sure you are able to boot Linux (e.g. from floppy disk using InitRD) - if your SCSI disk gets corrupted. You can use - ftp://student.physik.uni-dortmund.de/pub/linux/kernel/bootdisk.gz - -One more warning: I used to overclock my PCI bus to 41.67 MHz. My Tekram -DC390F (Sym53c875) accepted this as well as my Millennium. But the Am53C974 -produced errors and started to corrupt my disks. So don't do that! A 37.50 -MHz PCI bus works for me, though, but I don't recommend using higher clocks -than the 33.33 MHz being in the PCI spec. - - -3.Features ----------- -- SCSI - * Tagged command queueing - * Sync speed up to 10 MHz - * Disconnection - * Multiple LUNs - -- General / Linux interface - * Support for up to 4 AM53C974 adapters. - * DC390 EEPROM usage or boot/module params - * Information via cat /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? - * Dynamically configurable by writing to /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? - * Dynamic allocation of resources - * SMP support: Locking on io_request lock (Linux 2.1/2.2) or adapter - specific locks (Linux 2.5?) - * Uniform source code for Linux-2.x.y - * Support for dyn. addition/removal of devices via add/remove-single-device - (Try: echo "scsi add-single-device C B T U" >/proc/scsi/scsi - C = Controller, B = Bus, T = Target SCSI ID, U = Unit SCSI LUN.) - Use with care! - * Try to use the partition table for the determination of the mapping - - -4. Configuration via /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? ------------------------------------------ -First of all look at the output of /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? by typing - cat /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? -The "?" should be replaced by the SCSI host number. (The shell might do this -for you.) -You will see some info regarding the adapter and, at the end, a listing of -the attached devices and their settings. - -Here's an example: -garloff@kurt:/home/garloff > cat /proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 -Tekram DC390/AM53C974 PCI SCSI Host Adapter, Driver Version 2.0e7 2000-11-28 -SCSI Host Nr 1, AM53C974 Adapter Nr 0 -IOPortBase 0xb000, IRQ 10 -MaxID 8, MaxLUN 8, AdapterID 6, SelTimeout 250 ms, DelayReset 1 s -TagMaxNum 16, Status 0x00, ACBFlag 0x00, GlitchEater 24 ns -Statistics: Cmnds 1470165, Cmnds not sent directly 0, Out of SRB conds 0 - Lost arbitrations 587, Sel. connected 0, Connected: No -Nr of attached devices: 4, Nr of DCBs: 4 -Map of attached LUNs: 01 00 00 03 01 00 00 00 -Idx ID LUN Prty Sync DsCn SndS TagQ NegoPeriod SyncSpeed SyncOffs MaxCmd -00 00 00 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 100 ns 10.0 M 15 16 -01 03 00 Yes Yes Yes Yes No 100 ns 10.0 M 15 01 -02 03 01 Yes Yes Yes Yes No 100 ns 10.0 M 15 01 -03 04 00 Yes Yes Yes Yes No 100 ns 10.0 M 15 01 - -Note that the settings MaxID and MaxLUN are not zero- but one-based, which -means that a setting MaxLUN=4, will result in the support of LUNs 0..3. This -is somehow inconvenient, but the way the mid-level SCSI code expects it to be. - -ACB and DCB are acronyms for Adapter Control Block and Device Control Block. -These are data structures of the driver containing information about the -adapter and the connected SCSI devices respectively. - -Idx is the device index (just a consecutive number for the driver), ID and -LUN are the SCSI ID and LUN, Prty means Parity checking, Sync synchronous -negotiation, DsCn Disconnection, SndS Send Start command on startup (not -used by the driver) and TagQ Tagged Command Queueing. NegoPeriod and -SyncSpeed are somehow redundant, because they are reciprocal values -(1 / 112 ns = 8.9 MHz). At least in theory. The driver is able to adjust the -NegoPeriod more accurate (4ns) than the SyncSpeed (1 / 25ns). I don't know -if certain devices will have problems with this discrepancy. Max. speed is -10 MHz corresp. to a min. NegoPeriod of 100 ns. -(The driver allows slightly higher speeds if the devices (Ultra SCSI) accept -it, but that's out of adapter spec, on your own risk and unlikely to improve -performance. You're likely to crash your disks.) -SyncOffs is the offset used for synchronous negotiations; max. is 15. -The last values are only shown, if Sync is enabled. (NegoPeriod is still -displayed in brackets to show the values which will be used after enabling -Sync.) -MaxCmd ist the number of commands (=tags) which can be processed at the same -time by the device. - -If you want to change a setting, you can do that by writing to -/proc/scsi/tmscsim/?. Basically you have to imitate the output of driver. -(Don't use the brackets for NegoPeriod on Sync disabled devices.) -You don't have to care about capitalisation. The driver will accept space, -tab, comma, = and : as separators. - -There are three kinds of changes: - -(1) Change driver settings: - You type the names of the parameters and the params following it. - Example: - echo "MaxLUN=8 seltimeout 200" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 - - Note that you can only change MaxID, MaxLUN, AdapterID, SelTimeOut, - TagMaxNum, ACBFlag, GlitchEater and DelayReset. Don't change ACBFlag - unless you want to see what happens, if the driver hangs. - -(2) Change device settings: You write a config line to the driver. The Nr - must match the ID and LUN given. If you give "-" as parameter, it is - ignored and the corresponding setting won't be changed. - You can use "y" or "n" instead of "Yes" and "No" if you want to. - You don't need to specify a full line. The driver automatically performs - an INQUIRY on the device if necessary to check if it is capable to operate - with the given settings (Sync, TagQ). - Examples: - echo "0 0 0 y y y - y - 10 " >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 - echo "3 5 0 y n y " >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 - - To give a short explanation of the first example: - The first three numbers, "0 0 0" (Device index 0, SCSI ID 0, SCSI LUN 0), - select the device to which the following parameters apply. Note that it - would be sufficient to use the index or both SCSI ID and LUN, but I chose - to require all three to have a syntax similar to the output. - The following "y y y - y" enables Parity checking, enables Synchronous - transfers, Disconnection, leaves Send Start (not used) untouched and - enables Tagged Command Queueing for the selected device. The "-" skips - the Negotiation Period setting but the "10" sets the max sync. speed to - 10 MHz. It's useless to specify both NegoPeriod and SyncSpeed as - discussed above. The values used in this example will result in maximum - performance. - -(3) Special commands: You can force a SCSI bus reset, an INQUIRY command, the - removal or the addition of a device's DCB and a SCSI register dump. - This is only used for debugging when you meet problems. The parameter of - the INQUIRY and REMOVE commands is the device index as shown by the - output of /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? in the device listing in the first column - (Idx). ADD takes the SCSI ID and LUN. - Examples: - echo "reset" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 - echo "inquiry 1" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 - echo "remove 2" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/1 - echo "add 2 3" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/? - echo "dump" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/0 - - Note that you will meet problems when you REMOVE a device's DCB with the - remove command if it contains partitions which are mounted. Only use it - after unmounting its partitions, telling the SCSI mid-level code to - remove it (scsi remove-single-device) and you really need a few bytes of - memory. - The ADD command allows you to configure a device before you tell the - mid-level code to try detection. - - -I'd suggest reviewing the output of /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? after changing -settings to see if everything changed as requested. - - -5. Configuration via boot/module parameters -------------------------------------------- -With the DC390, the driver reads its EEPROM settings and tries to use them. -But you may want to override the settings prior to being able to change the -driver configuration via /proc/scsi/tmscsim/?. -If you do have another AM53C974 based adapter, that's even the only -possibility to adjust settings before you are able to write to the -/proc/scsi/tmscsim/? pseudo-file, e.g. if you want to use another -adapter ID than 7. -(BTW, the log message "DC390: No EEPROM found!" is normal without a DC390.) -For this purpose, you can pass options to the driver before it is initialised -by using kernel or module parameters. See lilo(8) or modprobe(1) manual -pages on how to pass params to the kernel or a module. -[NOTE: Formerly, it was not possible to override the EEPROM supplied - settings of the DC390 with cmd line parameters. This has changed since - 2.0e7] - -The syntax of the params is much shorter than the syntax of the /proc/... -interface. This makes it a little bit more difficult to use. However, long -parameter lines have the risk to be misinterpreted and the length of kernel -parameters is limited. - -As the support for non-DC390 adapters works by simulating the values of the -DC390 EEPROM, the settings are given in a DC390 BIOS' way. - -Here's the syntax: -tmscsim=AdaptID,SpdIdx,DevMode,AdaptMode,TaggedCmnds,DelayReset - -Each of the parameters is a number, containing the described information: - -* AdaptID: The SCSI ID of the host adapter. Must be in the range 0..7 - Default is 7. - -* SpdIdx: The index of the maximum speed as in the DC390 BIOS. The values - 0..7 mean 10, 8.0, 6.7, 5.7, 5.0, 4.0, 3.1 and 2 MHz resp. Default is - 0 (10.0 MHz). - -* DevMode is a bit mapped value describing the per-device features. It - applies to all devices. (Sync, Disc and TagQ will only apply, if the - device supports it.) The meaning of the bits (* = default): - - Bit Val(hex) Val(dec) Meaning - *0 0x01 1 Parity check - *1 0x02 2 Synchronous Negotiation - *2 0x04 4 Disconnection - *3 0x08 8 Send Start command on startup. (Not used) - *4 0x10 16 Tagged Command Queueing - - As usual, the desired value is obtained by adding the wanted values. If - you want to enable all values, e.g., you would use 31(0x1f). Default is 31. - -* AdaptMode is a bit mapped value describing the enabled adapter features. - - Bit Val(hex) Val(dec) Meaning - *0 0x01 1 Support more than two drives. (Not used) - *1 0x02 2 Use DOS compatible mapping for HDs greater than 1GB. - *2 0x04 4 Reset SCSI Bus on startup. - *3 0x08 8 Active Negation: Improves SCSI Bus noise immunity. - 4 0x10 16 Immediate return on BIOS seek command. (Not used) - (*)5 0x20 32 Check for LUNs >= 1. - -* TaggedCmnds is a number indicating the maximum number of Tagged Commands. - It is the binary logarithm - 1 of the actual number. Max is 4 (32). - Value Number of Tagged Commands - 0 2 - 1 4 - 2 8 - *3 16 - 4 32 - -* DelayReset is the time in seconds (minus 0.5s), the adapter waits, after a - bus reset. Default is 1 (corresp. to 1.5s). - -Example: - modprobe tmscsim tmscsim=6,2,31 -would set the adapter ID to 6, max. speed to 6.7 MHz, enable all device -features and leave the adapter features, the number of Tagged Commands -and the Delay after a reset to the defaults. - -As you can see, you don't need to specify all of the six params. -If you want values to be ignored (i.e. the EEprom settings or the defaults -will be used), you may pass -2 (not 0!) at the corresponding position. - -The defaults (7,0,31,15,3,1) are aggressive to allow good performance. You -can use tmscsim=7,0,31,63,4,0 for maximum performance, if your SCSI chain -allows it. If you meet problems, you can use tmscsim=-1 which is a shortcut -for tmscsim=7,4,9,15,2,10. - - -6. Potential improvements -------------------------- -Most of the intended work on the driver has been done. Here are a few ideas -to further improve its usability: - -* Cleanly separate per-Target and per-LUN properties (DCB) -* More intelligent abort() routine -* Use new_eh code (Linux-2.1+) -* Have the mid-level (ML) code (and not the driver) handle more of the - various conditions. -* Command queueing in the driver: Eliminate Query list and use ML instead. -* More user friendly boot/module param syntax - -Further investigation on these problems: - -* Driver hangs with sync readcdda (xcdroast) (most probably VIA PCI error) - -Known problems: -Please see http://www.garloff.de/kurt/linux/dc390/problems.html - -* Changing the parameters of multi-lun by the tmscsim/? interface will - cause problems, cause these settings are mostly per Target and not per LUN - and should be updated accordingly. To be fixed for 2.0d24. -* CDRs (eg Yam CRW4416) not recognized, because some buggy devices don't - recover from a SCSI reset in time. Use a higher delay or don't issue - a SCSI bus reset on driver initialization. See problems page. - For the CRW4416S, this seems to be solved with firmware 1.0g (reported by - Jean-Yves Barbier). -* TEAC CD-532S not being recognized. (Works with 1.11). -* Scanners (eg. Astra UMAX 1220S) don't work: Disable Sync Negotiation. - If this does not help, try echo "INQUIRY t" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/? (t - replaced by the dev index of your scanner). You may try to reset your SCSI - bus afterwards (echo "RESET" >/proc/scsi/tmscsim/?). - The problem seems to be solved as of 2.0d18, thanks to Andreas Rick. -* If there is a valid partition table, the driver will use it for determining - the mapping. If there's none, a reasonable mapping (Symbios-like) will be - assumed. Other operating systems may not like this mapping, though - it's consistent with the BIOS' behaviour. Old DC390 drivers ignored the - partition table and used a H/S = 64/32 or 255/63 translation. So if you - want to be compatible to those, use this old mapping when creating - partition tables. Even worse, on bootup the DC390 might complain if other - mappings are found, so auto rebooting may fail. -* In some situations, the driver will get stuck in an abort loop. This is a - bad interaction between the Mid-Layer of Linux' SCSI code and the driver. - Try to disable DsCn, if you meet this problem. Please contact me for - further debugging. - - -7. Bug reports, debugging and updates -------------------------------------- -Whenever you have problems with the driver, you are invited to ask the -author for help. However, I'd suggest reading the docs and trying to solve -the problem yourself, first. -If you find something, which you believe to be a bug, please report it to me. -Please append the output of /proc/scsi/scsi, /proc/scsi/tmscsim/? and -maybe the DC390 log messages to the report. - -Bug reports should be send to me (Kurt Garloff <dc390@garloff.de>) as well -as to the linux-scsi list (<linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org>), as sometimes bugs -are caused by the SCSI mid-level code. - -I will ask you for some more details and probably I will also ask you to -enable some of the DEBUG options in the driver (tmscsim.c:DC390_DEBUGXXX -defines). The driver will produce some data for the syslog facility then. -Beware: If your syslog gets written to a SCSI disk connected to your -AM53C974, the logging might produce log output again, and you might end -having your box spending most of its time doing the logging. - -The latest version of the driver can be found at: - http://www.garloff.de/kurt/linux/dc390/ - ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/garloff/linux/dc390/ - - -8. Acknowledgements -------------------- -Thanks to Linus Torvalds, Alan Cox, the FSF people, the XFree86 team and -all the others for the wonderful OS and software. -Thanks to C.L. Huang and Philip Giang (Tekram) for the initial driver -release and support. -Thanks to Doug Ledford, Gérard Roudier for support with SCSI coding. -Thanks to a lot of people (espec. Chiaki Ishikawa, Andreas Haumer, Hubert -Tonneau) for intensively testing the driver (and even risking data loss -doing this during early revisions). -Recently, SuSE GmbH, Nuernberg, FRG, has been paying me for the driver -development and maintenance. Special thanks! - - -9. Copyright ------------- - This driver is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License. - If you want to use any later version of the GNU GPL, you will probably - be allowed to, but you have to ask me and Tekram <erich@tekram.com.tw> - before. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Written by Kurt Garloff <kurt@garloff.de> 1998/06/11 -Last updated 2000/11/28, driver revision 2.0e7 -$Id: README.tmscsim,v 2.25.2.7 2000/12/20 01:07:12 garloff Exp $ diff --git a/Documentation/security/LSM-sctp.rst b/Documentation/security/LSM-sctp.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6e5a3925a860 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/security/LSM-sctp.rst @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +SCTP LSM Support +================ + +For security module support, three SCTP specific hooks have been implemented:: + + security_sctp_assoc_request() + security_sctp_bind_connect() + security_sctp_sk_clone() + +Also the following security hook has been utilised:: + + security_inet_conn_established() + +The usage of these hooks are described below with the SELinux implementation +described in ``Documentation/security/SELinux-sctp.rst`` + + +security_sctp_assoc_request() +----------------------------- +Passes the ``@ep`` and ``@chunk->skb`` of the association INIT packet to the +security module. Returns 0 on success, error on failure. +:: + + @ep - pointer to sctp endpoint structure. + @skb - pointer to skbuff of association packet. + + +security_sctp_bind_connect() +----------------------------- +Passes one or more ipv4/ipv6 addresses to the security module for validation +based on the ``@optname`` that will result in either a bind or connect +service as shown in the permission check tables below. +Returns 0 on success, error on failure. +:: + + @sk - Pointer to sock structure. + @optname - Name of the option to validate. + @address - One or more ipv4 / ipv6 addresses. + @addrlen - The total length of address(s). This is calculated on each + ipv4 or ipv6 address using sizeof(struct sockaddr_in) or + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6). + + ------------------------------------------------------------------ + | BIND Type Checks | + | @optname | @address contains | + |----------------------------|-----------------------------------| + | SCTP_SOCKOPT_BINDX_ADD | One or more ipv4 / ipv6 addresses | + | SCTP_PRIMARY_ADDR | Single ipv4 or ipv6 address | + | SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR | Single ipv4 or ipv6 address | + ------------------------------------------------------------------ + + ------------------------------------------------------------------ + | CONNECT Type Checks | + | @optname | @address contains | + |----------------------------|-----------------------------------| + | SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX | One or more ipv4 / ipv6 addresses | + | SCTP_PARAM_ADD_IP | One or more ipv4 / ipv6 addresses | + | SCTP_SENDMSG_CONNECT | Single ipv4 or ipv6 address | + | SCTP_PARAM_SET_PRIMARY | Single ipv4 or ipv6 address | + ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +A summary of the ``@optname`` entries is as follows:: + + SCTP_SOCKOPT_BINDX_ADD - Allows additional bind addresses to be + associated after (optionally) calling + bind(3). + sctp_bindx(3) adds a set of bind + addresses on a socket. + + SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX - Allows the allocation of multiple + addresses for reaching a peer + (multi-homed). + sctp_connectx(3) initiates a connection + on an SCTP socket using multiple + destination addresses. + + SCTP_SENDMSG_CONNECT - Initiate a connection that is generated by a + sendmsg(2) or sctp_sendmsg(3) on a new asociation. + + SCTP_PRIMARY_ADDR - Set local primary address. + + SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR - Request peer sets address as + association primary. + + SCTP_PARAM_ADD_IP - These are used when Dynamic Address + SCTP_PARAM_SET_PRIMARY - Reconfiguration is enabled as explained below. + + +To support Dynamic Address Reconfiguration the following parameters must be +enabled on both endpoints (or use the appropriate **setsockopt**\(2)):: + + /proc/sys/net/sctp/addip_enable + /proc/sys/net/sctp/addip_noauth_enable + +then the following *_PARAM_*'s are sent to the peer in an +ASCONF chunk when the corresponding ``@optname``'s are present:: + + @optname ASCONF Parameter + ---------- ------------------ + SCTP_SOCKOPT_BINDX_ADD -> SCTP_PARAM_ADD_IP + SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR -> SCTP_PARAM_SET_PRIMARY + + +security_sctp_sk_clone() +------------------------- +Called whenever a new socket is created by **accept**\(2) +(i.e. a TCP style socket) or when a socket is 'peeled off' e.g userspace +calls **sctp_peeloff**\(3). +:: + + @ep - pointer to current sctp endpoint structure. + @sk - pointer to current sock structure. + @sk - pointer to new sock structure. + + +security_inet_conn_established() +--------------------------------- +Called when a COOKIE ACK is received:: + + @sk - pointer to sock structure. + @skb - pointer to skbuff of the COOKIE ACK packet. + + +Security Hooks used for Association Establishment +================================================= +The following diagram shows the use of ``security_sctp_bind_connect()``, +``security_sctp_assoc_request()``, ``security_inet_conn_established()`` when +establishing an association. +:: + + SCTP endpoint "A" SCTP endpoint "Z" + ================= ================= + sctp_sf_do_prm_asoc() + Association setup can be initiated + by a connect(2), sctp_connectx(3), + sendmsg(2) or sctp_sendmsg(3). + These will result in a call to + security_sctp_bind_connect() to + initiate an association to + SCTP peer endpoint "Z". + INIT ---------------------------------------------> + sctp_sf_do_5_1B_init() + Respond to an INIT chunk. + SCTP peer endpoint "A" is + asking for an association. Call + security_sctp_assoc_request() + to set the peer label if first + association. + If not first association, check + whether allowed, IF so send: + <----------------------------------------------- INIT ACK + | ELSE audit event and silently + | discard the packet. + | + COOKIE ECHO ------------------------------------------> + | + | + | + <------------------------------------------- COOKIE ACK + | | + sctp_sf_do_5_1E_ca | + Call security_inet_conn_established() | + to set the peer label. | + | | + | If SCTP_SOCKET_TCP or peeled off + | socket security_sctp_sk_clone() is + | called to clone the new socket. + | | + ESTABLISHED ESTABLISHED + | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------ + | Association Established | + ------------------------------------------------------------------ + + diff --git a/Documentation/security/SELinux-sctp.rst b/Documentation/security/SELinux-sctp.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a332cb1c5334 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/security/SELinux-sctp.rst @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +SCTP SELinux Support +===================== + +Security Hooks +=============== + +``Documentation/security/LSM-sctp.rst`` describes the following SCTP security +hooks with the SELinux specifics expanded below:: + + security_sctp_assoc_request() + security_sctp_bind_connect() + security_sctp_sk_clone() + security_inet_conn_established() + + +security_sctp_assoc_request() +----------------------------- +Passes the ``@ep`` and ``@chunk->skb`` of the association INIT packet to the +security module. Returns 0 on success, error on failure. +:: + + @ep - pointer to sctp endpoint structure. + @skb - pointer to skbuff of association packet. + +The security module performs the following operations: + IF this is the first association on ``@ep->base.sk``, then set the peer + sid to that in ``@skb``. This will ensure there is only one peer sid + assigned to ``@ep->base.sk`` that may support multiple associations. + + ELSE validate the ``@ep->base.sk peer_sid`` against the ``@skb peer sid`` + to determine whether the association should be allowed or denied. + + Set the sctp ``@ep sid`` to socket's sid (from ``ep->base.sk``) with + MLS portion taken from ``@skb peer sid``. This will be used by SCTP + TCP style sockets and peeled off connections as they cause a new socket + to be generated. + + If IP security options are configured (CIPSO/CALIPSO), then the ip + options are set on the socket. + + +security_sctp_bind_connect() +----------------------------- +Checks permissions required for ipv4/ipv6 addresses based on the ``@optname`` +as follows:: + + ------------------------------------------------------------------ + | BIND Permission Checks | + | @optname | @address contains | + |----------------------------|-----------------------------------| + | SCTP_SOCKOPT_BINDX_ADD | One or more ipv4 / ipv6 addresses | + | SCTP_PRIMARY_ADDR | Single ipv4 or ipv6 address | + | SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR | Single ipv4 or ipv6 address | + ------------------------------------------------------------------ + + ------------------------------------------------------------------ + | CONNECT Permission Checks | + | @optname | @address contains | + |----------------------------|-----------------------------------| + | SCTP_SOCKOPT_CONNECTX | One or more ipv4 / ipv6 addresses | + | SCTP_PARAM_ADD_IP | One or more ipv4 / ipv6 addresses | + | SCTP_SENDMSG_CONNECT | Single ipv4 or ipv6 address | + | SCTP_PARAM_SET_PRIMARY | Single ipv4 or ipv6 address | + ------------------------------------------------------------------ + + +``Documentation/security/LSM-sctp.rst`` gives a summary of the ``@optname`` +entries and also describes ASCONF chunk processing when Dynamic Address +Reconfiguration is enabled. + + +security_sctp_sk_clone() +------------------------- +Called whenever a new socket is created by **accept**\(2) (i.e. a TCP style +socket) or when a socket is 'peeled off' e.g userspace calls +**sctp_peeloff**\(3). ``security_sctp_sk_clone()`` will set the new +sockets sid and peer sid to that contained in the ``@ep sid`` and +``@ep peer sid`` respectively. +:: + + @ep - pointer to current sctp endpoint structure. + @sk - pointer to current sock structure. + @sk - pointer to new sock structure. + + +security_inet_conn_established() +--------------------------------- +Called when a COOKIE ACK is received where it sets the connection's peer sid +to that in ``@skb``:: + + @sk - pointer to sock structure. + @skb - pointer to skbuff of the COOKIE ACK packet. + + +Policy Statements +================== +The following class and permissions to support SCTP are available within the +kernel:: + + class sctp_socket inherits socket { node_bind } + +whenever the following policy capability is enabled:: + + policycap extended_socket_class; + +SELinux SCTP support adds the ``name_connect`` permission for connecting +to a specific port type and the ``association`` permission that is explained +in the section below. + +If userspace tools have been updated, SCTP will support the ``portcon`` +statement as shown in the following example:: + + portcon sctp 1024-1036 system_u:object_r:sctp_ports_t:s0 + + +SCTP Peer Labeling +=================== +An SCTP socket will only have one peer label assigned to it. This will be +assigned during the establishment of the first association. Any further +associations on this socket will have their packet peer label compared to +the sockets peer label, and only if they are different will the +``association`` permission be validated. This is validated by checking the +socket peer sid against the received packets peer sid to determine whether +the association should be allowed or denied. + +NOTES: + 1) If peer labeling is not enabled, then the peer context will always be + ``SECINITSID_UNLABELED`` (``unlabeled_t`` in Reference Policy). + + 2) As SCTP can support more than one transport address per endpoint + (multi-homing) on a single socket, it is possible to configure policy + and NetLabel to provide different peer labels for each of these. As the + socket peer label is determined by the first associations transport + address, it is recommended that all peer labels are consistent. + + 3) **getpeercon**\(3) may be used by userspace to retrieve the sockets peer + context. + + 4) While not SCTP specific, be aware when using NetLabel that if a label + is assigned to a specific interface, and that interface 'goes down', + then the NetLabel service will remove the entry. Therefore ensure that + the network startup scripts call **netlabelctl**\(8) to set the required + label (see **netlabel-config**\(8) helper script for details). + + 5) The NetLabel SCTP peer labeling rules apply as discussed in the following + set of posts tagged "netlabel" at: http://www.paul-moore.com/blog/t. + + 6) CIPSO is only supported for IPv4 addressing: ``socket(AF_INET, ...)`` + CALIPSO is only supported for IPv6 addressing: ``socket(AF_INET6, ...)`` + + Note the following when testing CIPSO/CALIPSO: + a) CIPSO will send an ICMP packet if an SCTP packet cannot be + delivered because of an invalid label. + b) CALIPSO does not send an ICMP packet, just silently discards it. + + 7) IPSEC is not supported as RFC 3554 - sctp/ipsec support has not been + implemented in userspace (**racoon**\(8) or **ipsec_pluto**\(8)), + although the kernel supports SCTP/IPSEC. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst b/Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst index aed6b4fb8e46..ab5761148163 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa-configuration.rst @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ output (with ``--no-upload`` option) to kernel bugzilla or alsa-devel ML (see the section `Links and Addresses`_). ``power_save`` and ``power_save_controller`` options are for power-saving -mode. See powersave.txt for details. +mode. See powersave.rst for details. Note 2: If you get click noises on output, try the module option ``position_fix=1`` or ``2``. ``position_fix=1`` will use the SD_LPIB @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ line_outs_monitor enable_monitor Enable Analog Out on Channel 63/64 by default. -See hdspm.txt for details. +See hdspm.rst for details. Module snd-ice1712 ------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/codec.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/codec.rst index f87612b94812..240770ea761e 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/soc/codec.rst +++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/codec.rst @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ DAPM description ---------------- The Dynamic Audio Power Management description describes the codec power components and their relationships and registers to the ASoC core. -Please read dapm.txt for details of building the description. +Please read dapm.rst for details of building the description. Please also see the examples in other codec drivers. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/soc/platform.rst b/Documentation/sound/soc/platform.rst index d5574904d981..02c93a8b9c3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/soc/platform.rst +++ b/Documentation/sound/soc/platform.rst @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Each SoC DAI driver must provide the following features:- 4. SYSCLK configuration 5. Suspend and resume (optional) -Please see codec.txt for a description of items 1 - 4. +Please see codec.rst for a description of items 1 - 4. SoC DSP Drivers diff --git a/Documentation/sparc/adi.txt b/Documentation/sparc/adi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e1aed155fb89 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sparc/adi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +Application Data Integrity (ADI) +================================ + +SPARC M7 processor adds the Application Data Integrity (ADI) feature. +ADI allows a task to set version tags on any subset of its address +space. Once ADI is enabled and version tags are set for ranges of +address space of a task, the processor will compare the tag in pointers +to memory in these ranges to the version set by the application +previously. Access to memory is granted only if the tag in given pointer +matches the tag set by the application. In case of mismatch, processor +raises an exception. + +Following steps must be taken by a task to enable ADI fully: + +1. Set the user mode PSTATE.mcde bit. This acts as master switch for + the task's entire address space to enable/disable ADI for the task. + +2. Set TTE.mcd bit on any TLB entries that correspond to the range of + addresses ADI is being enabled on. MMU checks the version tag only + on the pages that have TTE.mcd bit set. + +3. Set the version tag for virtual addresses using stxa instruction + and one of the MCD specific ASIs. Each stxa instruction sets the + given tag for one ADI block size number of bytes. This step must + be repeated for entire page to set tags for entire page. + +ADI block size for the platform is provided by the hypervisor to kernel +in machine description tables. Hypervisor also provides the number of +top bits in the virtual address that specify the version tag. Once +version tag has been set for a memory location, the tag is stored in the +physical memory and the same tag must be present in the ADI version tag +bits of the virtual address being presented to the MMU. For example on +SPARC M7 processor, MMU uses bits 63-60 for version tags and ADI block +size is same as cacheline size which is 64 bytes. A task that sets ADI +version to, say 10, on a range of memory, must access that memory using +virtual addresses that contain 0xa in bits 63-60. + +ADI is enabled on a set of pages using mprotect() with PROT_ADI flag. +When ADI is enabled on a set of pages by a task for the first time, +kernel sets the PSTATE.mcde bit fot the task. Version tags for memory +addresses are set with an stxa instruction on the addresses using +ASI_MCD_PRIMARY or ASI_MCD_ST_BLKINIT_PRIMARY. ADI block size is +provided by the hypervisor to the kernel. Kernel returns the value of +ADI block size to userspace using auxiliary vector along with other ADI +info. Following auxiliary vectors are provided by the kernel: + + AT_ADI_BLKSZ ADI block size. This is the granularity and + alignment, in bytes, of ADI versioning. + AT_ADI_NBITS Number of ADI version bits in the VA + + +IMPORTANT NOTES: + +- Version tag values of 0x0 and 0xf are reserved. These values match any + tag in virtual address and never generate a mismatch exception. + +- Version tags are set on virtual addresses from userspace even though + tags are stored in physical memory. Tags are set on a physical page + after it has been allocated to a task and a pte has been created for + it. + +- When a task frees a memory page it had set version tags on, the page + goes back to free page pool. When this page is re-allocated to a task, + kernel clears the page using block initialization ASI which clears the + version tags as well for the page. If a page allocated to a task is + freed and allocated back to the same task, old version tags set by the + task on that page will no longer be present. + +- ADI tag mismatches are not detected for non-faulting loads. + +- Kernel does not set any tags for user pages and it is entirely a + task's responsibility to set any version tags. Kernel does ensure the + version tags are preserved if a page is swapped out to the disk and + swapped back in. It also preserves that version tags if a page is + migrated. + +- ADI works for any size pages. A userspace task need not be aware of + page size when using ADI. It can simply select a virtual address + range, enable ADI on the range using mprotect() and set version tags + for the entire range. mprotect() ensures range is aligned to page size + and is a multiple of page size. + +- ADI tags can only be set on writable memory. For example, ADI tags can + not be set on read-only mappings. + + + +ADI related traps +----------------- + +With ADI enabled, following new traps may occur: + +Disrupting memory corruption + + When a store accesses a memory localtion that has TTE.mcd=1, + the task is running with ADI enabled (PSTATE.mcde=1), and the ADI + tag in the address used (bits 63:60) does not match the tag set on + the corresponding cacheline, a memory corruption trap occurs. By + default, it is a disrupting trap and is sent to the hypervisor + first. Hypervisor creates a sun4v error report and sends a + resumable error (TT=0x7e) trap to the kernel. The kernel sends + a SIGSEGV to the task that resulted in this trap with the following + info: + + siginfo.si_signo = SIGSEGV; + siginfo.errno = 0; + siginfo.si_code = SEGV_ADIDERR; + siginfo.si_addr = addr; /* PC where first mismatch occurred */ + siginfo.si_trapno = 0; + + +Precise memory corruption + + When a store accesses a memory location that has TTE.mcd=1, + the task is running with ADI enabled (PSTATE.mcde=1), and the ADI + tag in the address used (bits 63:60) does not match the tag set on + the corresponding cacheline, a memory corruption trap occurs. If + MCD precise exception is enabled (MCDPERR=1), a precise + exception is sent to the kernel with TT=0x1a. The kernel sends + a SIGSEGV to the task that resulted in this trap with the following + info: + + siginfo.si_signo = SIGSEGV; + siginfo.errno = 0; + siginfo.si_code = SEGV_ADIPERR; + siginfo.si_addr = addr; /* address that caused trap */ + siginfo.si_trapno = 0; + + NOTE: ADI tag mismatch on a load always results in precise trap. + + +MCD disabled + + When a task has not enabled ADI and attempts to set ADI version + on a memory address, processor sends an MCD disabled trap. This + trap is handled by hypervisor first and the hypervisor vectors this + trap through to the kernel as Data Access Exception trap with + fault type set to 0xa (invalid ASI). When this occurs, the kernel + sends the task SIGSEGV signal with following info: + + siginfo.si_signo = SIGSEGV; + siginfo.errno = 0; + siginfo.si_code = SEGV_ACCADI; + siginfo.si_addr = addr; /* address that caused trap */ + siginfo.si_trapno = 0; + + +Sample program to use ADI +------------------------- + +Following sample program is meant to illustrate how to use the ADI +functionality. + +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <elf.h> +#include <sys/ipc.h> +#include <sys/shm.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <asm/asi.h> + +#ifndef AT_ADI_BLKSZ +#define AT_ADI_BLKSZ 48 +#endif +#ifndef AT_ADI_NBITS +#define AT_ADI_NBITS 49 +#endif + +#ifndef PROT_ADI +#define PROT_ADI 0x10 +#endif + +#define BUFFER_SIZE 32*1024*1024UL + +main(int argc, char* argv[], char* envp[]) +{ + unsigned long i, mcde, adi_blksz, adi_nbits; + char *shmaddr, *tmp_addr, *end, *veraddr, *clraddr; + int shmid, version; + Elf64_auxv_t *auxv; + + adi_blksz = 0; + + while(*envp++ != NULL); + for (auxv = (Elf64_auxv_t *)envp; auxv->a_type != AT_NULL; auxv++) { + switch (auxv->a_type) { + case AT_ADI_BLKSZ: + adi_blksz = auxv->a_un.a_val; + break; + case AT_ADI_NBITS: + adi_nbits = auxv->a_un.a_val; + break; + } + } + if (adi_blksz == 0) { + fprintf(stderr, "Oops! ADI is not supported\n"); + exit(1); + } + + printf("ADI capabilities:\n"); + printf("\tBlock size = %ld\n", adi_blksz); + printf("\tNumber of bits = %ld\n", adi_nbits); + + if ((shmid = shmget(2, BUFFER_SIZE, + IPC_CREAT | SHM_R | SHM_W)) < 0) { + perror("shmget failed"); + exit(1); + } + + shmaddr = shmat(shmid, NULL, 0); + if (shmaddr == (char *)-1) { + perror("shm attach failed"); + shmctl(shmid, IPC_RMID, NULL); + exit(1); + } + + if (mprotect(shmaddr, BUFFER_SIZE, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE|PROT_ADI)) { + perror("mprotect failed"); + goto err_out; + } + + /* Set the ADI version tag on the shm segment + */ + version = 10; + tmp_addr = shmaddr; + end = shmaddr + BUFFER_SIZE; + while (tmp_addr < end) { + asm volatile( + "stxa %1, [%0]0x90\n\t" + : + : "r" (tmp_addr), "r" (version)); + tmp_addr += adi_blksz; + } + asm volatile("membar #Sync\n\t"); + + /* Create a versioned address from the normal address by placing + * version tag in the upper adi_nbits bits + */ + tmp_addr = (void *) ((unsigned long)shmaddr << adi_nbits); + tmp_addr = (void *) ((unsigned long)tmp_addr >> adi_nbits); + veraddr = (void *) (((unsigned long)version << (64-adi_nbits)) + | (unsigned long)tmp_addr); + + printf("Starting the writes:\n"); + for (i = 0; i < BUFFER_SIZE; i++) { + veraddr[i] = (char)(i); + if (!(i % (1024 * 1024))) + printf("."); + } + printf("\n"); + + printf("Verifying data..."); + fflush(stdout); + for (i = 0; i < BUFFER_SIZE; i++) + if (veraddr[i] != (char)i) + printf("\nIndex %lu mismatched\n", i); + printf("Done.\n"); + + /* Disable ADI and clean up + */ + if (mprotect(shmaddr, BUFFER_SIZE, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE)) { + perror("mprotect failed"); + goto err_out; + } + + if (shmdt((const void *)shmaddr) != 0) + perror("Detach failure"); + shmctl(shmid, IPC_RMID, NULL); + + exit(0); + +err_out: + if (shmdt((const void *)shmaddr) != 0) + perror("Detach failure"); + shmctl(shmid, IPC_RMID, NULL); + exit(1); +} diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index 412314eebda6..eded671d55eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -964,32 +964,34 @@ detect a hard lockup condition. tainted: -Non-zero if the kernel has been tainted. Numeric values, which -can be ORed together: - - 1 - A module with a non-GPL license has been loaded, this - includes modules with no license. - Set by modutils >= 2.4.9 and module-init-tools. - 2 - A module was force loaded by insmod -f. - Set by modutils >= 2.4.9 and module-init-tools. - 4 - Unsafe SMP processors: SMP with CPUs not designed for SMP. - 8 - A module was forcibly unloaded from the system by rmmod -f. - 16 - A hardware machine check error occurred on the system. - 32 - A bad page was discovered on the system. - 64 - The user has asked that the system be marked "tainted". This - could be because they are running software that directly modifies - the hardware, or for other reasons. - 128 - The system has died. - 256 - The ACPI DSDT has been overridden with one supplied by the user - instead of using the one provided by the hardware. - 512 - A kernel warning has occurred. -1024 - A module from drivers/staging was loaded. -2048 - The system is working around a severe firmware bug. -4096 - An out-of-tree module has been loaded. -8192 - An unsigned module has been loaded in a kernel supporting module - signature. -16384 - A soft lockup has previously occurred on the system. -32768 - The kernel has been live patched. +Non-zero if the kernel has been tainted. Numeric values, which can be +ORed together. The letters are seen in "Tainted" line of Oops reports. + + 1 (P): A module with a non-GPL license has been loaded, this + includes modules with no license. + Set by modutils >= 2.4.9 and module-init-tools. + 2 (F): A module was force loaded by insmod -f. + Set by modutils >= 2.4.9 and module-init-tools. + 4 (S): Unsafe SMP processors: SMP with CPUs not designed for SMP. + 8 (R): A module was forcibly unloaded from the system by rmmod -f. + 16 (M): A hardware machine check error occurred on the system. + 32 (B): A bad page was discovered on the system. + 64 (U): The user has asked that the system be marked "tainted". This + could be because they are running software that directly modifies + the hardware, or for other reasons. + 128 (D): The system has died. + 256 (A): The ACPI DSDT has been overridden with one supplied by the user + instead of using the one provided by the hardware. + 512 (W): A kernel warning has occurred. + 1024 (C): A module from drivers/staging was loaded. + 2048 (I): The system is working around a severe firmware bug. + 4096 (O): An out-of-tree module has been loaded. + 8192 (E): An unsigned module has been loaded in a kernel supporting module + signature. + 16384 (L): A soft lockup has previously occurred on the system. + 32768 (K): The kernel has been live patched. + 65536 (X): Auxiliary taint, defined and used by for distros. +131072 (T): The kernel was built with the struct randomization plugin. ============================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt index 35c62f522754..5992602469d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt @@ -270,6 +270,18 @@ optmem_max Maximum ancillary buffer size allowed per socket. Ancillary data is a sequence of struct cmsghdr structures with appended data. +fb_tunnels_only_for_init_net +---------------------------- + +Controls if fallback tunnels (like tunl0, gre0, gretap0, erspan0, +sit0, ip6tnl0, ip6gre0) are automatically created when a new +network namespace is created, if corresponding tunnel is present +in initial network namespace. +If set to 1, these devices are not automatically created, and +user space is responsible for creating them if needed. + +Default : 0 (for compatibility reasons) + 2. /proc/sys/net/unix - Parameters for Unix domain sockets ------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt index ef581a940439..c8e6d5b031e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt @@ -312,8 +312,6 @@ The lowmem_reserve_ratio is an array. You can see them by reading this file. % cat /proc/sys/vm/lowmem_reserve_ratio 256 256 32 - -Note: # of this elements is one fewer than number of zones. Because the highest - zone's value is not necessary for following calculation. But, these values are not used directly. The kernel calculates # of protection pages for each zones from them. These are shown as array of protection pages @@ -364,7 +362,8 @@ As above expression, they are reciprocal number of ratio. pages of higher zones on the node. If you would like to protect more pages, smaller values are effective. -The minimum value is 1 (1/1 -> 100%). +The minimum value is 1 (1/1 -> 100%). The value less than 1 completely +disables protection of the pages. ============================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt index bb9a0a53e76b..911399730c1c 100644 --- a/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/thermal/sysfs-api.txt @@ -255,6 +255,7 @@ temperature) and throttle appropriate devices. 2. sysfs attributes structure RO read only value +WO write only value RW read/write value Thermal sysfs attributes will be represented under /sys/class/thermal. @@ -286,6 +287,11 @@ Thermal cooling device sys I/F, created once it's registered: |---type: Type of the cooling device(processor/fan/...) |---max_state: Maximum cooling state of the cooling device |---cur_state: Current cooling state of the cooling device + |---stats: Directory containing cooling device's statistics + |---stats/reset: Writing any value resets the statistics + |---stats/time_in_state_ms: Time (msec) spent in various cooling states + |---stats/total_trans: Total number of times cooling state is changed + |---stats/trans_table: Cooing state transition table Then next two dynamic attributes are created/removed in pairs. They represent @@ -490,6 +496,31 @@ cur_state - cur_state == max_state means the maximum cooling. RW, Required +stats/reset + Writing any value resets the cooling device's statistics. + WO, Required + +stats/time_in_state_ms: + The amount of time spent by the cooling device in various cooling + states. The output will have "<state> <time>" pair in each line, which + will mean this cooling device spent <time> msec of time at <state>. + Output will have one line for each of the supported states. usertime + units here is 10mS (similar to other time exported in /proc). + RO, Required + +stats/total_trans: + A single positive value showing the total number of times the state of a + cooling device is changed. + RO, Required + +stats/trans_table: + This gives fine grained information about all the cooling state + transitions. The cat output here is a two dimensional matrix, where an + entry <i,j> (row i, column j) represents the number of transitions from + State_i to State_j. If the transition table is bigger than PAGE_SIZE, + reading this will return an -EFBIG error. + RO, Required + 3. A simple implementation ACPI thermal zone may support multiple trip points like critical, hot, diff --git a/Documentation/timers/NO_HZ.txt b/Documentation/timers/NO_HZ.txt index 2dcaf9adb7a7..9591092da5e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/timers/NO_HZ.txt +++ b/Documentation/timers/NO_HZ.txt @@ -131,13 +131,6 @@ error message, and the boot CPU will be removed from the mask. Note that this means that your system must have at least two CPUs in order for CONFIG_NO_HZ_FULL=y to do anything for you. -Alternatively, the CONFIG_NO_HZ_FULL_ALL=y Kconfig parameter specifies -that all CPUs other than the boot CPU are adaptive-ticks CPUs. This -Kconfig parameter will be overridden by the "nohz_full=" boot parameter, -so that if both the CONFIG_NO_HZ_FULL_ALL=y Kconfig parameter and -the "nohz_full=1" boot parameter is specified, the boot parameter will -prevail so that only CPU 1 will be an adaptive-ticks CPU. - Finally, adaptive-ticks CPUs must have their RCU callbacks offloaded. This is covered in the "RCU IMPLICATIONS" section below. diff --git a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt index a33c88cd5d1d..6f0120c3a4f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt @@ -330,3 +330,54 @@ Details on how to use the generic STM API can be found here [2]. [1]. Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-stm [2]. Documentation/trace/stm.txt + + +Using perf tools +---------------- + +perf can be used to record and analyze trace of programs. + +Execution can be recorded using 'perf record' with the cs_etm event, +specifying the name of the sink to record to, e.g: + + perf record -e cs_etm/@20070000.etr/u --per-thread + +The 'perf report' and 'perf script' commands can be used to analyze execution, +synthesizing instruction and branch events from the instruction trace. +'perf inject' can be used to replace the trace data with the synthesized events. +The --itrace option controls the type and frequency of synthesized events +(see perf documentation). + +Note that only 64-bit programs are currently supported - further work is +required to support instruction decode of 32-bit Arm programs. + + +Generating coverage files for Feedback Directed Optimization: AutoFDO +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + +'perf inject' accepts the --itrace option in which case tracing data is +removed and replaced with the synthesized events. e.g. + + perf inject --itrace --strip -i perf.data -o perf.data.new + +Below is an example of using ARM ETM for autoFDO. It requires autofdo +(https://github.com/google/autofdo) and gcc version 5. The bubble +sort example is from the AutoFDO tutorial (https://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/AutoFDO/Tutorial). + + $ gcc-5 -O3 sort.c -o sort + $ taskset -c 2 ./sort + Bubble sorting array of 30000 elements + 5910 ms + + $ perf record -e cs_etm/@20070000.etr/u --per-thread taskset -c 2 ./sort + Bubble sorting array of 30000 elements + 12543 ms + [ perf record: Woken up 35 times to write data ] + [ perf record: Captured and wrote 69.640 MB perf.data ] + + $ perf inject -i perf.data -o inj.data --itrace=il64 --strip + $ create_gcov --binary=./sort --profile=inj.data --gcov=sort.gcov -gcov_version=1 + $ gcc-5 -O3 -fauto-profile=sort.gcov sort.c -o sort_autofdo + $ taskset -c 2 ./sort_autofdo + Bubble sorting array of 30000 elements + 5806 ms diff --git a/Documentation/trace/events.rst b/Documentation/trace/events.rst index bdf1963ba6ba..a5ea2cb0082b 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/events.rst +++ b/Documentation/trace/events.rst @@ -520,1550 +520,4 @@ The following commands are supported: totals derived from one or more trace event format fields and/or event counts (hitcount). - The format of a hist trigger is as follows:: - - hist:keys=<field1[,field2,...]>[:values=<field1[,field2,...]>] - [:sort=<field1[,field2,...]>][:size=#entries][:pause][:continue] - [:clear][:name=histname1] [if <filter>] - - When a matching event is hit, an entry is added to a hash table - using the key(s) and value(s) named. Keys and values correspond to - fields in the event's format description. Values must correspond to - numeric fields - on an event hit, the value(s) will be added to a - sum kept for that field. The special string 'hitcount' can be used - in place of an explicit value field - this is simply a count of - event hits. If 'values' isn't specified, an implicit 'hitcount' - value will be automatically created and used as the only value. - Keys can be any field, or the special string 'stacktrace', which - will use the event's kernel stacktrace as the key. The keywords - 'keys' or 'key' can be used to specify keys, and the keywords - 'values', 'vals', or 'val' can be used to specify values. Compound - keys consisting of up to two fields can be specified by the 'keys' - keyword. Hashing a compound key produces a unique entry in the - table for each unique combination of component keys, and can be - useful for providing more fine-grained summaries of event data. - Additionally, sort keys consisting of up to two fields can be - specified by the 'sort' keyword. If more than one field is - specified, the result will be a 'sort within a sort': the first key - is taken to be the primary sort key and the second the secondary - key. If a hist trigger is given a name using the 'name' parameter, - its histogram data will be shared with other triggers of the same - name, and trigger hits will update this common data. Only triggers - with 'compatible' fields can be combined in this way; triggers are - 'compatible' if the fields named in the trigger share the same - number and type of fields and those fields also have the same names. - Note that any two events always share the compatible 'hitcount' and - 'stacktrace' fields and can therefore be combined using those - fields, however pointless that may be. - - 'hist' triggers add a 'hist' file to each event's subdirectory. - Reading the 'hist' file for the event will dump the hash table in - its entirety to stdout. If there are multiple hist triggers - attached to an event, there will be a table for each trigger in the - output. The table displayed for a named trigger will be the same as - any other instance having the same name. Each printed hash table - entry is a simple list of the keys and values comprising the entry; - keys are printed first and are delineated by curly braces, and are - followed by the set of value fields for the entry. By default, - numeric fields are displayed as base-10 integers. This can be - modified by appending any of the following modifiers to the field - name: - - - .hex display a number as a hex value - - .sym display an address as a symbol - - .sym-offset display an address as a symbol and offset - - .syscall display a syscall id as a system call name - - .execname display a common_pid as a program name - - Note that in general the semantics of a given field aren't - interpreted when applying a modifier to it, but there are some - restrictions to be aware of in this regard: - - - only the 'hex' modifier can be used for values (because values - are essentially sums, and the other modifiers don't make sense - in that context). - - the 'execname' modifier can only be used on a 'common_pid'. The - reason for this is that the execname is simply the 'comm' value - saved for the 'current' process when an event was triggered, - which is the same as the common_pid value saved by the event - tracing code. Trying to apply that comm value to other pid - values wouldn't be correct, and typically events that care save - pid-specific comm fields in the event itself. - - A typical usage scenario would be the following to enable a hist - trigger, read its current contents, and then turn it off:: - - # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/hist - - # echo '!hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/trigger - - The trigger file itself can be read to show the details of the - currently attached hist trigger. This information is also displayed - at the top of the 'hist' file when read. - - By default, the size of the hash table is 2048 entries. The 'size' - parameter can be used to specify more or fewer than that. The units - are in terms of hashtable entries - if a run uses more entries than - specified, the results will show the number of 'drops', the number - of hits that were ignored. The size should be a power of 2 between - 128 and 131072 (any non- power-of-2 number specified will be rounded - up). - - The 'sort' parameter can be used to specify a value field to sort - on. The default if unspecified is 'hitcount' and the default sort - order is 'ascending'. To sort in the opposite direction, append - .descending' to the sort key. - - The 'pause' parameter can be used to pause an existing hist trigger - or to start a hist trigger but not log any events until told to do - so. 'continue' or 'cont' can be used to start or restart a paused - hist trigger. - - The 'clear' parameter will clear the contents of a running hist - trigger and leave its current paused/active state. - - Note that the 'pause', 'cont', and 'clear' parameters should be - applied using 'append' shell operator ('>>') if applied to an - existing trigger, rather than via the '>' operator, which will cause - the trigger to be removed through truncation. - -- enable_hist/disable_hist - - The enable_hist and disable_hist triggers can be used to have one - event conditionally start and stop another event's already-attached - hist trigger. Any number of enable_hist and disable_hist triggers - can be attached to a given event, allowing that event to kick off - and stop aggregations on a host of other events. - - The format is very similar to the enable/disable_event triggers:: - - enable_hist:<system>:<event>[:count] - disable_hist:<system>:<event>[:count] - - Instead of enabling or disabling the tracing of the target event - into the trace buffer as the enable/disable_event triggers do, the - enable/disable_hist triggers enable or disable the aggregation of - the target event into a hash table. - - A typical usage scenario for the enable_hist/disable_hist triggers - would be to first set up a paused hist trigger on some event, - followed by an enable_hist/disable_hist pair that turns the hist - aggregation on and off when conditions of interest are hit:: - - # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len:pause' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger - - # echo 'enable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb if filename==/usr/bin/wget' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exec/trigger - - # echo 'disable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb if comm==wget' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exit/trigger - - The above sets up an initially paused hist trigger which is unpaused - and starts aggregating events when a given program is executed, and - which stops aggregating when the process exits and the hist trigger - is paused again. - - The examples below provide a more concrete illustration of the - concepts and typical usage patterns discussed above. - - -6.2 'hist' trigger examples ---------------------------- - - The first set of examples creates aggregations using the kmalloc - event. The fields that can be used for the hist trigger are listed - in the kmalloc event's format file:: - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/format - name: kmalloc - ID: 374 - format: - field:unsigned short common_type; offset:0; size:2; signed:0; - field:unsigned char common_flags; offset:2; size:1; signed:0; - field:unsigned char common_preempt_count; offset:3; size:1; signed:0; - field:int common_pid; offset:4; size:4; signed:1; - - field:unsigned long call_site; offset:8; size:8; signed:0; - field:const void * ptr; offset:16; size:8; signed:0; - field:size_t bytes_req; offset:24; size:8; signed:0; - field:size_t bytes_alloc; offset:32; size:8; signed:0; - field:gfp_t gfp_flags; offset:40; size:4; signed:0; - - We'll start by creating a hist trigger that generates a simple table - that lists the total number of bytes requested for each function in - the kernel that made one or more calls to kmalloc:: - - # echo 'hist:key=call_site:val=bytes_req' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger - - This tells the tracing system to create a 'hist' trigger using the - call_site field of the kmalloc event as the key for the table, which - just means that each unique call_site address will have an entry - created for it in the table. The 'val=bytes_req' parameter tells - the hist trigger that for each unique entry (call_site) in the - table, it should keep a running total of the number of bytes - requested by that call_site. - - We'll let it run for awhile and then dump the contents of the 'hist' - file in the kmalloc event's subdirectory (for readability, a number - of entries have been omitted):: - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site:vals=bytes_req:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] - - { call_site: 18446744072106379007 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 176 - { call_site: 18446744071579557049 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 1024 - { call_site: 18446744071580608289 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 16384 - { call_site: 18446744071581827654 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 24 - { call_site: 18446744071580700980 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 - { call_site: 18446744071579359876 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 152 - { call_site: 18446744071580795365 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 144 - { call_site: 18446744071581303129 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 144 - { call_site: 18446744071580713234 } hitcount: 4 bytes_req: 2560 - { call_site: 18446744071580933750 } hitcount: 4 bytes_req: 736 - . - . - . - { call_site: 18446744072106047046 } hitcount: 69 bytes_req: 5576 - { call_site: 18446744071582116407 } hitcount: 73 bytes_req: 2336 - { call_site: 18446744072106054684 } hitcount: 136 bytes_req: 140504 - { call_site: 18446744072106224230 } hitcount: 136 bytes_req: 19584 - { call_site: 18446744072106078074 } hitcount: 153 bytes_req: 2448 - { call_site: 18446744072106062406 } hitcount: 153 bytes_req: 36720 - { call_site: 18446744071582507929 } hitcount: 153 bytes_req: 37088 - { call_site: 18446744072102520590 } hitcount: 273 bytes_req: 10920 - { call_site: 18446744071582143559 } hitcount: 358 bytes_req: 716 - { call_site: 18446744072106465852 } hitcount: 417 bytes_req: 56712 - { call_site: 18446744072102523378 } hitcount: 485 bytes_req: 27160 - { call_site: 18446744072099568646 } hitcount: 1676 bytes_req: 33520 - - Totals: - Hits: 4610 - Entries: 45 - Dropped: 0 - - The output displays a line for each entry, beginning with the key - specified in the trigger, followed by the value(s) also specified in - the trigger. At the beginning of the output is a line that displays - the trigger info, which can also be displayed by reading the - 'trigger' file:: - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger - hist:keys=call_site:vals=bytes_req:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] - - At the end of the output are a few lines that display the overall - totals for the run. The 'Hits' field shows the total number of - times the event trigger was hit, the 'Entries' field shows the total - number of used entries in the hash table, and the 'Dropped' field - shows the number of hits that were dropped because the number of - used entries for the run exceeded the maximum number of entries - allowed for the table (normally 0, but if not a hint that you may - want to increase the size of the table using the 'size' parameter). - - Notice in the above output that there's an extra field, 'hitcount', - which wasn't specified in the trigger. Also notice that in the - trigger info output, there's a parameter, 'sort=hitcount', which - wasn't specified in the trigger either. The reason for that is that - every trigger implicitly keeps a count of the total number of hits - attributed to a given entry, called the 'hitcount'. That hitcount - information is explicitly displayed in the output, and in the - absence of a user-specified sort parameter, is used as the default - sort field. - - The value 'hitcount' can be used in place of an explicit value in - the 'values' parameter if you don't really need to have any - particular field summed and are mainly interested in hit - frequencies. - - To turn the hist trigger off, simply call up the trigger in the - command history and re-execute it with a '!' prepended:: - - # echo '!hist:key=call_site:val=bytes_req' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger - - Finally, notice that the call_site as displayed in the output above - isn't really very useful. It's an address, but normally addresses - are displayed in hex. To have a numeric field displayed as a hex - value, simply append '.hex' to the field name in the trigger:: - - # echo 'hist:key=call_site.hex:val=bytes_req' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site.hex:vals=bytes_req:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] - - { call_site: ffffffffa026b291 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 433 - { call_site: ffffffffa07186ff } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 176 - { call_site: ffffffff811ae721 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 16384 - { call_site: ffffffff811c5134 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 - { call_site: ffffffffa04a9ebb } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 511 - { call_site: ffffffff8122e0a6 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 12 - { call_site: ffffffff8107da84 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 152 - { call_site: ffffffff812d8246 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 24 - { call_site: ffffffff811dc1e5 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 144 - { call_site: ffffffffa02515e8 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 648 - { call_site: ffffffff81258159 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 144 - { call_site: ffffffff811c80f4 } hitcount: 4 bytes_req: 544 - . - . - . - { call_site: ffffffffa06c7646 } hitcount: 106 bytes_req: 8024 - { call_site: ffffffffa06cb246 } hitcount: 132 bytes_req: 31680 - { call_site: ffffffffa06cef7a } hitcount: 132 bytes_req: 2112 - { call_site: ffffffff8137e399 } hitcount: 132 bytes_req: 23232 - { call_site: ffffffffa06c941c } hitcount: 185 bytes_req: 171360 - { call_site: ffffffffa06f2a66 } hitcount: 185 bytes_req: 26640 - { call_site: ffffffffa036a70e } hitcount: 265 bytes_req: 10600 - { call_site: ffffffff81325447 } hitcount: 292 bytes_req: 584 - { call_site: ffffffffa072da3c } hitcount: 446 bytes_req: 60656 - { call_site: ffffffffa036b1f2 } hitcount: 526 bytes_req: 29456 - { call_site: ffffffffa0099c06 } hitcount: 1780 bytes_req: 35600 - - Totals: - Hits: 4775 - Entries: 46 - Dropped: 0 - - Even that's only marginally more useful - while hex values do look - more like addresses, what users are typically more interested in - when looking at text addresses are the corresponding symbols - instead. To have an address displayed as symbolic value instead, - simply append '.sym' or '.sym-offset' to the field name in the - trigger:: - - # echo 'hist:key=call_site.sym:val=bytes_req' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site.sym:vals=bytes_req:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] - - { call_site: [ffffffff810adcb9] syslog_print_all } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 1024 - { call_site: [ffffffff8154bc62] usb_control_msg } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 - { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf6fe] hidraw_send_report [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 - { call_site: [ffffffff8154acbe] usb_alloc_urb } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 192 - { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf1ca] hidraw_report_event [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 - { call_site: [ffffffff811e3a25] __seq_open_private } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 40 - { call_site: [ffffffff8109524a] alloc_fair_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 - { call_site: [ffffffff811febd5] fsnotify_alloc_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 528 - { call_site: [ffffffff81440f58] __tty_buffer_request_room } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 2624 - { call_site: [ffffffff81200ba6] inotify_new_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 96 - { call_site: [ffffffffa05e19af] ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session [mac80211] } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 464 - { call_site: [ffffffff81672406] tcp_get_metrics } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 304 - { call_site: [ffffffff81097ec2] alloc_rt_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 - { call_site: [ffffffff81089b05] sched_create_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 1424 - . - . - . - { call_site: [ffffffffa04a580c] intel_crtc_page_flip [i915] } hitcount: 1185 bytes_req: 123240 - { call_site: [ffffffffa0287592] drm_mode_page_flip_ioctl [drm] } hitcount: 1185 bytes_req: 104280 - { call_site: [ffffffffa04c4a3c] intel_plane_duplicate_state [i915] } hitcount: 1402 bytes_req: 190672 - { call_site: [ffffffff812891ca] ext4_find_extent } hitcount: 1518 bytes_req: 146208 - { call_site: [ffffffffa029070e] drm_vma_node_allow [drm] } hitcount: 1746 bytes_req: 69840 - { call_site: [ffffffffa045e7c4] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23 [i915] } hitcount: 2021 bytes_req: 792312 - { call_site: [ffffffffa02911f2] drm_modeset_lock_crtc [drm] } hitcount: 2592 bytes_req: 145152 - { call_site: [ffffffffa0489a66] intel_ring_begin [i915] } hitcount: 2629 bytes_req: 378576 - { call_site: [ffffffffa046041c] i915_gem_execbuffer2 [i915] } hitcount: 2629 bytes_req: 3783248 - { call_site: [ffffffff81325607] apparmor_file_alloc_security } hitcount: 5192 bytes_req: 10384 - { call_site: [ffffffffa00b7c06] hid_report_raw_event [hid] } hitcount: 5529 bytes_req: 110584 - { call_site: [ffffffff8131ebf7] aa_alloc_task_context } hitcount: 21943 bytes_req: 702176 - { call_site: [ffffffff8125847d] ext4_htree_store_dirent } hitcount: 55759 bytes_req: 5074265 - - Totals: - Hits: 109928 - Entries: 71 - Dropped: 0 - - Because the default sort key above is 'hitcount', the above shows a - the list of call_sites by increasing hitcount, so that at the bottom - we see the functions that made the most kmalloc calls during the - run. If instead we we wanted to see the top kmalloc callers in - terms of the number of bytes requested rather than the number of - calls, and we wanted the top caller to appear at the top, we can use - the 'sort' parameter, along with the 'descending' modifier:: - - # echo 'hist:key=call_site.sym:val=bytes_req:sort=bytes_req.descending' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site.sym:vals=bytes_req:sort=bytes_req.descending:size=2048 [active] - - { call_site: [ffffffffa046041c] i915_gem_execbuffer2 [i915] } hitcount: 2186 bytes_req: 3397464 - { call_site: [ffffffffa045e7c4] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23 [i915] } hitcount: 1790 bytes_req: 712176 - { call_site: [ffffffff8125847d] ext4_htree_store_dirent } hitcount: 8132 bytes_req: 513135 - { call_site: [ffffffff811e2a1b] seq_buf_alloc } hitcount: 106 bytes_req: 440128 - { call_site: [ffffffffa0489a66] intel_ring_begin [i915] } hitcount: 2186 bytes_req: 314784 - { call_site: [ffffffff812891ca] ext4_find_extent } hitcount: 2174 bytes_req: 208992 - { call_site: [ffffffff811ae8e1] __kmalloc } hitcount: 8 bytes_req: 131072 - { call_site: [ffffffffa04c4a3c] intel_plane_duplicate_state [i915] } hitcount: 859 bytes_req: 116824 - { call_site: [ffffffffa02911f2] drm_modeset_lock_crtc [drm] } hitcount: 1834 bytes_req: 102704 - { call_site: [ffffffffa04a580c] intel_crtc_page_flip [i915] } hitcount: 972 bytes_req: 101088 - { call_site: [ffffffffa0287592] drm_mode_page_flip_ioctl [drm] } hitcount: 972 bytes_req: 85536 - { call_site: [ffffffffa00b7c06] hid_report_raw_event [hid] } hitcount: 3333 bytes_req: 66664 - { call_site: [ffffffff8137e559] sg_kmalloc } hitcount: 209 bytes_req: 61632 - . - . - . - { call_site: [ffffffff81095225] alloc_fair_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 - { call_site: [ffffffff81097ec2] alloc_rt_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 - { call_site: [ffffffff812d8406] copy_semundo } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 48 - { call_site: [ffffffff81200ba6] inotify_new_group } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 48 - { call_site: [ffffffffa027121a] drm_getmagic [drm] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 48 - { call_site: [ffffffff811e3a25] __seq_open_private } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 40 - { call_site: [ffffffff811c52f4] bprm_change_interp } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 16 - { call_site: [ffffffff8154bc62] usb_control_msg } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 - { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf1ca] hidraw_report_event [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 - { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf6fe] hidraw_send_report [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 - - Totals: - Hits: 32133 - Entries: 81 - Dropped: 0 - - To display the offset and size information in addition to the symbol - name, just use 'sym-offset' instead:: - - # echo 'hist:key=call_site.sym-offset:val=bytes_req:sort=bytes_req.descending' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site.sym-offset:vals=bytes_req:sort=bytes_req.descending:size=2048 [active] - - { call_site: [ffffffffa046041c] i915_gem_execbuffer2+0x6c/0x2c0 [i915] } hitcount: 4569 bytes_req: 3163720 - { call_site: [ffffffffa0489a66] intel_ring_begin+0xc6/0x1f0 [i915] } hitcount: 4569 bytes_req: 657936 - { call_site: [ffffffffa045e7c4] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23+0x694/0x1020 [i915] } hitcount: 1519 bytes_req: 472936 - { call_site: [ffffffffa045e646] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23+0x516/0x1020 [i915] } hitcount: 3050 bytes_req: 211832 - { call_site: [ffffffff811e2a1b] seq_buf_alloc+0x1b/0x50 } hitcount: 34 bytes_req: 148384 - { call_site: [ffffffffa04a580c] intel_crtc_page_flip+0xbc/0x870 [i915] } hitcount: 1385 bytes_req: 144040 - { call_site: [ffffffff811ae8e1] __kmalloc+0x191/0x1b0 } hitcount: 8 bytes_req: 131072 - { call_site: [ffffffffa0287592] drm_mode_page_flip_ioctl+0x282/0x360 [drm] } hitcount: 1385 bytes_req: 121880 - { call_site: [ffffffffa02911f2] drm_modeset_lock_crtc+0x32/0x100 [drm] } hitcount: 1848 bytes_req: 103488 - { call_site: [ffffffffa04c4a3c] intel_plane_duplicate_state+0x2c/0xa0 [i915] } hitcount: 461 bytes_req: 62696 - { call_site: [ffffffffa029070e] drm_vma_node_allow+0x2e/0xd0 [drm] } hitcount: 1541 bytes_req: 61640 - { call_site: [ffffffff815f8d7b] sk_prot_alloc+0xcb/0x1b0 } hitcount: 57 bytes_req: 57456 - . - . - . - { call_site: [ffffffff8109524a] alloc_fair_sched_group+0x5a/0x1a0 } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 - { call_site: [ffffffffa027b921] drm_vm_open_locked+0x31/0xa0 [drm] } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 96 - { call_site: [ffffffff8122e266] proc_self_follow_link+0x76/0xb0 } hitcount: 8 bytes_req: 96 - { call_site: [ffffffff81213e80] load_elf_binary+0x240/0x1650 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 84 - { call_site: [ffffffff8154bc62] usb_control_msg+0x42/0x110 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 - { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf6fe] hidraw_send_report+0x7e/0x1a0 [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 - { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf1ca] hidraw_report_event+0x8a/0x120 [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 - - Totals: - Hits: 26098 - Entries: 64 - Dropped: 0 - - We can also add multiple fields to the 'values' parameter. For - example, we might want to see the total number of bytes allocated - alongside bytes requested, and display the result sorted by bytes - allocated in a descending order:: - - # echo 'hist:keys=call_site.sym:values=bytes_req,bytes_alloc:sort=bytes_alloc.descending' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site.sym:vals=bytes_req,bytes_alloc:sort=bytes_alloc.descending:size=2048 [active] - - { call_site: [ffffffffa046041c] i915_gem_execbuffer2 [i915] } hitcount: 7403 bytes_req: 4084360 bytes_alloc: 5958016 - { call_site: [ffffffff811e2a1b] seq_buf_alloc } hitcount: 541 bytes_req: 2213968 bytes_alloc: 2228224 - { call_site: [ffffffffa0489a66] intel_ring_begin [i915] } hitcount: 7404 bytes_req: 1066176 bytes_alloc: 1421568 - { call_site: [ffffffffa045e7c4] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23 [i915] } hitcount: 1565 bytes_req: 557368 bytes_alloc: 1037760 - { call_site: [ffffffff8125847d] ext4_htree_store_dirent } hitcount: 9557 bytes_req: 595778 bytes_alloc: 695744 - { call_site: [ffffffffa045e646] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23 [i915] } hitcount: 5839 bytes_req: 430680 bytes_alloc: 470400 - { call_site: [ffffffffa04c4a3c] intel_plane_duplicate_state [i915] } hitcount: 2388 bytes_req: 324768 bytes_alloc: 458496 - { call_site: [ffffffffa02911f2] drm_modeset_lock_crtc [drm] } hitcount: 3911 bytes_req: 219016 bytes_alloc: 250304 - { call_site: [ffffffff815f8d7b] sk_prot_alloc } hitcount: 235 bytes_req: 236880 bytes_alloc: 240640 - { call_site: [ffffffff8137e559] sg_kmalloc } hitcount: 557 bytes_req: 169024 bytes_alloc: 221760 - { call_site: [ffffffffa00b7c06] hid_report_raw_event [hid] } hitcount: 9378 bytes_req: 187548 bytes_alloc: 206312 - { call_site: [ffffffffa04a580c] intel_crtc_page_flip [i915] } hitcount: 1519 bytes_req: 157976 bytes_alloc: 194432 - . - . - . - { call_site: [ffffffff8109bd3b] sched_autogroup_create_attach } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 144 bytes_alloc: 192 - { call_site: [ffffffff81097ee8] alloc_rt_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 bytes_alloc: 128 - { call_site: [ffffffff8109524a] alloc_fair_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 bytes_alloc: 128 - { call_site: [ffffffff81095225] alloc_fair_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 bytes_alloc: 128 - { call_site: [ffffffff81097ec2] alloc_rt_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 bytes_alloc: 128 - { call_site: [ffffffff81213e80] load_elf_binary } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 84 bytes_alloc: 96 - { call_site: [ffffffff81079a2e] kthread_create_on_node } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 56 bytes_alloc: 64 - { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf6fe] hidraw_send_report [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 bytes_alloc: 8 - { call_site: [ffffffff8154bc62] usb_control_msg } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 bytes_alloc: 8 - { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf1ca] hidraw_report_event [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 bytes_alloc: 8 - - Totals: - Hits: 66598 - Entries: 65 - Dropped: 0 - - Finally, to finish off our kmalloc example, instead of simply having - the hist trigger display symbolic call_sites, we can have the hist - trigger additionally display the complete set of kernel stack traces - that led to each call_site. To do that, we simply use the special - value 'stacktrace' for the key parameter:: - - # echo 'hist:keys=stacktrace:values=bytes_req,bytes_alloc:sort=bytes_alloc' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger - - The above trigger will use the kernel stack trace in effect when an - event is triggered as the key for the hash table. This allows the - enumeration of every kernel callpath that led up to a particular - event, along with a running total of any of the event fields for - that event. Here we tally bytes requested and bytes allocated for - every callpath in the system that led up to a kmalloc (in this case - every callpath to a kmalloc for a kernel compile):: - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=stacktrace:vals=bytes_req,bytes_alloc:sort=bytes_alloc:size=2048 [active] - - { stacktrace: - __kmalloc_track_caller+0x10b/0x1a0 - kmemdup+0x20/0x50 - hidraw_report_event+0x8a/0x120 [hid] - hid_report_raw_event+0x3ea/0x440 [hid] - hid_input_report+0x112/0x190 [hid] - hid_irq_in+0xc2/0x260 [usbhid] - __usb_hcd_giveback_urb+0x72/0x120 - usb_giveback_urb_bh+0x9e/0xe0 - tasklet_hi_action+0xf8/0x100 - __do_softirq+0x114/0x2c0 - irq_exit+0xa5/0xb0 - do_IRQ+0x5a/0xf0 - ret_from_intr+0x0/0x30 - cpuidle_enter+0x17/0x20 - cpu_startup_entry+0x315/0x3e0 - rest_init+0x7c/0x80 - } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 21 bytes_alloc: 24 - { stacktrace: - __kmalloc_track_caller+0x10b/0x1a0 - kmemdup+0x20/0x50 - hidraw_report_event+0x8a/0x120 [hid] - hid_report_raw_event+0x3ea/0x440 [hid] - hid_input_report+0x112/0x190 [hid] - hid_irq_in+0xc2/0x260 [usbhid] - __usb_hcd_giveback_urb+0x72/0x120 - usb_giveback_urb_bh+0x9e/0xe0 - tasklet_hi_action+0xf8/0x100 - __do_softirq+0x114/0x2c0 - irq_exit+0xa5/0xb0 - do_IRQ+0x5a/0xf0 - ret_from_intr+0x0/0x30 - } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 21 bytes_alloc: 24 - { stacktrace: - kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0xeb/0x150 - aa_alloc_task_context+0x27/0x40 - apparmor_cred_prepare+0x1f/0x50 - security_prepare_creds+0x16/0x20 - prepare_creds+0xdf/0x1a0 - SyS_capset+0xb5/0x200 - system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6a - } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 32 bytes_alloc: 32 - . - . - . - { stacktrace: - __kmalloc+0x11b/0x1b0 - i915_gem_execbuffer2+0x6c/0x2c0 [i915] - drm_ioctl+0x349/0x670 [drm] - do_vfs_ioctl+0x2f0/0x4f0 - SyS_ioctl+0x81/0xa0 - system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6a - } hitcount: 17726 bytes_req: 13944120 bytes_alloc: 19593808 - { stacktrace: - __kmalloc+0x11b/0x1b0 - load_elf_phdrs+0x76/0xa0 - load_elf_binary+0x102/0x1650 - search_binary_handler+0x97/0x1d0 - do_execveat_common.isra.34+0x551/0x6e0 - SyS_execve+0x3a/0x50 - return_from_execve+0x0/0x23 - } hitcount: 33348 bytes_req: 17152128 bytes_alloc: 20226048 - { stacktrace: - kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0xeb/0x150 - apparmor_file_alloc_security+0x27/0x40 - security_file_alloc+0x16/0x20 - get_empty_filp+0x93/0x1c0 - path_openat+0x31/0x5f0 - do_filp_open+0x3a/0x90 - do_sys_open+0x128/0x220 - SyS_open+0x1e/0x20 - system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6a - } hitcount: 4766422 bytes_req: 9532844 bytes_alloc: 38131376 - { stacktrace: - __kmalloc+0x11b/0x1b0 - seq_buf_alloc+0x1b/0x50 - seq_read+0x2cc/0x370 - proc_reg_read+0x3d/0x80 - __vfs_read+0x28/0xe0 - vfs_read+0x86/0x140 - SyS_read+0x46/0xb0 - system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6a - } hitcount: 19133 bytes_req: 78368768 bytes_alloc: 78368768 - - Totals: - Hits: 6085872 - Entries: 253 - Dropped: 0 - - If you key a hist trigger on common_pid, in order for example to - gather and display sorted totals for each process, you can use the - special .execname modifier to display the executable names for the - processes in the table rather than raw pids. The example below - keeps a per-process sum of total bytes read:: - - # echo 'hist:key=common_pid.execname:val=count:sort=count.descending' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/syscalls/sys_enter_read/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/syscalls/sys_enter_read/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=common_pid.execname:vals=count:sort=count.descending:size=2048 [active] - - { common_pid: gnome-terminal [ 3196] } hitcount: 280 count: 1093512 - { common_pid: Xorg [ 1309] } hitcount: 525 count: 256640 - { common_pid: compiz [ 2889] } hitcount: 59 count: 254400 - { common_pid: bash [ 8710] } hitcount: 3 count: 66369 - { common_pid: dbus-daemon-lau [ 8703] } hitcount: 49 count: 47739 - { common_pid: irqbalance [ 1252] } hitcount: 27 count: 27648 - { common_pid: 01ifupdown [ 8705] } hitcount: 3 count: 17216 - { common_pid: dbus-daemon [ 772] } hitcount: 10 count: 12396 - { common_pid: Socket Thread [ 8342] } hitcount: 11 count: 11264 - { common_pid: nm-dhcp-client. [ 8701] } hitcount: 6 count: 7424 - { common_pid: gmain [ 1315] } hitcount: 18 count: 6336 - . - . - . - { common_pid: postgres [ 1892] } hitcount: 2 count: 32 - { common_pid: postgres [ 1891] } hitcount: 2 count: 32 - { common_pid: gmain [ 8704] } hitcount: 2 count: 32 - { common_pid: upstart-dbus-br [ 2740] } hitcount: 21 count: 21 - { common_pid: nm-dispatcher.a [ 8696] } hitcount: 1 count: 16 - { common_pid: indicator-datet [ 2904] } hitcount: 1 count: 16 - { common_pid: gdbus [ 2998] } hitcount: 1 count: 16 - { common_pid: rtkit-daemon [ 2052] } hitcount: 1 count: 8 - { common_pid: init [ 1] } hitcount: 2 count: 2 - - Totals: - Hits: 2116 - Entries: 51 - Dropped: 0 - - Similarly, if you key a hist trigger on syscall id, for example to - gather and display a list of systemwide syscall hits, you can use - the special .syscall modifier to display the syscall names rather - than raw ids. The example below keeps a running total of syscall - counts for the system during the run:: - - # echo 'hist:key=id.syscall:val=hitcount' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=id.syscall:vals=hitcount:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] - - { id: sys_fsync [ 74] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_newuname [ 63] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_prctl [157] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_statfs [137] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_symlink [ 88] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_sendmmsg [307] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_semctl [ 66] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_readlink [ 89] } hitcount: 3 - { id: sys_bind [ 49] } hitcount: 3 - { id: sys_getsockname [ 51] } hitcount: 3 - { id: sys_unlink [ 87] } hitcount: 3 - { id: sys_rename [ 82] } hitcount: 4 - { id: unknown_syscall [ 58] } hitcount: 4 - { id: sys_connect [ 42] } hitcount: 4 - { id: sys_getpid [ 39] } hitcount: 4 - . - . - . - { id: sys_rt_sigprocmask [ 14] } hitcount: 952 - { id: sys_futex [202] } hitcount: 1534 - { id: sys_write [ 1] } hitcount: 2689 - { id: sys_setitimer [ 38] } hitcount: 2797 - { id: sys_read [ 0] } hitcount: 3202 - { id: sys_select [ 23] } hitcount: 3773 - { id: sys_writev [ 20] } hitcount: 4531 - { id: sys_poll [ 7] } hitcount: 8314 - { id: sys_recvmsg [ 47] } hitcount: 13738 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16] } hitcount: 21843 - - Totals: - Hits: 67612 - Entries: 72 - Dropped: 0 - - The syscall counts above provide a rough overall picture of system - call activity on the system; we can see for example that the most - popular system call on this system was the 'sys_ioctl' system call. - - We can use 'compound' keys to refine that number and provide some - further insight as to which processes exactly contribute to the - overall ioctl count. - - The command below keeps a hitcount for every unique combination of - system call id and pid - the end result is essentially a table - that keeps a per-pid sum of system call hits. The results are - sorted using the system call id as the primary key, and the - hitcount sum as the secondary key:: - - # echo 'hist:key=id.syscall,common_pid.execname:val=hitcount:sort=id,hitcount' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=id.syscall,common_pid.execname:vals=hitcount:sort=id.syscall,hitcount:size=2048 [active] - - { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: rtkit-daemon [ 1877] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: gdbus [ 2976] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: console-kit-dae [ 3400] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: postgres [ 1865] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: deja-dup-monito [ 3543] } hitcount: 2 - { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: NetworkManager [ 890] } hitcount: 2 - { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: evolution-calen [ 3048] } hitcount: 2 - { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: postgres [ 1864] } hitcount: 2 - { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: nm-applet [ 3022] } hitcount: 2 - { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: whoopsie [ 1212] } hitcount: 2 - . - . - . - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: bash [ 8479] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: bash [ 3472] } hitcount: 12 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gnome-terminal [ 3199] } hitcount: 16 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: Xorg [ 1267] } hitcount: 1808 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: compiz [ 2994] } hitcount: 5580 - . - . - . - { id: sys_waitid [247], common_pid: upstart-dbus-br [ 2690] } hitcount: 3 - { id: sys_waitid [247], common_pid: upstart-dbus-br [ 2688] } hitcount: 16 - { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 975] } hitcount: 2 - { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 3204] } hitcount: 4 - { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 2888] } hitcount: 4 - { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 3003] } hitcount: 4 - { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 2873] } hitcount: 4 - { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 3196] } hitcount: 6 - { id: sys_openat [257], common_pid: java [ 2623] } hitcount: 2 - { id: sys_eventfd2 [290], common_pid: ibus-ui-gtk3 [ 2760] } hitcount: 4 - { id: sys_eventfd2 [290], common_pid: compiz [ 2994] } hitcount: 6 - - Totals: - Hits: 31536 - Entries: 323 - Dropped: 0 - - The above list does give us a breakdown of the ioctl syscall by - pid, but it also gives us quite a bit more than that, which we - don't really care about at the moment. Since we know the syscall - id for sys_ioctl (16, displayed next to the sys_ioctl name), we - can use that to filter out all the other syscalls:: - - # echo 'hist:key=id.syscall,common_pid.execname:val=hitcount:sort=id,hitcount if id == 16' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=id.syscall,common_pid.execname:vals=hitcount:sort=id.syscall,hitcount:size=2048 if id == 16 [active] - - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 2769] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: evolution-addre [ 8571] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 3003] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 2781] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 2829] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: bash [ 8726] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: bash [ 8508] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 2970] } hitcount: 1 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 2768] } hitcount: 1 - . - . - . - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: pool [ 8559] } hitcount: 45 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: pool [ 8555] } hitcount: 48 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: pool [ 8551] } hitcount: 48 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: avahi-daemon [ 896] } hitcount: 66 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: Xorg [ 1267] } hitcount: 26674 - { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: compiz [ 2994] } hitcount: 73443 - - Totals: - Hits: 101162 - Entries: 103 - Dropped: 0 - - The above output shows that 'compiz' and 'Xorg' are far and away - the heaviest ioctl callers (which might lead to questions about - whether they really need to be making all those calls and to - possible avenues for further investigation.) - - The compound key examples used a key and a sum value (hitcount) to - sort the output, but we can just as easily use two keys instead. - Here's an example where we use a compound key composed of the the - common_pid and size event fields. Sorting with pid as the primary - key and 'size' as the secondary key allows us to display an - ordered summary of the recvfrom sizes, with counts, received by - each process:: - - # echo 'hist:key=common_pid.execname,size:val=hitcount:sort=common_pid,size' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/syscalls/sys_enter_recvfrom/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/syscalls/sys_enter_recvfrom/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=common_pid.execname,size:vals=hitcount:sort=common_pid.execname,size:size=2048 [active] - - { common_pid: smbd [ 784], size: 4 } hitcount: 1 - { common_pid: dnsmasq [ 1412], size: 4096 } hitcount: 672 - { common_pid: postgres [ 1796], size: 1000 } hitcount: 6 - { common_pid: postgres [ 1867], size: 1000 } hitcount: 10 - { common_pid: bamfdaemon [ 2787], size: 28 } hitcount: 2 - { common_pid: bamfdaemon [ 2787], size: 14360 } hitcount: 1 - { common_pid: compiz [ 2994], size: 8 } hitcount: 1 - { common_pid: compiz [ 2994], size: 20 } hitcount: 11 - { common_pid: gnome-terminal [ 3199], size: 4 } hitcount: 2 - { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 4 } hitcount: 1 - { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 8 } hitcount: 5 - { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 588 } hitcount: 2 - { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 628 } hitcount: 1 - { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 6944 } hitcount: 1 - { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 408880 } hitcount: 2 - { common_pid: firefox [ 8822], size: 8 } hitcount: 2 - { common_pid: firefox [ 8822], size: 160 } hitcount: 2 - { common_pid: firefox [ 8822], size: 320 } hitcount: 2 - { common_pid: firefox [ 8822], size: 352 } hitcount: 1 - . - . - . - { common_pid: pool [ 8923], size: 1960 } hitcount: 10 - { common_pid: pool [ 8923], size: 2048 } hitcount: 10 - { common_pid: pool [ 8924], size: 1960 } hitcount: 10 - { common_pid: pool [ 8924], size: 2048 } hitcount: 10 - { common_pid: pool [ 8928], size: 1964 } hitcount: 4 - { common_pid: pool [ 8928], size: 1965 } hitcount: 2 - { common_pid: pool [ 8928], size: 2048 } hitcount: 6 - { common_pid: pool [ 8929], size: 1982 } hitcount: 1 - { common_pid: pool [ 8929], size: 2048 } hitcount: 1 - - Totals: - Hits: 2016 - Entries: 224 - Dropped: 0 - - The above example also illustrates the fact that although a compound - key is treated as a single entity for hashing purposes, the sub-keys - it's composed of can be accessed independently. - - The next example uses a string field as the hash key and - demonstrates how you can manually pause and continue a hist trigger. - In this example, we'll aggregate fork counts and don't expect a - large number of entries in the hash table, so we'll drop it to a - much smaller number, say 256:: - - # echo 'hist:key=child_comm:val=hitcount:size=256' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=child_comm:vals=hitcount:sort=hitcount:size=256 [active] - - { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: ibus-daemon } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: whoopsie } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: smbd } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: gdbus } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: kthreadd } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: evolution-alarm } hitcount: 2 - { child_comm: Socket Thread } hitcount: 2 - { child_comm: postgres } hitcount: 2 - { child_comm: bash } hitcount: 3 - { child_comm: compiz } hitcount: 3 - { child_comm: evolution-sourc } hitcount: 4 - { child_comm: dhclient } hitcount: 4 - { child_comm: pool } hitcount: 5 - { child_comm: nm-dispatcher.a } hitcount: 8 - { child_comm: firefox } hitcount: 8 - { child_comm: dbus-daemon } hitcount: 8 - { child_comm: glib-pacrunner } hitcount: 10 - { child_comm: evolution } hitcount: 23 - - Totals: - Hits: 89 - Entries: 20 - Dropped: 0 - - If we want to pause the hist trigger, we can simply append :pause to - the command that started the trigger. Notice that the trigger info - displays as [paused]:: - - # echo 'hist:key=child_comm:val=hitcount:size=256:pause' >> \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=child_comm:vals=hitcount:sort=hitcount:size=256 [paused] - - { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: kthreadd } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: gdbus } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: ibus-daemon } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: Socket Thread } hitcount: 2 - { child_comm: evolution-alarm } hitcount: 2 - { child_comm: smbd } hitcount: 2 - { child_comm: bash } hitcount: 3 - { child_comm: whoopsie } hitcount: 3 - { child_comm: compiz } hitcount: 3 - { child_comm: evolution-sourc } hitcount: 4 - { child_comm: pool } hitcount: 5 - { child_comm: postgres } hitcount: 6 - { child_comm: firefox } hitcount: 8 - { child_comm: dhclient } hitcount: 10 - { child_comm: emacs } hitcount: 12 - { child_comm: dbus-daemon } hitcount: 20 - { child_comm: nm-dispatcher.a } hitcount: 20 - { child_comm: evolution } hitcount: 35 - { child_comm: glib-pacrunner } hitcount: 59 - - Totals: - Hits: 199 - Entries: 21 - Dropped: 0 - - To manually continue having the trigger aggregate events, append - :cont instead. Notice that the trigger info displays as [active] - again, and the data has changed:: - - # echo 'hist:key=child_comm:val=hitcount:size=256:cont' >> \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/trigger - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=child_comm:vals=hitcount:sort=hitcount:size=256 [active] - - { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: kthreadd } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: gdbus } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: ibus-daemon } hitcount: 1 - { child_comm: Socket Thread } hitcount: 2 - { child_comm: evolution-alarm } hitcount: 2 - { child_comm: smbd } hitcount: 2 - { child_comm: whoopsie } hitcount: 3 - { child_comm: compiz } hitcount: 3 - { child_comm: evolution-sourc } hitcount: 4 - { child_comm: bash } hitcount: 5 - { child_comm: pool } hitcount: 5 - { child_comm: postgres } hitcount: 6 - { child_comm: firefox } hitcount: 8 - { child_comm: dhclient } hitcount: 11 - { child_comm: emacs } hitcount: 12 - { child_comm: dbus-daemon } hitcount: 22 - { child_comm: nm-dispatcher.a } hitcount: 22 - { child_comm: evolution } hitcount: 35 - { child_comm: glib-pacrunner } hitcount: 59 - - Totals: - Hits: 206 - Entries: 21 - Dropped: 0 - - The previous example showed how to start and stop a hist trigger by - appending 'pause' and 'continue' to the hist trigger command. A - hist trigger can also be started in a paused state by initially - starting the trigger with ':pause' appended. This allows you to - start the trigger only when you're ready to start collecting data - and not before. For example, you could start the trigger in a - paused state, then unpause it and do something you want to measure, - then pause the trigger again when done. - - Of course, doing this manually can be difficult and error-prone, but - it is possible to automatically start and stop a hist trigger based - on some condition, via the enable_hist and disable_hist triggers. - - For example, suppose we wanted to take a look at the relative - weights in terms of skb length for each callpath that leads to a - netif_receieve_skb event when downloading a decent-sized file using - wget. - - First we set up an initially paused stacktrace trigger on the - netif_receive_skb event:: - - # echo 'hist:key=stacktrace:vals=len:pause' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger - - Next, we set up an 'enable_hist' trigger on the sched_process_exec - event, with an 'if filename==/usr/bin/wget' filter. The effect of - this new trigger is that it will 'unpause' the hist trigger we just - set up on netif_receive_skb if and only if it sees a - sched_process_exec event with a filename of '/usr/bin/wget'. When - that happens, all netif_receive_skb events are aggregated into a - hash table keyed on stacktrace:: - - # echo 'enable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb if filename==/usr/bin/wget' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exec/trigger - - The aggregation continues until the netif_receive_skb is paused - again, which is what the following disable_hist event does by - creating a similar setup on the sched_process_exit event, using the - filter 'comm==wget':: - - # echo 'disable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb if comm==wget' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exit/trigger - - Whenever a process exits and the comm field of the disable_hist - trigger filter matches 'comm==wget', the netif_receive_skb hist - trigger is disabled. - - The overall effect is that netif_receive_skb events are aggregated - into the hash table for only the duration of the wget. Executing a - wget command and then listing the 'hist' file will display the - output generated by the wget command:: - - $ wget https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v3.x/patch-3.19.xz - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=stacktrace:vals=len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [paused] - - { stacktrace: - __netif_receive_skb_core+0x46d/0x990 - __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60 - netif_receive_skb_internal+0x23/0x90 - napi_gro_receive+0xc8/0x100 - ieee80211_deliver_skb+0xd6/0x270 [mac80211] - ieee80211_rx_handlers+0xccf/0x22f0 [mac80211] - ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0x4e7/0xc40 [mac80211] - ieee80211_rx+0x31d/0x900 [mac80211] - iwlagn_rx_reply_rx+0x3db/0x6f0 [iwldvm] - iwl_rx_dispatch+0x8e/0xf0 [iwldvm] - iwl_pcie_irq_handler+0xe3c/0x12f0 [iwlwifi] - irq_thread_fn+0x20/0x50 - irq_thread+0x11f/0x150 - kthread+0xd2/0xf0 - ret_from_fork+0x42/0x70 - } hitcount: 85 len: 28884 - { stacktrace: - __netif_receive_skb_core+0x46d/0x990 - __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60 - netif_receive_skb_internal+0x23/0x90 - napi_gro_complete+0xa4/0xe0 - dev_gro_receive+0x23a/0x360 - napi_gro_receive+0x30/0x100 - ieee80211_deliver_skb+0xd6/0x270 [mac80211] - ieee80211_rx_handlers+0xccf/0x22f0 [mac80211] - ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0x4e7/0xc40 [mac80211] - ieee80211_rx+0x31d/0x900 [mac80211] - iwlagn_rx_reply_rx+0x3db/0x6f0 [iwldvm] - iwl_rx_dispatch+0x8e/0xf0 [iwldvm] - iwl_pcie_irq_handler+0xe3c/0x12f0 [iwlwifi] - irq_thread_fn+0x20/0x50 - irq_thread+0x11f/0x150 - kthread+0xd2/0xf0 - } hitcount: 98 len: 664329 - { stacktrace: - __netif_receive_skb_core+0x46d/0x990 - __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60 - process_backlog+0xa8/0x150 - net_rx_action+0x15d/0x340 - __do_softirq+0x114/0x2c0 - do_softirq_own_stack+0x1c/0x30 - do_softirq+0x65/0x70 - __local_bh_enable_ip+0xb5/0xc0 - ip_finish_output+0x1f4/0x840 - ip_output+0x6b/0xc0 - ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 - ip_send_skb+0x1a/0x50 - udp_send_skb+0x173/0x2a0 - udp_sendmsg+0x2bf/0x9f0 - inet_sendmsg+0x64/0xa0 - sock_sendmsg+0x3d/0x50 - } hitcount: 115 len: 13030 - { stacktrace: - __netif_receive_skb_core+0x46d/0x990 - __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60 - netif_receive_skb_internal+0x23/0x90 - napi_gro_complete+0xa4/0xe0 - napi_gro_flush+0x6d/0x90 - iwl_pcie_irq_handler+0x92a/0x12f0 [iwlwifi] - irq_thread_fn+0x20/0x50 - irq_thread+0x11f/0x150 - kthread+0xd2/0xf0 - ret_from_fork+0x42/0x70 - } hitcount: 934 len: 5512212 - - Totals: - Hits: 1232 - Entries: 4 - Dropped: 0 - - The above shows all the netif_receive_skb callpaths and their total - lengths for the duration of the wget command. - - The 'clear' hist trigger param can be used to clear the hash table. - Suppose we wanted to try another run of the previous example but - this time also wanted to see the complete list of events that went - into the histogram. In order to avoid having to set everything up - again, we can just clear the histogram first:: - - # echo 'hist:key=stacktrace:vals=len:clear' >> \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger - - Just to verify that it is in fact cleared, here's what we now see in - the hist file:: - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/hist - # trigger info: hist:keys=stacktrace:vals=len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [paused] - - Totals: - Hits: 0 - Entries: 0 - Dropped: 0 - - Since we want to see the detailed list of every netif_receive_skb - event occurring during the new run, which are in fact the same - events being aggregated into the hash table, we add some additional - 'enable_event' events to the triggering sched_process_exec and - sched_process_exit events as such:: - - # echo 'enable_event:net:netif_receive_skb if filename==/usr/bin/wget' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exec/trigger - - # echo 'disable_event:net:netif_receive_skb if comm==wget' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exit/trigger - - If you read the trigger files for the sched_process_exec and - sched_process_exit triggers, you should see two triggers for each: - one enabling/disabling the hist aggregation and the other - enabling/disabling the logging of events:: - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exec/trigger - enable_event:net:netif_receive_skb:unlimited if filename==/usr/bin/wget - enable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb:unlimited if filename==/usr/bin/wget - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exit/trigger - enable_event:net:netif_receive_skb:unlimited if comm==wget - disable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb:unlimited if comm==wget - - In other words, whenever either of the sched_process_exec or - sched_process_exit events is hit and matches 'wget', it enables or - disables both the histogram and the event log, and what you end up - with is a hash table and set of events just covering the specified - duration. Run the wget command again:: - - $ wget https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v3.x/patch-3.19.xz - - Displaying the 'hist' file should show something similar to what you - saw in the last run, but this time you should also see the - individual events in the trace file:: - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace - - # tracer: nop - # - # entries-in-buffer/entries-written: 183/1426 #P:4 - # - # _-----=> irqs-off - # / _----=> need-resched - # | / _---=> hardirq/softirq - # || / _--=> preempt-depth - # ||| / delay - # TASK-PID CPU# |||| TIMESTAMP FUNCTION - # | | | |||| | | - wget-15108 [000] ..s1 31769.606929: netif_receive_skb: dev=lo skbaddr=ffff88009c353100 len=60 - wget-15108 [000] ..s1 31769.606999: netif_receive_skb: dev=lo skbaddr=ffff88009c353200 len=60 - dnsmasq-1382 [000] ..s1 31769.677652: netif_receive_skb: dev=lo skbaddr=ffff88009c352b00 len=130 - dnsmasq-1382 [000] ..s1 31769.685917: netif_receive_skb: dev=lo skbaddr=ffff88009c352200 len=138 - ##### CPU 2 buffer started #### - irq/29-iwlwifi-559 [002] ..s. 31772.031529: netif_receive_skb: dev=wlan0 skbaddr=ffff88009d433d00 len=2948 - irq/29-iwlwifi-559 [002] ..s. 31772.031572: netif_receive_skb: dev=wlan0 skbaddr=ffff88009d432200 len=1500 - irq/29-iwlwifi-559 [002] ..s. 31772.032196: netif_receive_skb: dev=wlan0 skbaddr=ffff88009d433100 len=2948 - irq/29-iwlwifi-559 [002] ..s. 31772.032761: netif_receive_skb: dev=wlan0 skbaddr=ffff88009d433000 len=2948 - irq/29-iwlwifi-559 [002] ..s. 31772.033220: netif_receive_skb: dev=wlan0 skbaddr=ffff88009d432e00 len=1500 - .... - - - The following example demonstrates how multiple hist triggers can be - attached to a given event. This capability can be useful for - creating a set of different summaries derived from the same set of - events, or for comparing the effects of different filters, among - other things. - :: - - # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len if len < 0' >> \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger - # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len if len > 4096' >> \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger - # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len if len == 256' >> \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger - # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len' >> \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger - # echo 'hist:keys=len:vals=common_preempt_count' >> \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger - - The above set of commands create four triggers differing only in - their filters, along with a completely different though fairly - nonsensical trigger. Note that in order to append multiple hist - triggers to the same file, you should use the '>>' operator to - append them ('>' will also add the new hist trigger, but will remove - any existing hist triggers beforehand). - - Displaying the contents of the 'hist' file for the event shows the - contents of all five histograms:: - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/hist - - # event histogram - # - # trigger info: hist:keys=len:vals=hitcount,common_preempt_count:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] - # - - { len: 176 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 - { len: 223 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 - { len: 4854 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 - { len: 395 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 - { len: 177 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 - { len: 446 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 - { len: 1601 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 - . - . - . - { len: 1280 } hitcount: 66 common_preempt_count: 0 - { len: 116 } hitcount: 81 common_preempt_count: 40 - { len: 708 } hitcount: 112 common_preempt_count: 0 - { len: 46 } hitcount: 221 common_preempt_count: 0 - { len: 1264 } hitcount: 458 common_preempt_count: 0 - - Totals: - Hits: 1428 - Entries: 147 - Dropped: 0 - - - # event histogram - # - # trigger info: hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] - # - - { skbaddr: ffff8800baee5e00 } hitcount: 1 len: 130 - { skbaddr: ffff88005f3d5600 } hitcount: 1 len: 1280 - { skbaddr: ffff88005f3d4900 } hitcount: 1 len: 1280 - { skbaddr: ffff88009fed6300 } hitcount: 1 len: 115 - { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0ad00 } hitcount: 1 len: 115 - { skbaddr: ffff88008cdb1900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff880064b5ef00 } hitcount: 1 len: 118 - { skbaddr: ffff880044e3c700 } hitcount: 1 len: 60 - { skbaddr: ffff880100065900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d46bd500 } hitcount: 1 len: 116 - { skbaddr: ffff88005f3d5f00 } hitcount: 1 len: 1280 - { skbaddr: ffff880100064700 } hitcount: 1 len: 365 - { skbaddr: ffff8800badb6f00 } hitcount: 1 len: 60 - . - . - . - { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0be00 } hitcount: 27 len: 24677 - { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0a400 } hitcount: 27 len: 23052 - { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0b700 } hitcount: 31 len: 25589 - { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0b600 } hitcount: 32 len: 27326 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a462800 } hitcount: 68 len: 71678 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a463700 } hitcount: 70 len: 72678 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a462b00 } hitcount: 71 len: 77589 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a463600 } hitcount: 73 len: 71307 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a462200 } hitcount: 81 len: 81032 - - Totals: - Hits: 1451 - Entries: 318 - Dropped: 0 - - - # event histogram - # - # trigger info: hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 if len == 256 [active] - # - - - Totals: - Hits: 0 - Entries: 0 - Dropped: 0 - - - # event histogram - # - # trigger info: hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 if len > 4096 [active] - # - - { skbaddr: ffff88009fd2c300 } hitcount: 1 len: 7212 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcce00 } hitcount: 1 len: 7212 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcd700 } hitcount: 1 len: 7212 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcda00 } hitcount: 1 len: 21492 - { skbaddr: ffff8800ae2e2d00 } hitcount: 1 len: 7212 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdb00 } hitcount: 1 len: 7212 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a4df500 } hitcount: 1 len: 4854 - { skbaddr: ffff88008ce47b00 } hitcount: 1 len: 18636 - { skbaddr: ffff8800ae2e2200 } hitcount: 1 len: 12924 - { skbaddr: ffff88005f3e1000 } hitcount: 1 len: 4356 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdc00 } hitcount: 2 len: 24420 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcc200 } hitcount: 2 len: 12996 - - Totals: - Hits: 14 - Entries: 12 - Dropped: 0 - - - # event histogram - # - # trigger info: hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 if len < 0 [active] - # - - - Totals: - Hits: 0 - Entries: 0 - Dropped: 0 - - Named triggers can be used to have triggers share a common set of - histogram data. This capability is mostly useful for combining the - output of events generated by tracepoints contained inside inline - functions, but names can be used in a hist trigger on any event. - For example, these two triggers when hit will update the same 'len' - field in the shared 'foo' histogram data:: - - # echo 'hist:name=foo:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger - # echo 'hist:name=foo:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/trigger - - You can see that they're updating common histogram data by reading - each event's hist files at the same time:: - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/hist; - cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/hist - - # event histogram - # - # trigger info: hist:name=foo:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] - # - - { skbaddr: ffff88000ad53500 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800af5a1500 } hitcount: 1 len: 76 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d62a1900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bccb00 } hitcount: 1 len: 468 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d3c69900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff88009ff09100 } hitcount: 1 len: 52 - { skbaddr: ffff88010f13ab00 } hitcount: 1 len: 168 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a54f400 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcc500 } hitcount: 1 len: 260 - { skbaddr: ffff880064505000 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800baf24e00 } hitcount: 1 len: 32 - { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0ad00 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d3edff00 } hitcount: 1 len: 44 - { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0b400 } hitcount: 1 len: 168 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1c55a00 } hitcount: 1 len: 40 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcd100 } hitcount: 1 len: 40 - { skbaddr: ffff880064505f00 } hitcount: 1 len: 174 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bff200 } hitcount: 1 len: 160 - { skbaddr: ffff880044e3cc00 } hitcount: 1 len: 76 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfe700 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdc00 } hitcount: 1 len: 32 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f64800 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcde00 } hitcount: 1 len: 988 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a5dea00 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff88002e37a200 } hitcount: 1 len: 44 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f32c00 } hitcount: 2 len: 676 - { skbaddr: ffff88000ad52600 } hitcount: 2 len: 107 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f91e00 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 - { skbaddr: ffff8800af5a0200 } hitcount: 2 len: 142 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcc600 } hitcount: 2 len: 220 - { skbaddr: ffff8800ba36f500 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d021f800 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f33600 } hitcount: 2 len: 675 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfff00 } hitcount: 3 len: 138 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d62a1300 } hitcount: 3 len: 138 - { skbaddr: ffff88002e37a100 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 - { skbaddr: ffff880064504400 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfec00 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 - { skbaddr: ffff88000ad53700 } hitcount: 5 len: 230 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdb00 } hitcount: 5 len: 196 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f90000 } hitcount: 6 len: 276 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a54f900 } hitcount: 6 len: 276 - - Totals: - Hits: 81 - Entries: 42 - Dropped: 0 - # event histogram - # - # trigger info: hist:name=foo:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] - # - - { skbaddr: ffff88000ad53500 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800af5a1500 } hitcount: 1 len: 76 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d62a1900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bccb00 } hitcount: 1 len: 468 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d3c69900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff88009ff09100 } hitcount: 1 len: 52 - { skbaddr: ffff88010f13ab00 } hitcount: 1 len: 168 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a54f400 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcc500 } hitcount: 1 len: 260 - { skbaddr: ffff880064505000 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800baf24e00 } hitcount: 1 len: 32 - { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0ad00 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d3edff00 } hitcount: 1 len: 44 - { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0b400 } hitcount: 1 len: 168 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1c55a00 } hitcount: 1 len: 40 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcd100 } hitcount: 1 len: 40 - { skbaddr: ffff880064505f00 } hitcount: 1 len: 174 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bff200 } hitcount: 1 len: 160 - { skbaddr: ffff880044e3cc00 } hitcount: 1 len: 76 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfe700 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdc00 } hitcount: 1 len: 32 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f64800 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcde00 } hitcount: 1 len: 988 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a5dea00 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 - { skbaddr: ffff88002e37a200 } hitcount: 1 len: 44 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f32c00 } hitcount: 2 len: 676 - { skbaddr: ffff88000ad52600 } hitcount: 2 len: 107 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f91e00 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 - { skbaddr: ffff8800af5a0200 } hitcount: 2 len: 142 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcc600 } hitcount: 2 len: 220 - { skbaddr: ffff8800ba36f500 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d021f800 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f33600 } hitcount: 2 len: 675 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfff00 } hitcount: 3 len: 138 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d62a1300 } hitcount: 3 len: 138 - { skbaddr: ffff88002e37a100 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 - { skbaddr: ffff880064504400 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfec00 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 - { skbaddr: ffff88000ad53700 } hitcount: 5 len: 230 - { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdb00 } hitcount: 5 len: 196 - { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f90000 } hitcount: 6 len: 276 - { skbaddr: ffff88006a54f900 } hitcount: 6 len: 276 - - Totals: - Hits: 81 - Entries: 42 - Dropped: 0 - - And here's an example that shows how to combine histogram data from - any two events even if they don't share any 'compatible' fields - other than 'hitcount' and 'stacktrace'. These commands create a - couple of triggers named 'bar' using those fields:: - - # echo 'hist:name=bar:key=stacktrace:val=hitcount' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/trigger - # echo 'hist:name=bar:key=stacktrace:val=hitcount' > \ - /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/trigger - - And displaying the output of either shows some interesting if - somewhat confusing output:: - - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/hist - # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/hist - - # event histogram - # - # trigger info: hist:name=bar:keys=stacktrace:vals=hitcount:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] - # - - { stacktrace: - _do_fork+0x18e/0x330 - kernel_thread+0x29/0x30 - kthreadd+0x154/0x1b0 - ret_from_fork+0x3f/0x70 - } hitcount: 1 - { stacktrace: - netif_rx_internal+0xb2/0xd0 - netif_rx_ni+0x20/0x70 - dev_loopback_xmit+0xaa/0xd0 - ip_mc_output+0x126/0x240 - ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 - igmp_send_report+0x1e9/0x230 - igmp_timer_expire+0xe9/0x120 - call_timer_fn+0x39/0xf0 - run_timer_softirq+0x1e1/0x290 - __do_softirq+0xfd/0x290 - irq_exit+0x98/0xb0 - smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x4a/0x60 - apic_timer_interrupt+0x6d/0x80 - cpuidle_enter+0x17/0x20 - call_cpuidle+0x3b/0x60 - cpu_startup_entry+0x22d/0x310 - } hitcount: 1 - { stacktrace: - netif_rx_internal+0xb2/0xd0 - netif_rx_ni+0x20/0x70 - dev_loopback_xmit+0xaa/0xd0 - ip_mc_output+0x17f/0x240 - ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 - ip_send_skb+0x1a/0x50 - udp_send_skb+0x13e/0x270 - udp_sendmsg+0x2bf/0x980 - inet_sendmsg+0x67/0xa0 - sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50 - SYSC_sendto+0xef/0x170 - SyS_sendto+0xe/0x10 - entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x6a - } hitcount: 2 - { stacktrace: - netif_rx_internal+0xb2/0xd0 - netif_rx+0x1c/0x60 - loopback_xmit+0x6c/0xb0 - dev_hard_start_xmit+0x219/0x3a0 - __dev_queue_xmit+0x415/0x4f0 - dev_queue_xmit_sk+0x13/0x20 - ip_finish_output2+0x237/0x340 - ip_finish_output+0x113/0x1d0 - ip_output+0x66/0xc0 - ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 - ip_send_skb+0x1a/0x50 - udp_send_skb+0x16d/0x270 - udp_sendmsg+0x2bf/0x980 - inet_sendmsg+0x67/0xa0 - sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50 - ___sys_sendmsg+0x14e/0x270 - } hitcount: 76 - { stacktrace: - netif_rx_internal+0xb2/0xd0 - netif_rx+0x1c/0x60 - loopback_xmit+0x6c/0xb0 - dev_hard_start_xmit+0x219/0x3a0 - __dev_queue_xmit+0x415/0x4f0 - dev_queue_xmit_sk+0x13/0x20 - ip_finish_output2+0x237/0x340 - ip_finish_output+0x113/0x1d0 - ip_output+0x66/0xc0 - ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 - ip_send_skb+0x1a/0x50 - udp_send_skb+0x16d/0x270 - udp_sendmsg+0x2bf/0x980 - inet_sendmsg+0x67/0xa0 - sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50 - ___sys_sendmsg+0x269/0x270 - } hitcount: 77 - { stacktrace: - netif_rx_internal+0xb2/0xd0 - netif_rx+0x1c/0x60 - loopback_xmit+0x6c/0xb0 - dev_hard_start_xmit+0x219/0x3a0 - __dev_queue_xmit+0x415/0x4f0 - dev_queue_xmit_sk+0x13/0x20 - ip_finish_output2+0x237/0x340 - ip_finish_output+0x113/0x1d0 - ip_output+0x66/0xc0 - ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 - ip_send_skb+0x1a/0x50 - udp_send_skb+0x16d/0x270 - udp_sendmsg+0x2bf/0x980 - inet_sendmsg+0x67/0xa0 - sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50 - SYSC_sendto+0xef/0x170 - } hitcount: 88 - { stacktrace: - _do_fork+0x18e/0x330 - SyS_clone+0x19/0x20 - entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x6a - } hitcount: 244 - - Totals: - Hits: 489 - Entries: 7 - Dropped: 0 + See Documentation/trace/histogram.txt for details and examples. diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst index 0bc33ad4a3f9..9bbd3aefadb2 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst +++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.rst @@ -224,6 +224,8 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: has a side effect of enabling or disabling specific functions to be traced. Echoing names of functions into this file will limit the trace to only those functions. + This influences the tracers "function" and "function_graph" + and thus also function profiling (see "function_profile_enabled"). The functions listed in "available_filter_functions" are what can be written into this file. @@ -265,6 +267,8 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: Functions listed in this file will cause the function graph tracer to only trace these functions and the functions that they call. (See the section "dynamic ftrace" for more details). + Note, set_ftrace_filter and set_ftrace_notrace still affects + what functions are being traced. set_graph_notrace: @@ -277,7 +281,8 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: This lists the functions that ftrace has processed and can trace. These are the function names that you can pass to - "set_ftrace_filter" or "set_ftrace_notrace". + "set_ftrace_filter", "set_ftrace_notrace", + "set_graph_function", or "set_graph_notrace". (See the section "dynamic ftrace" below for more details.) dyn_ftrace_total_info: @@ -461,21 +466,13 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: and ticks at the same rate as the hardware clocksource. boot: - This is the boot clock (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) and is based on the - fast monotonic clock, but also accounts for time spent in - suspend. Since the clock access is designed for use in - tracing in the suspend path, some side effects are possible - if clock is accessed after the suspend time is accounted before - the fast mono clock is updated. In this case, the clock update - appears to happen slightly sooner than it normally would have. - Also on 32-bit systems, it's possible that the 64-bit boot offset - sees a partial update. These effects are rare and post - processing should be able to handle them. See comments in the - ktime_get_boot_fast_ns() function for more information. - - To set a clock, simply echo the clock name into this file:: - - echo global > trace_clock + Same as mono. Used to be a separate clock which accounted + for the time spent in suspend while CLOCK_MONOTONIC did + not. + + To set a clock, simply echo the clock name into this file:: + + # echo global > trace_clock trace_marker: @@ -551,6 +548,30 @@ of ftrace. Here is a list of some of the key files: See events.txt for more information. + timestamp_mode: + + Certain tracers may change the timestamp mode used when + logging trace events into the event buffer. Events with + different modes can coexist within a buffer but the mode in + effect when an event is logged determines which timestamp mode + is used for that event. The default timestamp mode is + 'delta'. + + Usual timestamp modes for tracing: + + # cat timestamp_mode + [delta] absolute + + The timestamp mode with the square brackets around it is the + one in effect. + + delta: Default timestamp mode - timestamp is a delta against + a per-buffer timestamp. + + absolute: The timestamp is a full timestamp, not a delta + against some other value. As such it takes up more + space and is less efficient. + hwlat_detector: Directory for the Hardware Latency Detector. diff --git a/Documentation/trace/histogram.txt b/Documentation/trace/histogram.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6e05510afc28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/trace/histogram.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1995 @@ + Event Histograms + + Documentation written by Tom Zanussi + +1. Introduction +=============== + + Histogram triggers are special event triggers that can be used to + aggregate trace event data into histograms. For information on + trace events and event triggers, see Documentation/trace/events.txt. + + +2. Histogram Trigger Command +============================ + + A histogram trigger command is an event trigger command that + aggregates event hits into a hash table keyed on one or more trace + event format fields (or stacktrace) and a set of running totals + derived from one or more trace event format fields and/or event + counts (hitcount). + + The format of a hist trigger is as follows: + + hist:keys=<field1[,field2,...]>[:values=<field1[,field2,...]>] + [:sort=<field1[,field2,...]>][:size=#entries][:pause][:continue] + [:clear][:name=histname1] [if <filter>] + + When a matching event is hit, an entry is added to a hash table + using the key(s) and value(s) named. Keys and values correspond to + fields in the event's format description. Values must correspond to + numeric fields - on an event hit, the value(s) will be added to a + sum kept for that field. The special string 'hitcount' can be used + in place of an explicit value field - this is simply a count of + event hits. If 'values' isn't specified, an implicit 'hitcount' + value will be automatically created and used as the only value. + Keys can be any field, or the special string 'stacktrace', which + will use the event's kernel stacktrace as the key. The keywords + 'keys' or 'key' can be used to specify keys, and the keywords + 'values', 'vals', or 'val' can be used to specify values. Compound + keys consisting of up to two fields can be specified by the 'keys' + keyword. Hashing a compound key produces a unique entry in the + table for each unique combination of component keys, and can be + useful for providing more fine-grained summaries of event data. + Additionally, sort keys consisting of up to two fields can be + specified by the 'sort' keyword. If more than one field is + specified, the result will be a 'sort within a sort': the first key + is taken to be the primary sort key and the second the secondary + key. If a hist trigger is given a name using the 'name' parameter, + its histogram data will be shared with other triggers of the same + name, and trigger hits will update this common data. Only triggers + with 'compatible' fields can be combined in this way; triggers are + 'compatible' if the fields named in the trigger share the same + number and type of fields and those fields also have the same names. + Note that any two events always share the compatible 'hitcount' and + 'stacktrace' fields and can therefore be combined using those + fields, however pointless that may be. + + 'hist' triggers add a 'hist' file to each event's subdirectory. + Reading the 'hist' file for the event will dump the hash table in + its entirety to stdout. If there are multiple hist triggers + attached to an event, there will be a table for each trigger in the + output. The table displayed for a named trigger will be the same as + any other instance having the same name. Each printed hash table + entry is a simple list of the keys and values comprising the entry; + keys are printed first and are delineated by curly braces, and are + followed by the set of value fields for the entry. By default, + numeric fields are displayed as base-10 integers. This can be + modified by appending any of the following modifiers to the field + name: + + .hex display a number as a hex value + .sym display an address as a symbol + .sym-offset display an address as a symbol and offset + .syscall display a syscall id as a system call name + .execname display a common_pid as a program name + .log2 display log2 value rather than raw number + .usecs display a common_timestamp in microseconds + + Note that in general the semantics of a given field aren't + interpreted when applying a modifier to it, but there are some + restrictions to be aware of in this regard: + + - only the 'hex' modifier can be used for values (because values + are essentially sums, and the other modifiers don't make sense + in that context). + - the 'execname' modifier can only be used on a 'common_pid'. The + reason for this is that the execname is simply the 'comm' value + saved for the 'current' process when an event was triggered, + which is the same as the common_pid value saved by the event + tracing code. Trying to apply that comm value to other pid + values wouldn't be correct, and typically events that care save + pid-specific comm fields in the event itself. + + A typical usage scenario would be the following to enable a hist + trigger, read its current contents, and then turn it off: + + # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/hist + + # echo '!hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/trigger + + The trigger file itself can be read to show the details of the + currently attached hist trigger. This information is also displayed + at the top of the 'hist' file when read. + + By default, the size of the hash table is 2048 entries. The 'size' + parameter can be used to specify more or fewer than that. The units + are in terms of hashtable entries - if a run uses more entries than + specified, the results will show the number of 'drops', the number + of hits that were ignored. The size should be a power of 2 between + 128 and 131072 (any non- power-of-2 number specified will be rounded + up). + + The 'sort' parameter can be used to specify a value field to sort + on. The default if unspecified is 'hitcount' and the default sort + order is 'ascending'. To sort in the opposite direction, append + .descending' to the sort key. + + The 'pause' parameter can be used to pause an existing hist trigger + or to start a hist trigger but not log any events until told to do + so. 'continue' or 'cont' can be used to start or restart a paused + hist trigger. + + The 'clear' parameter will clear the contents of a running hist + trigger and leave its current paused/active state. + + Note that the 'pause', 'cont', and 'clear' parameters should be + applied using 'append' shell operator ('>>') if applied to an + existing trigger, rather than via the '>' operator, which will cause + the trigger to be removed through truncation. + +- enable_hist/disable_hist + + The enable_hist and disable_hist triggers can be used to have one + event conditionally start and stop another event's already-attached + hist trigger. Any number of enable_hist and disable_hist triggers + can be attached to a given event, allowing that event to kick off + and stop aggregations on a host of other events. + + The format is very similar to the enable/disable_event triggers: + + enable_hist:<system>:<event>[:count] + disable_hist:<system>:<event>[:count] + + Instead of enabling or disabling the tracing of the target event + into the trace buffer as the enable/disable_event triggers do, the + enable/disable_hist triggers enable or disable the aggregation of + the target event into a hash table. + + A typical usage scenario for the enable_hist/disable_hist triggers + would be to first set up a paused hist trigger on some event, + followed by an enable_hist/disable_hist pair that turns the hist + aggregation on and off when conditions of interest are hit: + + # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len:pause' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger + + # echo 'enable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb if filename==/usr/bin/wget' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exec/trigger + + # echo 'disable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb if comm==wget' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exit/trigger + + The above sets up an initially paused hist trigger which is unpaused + and starts aggregating events when a given program is executed, and + which stops aggregating when the process exits and the hist trigger + is paused again. + + The examples below provide a more concrete illustration of the + concepts and typical usage patterns discussed above. + + 'special' event fields + ------------------------ + + There are a number of 'special event fields' available for use as + keys or values in a hist trigger. These look like and behave as if + they were actual event fields, but aren't really part of the event's + field definition or format file. They are however available for any + event, and can be used anywhere an actual event field could be. + They are: + + common_timestamp u64 - timestamp (from ring buffer) associated + with the event, in nanoseconds. May be + modified by .usecs to have timestamps + interpreted as microseconds. + cpu int - the cpu on which the event occurred. + + Extended error information + -------------------------- + + For some error conditions encountered when invoking a hist trigger + command, extended error information is available via the + corresponding event's 'hist' file. Reading the hist file after an + error will display more detailed information about what went wrong, + if information is available. This extended error information will + be available until the next hist trigger command for that event. + + If available for a given error condition, the extended error + information and usage takes the following form: + + # echo xxx > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_wakeup/trigger + echo: write error: Invalid argument + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_wakeup/hist + ERROR: Couldn't yyy: zzz + Last command: xxx + +6.2 'hist' trigger examples +--------------------------- + + The first set of examples creates aggregations using the kmalloc + event. The fields that can be used for the hist trigger are listed + in the kmalloc event's format file: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/format + name: kmalloc + ID: 374 + format: + field:unsigned short common_type; offset:0; size:2; signed:0; + field:unsigned char common_flags; offset:2; size:1; signed:0; + field:unsigned char common_preempt_count; offset:3; size:1; signed:0; + field:int common_pid; offset:4; size:4; signed:1; + + field:unsigned long call_site; offset:8; size:8; signed:0; + field:const void * ptr; offset:16; size:8; signed:0; + field:size_t bytes_req; offset:24; size:8; signed:0; + field:size_t bytes_alloc; offset:32; size:8; signed:0; + field:gfp_t gfp_flags; offset:40; size:4; signed:0; + + We'll start by creating a hist trigger that generates a simple table + that lists the total number of bytes requested for each function in + the kernel that made one or more calls to kmalloc: + + # echo 'hist:key=call_site:val=bytes_req' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger + + This tells the tracing system to create a 'hist' trigger using the + call_site field of the kmalloc event as the key for the table, which + just means that each unique call_site address will have an entry + created for it in the table. The 'val=bytes_req' parameter tells + the hist trigger that for each unique entry (call_site) in the + table, it should keep a running total of the number of bytes + requested by that call_site. + + We'll let it run for awhile and then dump the contents of the 'hist' + file in the kmalloc event's subdirectory (for readability, a number + of entries have been omitted): + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site:vals=bytes_req:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] + + { call_site: 18446744072106379007 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 176 + { call_site: 18446744071579557049 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 1024 + { call_site: 18446744071580608289 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 16384 + { call_site: 18446744071581827654 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 24 + { call_site: 18446744071580700980 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 + { call_site: 18446744071579359876 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 152 + { call_site: 18446744071580795365 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 144 + { call_site: 18446744071581303129 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 144 + { call_site: 18446744071580713234 } hitcount: 4 bytes_req: 2560 + { call_site: 18446744071580933750 } hitcount: 4 bytes_req: 736 + . + . + . + { call_site: 18446744072106047046 } hitcount: 69 bytes_req: 5576 + { call_site: 18446744071582116407 } hitcount: 73 bytes_req: 2336 + { call_site: 18446744072106054684 } hitcount: 136 bytes_req: 140504 + { call_site: 18446744072106224230 } hitcount: 136 bytes_req: 19584 + { call_site: 18446744072106078074 } hitcount: 153 bytes_req: 2448 + { call_site: 18446744072106062406 } hitcount: 153 bytes_req: 36720 + { call_site: 18446744071582507929 } hitcount: 153 bytes_req: 37088 + { call_site: 18446744072102520590 } hitcount: 273 bytes_req: 10920 + { call_site: 18446744071582143559 } hitcount: 358 bytes_req: 716 + { call_site: 18446744072106465852 } hitcount: 417 bytes_req: 56712 + { call_site: 18446744072102523378 } hitcount: 485 bytes_req: 27160 + { call_site: 18446744072099568646 } hitcount: 1676 bytes_req: 33520 + + Totals: + Hits: 4610 + Entries: 45 + Dropped: 0 + + The output displays a line for each entry, beginning with the key + specified in the trigger, followed by the value(s) also specified in + the trigger. At the beginning of the output is a line that displays + the trigger info, which can also be displayed by reading the + 'trigger' file: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger + hist:keys=call_site:vals=bytes_req:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] + + At the end of the output are a few lines that display the overall + totals for the run. The 'Hits' field shows the total number of + times the event trigger was hit, the 'Entries' field shows the total + number of used entries in the hash table, and the 'Dropped' field + shows the number of hits that were dropped because the number of + used entries for the run exceeded the maximum number of entries + allowed for the table (normally 0, but if not a hint that you may + want to increase the size of the table using the 'size' parameter). + + Notice in the above output that there's an extra field, 'hitcount', + which wasn't specified in the trigger. Also notice that in the + trigger info output, there's a parameter, 'sort=hitcount', which + wasn't specified in the trigger either. The reason for that is that + every trigger implicitly keeps a count of the total number of hits + attributed to a given entry, called the 'hitcount'. That hitcount + information is explicitly displayed in the output, and in the + absence of a user-specified sort parameter, is used as the default + sort field. + + The value 'hitcount' can be used in place of an explicit value in + the 'values' parameter if you don't really need to have any + particular field summed and are mainly interested in hit + frequencies. + + To turn the hist trigger off, simply call up the trigger in the + command history and re-execute it with a '!' prepended: + + # echo '!hist:key=call_site:val=bytes_req' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger + + Finally, notice that the call_site as displayed in the output above + isn't really very useful. It's an address, but normally addresses + are displayed in hex. To have a numeric field displayed as a hex + value, simply append '.hex' to the field name in the trigger: + + # echo 'hist:key=call_site.hex:val=bytes_req' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site.hex:vals=bytes_req:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] + + { call_site: ffffffffa026b291 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 433 + { call_site: ffffffffa07186ff } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 176 + { call_site: ffffffff811ae721 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 16384 + { call_site: ffffffff811c5134 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 + { call_site: ffffffffa04a9ebb } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 511 + { call_site: ffffffff8122e0a6 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 12 + { call_site: ffffffff8107da84 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 152 + { call_site: ffffffff812d8246 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 24 + { call_site: ffffffff811dc1e5 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 144 + { call_site: ffffffffa02515e8 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 648 + { call_site: ffffffff81258159 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 144 + { call_site: ffffffff811c80f4 } hitcount: 4 bytes_req: 544 + . + . + . + { call_site: ffffffffa06c7646 } hitcount: 106 bytes_req: 8024 + { call_site: ffffffffa06cb246 } hitcount: 132 bytes_req: 31680 + { call_site: ffffffffa06cef7a } hitcount: 132 bytes_req: 2112 + { call_site: ffffffff8137e399 } hitcount: 132 bytes_req: 23232 + { call_site: ffffffffa06c941c } hitcount: 185 bytes_req: 171360 + { call_site: ffffffffa06f2a66 } hitcount: 185 bytes_req: 26640 + { call_site: ffffffffa036a70e } hitcount: 265 bytes_req: 10600 + { call_site: ffffffff81325447 } hitcount: 292 bytes_req: 584 + { call_site: ffffffffa072da3c } hitcount: 446 bytes_req: 60656 + { call_site: ffffffffa036b1f2 } hitcount: 526 bytes_req: 29456 + { call_site: ffffffffa0099c06 } hitcount: 1780 bytes_req: 35600 + + Totals: + Hits: 4775 + Entries: 46 + Dropped: 0 + + Even that's only marginally more useful - while hex values do look + more like addresses, what users are typically more interested in + when looking at text addresses are the corresponding symbols + instead. To have an address displayed as symbolic value instead, + simply append '.sym' or '.sym-offset' to the field name in the + trigger: + + # echo 'hist:key=call_site.sym:val=bytes_req' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site.sym:vals=bytes_req:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] + + { call_site: [ffffffff810adcb9] syslog_print_all } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 1024 + { call_site: [ffffffff8154bc62] usb_control_msg } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 + { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf6fe] hidraw_send_report [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 + { call_site: [ffffffff8154acbe] usb_alloc_urb } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 192 + { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf1ca] hidraw_report_event [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 + { call_site: [ffffffff811e3a25] __seq_open_private } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 40 + { call_site: [ffffffff8109524a] alloc_fair_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 + { call_site: [ffffffff811febd5] fsnotify_alloc_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 528 + { call_site: [ffffffff81440f58] __tty_buffer_request_room } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 2624 + { call_site: [ffffffff81200ba6] inotify_new_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 96 + { call_site: [ffffffffa05e19af] ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session [mac80211] } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 464 + { call_site: [ffffffff81672406] tcp_get_metrics } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 304 + { call_site: [ffffffff81097ec2] alloc_rt_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 + { call_site: [ffffffff81089b05] sched_create_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 1424 + . + . + . + { call_site: [ffffffffa04a580c] intel_crtc_page_flip [i915] } hitcount: 1185 bytes_req: 123240 + { call_site: [ffffffffa0287592] drm_mode_page_flip_ioctl [drm] } hitcount: 1185 bytes_req: 104280 + { call_site: [ffffffffa04c4a3c] intel_plane_duplicate_state [i915] } hitcount: 1402 bytes_req: 190672 + { call_site: [ffffffff812891ca] ext4_find_extent } hitcount: 1518 bytes_req: 146208 + { call_site: [ffffffffa029070e] drm_vma_node_allow [drm] } hitcount: 1746 bytes_req: 69840 + { call_site: [ffffffffa045e7c4] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23 [i915] } hitcount: 2021 bytes_req: 792312 + { call_site: [ffffffffa02911f2] drm_modeset_lock_crtc [drm] } hitcount: 2592 bytes_req: 145152 + { call_site: [ffffffffa0489a66] intel_ring_begin [i915] } hitcount: 2629 bytes_req: 378576 + { call_site: [ffffffffa046041c] i915_gem_execbuffer2 [i915] } hitcount: 2629 bytes_req: 3783248 + { call_site: [ffffffff81325607] apparmor_file_alloc_security } hitcount: 5192 bytes_req: 10384 + { call_site: [ffffffffa00b7c06] hid_report_raw_event [hid] } hitcount: 5529 bytes_req: 110584 + { call_site: [ffffffff8131ebf7] aa_alloc_task_context } hitcount: 21943 bytes_req: 702176 + { call_site: [ffffffff8125847d] ext4_htree_store_dirent } hitcount: 55759 bytes_req: 5074265 + + Totals: + Hits: 109928 + Entries: 71 + Dropped: 0 + + Because the default sort key above is 'hitcount', the above shows a + the list of call_sites by increasing hitcount, so that at the bottom + we see the functions that made the most kmalloc calls during the + run. If instead we we wanted to see the top kmalloc callers in + terms of the number of bytes requested rather than the number of + calls, and we wanted the top caller to appear at the top, we can use + the 'sort' parameter, along with the 'descending' modifier: + + # echo 'hist:key=call_site.sym:val=bytes_req:sort=bytes_req.descending' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site.sym:vals=bytes_req:sort=bytes_req.descending:size=2048 [active] + + { call_site: [ffffffffa046041c] i915_gem_execbuffer2 [i915] } hitcount: 2186 bytes_req: 3397464 + { call_site: [ffffffffa045e7c4] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23 [i915] } hitcount: 1790 bytes_req: 712176 + { call_site: [ffffffff8125847d] ext4_htree_store_dirent } hitcount: 8132 bytes_req: 513135 + { call_site: [ffffffff811e2a1b] seq_buf_alloc } hitcount: 106 bytes_req: 440128 + { call_site: [ffffffffa0489a66] intel_ring_begin [i915] } hitcount: 2186 bytes_req: 314784 + { call_site: [ffffffff812891ca] ext4_find_extent } hitcount: 2174 bytes_req: 208992 + { call_site: [ffffffff811ae8e1] __kmalloc } hitcount: 8 bytes_req: 131072 + { call_site: [ffffffffa04c4a3c] intel_plane_duplicate_state [i915] } hitcount: 859 bytes_req: 116824 + { call_site: [ffffffffa02911f2] drm_modeset_lock_crtc [drm] } hitcount: 1834 bytes_req: 102704 + { call_site: [ffffffffa04a580c] intel_crtc_page_flip [i915] } hitcount: 972 bytes_req: 101088 + { call_site: [ffffffffa0287592] drm_mode_page_flip_ioctl [drm] } hitcount: 972 bytes_req: 85536 + { call_site: [ffffffffa00b7c06] hid_report_raw_event [hid] } hitcount: 3333 bytes_req: 66664 + { call_site: [ffffffff8137e559] sg_kmalloc } hitcount: 209 bytes_req: 61632 + . + . + . + { call_site: [ffffffff81095225] alloc_fair_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 + { call_site: [ffffffff81097ec2] alloc_rt_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 + { call_site: [ffffffff812d8406] copy_semundo } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 48 + { call_site: [ffffffff81200ba6] inotify_new_group } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 48 + { call_site: [ffffffffa027121a] drm_getmagic [drm] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 48 + { call_site: [ffffffff811e3a25] __seq_open_private } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 40 + { call_site: [ffffffff811c52f4] bprm_change_interp } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 16 + { call_site: [ffffffff8154bc62] usb_control_msg } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 + { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf1ca] hidraw_report_event [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 + { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf6fe] hidraw_send_report [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 + + Totals: + Hits: 32133 + Entries: 81 + Dropped: 0 + + To display the offset and size information in addition to the symbol + name, just use 'sym-offset' instead: + + # echo 'hist:key=call_site.sym-offset:val=bytes_req:sort=bytes_req.descending' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site.sym-offset:vals=bytes_req:sort=bytes_req.descending:size=2048 [active] + + { call_site: [ffffffffa046041c] i915_gem_execbuffer2+0x6c/0x2c0 [i915] } hitcount: 4569 bytes_req: 3163720 + { call_site: [ffffffffa0489a66] intel_ring_begin+0xc6/0x1f0 [i915] } hitcount: 4569 bytes_req: 657936 + { call_site: [ffffffffa045e7c4] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23+0x694/0x1020 [i915] } hitcount: 1519 bytes_req: 472936 + { call_site: [ffffffffa045e646] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23+0x516/0x1020 [i915] } hitcount: 3050 bytes_req: 211832 + { call_site: [ffffffff811e2a1b] seq_buf_alloc+0x1b/0x50 } hitcount: 34 bytes_req: 148384 + { call_site: [ffffffffa04a580c] intel_crtc_page_flip+0xbc/0x870 [i915] } hitcount: 1385 bytes_req: 144040 + { call_site: [ffffffff811ae8e1] __kmalloc+0x191/0x1b0 } hitcount: 8 bytes_req: 131072 + { call_site: [ffffffffa0287592] drm_mode_page_flip_ioctl+0x282/0x360 [drm] } hitcount: 1385 bytes_req: 121880 + { call_site: [ffffffffa02911f2] drm_modeset_lock_crtc+0x32/0x100 [drm] } hitcount: 1848 bytes_req: 103488 + { call_site: [ffffffffa04c4a3c] intel_plane_duplicate_state+0x2c/0xa0 [i915] } hitcount: 461 bytes_req: 62696 + { call_site: [ffffffffa029070e] drm_vma_node_allow+0x2e/0xd0 [drm] } hitcount: 1541 bytes_req: 61640 + { call_site: [ffffffff815f8d7b] sk_prot_alloc+0xcb/0x1b0 } hitcount: 57 bytes_req: 57456 + . + . + . + { call_site: [ffffffff8109524a] alloc_fair_sched_group+0x5a/0x1a0 } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 + { call_site: [ffffffffa027b921] drm_vm_open_locked+0x31/0xa0 [drm] } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 96 + { call_site: [ffffffff8122e266] proc_self_follow_link+0x76/0xb0 } hitcount: 8 bytes_req: 96 + { call_site: [ffffffff81213e80] load_elf_binary+0x240/0x1650 } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 84 + { call_site: [ffffffff8154bc62] usb_control_msg+0x42/0x110 } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 + { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf6fe] hidraw_send_report+0x7e/0x1a0 [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 + { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf1ca] hidraw_report_event+0x8a/0x120 [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 + + Totals: + Hits: 26098 + Entries: 64 + Dropped: 0 + + We can also add multiple fields to the 'values' parameter. For + example, we might want to see the total number of bytes allocated + alongside bytes requested, and display the result sorted by bytes + allocated in a descending order: + + # echo 'hist:keys=call_site.sym:values=bytes_req,bytes_alloc:sort=bytes_alloc.descending' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=call_site.sym:vals=bytes_req,bytes_alloc:sort=bytes_alloc.descending:size=2048 [active] + + { call_site: [ffffffffa046041c] i915_gem_execbuffer2 [i915] } hitcount: 7403 bytes_req: 4084360 bytes_alloc: 5958016 + { call_site: [ffffffff811e2a1b] seq_buf_alloc } hitcount: 541 bytes_req: 2213968 bytes_alloc: 2228224 + { call_site: [ffffffffa0489a66] intel_ring_begin [i915] } hitcount: 7404 bytes_req: 1066176 bytes_alloc: 1421568 + { call_site: [ffffffffa045e7c4] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23 [i915] } hitcount: 1565 bytes_req: 557368 bytes_alloc: 1037760 + { call_site: [ffffffff8125847d] ext4_htree_store_dirent } hitcount: 9557 bytes_req: 595778 bytes_alloc: 695744 + { call_site: [ffffffffa045e646] i915_gem_do_execbuffer.isra.23 [i915] } hitcount: 5839 bytes_req: 430680 bytes_alloc: 470400 + { call_site: [ffffffffa04c4a3c] intel_plane_duplicate_state [i915] } hitcount: 2388 bytes_req: 324768 bytes_alloc: 458496 + { call_site: [ffffffffa02911f2] drm_modeset_lock_crtc [drm] } hitcount: 3911 bytes_req: 219016 bytes_alloc: 250304 + { call_site: [ffffffff815f8d7b] sk_prot_alloc } hitcount: 235 bytes_req: 236880 bytes_alloc: 240640 + { call_site: [ffffffff8137e559] sg_kmalloc } hitcount: 557 bytes_req: 169024 bytes_alloc: 221760 + { call_site: [ffffffffa00b7c06] hid_report_raw_event [hid] } hitcount: 9378 bytes_req: 187548 bytes_alloc: 206312 + { call_site: [ffffffffa04a580c] intel_crtc_page_flip [i915] } hitcount: 1519 bytes_req: 157976 bytes_alloc: 194432 + . + . + . + { call_site: [ffffffff8109bd3b] sched_autogroup_create_attach } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 144 bytes_alloc: 192 + { call_site: [ffffffff81097ee8] alloc_rt_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 bytes_alloc: 128 + { call_site: [ffffffff8109524a] alloc_fair_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 bytes_alloc: 128 + { call_site: [ffffffff81095225] alloc_fair_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 bytes_alloc: 128 + { call_site: [ffffffff81097ec2] alloc_rt_sched_group } hitcount: 2 bytes_req: 128 bytes_alloc: 128 + { call_site: [ffffffff81213e80] load_elf_binary } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 84 bytes_alloc: 96 + { call_site: [ffffffff81079a2e] kthread_create_on_node } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 56 bytes_alloc: 64 + { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf6fe] hidraw_send_report [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 bytes_alloc: 8 + { call_site: [ffffffff8154bc62] usb_control_msg } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 8 bytes_alloc: 8 + { call_site: [ffffffffa00bf1ca] hidraw_report_event [hid] } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 7 bytes_alloc: 8 + + Totals: + Hits: 66598 + Entries: 65 + Dropped: 0 + + Finally, to finish off our kmalloc example, instead of simply having + the hist trigger display symbolic call_sites, we can have the hist + trigger additionally display the complete set of kernel stack traces + that led to each call_site. To do that, we simply use the special + value 'stacktrace' for the key parameter: + + # echo 'hist:keys=stacktrace:values=bytes_req,bytes_alloc:sort=bytes_alloc' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/trigger + + The above trigger will use the kernel stack trace in effect when an + event is triggered as the key for the hash table. This allows the + enumeration of every kernel callpath that led up to a particular + event, along with a running total of any of the event fields for + that event. Here we tally bytes requested and bytes allocated for + every callpath in the system that led up to a kmalloc (in this case + every callpath to a kmalloc for a kernel compile): + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=stacktrace:vals=bytes_req,bytes_alloc:sort=bytes_alloc:size=2048 [active] + + { stacktrace: + __kmalloc_track_caller+0x10b/0x1a0 + kmemdup+0x20/0x50 + hidraw_report_event+0x8a/0x120 [hid] + hid_report_raw_event+0x3ea/0x440 [hid] + hid_input_report+0x112/0x190 [hid] + hid_irq_in+0xc2/0x260 [usbhid] + __usb_hcd_giveback_urb+0x72/0x120 + usb_giveback_urb_bh+0x9e/0xe0 + tasklet_hi_action+0xf8/0x100 + __do_softirq+0x114/0x2c0 + irq_exit+0xa5/0xb0 + do_IRQ+0x5a/0xf0 + ret_from_intr+0x0/0x30 + cpuidle_enter+0x17/0x20 + cpu_startup_entry+0x315/0x3e0 + rest_init+0x7c/0x80 + } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 21 bytes_alloc: 24 + { stacktrace: + __kmalloc_track_caller+0x10b/0x1a0 + kmemdup+0x20/0x50 + hidraw_report_event+0x8a/0x120 [hid] + hid_report_raw_event+0x3ea/0x440 [hid] + hid_input_report+0x112/0x190 [hid] + hid_irq_in+0xc2/0x260 [usbhid] + __usb_hcd_giveback_urb+0x72/0x120 + usb_giveback_urb_bh+0x9e/0xe0 + tasklet_hi_action+0xf8/0x100 + __do_softirq+0x114/0x2c0 + irq_exit+0xa5/0xb0 + do_IRQ+0x5a/0xf0 + ret_from_intr+0x0/0x30 + } hitcount: 3 bytes_req: 21 bytes_alloc: 24 + { stacktrace: + kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0xeb/0x150 + aa_alloc_task_context+0x27/0x40 + apparmor_cred_prepare+0x1f/0x50 + security_prepare_creds+0x16/0x20 + prepare_creds+0xdf/0x1a0 + SyS_capset+0xb5/0x200 + system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6a + } hitcount: 1 bytes_req: 32 bytes_alloc: 32 + . + . + . + { stacktrace: + __kmalloc+0x11b/0x1b0 + i915_gem_execbuffer2+0x6c/0x2c0 [i915] + drm_ioctl+0x349/0x670 [drm] + do_vfs_ioctl+0x2f0/0x4f0 + SyS_ioctl+0x81/0xa0 + system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6a + } hitcount: 17726 bytes_req: 13944120 bytes_alloc: 19593808 + { stacktrace: + __kmalloc+0x11b/0x1b0 + load_elf_phdrs+0x76/0xa0 + load_elf_binary+0x102/0x1650 + search_binary_handler+0x97/0x1d0 + do_execveat_common.isra.34+0x551/0x6e0 + SyS_execve+0x3a/0x50 + return_from_execve+0x0/0x23 + } hitcount: 33348 bytes_req: 17152128 bytes_alloc: 20226048 + { stacktrace: + kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0xeb/0x150 + apparmor_file_alloc_security+0x27/0x40 + security_file_alloc+0x16/0x20 + get_empty_filp+0x93/0x1c0 + path_openat+0x31/0x5f0 + do_filp_open+0x3a/0x90 + do_sys_open+0x128/0x220 + SyS_open+0x1e/0x20 + system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6a + } hitcount: 4766422 bytes_req: 9532844 bytes_alloc: 38131376 + { stacktrace: + __kmalloc+0x11b/0x1b0 + seq_buf_alloc+0x1b/0x50 + seq_read+0x2cc/0x370 + proc_reg_read+0x3d/0x80 + __vfs_read+0x28/0xe0 + vfs_read+0x86/0x140 + SyS_read+0x46/0xb0 + system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6a + } hitcount: 19133 bytes_req: 78368768 bytes_alloc: 78368768 + + Totals: + Hits: 6085872 + Entries: 253 + Dropped: 0 + + If you key a hist trigger on common_pid, in order for example to + gather and display sorted totals for each process, you can use the + special .execname modifier to display the executable names for the + processes in the table rather than raw pids. The example below + keeps a per-process sum of total bytes read: + + # echo 'hist:key=common_pid.execname:val=count:sort=count.descending' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/syscalls/sys_enter_read/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/syscalls/sys_enter_read/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=common_pid.execname:vals=count:sort=count.descending:size=2048 [active] + + { common_pid: gnome-terminal [ 3196] } hitcount: 280 count: 1093512 + { common_pid: Xorg [ 1309] } hitcount: 525 count: 256640 + { common_pid: compiz [ 2889] } hitcount: 59 count: 254400 + { common_pid: bash [ 8710] } hitcount: 3 count: 66369 + { common_pid: dbus-daemon-lau [ 8703] } hitcount: 49 count: 47739 + { common_pid: irqbalance [ 1252] } hitcount: 27 count: 27648 + { common_pid: 01ifupdown [ 8705] } hitcount: 3 count: 17216 + { common_pid: dbus-daemon [ 772] } hitcount: 10 count: 12396 + { common_pid: Socket Thread [ 8342] } hitcount: 11 count: 11264 + { common_pid: nm-dhcp-client. [ 8701] } hitcount: 6 count: 7424 + { common_pid: gmain [ 1315] } hitcount: 18 count: 6336 + . + . + . + { common_pid: postgres [ 1892] } hitcount: 2 count: 32 + { common_pid: postgres [ 1891] } hitcount: 2 count: 32 + { common_pid: gmain [ 8704] } hitcount: 2 count: 32 + { common_pid: upstart-dbus-br [ 2740] } hitcount: 21 count: 21 + { common_pid: nm-dispatcher.a [ 8696] } hitcount: 1 count: 16 + { common_pid: indicator-datet [ 2904] } hitcount: 1 count: 16 + { common_pid: gdbus [ 2998] } hitcount: 1 count: 16 + { common_pid: rtkit-daemon [ 2052] } hitcount: 1 count: 8 + { common_pid: init [ 1] } hitcount: 2 count: 2 + + Totals: + Hits: 2116 + Entries: 51 + Dropped: 0 + + Similarly, if you key a hist trigger on syscall id, for example to + gather and display a list of systemwide syscall hits, you can use + the special .syscall modifier to display the syscall names rather + than raw ids. The example below keeps a running total of syscall + counts for the system during the run: + + # echo 'hist:key=id.syscall:val=hitcount' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=id.syscall:vals=hitcount:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] + + { id: sys_fsync [ 74] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_newuname [ 63] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_prctl [157] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_statfs [137] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_symlink [ 88] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_sendmmsg [307] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_semctl [ 66] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_readlink [ 89] } hitcount: 3 + { id: sys_bind [ 49] } hitcount: 3 + { id: sys_getsockname [ 51] } hitcount: 3 + { id: sys_unlink [ 87] } hitcount: 3 + { id: sys_rename [ 82] } hitcount: 4 + { id: unknown_syscall [ 58] } hitcount: 4 + { id: sys_connect [ 42] } hitcount: 4 + { id: sys_getpid [ 39] } hitcount: 4 + . + . + . + { id: sys_rt_sigprocmask [ 14] } hitcount: 952 + { id: sys_futex [202] } hitcount: 1534 + { id: sys_write [ 1] } hitcount: 2689 + { id: sys_setitimer [ 38] } hitcount: 2797 + { id: sys_read [ 0] } hitcount: 3202 + { id: sys_select [ 23] } hitcount: 3773 + { id: sys_writev [ 20] } hitcount: 4531 + { id: sys_poll [ 7] } hitcount: 8314 + { id: sys_recvmsg [ 47] } hitcount: 13738 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16] } hitcount: 21843 + + Totals: + Hits: 67612 + Entries: 72 + Dropped: 0 + + The syscall counts above provide a rough overall picture of system + call activity on the system; we can see for example that the most + popular system call on this system was the 'sys_ioctl' system call. + + We can use 'compound' keys to refine that number and provide some + further insight as to which processes exactly contribute to the + overall ioctl count. + + The command below keeps a hitcount for every unique combination of + system call id and pid - the end result is essentially a table + that keeps a per-pid sum of system call hits. The results are + sorted using the system call id as the primary key, and the + hitcount sum as the secondary key: + + # echo 'hist:key=id.syscall,common_pid.execname:val=hitcount:sort=id,hitcount' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=id.syscall,common_pid.execname:vals=hitcount:sort=id.syscall,hitcount:size=2048 [active] + + { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: rtkit-daemon [ 1877] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: gdbus [ 2976] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: console-kit-dae [ 3400] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: postgres [ 1865] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: deja-dup-monito [ 3543] } hitcount: 2 + { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: NetworkManager [ 890] } hitcount: 2 + { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: evolution-calen [ 3048] } hitcount: 2 + { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: postgres [ 1864] } hitcount: 2 + { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: nm-applet [ 3022] } hitcount: 2 + { id: sys_read [ 0], common_pid: whoopsie [ 1212] } hitcount: 2 + . + . + . + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: bash [ 8479] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: bash [ 3472] } hitcount: 12 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gnome-terminal [ 3199] } hitcount: 16 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: Xorg [ 1267] } hitcount: 1808 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: compiz [ 2994] } hitcount: 5580 + . + . + . + { id: sys_waitid [247], common_pid: upstart-dbus-br [ 2690] } hitcount: 3 + { id: sys_waitid [247], common_pid: upstart-dbus-br [ 2688] } hitcount: 16 + { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 975] } hitcount: 2 + { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 3204] } hitcount: 4 + { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 2888] } hitcount: 4 + { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 3003] } hitcount: 4 + { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 2873] } hitcount: 4 + { id: sys_inotify_add_watch [254], common_pid: gmain [ 3196] } hitcount: 6 + { id: sys_openat [257], common_pid: java [ 2623] } hitcount: 2 + { id: sys_eventfd2 [290], common_pid: ibus-ui-gtk3 [ 2760] } hitcount: 4 + { id: sys_eventfd2 [290], common_pid: compiz [ 2994] } hitcount: 6 + + Totals: + Hits: 31536 + Entries: 323 + Dropped: 0 + + The above list does give us a breakdown of the ioctl syscall by + pid, but it also gives us quite a bit more than that, which we + don't really care about at the moment. Since we know the syscall + id for sys_ioctl (16, displayed next to the sys_ioctl name), we + can use that to filter out all the other syscalls: + + # echo 'hist:key=id.syscall,common_pid.execname:val=hitcount:sort=id,hitcount if id == 16' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/raw_syscalls/sys_enter/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=id.syscall,common_pid.execname:vals=hitcount:sort=id.syscall,hitcount:size=2048 if id == 16 [active] + + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 2769] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: evolution-addre [ 8571] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 3003] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 2781] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 2829] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: bash [ 8726] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: bash [ 8508] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 2970] } hitcount: 1 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: gmain [ 2768] } hitcount: 1 + . + . + . + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: pool [ 8559] } hitcount: 45 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: pool [ 8555] } hitcount: 48 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: pool [ 8551] } hitcount: 48 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: avahi-daemon [ 896] } hitcount: 66 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: Xorg [ 1267] } hitcount: 26674 + { id: sys_ioctl [ 16], common_pid: compiz [ 2994] } hitcount: 73443 + + Totals: + Hits: 101162 + Entries: 103 + Dropped: 0 + + The above output shows that 'compiz' and 'Xorg' are far and away + the heaviest ioctl callers (which might lead to questions about + whether they really need to be making all those calls and to + possible avenues for further investigation.) + + The compound key examples used a key and a sum value (hitcount) to + sort the output, but we can just as easily use two keys instead. + Here's an example where we use a compound key composed of the the + common_pid and size event fields. Sorting with pid as the primary + key and 'size' as the secondary key allows us to display an + ordered summary of the recvfrom sizes, with counts, received by + each process: + + # echo 'hist:key=common_pid.execname,size:val=hitcount:sort=common_pid,size' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/syscalls/sys_enter_recvfrom/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/syscalls/sys_enter_recvfrom/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=common_pid.execname,size:vals=hitcount:sort=common_pid.execname,size:size=2048 [active] + + { common_pid: smbd [ 784], size: 4 } hitcount: 1 + { common_pid: dnsmasq [ 1412], size: 4096 } hitcount: 672 + { common_pid: postgres [ 1796], size: 1000 } hitcount: 6 + { common_pid: postgres [ 1867], size: 1000 } hitcount: 10 + { common_pid: bamfdaemon [ 2787], size: 28 } hitcount: 2 + { common_pid: bamfdaemon [ 2787], size: 14360 } hitcount: 1 + { common_pid: compiz [ 2994], size: 8 } hitcount: 1 + { common_pid: compiz [ 2994], size: 20 } hitcount: 11 + { common_pid: gnome-terminal [ 3199], size: 4 } hitcount: 2 + { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 4 } hitcount: 1 + { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 8 } hitcount: 5 + { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 588 } hitcount: 2 + { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 628 } hitcount: 1 + { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 6944 } hitcount: 1 + { common_pid: firefox [ 8817], size: 408880 } hitcount: 2 + { common_pid: firefox [ 8822], size: 8 } hitcount: 2 + { common_pid: firefox [ 8822], size: 160 } hitcount: 2 + { common_pid: firefox [ 8822], size: 320 } hitcount: 2 + { common_pid: firefox [ 8822], size: 352 } hitcount: 1 + . + . + . + { common_pid: pool [ 8923], size: 1960 } hitcount: 10 + { common_pid: pool [ 8923], size: 2048 } hitcount: 10 + { common_pid: pool [ 8924], size: 1960 } hitcount: 10 + { common_pid: pool [ 8924], size: 2048 } hitcount: 10 + { common_pid: pool [ 8928], size: 1964 } hitcount: 4 + { common_pid: pool [ 8928], size: 1965 } hitcount: 2 + { common_pid: pool [ 8928], size: 2048 } hitcount: 6 + { common_pid: pool [ 8929], size: 1982 } hitcount: 1 + { common_pid: pool [ 8929], size: 2048 } hitcount: 1 + + Totals: + Hits: 2016 + Entries: 224 + Dropped: 0 + + The above example also illustrates the fact that although a compound + key is treated as a single entity for hashing purposes, the sub-keys + it's composed of can be accessed independently. + + The next example uses a string field as the hash key and + demonstrates how you can manually pause and continue a hist trigger. + In this example, we'll aggregate fork counts and don't expect a + large number of entries in the hash table, so we'll drop it to a + much smaller number, say 256: + + # echo 'hist:key=child_comm:val=hitcount:size=256' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=child_comm:vals=hitcount:sort=hitcount:size=256 [active] + + { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: ibus-daemon } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: whoopsie } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: smbd } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: gdbus } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: kthreadd } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: evolution-alarm } hitcount: 2 + { child_comm: Socket Thread } hitcount: 2 + { child_comm: postgres } hitcount: 2 + { child_comm: bash } hitcount: 3 + { child_comm: compiz } hitcount: 3 + { child_comm: evolution-sourc } hitcount: 4 + { child_comm: dhclient } hitcount: 4 + { child_comm: pool } hitcount: 5 + { child_comm: nm-dispatcher.a } hitcount: 8 + { child_comm: firefox } hitcount: 8 + { child_comm: dbus-daemon } hitcount: 8 + { child_comm: glib-pacrunner } hitcount: 10 + { child_comm: evolution } hitcount: 23 + + Totals: + Hits: 89 + Entries: 20 + Dropped: 0 + + If we want to pause the hist trigger, we can simply append :pause to + the command that started the trigger. Notice that the trigger info + displays as [paused]: + + # echo 'hist:key=child_comm:val=hitcount:size=256:pause' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=child_comm:vals=hitcount:sort=hitcount:size=256 [paused] + + { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: kthreadd } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: gdbus } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: ibus-daemon } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: Socket Thread } hitcount: 2 + { child_comm: evolution-alarm } hitcount: 2 + { child_comm: smbd } hitcount: 2 + { child_comm: bash } hitcount: 3 + { child_comm: whoopsie } hitcount: 3 + { child_comm: compiz } hitcount: 3 + { child_comm: evolution-sourc } hitcount: 4 + { child_comm: pool } hitcount: 5 + { child_comm: postgres } hitcount: 6 + { child_comm: firefox } hitcount: 8 + { child_comm: dhclient } hitcount: 10 + { child_comm: emacs } hitcount: 12 + { child_comm: dbus-daemon } hitcount: 20 + { child_comm: nm-dispatcher.a } hitcount: 20 + { child_comm: evolution } hitcount: 35 + { child_comm: glib-pacrunner } hitcount: 59 + + Totals: + Hits: 199 + Entries: 21 + Dropped: 0 + + To manually continue having the trigger aggregate events, append + :cont instead. Notice that the trigger info displays as [active] + again, and the data has changed: + + # echo 'hist:key=child_comm:val=hitcount:size=256:cont' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/trigger + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=child_comm:vals=hitcount:sort=hitcount:size=256 [active] + + { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: dconf worker } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: kthreadd } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: gdbus } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: ibus-daemon } hitcount: 1 + { child_comm: Socket Thread } hitcount: 2 + { child_comm: evolution-alarm } hitcount: 2 + { child_comm: smbd } hitcount: 2 + { child_comm: whoopsie } hitcount: 3 + { child_comm: compiz } hitcount: 3 + { child_comm: evolution-sourc } hitcount: 4 + { child_comm: bash } hitcount: 5 + { child_comm: pool } hitcount: 5 + { child_comm: postgres } hitcount: 6 + { child_comm: firefox } hitcount: 8 + { child_comm: dhclient } hitcount: 11 + { child_comm: emacs } hitcount: 12 + { child_comm: dbus-daemon } hitcount: 22 + { child_comm: nm-dispatcher.a } hitcount: 22 + { child_comm: evolution } hitcount: 35 + { child_comm: glib-pacrunner } hitcount: 59 + + Totals: + Hits: 206 + Entries: 21 + Dropped: 0 + + The previous example showed how to start and stop a hist trigger by + appending 'pause' and 'continue' to the hist trigger command. A + hist trigger can also be started in a paused state by initially + starting the trigger with ':pause' appended. This allows you to + start the trigger only when you're ready to start collecting data + and not before. For example, you could start the trigger in a + paused state, then unpause it and do something you want to measure, + then pause the trigger again when done. + + Of course, doing this manually can be difficult and error-prone, but + it is possible to automatically start and stop a hist trigger based + on some condition, via the enable_hist and disable_hist triggers. + + For example, suppose we wanted to take a look at the relative + weights in terms of skb length for each callpath that leads to a + netif_receieve_skb event when downloading a decent-sized file using + wget. + + First we set up an initially paused stacktrace trigger on the + netif_receive_skb event: + + # echo 'hist:key=stacktrace:vals=len:pause' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger + + Next, we set up an 'enable_hist' trigger on the sched_process_exec + event, with an 'if filename==/usr/bin/wget' filter. The effect of + this new trigger is that it will 'unpause' the hist trigger we just + set up on netif_receive_skb if and only if it sees a + sched_process_exec event with a filename of '/usr/bin/wget'. When + that happens, all netif_receive_skb events are aggregated into a + hash table keyed on stacktrace: + + # echo 'enable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb if filename==/usr/bin/wget' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exec/trigger + + The aggregation continues until the netif_receive_skb is paused + again, which is what the following disable_hist event does by + creating a similar setup on the sched_process_exit event, using the + filter 'comm==wget': + + # echo 'disable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb if comm==wget' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exit/trigger + + Whenever a process exits and the comm field of the disable_hist + trigger filter matches 'comm==wget', the netif_receive_skb hist + trigger is disabled. + + The overall effect is that netif_receive_skb events are aggregated + into the hash table for only the duration of the wget. Executing a + wget command and then listing the 'hist' file will display the + output generated by the wget command: + + $ wget https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v3.x/patch-3.19.xz + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=stacktrace:vals=len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [paused] + + { stacktrace: + __netif_receive_skb_core+0x46d/0x990 + __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60 + netif_receive_skb_internal+0x23/0x90 + napi_gro_receive+0xc8/0x100 + ieee80211_deliver_skb+0xd6/0x270 [mac80211] + ieee80211_rx_handlers+0xccf/0x22f0 [mac80211] + ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0x4e7/0xc40 [mac80211] + ieee80211_rx+0x31d/0x900 [mac80211] + iwlagn_rx_reply_rx+0x3db/0x6f0 [iwldvm] + iwl_rx_dispatch+0x8e/0xf0 [iwldvm] + iwl_pcie_irq_handler+0xe3c/0x12f0 [iwlwifi] + irq_thread_fn+0x20/0x50 + irq_thread+0x11f/0x150 + kthread+0xd2/0xf0 + ret_from_fork+0x42/0x70 + } hitcount: 85 len: 28884 + { stacktrace: + __netif_receive_skb_core+0x46d/0x990 + __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60 + netif_receive_skb_internal+0x23/0x90 + napi_gro_complete+0xa4/0xe0 + dev_gro_receive+0x23a/0x360 + napi_gro_receive+0x30/0x100 + ieee80211_deliver_skb+0xd6/0x270 [mac80211] + ieee80211_rx_handlers+0xccf/0x22f0 [mac80211] + ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0x4e7/0xc40 [mac80211] + ieee80211_rx+0x31d/0x900 [mac80211] + iwlagn_rx_reply_rx+0x3db/0x6f0 [iwldvm] + iwl_rx_dispatch+0x8e/0xf0 [iwldvm] + iwl_pcie_irq_handler+0xe3c/0x12f0 [iwlwifi] + irq_thread_fn+0x20/0x50 + irq_thread+0x11f/0x150 + kthread+0xd2/0xf0 + } hitcount: 98 len: 664329 + { stacktrace: + __netif_receive_skb_core+0x46d/0x990 + __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60 + process_backlog+0xa8/0x150 + net_rx_action+0x15d/0x340 + __do_softirq+0x114/0x2c0 + do_softirq_own_stack+0x1c/0x30 + do_softirq+0x65/0x70 + __local_bh_enable_ip+0xb5/0xc0 + ip_finish_output+0x1f4/0x840 + ip_output+0x6b/0xc0 + ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 + ip_send_skb+0x1a/0x50 + udp_send_skb+0x173/0x2a0 + udp_sendmsg+0x2bf/0x9f0 + inet_sendmsg+0x64/0xa0 + sock_sendmsg+0x3d/0x50 + } hitcount: 115 len: 13030 + { stacktrace: + __netif_receive_skb_core+0x46d/0x990 + __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60 + netif_receive_skb_internal+0x23/0x90 + napi_gro_complete+0xa4/0xe0 + napi_gro_flush+0x6d/0x90 + iwl_pcie_irq_handler+0x92a/0x12f0 [iwlwifi] + irq_thread_fn+0x20/0x50 + irq_thread+0x11f/0x150 + kthread+0xd2/0xf0 + ret_from_fork+0x42/0x70 + } hitcount: 934 len: 5512212 + + Totals: + Hits: 1232 + Entries: 4 + Dropped: 0 + + The above shows all the netif_receive_skb callpaths and their total + lengths for the duration of the wget command. + + The 'clear' hist trigger param can be used to clear the hash table. + Suppose we wanted to try another run of the previous example but + this time also wanted to see the complete list of events that went + into the histogram. In order to avoid having to set everything up + again, we can just clear the histogram first: + + # echo 'hist:key=stacktrace:vals=len:clear' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger + + Just to verify that it is in fact cleared, here's what we now see in + the hist file: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/hist + # trigger info: hist:keys=stacktrace:vals=len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [paused] + + Totals: + Hits: 0 + Entries: 0 + Dropped: 0 + + Since we want to see the detailed list of every netif_receive_skb + event occurring during the new run, which are in fact the same + events being aggregated into the hash table, we add some additional + 'enable_event' events to the triggering sched_process_exec and + sched_process_exit events as such: + + # echo 'enable_event:net:netif_receive_skb if filename==/usr/bin/wget' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exec/trigger + + # echo 'disable_event:net:netif_receive_skb if comm==wget' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exit/trigger + + If you read the trigger files for the sched_process_exec and + sched_process_exit triggers, you should see two triggers for each: + one enabling/disabling the hist aggregation and the other + enabling/disabling the logging of events: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exec/trigger + enable_event:net:netif_receive_skb:unlimited if filename==/usr/bin/wget + enable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb:unlimited if filename==/usr/bin/wget + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_exit/trigger + enable_event:net:netif_receive_skb:unlimited if comm==wget + disable_hist:net:netif_receive_skb:unlimited if comm==wget + + In other words, whenever either of the sched_process_exec or + sched_process_exit events is hit and matches 'wget', it enables or + disables both the histogram and the event log, and what you end up + with is a hash table and set of events just covering the specified + duration. Run the wget command again: + + $ wget https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v3.x/patch-3.19.xz + + Displaying the 'hist' file should show something similar to what you + saw in the last run, but this time you should also see the + individual events in the trace file: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace + + # tracer: nop + # + # entries-in-buffer/entries-written: 183/1426 #P:4 + # + # _-----=> irqs-off + # / _----=> need-resched + # | / _---=> hardirq/softirq + # || / _--=> preempt-depth + # ||| / delay + # TASK-PID CPU# |||| TIMESTAMP FUNCTION + # | | | |||| | | + wget-15108 [000] ..s1 31769.606929: netif_receive_skb: dev=lo skbaddr=ffff88009c353100 len=60 + wget-15108 [000] ..s1 31769.606999: netif_receive_skb: dev=lo skbaddr=ffff88009c353200 len=60 + dnsmasq-1382 [000] ..s1 31769.677652: netif_receive_skb: dev=lo skbaddr=ffff88009c352b00 len=130 + dnsmasq-1382 [000] ..s1 31769.685917: netif_receive_skb: dev=lo skbaddr=ffff88009c352200 len=138 + ##### CPU 2 buffer started #### + irq/29-iwlwifi-559 [002] ..s. 31772.031529: netif_receive_skb: dev=wlan0 skbaddr=ffff88009d433d00 len=2948 + irq/29-iwlwifi-559 [002] ..s. 31772.031572: netif_receive_skb: dev=wlan0 skbaddr=ffff88009d432200 len=1500 + irq/29-iwlwifi-559 [002] ..s. 31772.032196: netif_receive_skb: dev=wlan0 skbaddr=ffff88009d433100 len=2948 + irq/29-iwlwifi-559 [002] ..s. 31772.032761: netif_receive_skb: dev=wlan0 skbaddr=ffff88009d433000 len=2948 + irq/29-iwlwifi-559 [002] ..s. 31772.033220: netif_receive_skb: dev=wlan0 skbaddr=ffff88009d432e00 len=1500 + . + . + . + + The following example demonstrates how multiple hist triggers can be + attached to a given event. This capability can be useful for + creating a set of different summaries derived from the same set of + events, or for comparing the effects of different filters, among + other things. + + # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len if len < 0' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger + # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len if len > 4096' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger + # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len if len == 256' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger + # echo 'hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger + # echo 'hist:keys=len:vals=common_preempt_count' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger + + The above set of commands create four triggers differing only in + their filters, along with a completely different though fairly + nonsensical trigger. Note that in order to append multiple hist + triggers to the same file, you should use the '>>' operator to + append them ('>' will also add the new hist trigger, but will remove + any existing hist triggers beforehand). + + Displaying the contents of the 'hist' file for the event shows the + contents of all five histograms: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/hist + + # event histogram + # + # trigger info: hist:keys=len:vals=hitcount,common_preempt_count:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] + # + + { len: 176 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 + { len: 223 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 + { len: 4854 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 + { len: 395 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 + { len: 177 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 + { len: 446 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 + { len: 1601 } hitcount: 1 common_preempt_count: 0 + . + . + . + { len: 1280 } hitcount: 66 common_preempt_count: 0 + { len: 116 } hitcount: 81 common_preempt_count: 40 + { len: 708 } hitcount: 112 common_preempt_count: 0 + { len: 46 } hitcount: 221 common_preempt_count: 0 + { len: 1264 } hitcount: 458 common_preempt_count: 0 + + Totals: + Hits: 1428 + Entries: 147 + Dropped: 0 + + + # event histogram + # + # trigger info: hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] + # + + { skbaddr: ffff8800baee5e00 } hitcount: 1 len: 130 + { skbaddr: ffff88005f3d5600 } hitcount: 1 len: 1280 + { skbaddr: ffff88005f3d4900 } hitcount: 1 len: 1280 + { skbaddr: ffff88009fed6300 } hitcount: 1 len: 115 + { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0ad00 } hitcount: 1 len: 115 + { skbaddr: ffff88008cdb1900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff880064b5ef00 } hitcount: 1 len: 118 + { skbaddr: ffff880044e3c700 } hitcount: 1 len: 60 + { skbaddr: ffff880100065900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d46bd500 } hitcount: 1 len: 116 + { skbaddr: ffff88005f3d5f00 } hitcount: 1 len: 1280 + { skbaddr: ffff880100064700 } hitcount: 1 len: 365 + { skbaddr: ffff8800badb6f00 } hitcount: 1 len: 60 + . + . + . + { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0be00 } hitcount: 27 len: 24677 + { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0a400 } hitcount: 27 len: 23052 + { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0b700 } hitcount: 31 len: 25589 + { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0b600 } hitcount: 32 len: 27326 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a462800 } hitcount: 68 len: 71678 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a463700 } hitcount: 70 len: 72678 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a462b00 } hitcount: 71 len: 77589 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a463600 } hitcount: 73 len: 71307 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a462200 } hitcount: 81 len: 81032 + + Totals: + Hits: 1451 + Entries: 318 + Dropped: 0 + + + # event histogram + # + # trigger info: hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 if len == 256 [active] + # + + + Totals: + Hits: 0 + Entries: 0 + Dropped: 0 + + + # event histogram + # + # trigger info: hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 if len > 4096 [active] + # + + { skbaddr: ffff88009fd2c300 } hitcount: 1 len: 7212 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcce00 } hitcount: 1 len: 7212 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcd700 } hitcount: 1 len: 7212 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcda00 } hitcount: 1 len: 21492 + { skbaddr: ffff8800ae2e2d00 } hitcount: 1 len: 7212 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdb00 } hitcount: 1 len: 7212 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a4df500 } hitcount: 1 len: 4854 + { skbaddr: ffff88008ce47b00 } hitcount: 1 len: 18636 + { skbaddr: ffff8800ae2e2200 } hitcount: 1 len: 12924 + { skbaddr: ffff88005f3e1000 } hitcount: 1 len: 4356 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdc00 } hitcount: 2 len: 24420 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcc200 } hitcount: 2 len: 12996 + + Totals: + Hits: 14 + Entries: 12 + Dropped: 0 + + + # event histogram + # + # trigger info: hist:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 if len < 0 [active] + # + + + Totals: + Hits: 0 + Entries: 0 + Dropped: 0 + + Named triggers can be used to have triggers share a common set of + histogram data. This capability is mostly useful for combining the + output of events generated by tracepoints contained inside inline + functions, but names can be used in a hist trigger on any event. + For example, these two triggers when hit will update the same 'len' + field in the shared 'foo' histogram data: + + # echo 'hist:name=foo:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/trigger + # echo 'hist:name=foo:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=len' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/trigger + + You can see that they're updating common histogram data by reading + each event's hist files at the same time: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_receive_skb/hist; + cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/hist + + # event histogram + # + # trigger info: hist:name=foo:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] + # + + { skbaddr: ffff88000ad53500 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800af5a1500 } hitcount: 1 len: 76 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d62a1900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bccb00 } hitcount: 1 len: 468 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d3c69900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff88009ff09100 } hitcount: 1 len: 52 + { skbaddr: ffff88010f13ab00 } hitcount: 1 len: 168 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a54f400 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcc500 } hitcount: 1 len: 260 + { skbaddr: ffff880064505000 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800baf24e00 } hitcount: 1 len: 32 + { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0ad00 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d3edff00 } hitcount: 1 len: 44 + { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0b400 } hitcount: 1 len: 168 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1c55a00 } hitcount: 1 len: 40 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcd100 } hitcount: 1 len: 40 + { skbaddr: ffff880064505f00 } hitcount: 1 len: 174 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bff200 } hitcount: 1 len: 160 + { skbaddr: ffff880044e3cc00 } hitcount: 1 len: 76 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfe700 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdc00 } hitcount: 1 len: 32 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f64800 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcde00 } hitcount: 1 len: 988 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a5dea00 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff88002e37a200 } hitcount: 1 len: 44 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f32c00 } hitcount: 2 len: 676 + { skbaddr: ffff88000ad52600 } hitcount: 2 len: 107 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f91e00 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 + { skbaddr: ffff8800af5a0200 } hitcount: 2 len: 142 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcc600 } hitcount: 2 len: 220 + { skbaddr: ffff8800ba36f500 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d021f800 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f33600 } hitcount: 2 len: 675 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfff00 } hitcount: 3 len: 138 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d62a1300 } hitcount: 3 len: 138 + { skbaddr: ffff88002e37a100 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 + { skbaddr: ffff880064504400 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfec00 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 + { skbaddr: ffff88000ad53700 } hitcount: 5 len: 230 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdb00 } hitcount: 5 len: 196 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f90000 } hitcount: 6 len: 276 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a54f900 } hitcount: 6 len: 276 + + Totals: + Hits: 81 + Entries: 42 + Dropped: 0 + # event histogram + # + # trigger info: hist:name=foo:keys=skbaddr.hex:vals=hitcount,len:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] + # + + { skbaddr: ffff88000ad53500 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800af5a1500 } hitcount: 1 len: 76 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d62a1900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bccb00 } hitcount: 1 len: 468 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d3c69900 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff88009ff09100 } hitcount: 1 len: 52 + { skbaddr: ffff88010f13ab00 } hitcount: 1 len: 168 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a54f400 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcc500 } hitcount: 1 len: 260 + { skbaddr: ffff880064505000 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800baf24e00 } hitcount: 1 len: 32 + { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0ad00 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d3edff00 } hitcount: 1 len: 44 + { skbaddr: ffff88009fe0b400 } hitcount: 1 len: 168 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1c55a00 } hitcount: 1 len: 40 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcd100 } hitcount: 1 len: 40 + { skbaddr: ffff880064505f00 } hitcount: 1 len: 174 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bff200 } hitcount: 1 len: 160 + { skbaddr: ffff880044e3cc00 } hitcount: 1 len: 76 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfe700 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdc00 } hitcount: 1 len: 32 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f64800 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcde00 } hitcount: 1 len: 988 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a5dea00 } hitcount: 1 len: 46 + { skbaddr: ffff88002e37a200 } hitcount: 1 len: 44 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f32c00 } hitcount: 2 len: 676 + { skbaddr: ffff88000ad52600 } hitcount: 2 len: 107 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f91e00 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 + { skbaddr: ffff8800af5a0200 } hitcount: 2 len: 142 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcc600 } hitcount: 2 len: 220 + { skbaddr: ffff8800ba36f500 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d021f800 } hitcount: 2 len: 92 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f33600 } hitcount: 2 len: 675 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfff00 } hitcount: 3 len: 138 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d62a1300 } hitcount: 3 len: 138 + { skbaddr: ffff88002e37a100 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 + { skbaddr: ffff880064504400 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a8bfec00 } hitcount: 4 len: 184 + { skbaddr: ffff88000ad53700 } hitcount: 5 len: 230 + { skbaddr: ffff8800d2bcdb00 } hitcount: 5 len: 196 + { skbaddr: ffff8800a1f90000 } hitcount: 6 len: 276 + { skbaddr: ffff88006a54f900 } hitcount: 6 len: 276 + + Totals: + Hits: 81 + Entries: 42 + Dropped: 0 + + And here's an example that shows how to combine histogram data from + any two events even if they don't share any 'compatible' fields + other than 'hitcount' and 'stacktrace'. These commands create a + couple of triggers named 'bar' using those fields: + + # echo 'hist:name=bar:key=stacktrace:val=hitcount' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/trigger + # echo 'hist:name=bar:key=stacktrace:val=hitcount' > \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/trigger + + And displaying the output of either shows some interesting if + somewhat confusing output: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_process_fork/hist + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/net/netif_rx/hist + + # event histogram + # + # trigger info: hist:name=bar:keys=stacktrace:vals=hitcount:sort=hitcount:size=2048 [active] + # + + { stacktrace: + _do_fork+0x18e/0x330 + kernel_thread+0x29/0x30 + kthreadd+0x154/0x1b0 + ret_from_fork+0x3f/0x70 + } hitcount: 1 + { stacktrace: + netif_rx_internal+0xb2/0xd0 + netif_rx_ni+0x20/0x70 + dev_loopback_xmit+0xaa/0xd0 + ip_mc_output+0x126/0x240 + ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 + igmp_send_report+0x1e9/0x230 + igmp_timer_expire+0xe9/0x120 + call_timer_fn+0x39/0xf0 + run_timer_softirq+0x1e1/0x290 + __do_softirq+0xfd/0x290 + irq_exit+0x98/0xb0 + smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x4a/0x60 + apic_timer_interrupt+0x6d/0x80 + cpuidle_enter+0x17/0x20 + call_cpuidle+0x3b/0x60 + cpu_startup_entry+0x22d/0x310 + } hitcount: 1 + { stacktrace: + netif_rx_internal+0xb2/0xd0 + netif_rx_ni+0x20/0x70 + dev_loopback_xmit+0xaa/0xd0 + ip_mc_output+0x17f/0x240 + ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 + ip_send_skb+0x1a/0x50 + udp_send_skb+0x13e/0x270 + udp_sendmsg+0x2bf/0x980 + inet_sendmsg+0x67/0xa0 + sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50 + SYSC_sendto+0xef/0x170 + SyS_sendto+0xe/0x10 + entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x6a + } hitcount: 2 + { stacktrace: + netif_rx_internal+0xb2/0xd0 + netif_rx+0x1c/0x60 + loopback_xmit+0x6c/0xb0 + dev_hard_start_xmit+0x219/0x3a0 + __dev_queue_xmit+0x415/0x4f0 + dev_queue_xmit_sk+0x13/0x20 + ip_finish_output2+0x237/0x340 + ip_finish_output+0x113/0x1d0 + ip_output+0x66/0xc0 + ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 + ip_send_skb+0x1a/0x50 + udp_send_skb+0x16d/0x270 + udp_sendmsg+0x2bf/0x980 + inet_sendmsg+0x67/0xa0 + sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50 + ___sys_sendmsg+0x14e/0x270 + } hitcount: 76 + { stacktrace: + netif_rx_internal+0xb2/0xd0 + netif_rx+0x1c/0x60 + loopback_xmit+0x6c/0xb0 + dev_hard_start_xmit+0x219/0x3a0 + __dev_queue_xmit+0x415/0x4f0 + dev_queue_xmit_sk+0x13/0x20 + ip_finish_output2+0x237/0x340 + ip_finish_output+0x113/0x1d0 + ip_output+0x66/0xc0 + ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 + ip_send_skb+0x1a/0x50 + udp_send_skb+0x16d/0x270 + udp_sendmsg+0x2bf/0x980 + inet_sendmsg+0x67/0xa0 + sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50 + ___sys_sendmsg+0x269/0x270 + } hitcount: 77 + { stacktrace: + netif_rx_internal+0xb2/0xd0 + netif_rx+0x1c/0x60 + loopback_xmit+0x6c/0xb0 + dev_hard_start_xmit+0x219/0x3a0 + __dev_queue_xmit+0x415/0x4f0 + dev_queue_xmit_sk+0x13/0x20 + ip_finish_output2+0x237/0x340 + ip_finish_output+0x113/0x1d0 + ip_output+0x66/0xc0 + ip_local_out_sk+0x31/0x40 + ip_send_skb+0x1a/0x50 + udp_send_skb+0x16d/0x270 + udp_sendmsg+0x2bf/0x980 + inet_sendmsg+0x67/0xa0 + sock_sendmsg+0x38/0x50 + SYSC_sendto+0xef/0x170 + } hitcount: 88 + { stacktrace: + _do_fork+0x18e/0x330 + SyS_clone+0x19/0x20 + entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x6a + } hitcount: 244 + + Totals: + Hits: 489 + Entries: 7 + Dropped: 0 + + +2.2 Inter-event hist triggers +----------------------------- + +Inter-event hist triggers are hist triggers that combine values from +one or more other events and create a histogram using that data. Data +from an inter-event histogram can in turn become the source for +further combined histograms, thus providing a chain of related +histograms, which is important for some applications. + +The most important example of an inter-event quantity that can be used +in this manner is latency, which is simply a difference in timestamps +between two events. Although latency is the most important +inter-event quantity, note that because the support is completely +general across the trace event subsystem, any event field can be used +in an inter-event quantity. + +An example of a histogram that combines data from other histograms +into a useful chain would be a 'wakeupswitch latency' histogram that +combines a 'wakeup latency' histogram and a 'switch latency' +histogram. + +Normally, a hist trigger specification consists of a (possibly +compound) key along with one or more numeric values, which are +continually updated sums associated with that key. A histogram +specification in this case consists of individual key and value +specifications that refer to trace event fields associated with a +single event type. + +The inter-event hist trigger extension allows fields from multiple +events to be referenced and combined into a multi-event histogram +specification. In support of this overall goal, a few enabling +features have been added to the hist trigger support: + + - In order to compute an inter-event quantity, a value from one + event needs to saved and then referenced from another event. This + requires the introduction of support for histogram 'variables'. + + - The computation of inter-event quantities and their combination + require some minimal amount of support for applying simple + expressions to variables (+ and -). + + - A histogram consisting of inter-event quantities isn't logically a + histogram on either event (so having the 'hist' file for either + event host the histogram output doesn't really make sense). To + address the idea that the histogram is associated with a + combination of events, support is added allowing the creation of + 'synthetic' events that are events derived from other events. + These synthetic events are full-fledged events just like any other + and can be used as such, as for instance to create the + 'combination' histograms mentioned previously. + + - A set of 'actions' can be associated with histogram entries - + these can be used to generate the previously mentioned synthetic + events, but can also be used for other purposes, such as for + example saving context when a 'max' latency has been hit. + + - Trace events don't have a 'timestamp' associated with them, but + there is an implicit timestamp saved along with an event in the + underlying ftrace ring buffer. This timestamp is now exposed as a + a synthetic field named 'common_timestamp' which can be used in + histograms as if it were any other event field; it isn't an actual + field in the trace format but rather is a synthesized value that + nonetheless can be used as if it were an actual field. By default + it is in units of nanoseconds; appending '.usecs' to a + common_timestamp field changes the units to microseconds. + +A note on inter-event timestamps: If common_timestamp is used in a +histogram, the trace buffer is automatically switched over to using +absolute timestamps and the "global" trace clock, in order to avoid +bogus timestamp differences with other clocks that aren't coherent +across CPUs. This can be overridden by specifying one of the other +trace clocks instead, using the "clock=XXX" hist trigger attribute, +where XXX is any of the clocks listed in the tracing/trace_clock +pseudo-file. + +These features are described in more detail in the following sections. + +2.2.1 Histogram Variables +------------------------- + +Variables are simply named locations used for saving and retrieving +values between matching events. A 'matching' event is defined as an +event that has a matching key - if a variable is saved for a histogram +entry corresponding to that key, any subsequent event with a matching +key can access that variable. + +A variable's value is normally available to any subsequent event until +it is set to something else by a subsequent event. The one exception +to that rule is that any variable used in an expression is essentially +'read-once' - once it's used by an expression in a subsequent event, +it's reset to its 'unset' state, which means it can't be used again +unless it's set again. This ensures not only that an event doesn't +use an uninitialized variable in a calculation, but that that variable +is used only once and not for any unrelated subsequent match. + +The basic syntax for saving a variable is to simply prefix a unique +variable name not corresponding to any keyword along with an '=' sign +to any event field. + +Either keys or values can be saved and retrieved in this way. This +creates a variable named 'ts0' for a histogram entry with the key +'next_pid': + + # echo 'hist:keys=next_pid:vals=$ts0:ts0=common_timestamp ... >> \ + event/trigger + +The ts0 variable can be accessed by any subsequent event having the +same pid as 'next_pid'. + +Variable references are formed by prepending the variable name with +the '$' sign. Thus for example, the ts0 variable above would be +referenced as '$ts0' in expressions. + +Because 'vals=' is used, the common_timestamp variable value above +will also be summed as a normal histogram value would (though for a +timestamp it makes little sense). + +The below shows that a key value can also be saved in the same way: + + # echo 'hist:timer_pid=common_pid:key=timer_pid ...' >> event/trigger + +If a variable isn't a key variable or prefixed with 'vals=', the +associated event field will be saved in a variable but won't be summed +as a value: + + # echo 'hist:keys=next_pid:ts1=common_timestamp ... >> event/trigger + +Multiple variables can be assigned at the same time. The below would +result in both ts0 and b being created as variables, with both +common_timestamp and field1 additionally being summed as values: + + # echo 'hist:keys=pid:vals=$ts0,$b:ts0=common_timestamp,b=field1 ... >> \ + event/trigger + +Note that variable assignments can appear either preceding or +following their use. The command below behaves identically to the +command above: + + # echo 'hist:keys=pid:ts0=common_timestamp,b=field1:vals=$ts0,$b ... >> \ + event/trigger + +Any number of variables not bound to a 'vals=' prefix can also be +assigned by simply separating them with colons. Below is the same +thing but without the values being summed in the histogram: + + # echo 'hist:keys=pid:ts0=common_timestamp:b=field1 ... >> event/trigger + +Variables set as above can be referenced and used in expressions on +another event. + +For example, here's how a latency can be calculated: + + # echo 'hist:keys=pid,prio:ts0=common_timestamp ... >> event1/trigger + # echo 'hist:keys=next_pid:wakeup_lat=common_timestamp-$ts0 ... >> event2/trigger + +In the first line above, the event's timetamp is saved into the +variable ts0. In the next line, ts0 is subtracted from the second +event's timestamp to produce the latency, which is then assigned into +yet another variable, 'wakeup_lat'. The hist trigger below in turn +makes use of the wakeup_lat variable to compute a combined latency +using the same key and variable from yet another event: + + # echo 'hist:key=pid:wakeupswitch_lat=$wakeup_lat+$switchtime_lat ... >> event3/trigger + +2.2.2 Synthetic Events +---------------------- + +Synthetic events are user-defined events generated from hist trigger +variables or fields associated with one or more other events. Their +purpose is to provide a mechanism for displaying data spanning +multiple events consistent with the existing and already familiar +usage for normal events. + +To define a synthetic event, the user writes a simple specification +consisting of the name of the new event along with one or more +variables and their types, which can be any valid field type, +separated by semicolons, to the tracing/synthetic_events file. + +For instance, the following creates a new event named 'wakeup_latency' +with 3 fields: lat, pid, and prio. Each of those fields is simply a +variable reference to a variable on another event: + + # echo 'wakeup_latency \ + u64 lat; \ + pid_t pid; \ + int prio' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/synthetic_events + +Reading the tracing/synthetic_events file lists all the currently +defined synthetic events, in this case the event defined above: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/synthetic_events + wakeup_latency u64 lat; pid_t pid; int prio + +An existing synthetic event definition can be removed by prepending +the command that defined it with a '!': + + # echo '!wakeup_latency u64 lat pid_t pid int prio' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/synthetic_events + +At this point, there isn't yet an actual 'wakeup_latency' event +instantiated in the event subsytem - for this to happen, a 'hist +trigger action' needs to be instantiated and bound to actual fields +and variables defined on other events (see Section 6.3.3 below). + +Once that is done, an event instance is created, and a histogram can +be defined using it: + + # echo 'hist:keys=pid,prio,lat.log2:sort=pid,lat' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/synthetic/wakeup_latency/trigger + +The new event is created under the tracing/events/synthetic/ directory +and looks and behaves just like any other event: + + # ls /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/synthetic/wakeup_latency + enable filter format hist id trigger + +Like any other event, once a histogram is enabled for the event, the +output can be displayed by reading the event's 'hist' file. + +2.2.3 Hist trigger 'actions' +---------------------------- + +A hist trigger 'action' is a function that's executed whenever a +histogram entry is added or updated. + +The default 'action' if no special function is explicity specified is +as it always has been, to simply update the set of values associated +with an entry. Some applications, however, may want to perform +additional actions at that point, such as generate another event, or +compare and save a maximum. + +The following additional actions are available. To specify an action +for a given event, simply specify the action between colons in the +hist trigger specification. + + - onmatch(matching.event).<synthetic_event_name>(param list) + + The 'onmatch(matching.event).<synthetic_event_name>(params)' hist + trigger action is invoked whenever an event matches and the + histogram entry would be added or updated. It causes the named + synthetic event to be generated with the values given in the + 'param list'. The result is the generation of a synthetic event + that consists of the values contained in those variables at the + time the invoking event was hit. + + The 'param list' consists of one or more parameters which may be + either variables or fields defined on either the 'matching.event' + or the target event. The variables or fields specified in the + param list may be either fully-qualified or unqualified. If a + variable is specified as unqualified, it must be unique between + the two events. A field name used as a param can be unqualified + if it refers to the target event, but must be fully qualified if + it refers to the matching event. A fully-qualified name is of the + form 'system.event_name.$var_name' or 'system.event_name.field'. + + The 'matching.event' specification is simply the fully qualified + event name of the event that matches the target event for the + onmatch() functionality, in the form 'system.event_name'. + + Finally, the number and type of variables/fields in the 'param + list' must match the number and types of the fields in the + synthetic event being generated. + + As an example the below defines a simple synthetic event and uses + a variable defined on the sched_wakeup_new event as a parameter + when invoking the synthetic event. Here we define the synthetic + event: + + # echo 'wakeup_new_test pid_t pid' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/synthetic_events + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/synthetic_events + wakeup_new_test pid_t pid + + The following hist trigger both defines the missing testpid + variable and specifies an onmatch() action that generates a + wakeup_new_test synthetic event whenever a sched_wakeup_new event + occurs, which because of the 'if comm == "cyclictest"' filter only + happens when the executable is cyclictest: + + # echo 'hist:keys=$testpid:testpid=pid:onmatch(sched.sched_wakeup_new).\ + wakeup_new_test($testpid) if comm=="cyclictest"' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_wakeup_new/trigger + + Creating and displaying a histogram based on those events is now + just a matter of using the fields and new synthetic event in the + tracing/events/synthetic directory, as usual: + + # echo 'hist:keys=pid:sort=pid' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/synthetic/wakeup_new_test/trigger + + Running 'cyclictest' should cause wakeup_new events to generate + wakeup_new_test synthetic events which should result in histogram + output in the wakeup_new_test event's hist file: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/synthetic/wakeup_new_test/hist + + A more typical usage would be to use two events to calculate a + latency. The following example uses a set of hist triggers to + produce a 'wakeup_latency' histogram: + + First, we define a 'wakeup_latency' synthetic event: + + # echo 'wakeup_latency u64 lat; pid_t pid; int prio' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/synthetic_events + + Next, we specify that whenever we see a sched_waking event for a + cyclictest thread, save the timestamp in a 'ts0' variable: + + # echo 'hist:keys=$saved_pid:saved_pid=pid:ts0=common_timestamp.usecs \ + if comm=="cyclictest"' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_waking/trigger + + Then, when the corresponding thread is actually scheduled onto the + CPU by a sched_switch event, calculate the latency and use that + along with another variable and an event field to generate a + wakeup_latency synthetic event: + + # echo 'hist:keys=next_pid:wakeup_lat=common_timestamp.usecs-$ts0:\ + onmatch(sched.sched_waking).wakeup_latency($wakeup_lat,\ + $saved_pid,next_prio) if next_comm=="cyclictest"' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_switch/trigger + + We also need to create a histogram on the wakeup_latency synthetic + event in order to aggregate the generated synthetic event data: + + # echo 'hist:keys=pid,prio,lat:sort=pid,lat' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/synthetic/wakeup_latency/trigger + + Finally, once we've run cyclictest to actually generate some + events, we can see the output by looking at the wakeup_latency + synthetic event's hist file: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/synthetic/wakeup_latency/hist + + - onmax(var).save(field,.. .) + + The 'onmax(var).save(field,...)' hist trigger action is invoked + whenever the value of 'var' associated with a histogram entry + exceeds the current maximum contained in that variable. + + The end result is that the trace event fields specified as the + onmax.save() params will be saved if 'var' exceeds the current + maximum for that hist trigger entry. This allows context from the + event that exhibited the new maximum to be saved for later + reference. When the histogram is displayed, additional fields + displaying the saved values will be printed. + + As an example the below defines a couple of hist triggers, one for + sched_waking and another for sched_switch, keyed on pid. Whenever + a sched_waking occurs, the timestamp is saved in the entry + corresponding to the current pid, and when the scheduler switches + back to that pid, the timestamp difference is calculated. If the + resulting latency, stored in wakeup_lat, exceeds the current + maximum latency, the values specified in the save() fields are + recoreded: + + # echo 'hist:keys=pid:ts0=common_timestamp.usecs \ + if comm=="cyclictest"' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_waking/trigger + + # echo 'hist:keys=next_pid:\ + wakeup_lat=common_timestamp.usecs-$ts0:\ + onmax($wakeup_lat).save(next_comm,prev_pid,prev_prio,prev_comm) \ + if next_comm=="cyclictest"' >> \ + /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_switch/trigger + + When the histogram is displayed, the max value and the saved + values corresponding to the max are displayed following the rest + of the fields: + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/sched/sched_switch/hist + { next_pid: 2255 } hitcount: 239 + common_timestamp-ts0: 0 + max: 27 + next_comm: cyclictest + prev_pid: 0 prev_prio: 120 prev_comm: swapper/1 + + { next_pid: 2256 } hitcount: 2355 + common_timestamp-ts0: 0 + max: 49 next_comm: cyclictest + prev_pid: 0 prev_prio: 120 prev_comm: swapper/0 + + Totals: + Hits: 12970 + Entries: 2 + Dropped: 0 diff --git a/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl b/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl index ba976805853a..66bfd8396877 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl +++ b/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ my $regex_direct_begin_default = 'order=([0-9]*) may_writepage=([0-9]*) gfp_flag my $regex_direct_end_default = 'nr_reclaimed=([0-9]*)'; my $regex_kswapd_wake_default = 'nid=([0-9]*) order=([0-9]*)'; my $regex_kswapd_sleep_default = 'nid=([0-9]*)'; -my $regex_wakeup_kswapd_default = 'nid=([0-9]*) zid=([0-9]*) order=([0-9]*)'; +my $regex_wakeup_kswapd_default = 'nid=([0-9]*) zid=([0-9]*) order=([0-9]*) gfp_flags=([A-Z_|]*)'; my $regex_lru_isolate_default = 'isolate_mode=([0-9]*) classzone_idx=([0-9]*) order=([0-9]*) nr_requested=([0-9]*) nr_scanned=([0-9]*) nr_skipped=([0-9]*) nr_taken=([0-9]*) lru=([a-z_]*)'; my $regex_lru_shrink_inactive_default = 'nid=([0-9]*) nr_scanned=([0-9]*) nr_reclaimed=([0-9]*) nr_dirty=([0-9]*) nr_writeback=([0-9]*) nr_congested=([0-9]*) nr_immediate=([0-9]*) nr_activate=([0-9]*) nr_ref_keep=([0-9]*) nr_unmap_fail=([0-9]*) priority=([0-9]*) flags=([A-Z_|]*)'; my $regex_lru_shrink_active_default = 'lru=([A-Z_]*) nr_scanned=([0-9]*) nr_rotated=([0-9]*) priority=([0-9]*)'; @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ $regex_kswapd_sleep = generate_traceevent_regex( $regex_wakeup_kswapd = generate_traceevent_regex( "vmscan/mm_vmscan_wakeup_kswapd", $regex_wakeup_kswapd_default, - "nid", "zid", "order"); + "nid", "zid", "order", "gfp_flags"); $regex_lru_isolate = generate_traceevent_regex( "vmscan/mm_vmscan_lru_isolate", $regex_lru_isolate_default, diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/00-INDEX index 3da73aabff5a..3492458a4ae8 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/00-INDEX @@ -1,7 +1,12 @@ 00-INDEX - this file. +amd-memory-encryption.rst + - notes on AMD Secure Encrypted Virtualization feature and SEV firmware + command description api.txt - KVM userspace API. +arm + - internal ABI between the kernel and HYP (for arm/arm64) cpuid.txt - KVM-specific cpuid leaves (x86). devices/ @@ -26,6 +31,5 @@ s390-diag.txt - Diagnose hypercall description (for IBM S/390) timekeeping.txt - timekeeping virtualization for x86-based architectures. -amd-memory-encryption.txt - - notes on AMD Secure Encrypted Virtualization feature and SEV firmware - command description +vcpu-requests.rst + - internal VCPU request API diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt index 792fa8717d13..1c7958b57fe9 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt @@ -123,14 +123,15 @@ memory layout to fit in user mode), check KVM_CAP_MIPS_VZ and use the flag KVM_VM_MIPS_VZ. -4.3 KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST +4.3 KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST, KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST -Capability: basic +Capability: basic, KVM_CAP_GET_MSR_FEATURES for KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST Architectures: x86 -Type: system +Type: system ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_msr_list (in/out) Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error Errors: + EFAULT: the msr index list cannot be read from or written to E2BIG: the msr index list is to be to fit in the array specified by the user. @@ -139,16 +140,23 @@ struct kvm_msr_list { __u32 indices[0]; }; -This ioctl returns the guest msrs that are supported. The list varies -by kvm version and host processor, but does not change otherwise. The -user fills in the size of the indices array in nmsrs, and in return -kvm adjusts nmsrs to reflect the actual number of msrs and fills in -the indices array with their numbers. +The user fills in the size of the indices array in nmsrs, and in return +kvm adjusts nmsrs to reflect the actual number of msrs and fills in the +indices array with their numbers. + +KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST returns the guest msrs that are supported. The list +varies by kvm version and host processor, but does not change otherwise. Note: if kvm indicates supports MCE (KVM_CAP_MCE), then the MCE bank MSRs are not returned in the MSR list, as different vcpus can have a different number of banks, as set via the KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE ioctl. +KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST returns the list of MSRs that can be passed +to the KVM_GET_MSRS system ioctl. This lets userspace probe host capabilities +and processor features that are exposed via MSRs (e.g., VMX capabilities). +This list also varies by kvm version and host processor, but does not change +otherwise. + 4.4 KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION @@ -475,14 +483,22 @@ Support for this has been removed. Use KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG instead. 4.18 KVM_GET_MSRS -Capability: basic +Capability: basic (vcpu), KVM_CAP_GET_MSR_FEATURES (system) Architectures: x86 -Type: vcpu ioctl +Type: system ioctl, vcpu ioctl Parameters: struct kvm_msrs (in/out) -Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error +Returns: number of msrs successfully returned; + -1 on error + +When used as a system ioctl: +Reads the values of MSR-based features that are available for the VM. This +is similar to KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID, but it returns MSR indices and values. +The list of msr-based features can be obtained using KVM_GET_MSR_FEATURE_INDEX_LIST +in a system ioctl. +When used as a vcpu ioctl: Reads model-specific registers from the vcpu. Supported msr indices can -be obtained using KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST. +be obtained using KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST in a system ioctl. struct kvm_msrs { __u32 nmsrs; /* number of msrs in entries */ @@ -3464,7 +3480,7 @@ encrypted VMs. Currently, this ioctl is used for issuing Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) commands on AMD Processors. The SEV commands are defined in -Documentation/virtual/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.txt. +Documentation/virtual/kvm/amd-memory-encryption.rst. 4.111 KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_REG_REGION @@ -3500,6 +3516,38 @@ Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error This ioctl can be used to unregister the guest memory region registered with KVM_MEMORY_ENCRYPT_REG_REGION ioctl above. +4.113 KVM_HYPERV_EVENTFD + +Capability: KVM_CAP_HYPERV_EVENTFD +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_hyperv_eventfd (in) + +This ioctl (un)registers an eventfd to receive notifications from the guest on +the specified Hyper-V connection id through the SIGNAL_EVENT hypercall, without +causing a user exit. SIGNAL_EVENT hypercall with non-zero event flag number +(bits 24-31) still triggers a KVM_EXIT_HYPERV_HCALL user exit. + +struct kvm_hyperv_eventfd { + __u32 conn_id; + __s32 fd; + __u32 flags; + __u32 padding[3]; +}; + +The conn_id field should fit within 24 bits: + +#define KVM_HYPERV_CONN_ID_MASK 0x00ffffff + +The acceptable values for the flags field are: + +#define KVM_HYPERV_EVENTFD_DEASSIGN (1 << 0) + +Returns: 0 on success, + -EINVAL if conn_id or flags is outside the allowed range + -ENOENT on deassign if the conn_id isn't registered + -EEXIST on assign if the conn_id is already registered + 5. The kvm_run structure ------------------------ @@ -3857,7 +3905,7 @@ in userspace. __u64 kvm_dirty_regs; union { struct kvm_sync_regs regs; - char padding[1024]; + char padding[SYNC_REGS_SIZE_BYTES]; } s; If KVM_CAP_SYNC_REGS is defined, these fields allow userspace to access @@ -4062,6 +4110,46 @@ Once this is done the KVM_REG_MIPS_VEC_* and KVM_REG_MIPS_MSA_* registers can be accessed, and the Config5.MSAEn bit is accessible via the KVM API and also from the guest. +6.74 KVM_CAP_SYNC_REGS +Architectures: s390, x86 +Target: s390: always enabled, x86: vcpu +Parameters: none +Returns: x86: KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION returns a bit-array indicating which register +sets are supported (bitfields defined in arch/x86/include/uapi/asm/kvm.h). + +As described above in the kvm_sync_regs struct info in section 5 (kvm_run): +KVM_CAP_SYNC_REGS "allow[s] userspace to access certain guest registers +without having to call SET/GET_*REGS". This reduces overhead by eliminating +repeated ioctl calls for setting and/or getting register values. This is +particularly important when userspace is making synchronous guest state +modifications, e.g. when emulating and/or intercepting instructions in +userspace. + +For s390 specifics, please refer to the source code. + +For x86: +- the register sets to be copied out to kvm_run are selectable + by userspace (rather that all sets being copied out for every exit). +- vcpu_events are available in addition to regs and sregs. + +For x86, the 'kvm_valid_regs' field of struct kvm_run is overloaded to +function as an input bit-array field set by userspace to indicate the +specific register sets to be copied out on the next exit. + +To indicate when userspace has modified values that should be copied into +the vCPU, the all architecture bitarray field, 'kvm_dirty_regs' must be set. +This is done using the same bitflags as for the 'kvm_valid_regs' field. +If the dirty bit is not set, then the register set values will not be copied +into the vCPU even if they've been modified. + +Unused bitfields in the bitarrays must be set to zero. + +struct kvm_sync_regs { + struct kvm_regs regs; + struct kvm_sregs sregs; + struct kvm_vcpu_events events; +}; + 7. Capabilities that can be enabled on VMs ------------------------------------------ @@ -4270,6 +4358,26 @@ enables QEMU to build error log and branch to guest kernel registered machine check handling routine. Without this capability KVM will branch to guests' 0x200 interrupt vector. +7.13 KVM_CAP_X86_DISABLE_EXITS + +Architectures: x86 +Parameters: args[0] defines which exits are disabled +Returns: 0 on success, -EINVAL when args[0] contains invalid exits + +Valid bits in args[0] are + +#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_MWAIT (1 << 0) +#define KVM_X86_DISABLE_EXITS_HLT (1 << 1) + +Enabling this capability on a VM provides userspace with a way to no +longer intercept some instructions for improved latency in some +workloads, and is suggested when vCPUs are associated to dedicated +physical CPUs. More bits can be added in the future; userspace can +just pass the KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION result to KVM_ENABLE_CAP to disable +all such vmexits. + +Do not enable KVM_FEATURE_PV_UNHALT if you disable HLT exits. + 8. Other capabilities. ---------------------- @@ -4382,15 +4490,6 @@ reserved. Both registers and addresses are 64-bits wide. It will be possible to run 64-bit or 32-bit guest code. -8.8 KVM_CAP_X86_GUEST_MWAIT - -Architectures: x86 - -This capability indicates that guest using memory monotoring instructions -(MWAIT/MWAITX) to stop the virtual CPU will not cause a VM exit. As such time -spent while virtual CPU is halted in this way will then be accounted for as -guest running time on the host (as opposed to e.g. HLT). - 8.9 KVM_CAP_ARM_USER_IRQ Architectures: arm, arm64 @@ -4467,3 +4566,33 @@ Parameters: none This capability indicates if the flic device will be able to get/set the AIS states for migration via the KVM_DEV_FLIC_AISM_ALL attribute and allows to discover this without having to create a flic device. + +8.14 KVM_CAP_S390_PSW + +Architectures: s390 + +This capability indicates that the PSW is exposed via the kvm_run structure. + +8.15 KVM_CAP_S390_GMAP + +Architectures: s390 + +This capability indicates that the user space memory used as guest mapping can +be anywhere in the user memory address space, as long as the memory slots are +aligned and sized to a segment (1MB) boundary. + +8.16 KVM_CAP_S390_COW + +Architectures: s390 + +This capability indicates that the user space memory used as guest mapping can +use copy-on-write semantics as well as dirty pages tracking via read-only page +tables. + +8.17 KVM_CAP_S390_BPB + +Architectures: s390 + +This capability indicates that kvm will implement the interfaces to handle +reset, migration and nested KVM for branch prediction blocking. The stfle +facility 82 should not be provided to the guest without this capability. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt index dcab6dc11e3b..d4f33eb805dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ This function queries the presence of KVM cpuid leafs. function: define KVM_CPUID_FEATURES (0x40000001) -returns : ebx, ecx, edx = 0 - eax = and OR'ed group of (1 << flag), where each flags is: +returns : ebx, ecx + eax = an OR'ed group of (1 << flag), where each flags is: flag || value || meaning @@ -58,7 +58,22 @@ KVM_FEATURE_PV_TLB_FLUSH || 9 || guest checks this feature bit || || before enabling paravirtualized || || tlb flush. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF_VMEXIT || 10 || paravirtualized async PF VM exit + || || can be enabled by setting bit 2 + || || when writing to msr 0x4b564d02 +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ KVM_FEATURE_CLOCKSOURCE_STABLE_BIT || 24 || host will warn if no guest-side || || per-cpu warps are expected in || || kvmclock. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + + edx = an OR'ed group of (1 << flag), where each flags is: + + +flag || value || meaning +================================================================================== +KVM_HINTS_DEDICATED || 0 || guest checks this feature bit to + || || determine if there is vCPU pinning + || || and there is no vCPU over-commitment, + || || allowing optimizations +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt index 1ebecc115dc6..f3f0d57ced8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt @@ -170,7 +170,8 @@ MSR_KVM_ASYNC_PF_EN: 0x4b564d02 when asynchronous page faults are enabled on the vcpu 0 when disabled. Bit 1 is 1 if asynchronous page faults can be injected when vcpu is in cpl == 0. Bit 2 is 1 if asynchronous page faults - are delivered to L1 as #PF vmexits. + are delivered to L1 as #PF vmexits. Bit 2 can be set only if + KVM_FEATURE_ASYNC_PF_VMEXIT is present in CPUID. First 4 byte of 64 byte memory location will be written to by the hypervisor at the time of asynchronous page fault (APF) diff --git a/Documentation/vm/hmm.rst b/Documentation/vm/hmm.rst index 3fafa3381730..cdf3911582c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/hmm.rst +++ b/Documentation/vm/hmm.rst @@ -4,141 +4,149 @@ Heterogeneous Memory Management (HMM) ===================================== -Transparently allow any component of a program to use any memory region of said -program with a device without using device specific memory allocator. This is -becoming a requirement to simplify the use of advance heterogeneous computing -where GPU, DSP or FPGA are use to perform various computations. - -This document is divided as follow, in the first section i expose the problems -related to the use of a device specific allocator. The second section i expose -the hardware limitations that are inherent to many platforms. The third section -gives an overview of HMM designs. The fourth section explains how CPU page- -table mirroring works and what is HMM purpose in this context. Fifth section -deals with how device memory is represented inside the kernel. Finaly the last -section present the new migration helper that allow to leverage the device DMA -engine. +Provide infrastructure and helpers to integrate non-conventional memory (device +memory like GPU on board memory) into regular kernel path, with the cornerstone +of this being specialized struct page for such memory (see sections 5 to 7 of +this document). + +HMM also provides optional helpers for SVM (Share Virtual Memory), i.e., +allowing a device to transparently access program address coherently with +the CPU meaning that any valid pointer on the CPU is also a valid pointer +for the device. This is becoming mandatory to simplify the use of advanced +heterogeneous computing where GPU, DSP, or FPGA are used to perform various +computations on behalf of a process. + +This document is divided as follows: in the first section I expose the problems +related to using device specific memory allocators. In the second section, I +expose the hardware limitations that are inherent to many platforms. The third +section gives an overview of the HMM design. The fourth section explains how +CPU page-table mirroring works and the purpose of HMM in this context. The +fifth section deals with how device memory is represented inside the kernel. +Finally, the last section presents a new migration helper that allows lever- +aging the device DMA engine. .. contents:: :local: -Problems of using device specific memory allocator -================================================== - -Device with large amount of on board memory (several giga bytes) like GPU have -historically manage their memory through dedicated driver specific API. This -creates a disconnect between memory allocated and managed by device driver and -regular application memory (private anonymous, share memory or regular file -back memory). From here on i will refer to this aspect as split address space. -I use share address space to refer to the opposite situation ie one in which -any memory region can be use by device transparently. - -Split address space because device can only access memory allocated through the -device specific API. This imply that all memory object in a program are not -equal from device point of view which complicate large program that rely on a -wide set of libraries. - -Concretly this means that code that wants to leverage device like GPU need to -copy object between genericly allocated memory (malloc, mmap private/share/) -and memory allocated through the device driver API (this still end up with an -mmap but of the device file). - -For flat dataset (array, grid, image, ...) this isn't too hard to achieve but -complex data-set (list, tree, ...) are hard to get right. Duplicating a complex -data-set need to re-map all the pointer relations between each of its elements. -This is error prone and program gets harder to debug because of the duplicate -data-set. - -Split address space also means that library can not transparently use data they -are getting from core program or other library and thus each library might have -to duplicate its input data-set using specific memory allocator. Large project -suffer from this and waste resources because of the various memory copy. - -Duplicating each library API to accept as input or output memory allocted by +Problems of using a device specific memory allocator +==================================================== + +Devices with a large amount of on board memory (several gigabytes) like GPUs +have historically managed their memory through dedicated driver specific APIs. +This creates a disconnect between memory allocated and managed by a device +driver and regular application memory (private anonymous, shared memory, or +regular file backed memory). From here on I will refer to this aspect as split +address space. I use shared address space to refer to the opposite situation: +i.e., one in which any application memory region can be used by a device +transparently. + +Split address space happens because device can only access memory allocated +through device specific API. This implies that all memory objects in a program +are not equal from the device point of view which complicates large programs +that rely on a wide set of libraries. + +Concretely this means that code that wants to leverage devices like GPUs needs +to copy object between generically allocated memory (malloc, mmap private, mmap +share) and memory allocated through the device driver API (this still ends up +with an mmap but of the device file). + +For flat data sets (array, grid, image, ...) this isn't too hard to achieve but +complex data sets (list, tree, ...) are hard to get right. Duplicating a +complex data set needs to re-map all the pointer relations between each of its +elements. This is error prone and program gets harder to debug because of the +duplicate data set and addresses. + +Split address space also means that libraries cannot transparently use data +they are getting from the core program or another library and thus each library +might have to duplicate its input data set using the device specific memory +allocator. Large projects suffer from this and waste resources because of the +various memory copies. + +Duplicating each library API to accept as input or output memory allocated by each device specific allocator is not a viable option. It would lead to a -combinatorial explosions in the library entry points. +combinatorial explosion in the library entry points. -Finaly with the advance of high level language constructs (in C++ but in other -language too) it is now possible for compiler to leverage GPU or other devices -without even the programmer knowledge. Some of compiler identified patterns are -only do-able with a share address. It is as well more reasonable to use a share -address space for all the other patterns. +Finally, with the advance of high level language constructs (in C++ but in +other languages too) it is now possible for the compiler to leverage GPUs and +other devices without programmer knowledge. Some compiler identified patterns +are only do-able with a shared address space. It is also more reasonable to use +a shared address space for all other patterns. -System bus, device memory characteristics -========================================= +I/O bus, device memory characteristics +====================================== -System bus cripple share address due to few limitations. Most system bus only -allow basic memory access from device to main memory, even cache coherency is -often optional. Access to device memory from CPU is even more limited, most -often than not it is not cache coherent. +I/O buses cripple shared address spaces due to a few limitations. Most I/O +buses only allow basic memory access from device to main memory; even cache +coherency is often optional. Access to device memory from CPU is even more +limited. More often than not, it is not cache coherent. -If we only consider the PCIE bus than device can access main memory (often -through an IOMMU) and be cache coherent with the CPUs. However it only allows -a limited set of atomic operation from device on main memory. This is worse -in the other direction the CPUs can only access a limited range of the device -memory and can not perform atomic operations on it. Thus device memory can not -be consider like regular memory from kernel point of view. +If we only consider the PCIE bus, then a device can access main memory (often +through an IOMMU) and be cache coherent with the CPUs. However, it only allows +a limited set of atomic operations from device on main memory. This is worse +in the other direction: the CPU can only access a limited range of the device +memory and cannot perform atomic operations on it. Thus device memory cannot +be considered the same as regular memory from the kernel point of view. Another crippling factor is the limited bandwidth (~32GBytes/s with PCIE 4.0 -and 16 lanes). This is 33 times less that fastest GPU memory (1 TBytes/s). -The final limitation is latency, access to main memory from the device has an -order of magnitude higher latency than when the device access its own memory. +and 16 lanes). This is 33 times less than the fastest GPU memory (1 TBytes/s). +The final limitation is latency. Access to main memory from the device has an +order of magnitude higher latency than when the device accesses its own memory. -Some platform are developing new system bus or additions/modifications to PCIE -to address some of those limitations (OpenCAPI, CCIX). They mainly allow two +Some platforms are developing new I/O buses or additions/modifications to PCIE +to address some of these limitations (OpenCAPI, CCIX). They mainly allow two- way cache coherency between CPU and device and allow all atomic operations the -architecture supports. Saddly not all platform are following this trends and -some major architecture are left without hardware solutions to those problems. +architecture supports. Sadly, not all platforms are following this trend and +some major architectures are left without hardware solutions to these problems. -So for share address space to make sense not only we must allow device to -access any memory memory but we must also permit any memory to be migrated to -device memory while device is using it (blocking CPU access while it happens). +So for shared address space to make sense, not only must we allow devices to +access any memory but we must also permit any memory to be migrated to device +memory while device is using it (blocking CPU access while it happens). -Share address space and migration -================================= +Shared address space and migration +================================== HMM intends to provide two main features. First one is to share the address -space by duplication the CPU page table into the device page table so same -address point to same memory and this for any valid main memory address in +space by duplicating the CPU page table in the device page table so the same +address points to the same physical memory for any valid main memory address in the process address space. -To achieve this, HMM offer a set of helpers to populate the device page table +To achieve this, HMM offers a set of helpers to populate the device page table while keeping track of CPU page table updates. Device page table updates are -not as easy as CPU page table updates. To update the device page table you must -allow a buffer (or use a pool of pre-allocated buffer) and write GPU specifics -commands in it to perform the update (unmap, cache invalidations and flush, -...). This can not be done through common code for all device. Hence why HMM -provides helpers to factor out everything that can be while leaving the gory -details to the device driver. - -The second mechanism HMM provide is a new kind of ZONE_DEVICE memory that does -allow to allocate a struct page for each page of the device memory. Those page -are special because the CPU can not map them. They however allow to migrate -main memory to device memory using exhisting migration mechanism and everything -looks like if page was swap out to disk from CPU point of view. Using a struct -page gives the easiest and cleanest integration with existing mm mechanisms. -Again here HMM only provide helpers, first to hotplug new ZONE_DEVICE memory -for the device memory and second to perform migration. Policy decision of what -and when to migrate things is left to the device driver. - -Note that any CPU access to a device page trigger a page fault and a migration -back to main memory ie when a page backing an given address A is migrated from -a main memory page to a device page then any CPU access to address A trigger a -page fault and initiate a migration back to main memory. - - -With this two features, HMM not only allow a device to mirror a process address -space and keeps both CPU and device page table synchronize, but also allow to -leverage device memory by migrating part of data-set that is actively use by a -device. +not as easy as CPU page table updates. To update the device page table, you must +allocate a buffer (or use a pool of pre-allocated buffers) and write GPU +specific commands in it to perform the update (unmap, cache invalidations, and +flush, ...). This cannot be done through common code for all devices. Hence +why HMM provides helpers to factor out everything that can be while leaving the +hardware specific details to the device driver. + +The second mechanism HMM provides is a new kind of ZONE_DEVICE memory that +allows allocating a struct page for each page of the device memory. Those pages +are special because the CPU cannot map them. However, they allow migrating +main memory to device memory using existing migration mechanisms and everything +looks like a page is swapped out to disk from the CPU point of view. Using a +struct page gives the easiest and cleanest integration with existing mm mech- +anisms. Here again, HMM only provides helpers, first to hotplug new ZONE_DEVICE +memory for the device memory and second to perform migration. Policy decisions +of what and when to migrate things is left to the device driver. + +Note that any CPU access to a device page triggers a page fault and a migration +back to main memory. For example, when a page backing a given CPU address A is +migrated from a main memory page to a device page, then any CPU access to +address A triggers a page fault and initiates a migration back to main memory. + +With these two features, HMM not only allows a device to mirror process address +space and keeping both CPU and device page table synchronized, but also lever- +ages device memory by migrating the part of the data set that is actively being +used by the device. Address space mirroring implementation and API ============================================== -Address space mirroring main objective is to allow to duplicate range of CPU -page table into a device page table and HMM helps keeping both synchronize. A -device driver that want to mirror a process address space must start with the +Address space mirroring's main objective is to allow duplication of a range of +CPU page table into a device page table; HMM helps keep both synchronized. A +device driver that wants to mirror a process address space must start with the registration of an hmm_mirror struct:: int hmm_mirror_register(struct hmm_mirror *mirror, @@ -146,9 +154,10 @@ registration of an hmm_mirror struct:: int hmm_mirror_register_locked(struct hmm_mirror *mirror, struct mm_struct *mm); -The locked variant is to be use when the driver is already holding the mmap_sem -of the mm in write mode. The mirror struct has a set of callback that are use -to propagate CPU page table:: + +The locked variant is to be used when the driver is already holding mmap_sem +of the mm in write mode. The mirror struct has a set of callbacks that are used +to propagate CPU page tables:: struct hmm_mirror_ops { /* sync_cpu_device_pagetables() - synchronize page tables @@ -173,15 +182,14 @@ to propagate CPU page table:: unsigned long end); }; -Device driver must perform update to the range following action (turn range -read only, or fully unmap, ...). Once driver callback returns the device must -be done with the update. - +The device driver must perform the update action to the range (mark range +read only, or fully unmap, ...). The device must be done with the update before +the driver callback returns. -When device driver wants to populate a range of virtual address it can use -either:: +When the device driver wants to populate a range of virtual addresses, it can +use either:: - int hmm_vma_get_pfns(struct vm_area_struct *vma, + int hmm_vma_get_pfns(struct vm_area_struct *vma, struct hmm_range *range, unsigned long start, unsigned long end, @@ -194,17 +202,19 @@ either:: bool write, bool block); -First one (hmm_vma_get_pfns()) will only fetch present CPU page table entry and -will not trigger a page fault on missing or non present entry. The second one -do trigger page fault on missing or read only entry if write parameter is true. -Page fault use the generic mm page fault code path just like a CPU page fault. +The first one (hmm_vma_get_pfns()) will only fetch present CPU page table +entries and will not trigger a page fault on missing or non-present entries. +The second one does trigger a page fault on missing or read-only entry if the +write parameter is true. Page faults use the generic mm page fault code path +just like a CPU page fault. -Both function copy CPU page table into their pfns array argument. Each entry in -that array correspond to an address in the virtual range. HMM provide a set of -flags to help driver identify special CPU page table entries. +Both functions copy CPU page table entries into their pfns array argument. Each +entry in that array corresponds to an address in the virtual range. HMM +provides a set of flags to help the driver identify special CPU page table +entries. Locking with the update() callback is the most important aspect the driver must -respect in order to keep things properly synchronize. The usage pattern is:: +respect in order to keep things properly synchronized. The usage pattern is:: int driver_populate_range(...) { @@ -226,42 +236,43 @@ respect in order to keep things properly synchronize. The usage pattern is:: return 0; } -The driver->update lock is the same lock that driver takes inside its update() -callback. That lock must be call before hmm_vma_range_done() to avoid any race -with a concurrent CPU page table update. +The driver->update lock is the same lock that the driver takes inside its +update() callback. That lock must be held before hmm_vma_range_done() to avoid +any race with a concurrent CPU page table update. -HMM implements all this on top of the mmu_notifier API because we wanted to a -simpler API and also to be able to perform optimization latter own like doing -concurrent device update in multi-devices scenario. +HMM implements all this on top of the mmu_notifier API because we wanted a +simpler API and also to be able to perform optimizations latter on like doing +concurrent device updates in multi-devices scenario. -HMM also serve as an impedence missmatch between how CPU page table update are -done (by CPU write to the page table and TLB flushes) from how device update -their own page table. Device update is a multi-step process, first appropriate -commands are write to a buffer, then this buffer is schedule for execution on -the device. It is only once the device has executed commands in the buffer that -the update is done. Creating and scheduling update command buffer can happen -concurrently for multiple devices. Waiting for each device to report commands -as executed is serialize (there is no point in doing this concurrently). +HMM also serves as an impedance mismatch between how CPU page table updates +are done (by CPU write to the page table and TLB flushes) and how devices +update their own page table. Device updates are a multi-step process. First, +appropriate commands are written to a buffer, then this buffer is scheduled for +execution on the device. It is only once the device has executed commands in +the buffer that the update is done. Creating and scheduling the update command +buffer can happen concurrently for multiple devices. Waiting for each device to +report commands as executed is serialized (there is no point in doing this +concurrently). Represent and manage device memory from core kernel point of view ================================================================= -Several differents design were try to support device memory. First one use -device specific data structure to keep information about migrated memory and -HMM hooked itself in various place of mm code to handle any access to address -that were back by device memory. It turns out that this ended up replicating -most of the fields of struct page and also needed many kernel code path to be -updated to understand this new kind of memory. +Several different designs were tried to support device memory. First one used +a device specific data structure to keep information about migrated memory and +HMM hooked itself in various places of mm code to handle any access to +addresses that were backed by device memory. It turns out that this ended up +replicating most of the fields of struct page and also needed many kernel code +paths to be updated to understand this new kind of memory. -Thing is most kernel code path never try to access the memory behind a page -but only care about struct page contents. Because of this HMM switchted to -directly using struct page for device memory which left most kernel code path -un-aware of the difference. We only need to make sure that no one ever try to -map those page from the CPU side. +Most kernel code paths never try to access the memory behind a page +but only care about struct page contents. Because of this, HMM switched to +directly using struct page for device memory which left most kernel code paths +unaware of the difference. We only need to make sure that no one ever tries to +map those pages from the CPU side. -HMM provide a set of helpers to register and hotplug device memory as a new -region needing struct page. This is offer through a very simple API:: +HMM provides a set of helpers to register and hotplug device memory as a new +region needing a struct page. This is offered through a very simple API:: struct hmm_devmem *hmm_devmem_add(const struct hmm_devmem_ops *ops, struct device *device, @@ -281,17 +292,18 @@ The hmm_devmem_ops is where most of the important things are:: }; The first callback (free()) happens when the last reference on a device page is -drop. This means the device page is now free and no longer use by anyone. The -second callback happens whenever CPU try to access a device page which it can -not do. This second callback must trigger a migration back to system memory. +dropped. This means the device page is now free and no longer used by anyone. +The second callback happens whenever the CPU tries to access a device page +which it cannot do. This second callback must trigger a migration back to +system memory. -Migrate to and from device memory -================================= +Migration to and from device memory +=================================== -Because CPU can not access device memory, migration must use device DMA engine -to perform copy from and to device memory. For this we need a new migration -helper:: +Because the CPU cannot access device memory, migration must use the device DMA +engine to perform copy from and to device memory. For this we need a new +migration helper:: int migrate_vma(const struct migrate_vma_ops *ops, struct vm_area_struct *vma, @@ -302,15 +314,15 @@ helper:: unsigned long *dst, void *private); -Unlike other migration function it works on a range of virtual address, there -is two reasons for that. First device DMA copy has a high setup overhead cost +Unlike other migration functions it works on a range of virtual address, there +are two reasons for that. First, device DMA copy has a high setup overhead cost and thus batching multiple pages is needed as otherwise the migration overhead -make the whole excersie pointless. The second reason is because driver trigger -such migration base on range of address the device is actively accessing. +makes the whole exercise pointless. The second reason is because the +migration might be for a range of addresses the device is actively accessing. -The migrate_vma_ops struct define two callbacks. First one (alloc_and_copy()) -control destination memory allocation and copy operation. Second one is there -to allow device driver to perform cleanup operation after migration:: +The migrate_vma_ops struct defines two callbacks. First one (alloc_and_copy()) +controls destination memory allocation and copy operation. Second one is there +to allow the device driver to perform cleanup operations after migration:: struct migrate_vma_ops { void (*alloc_and_copy)(struct vm_area_struct *vma, @@ -327,19 +339,19 @@ to allow device driver to perform cleanup operation after migration:: void *private); }; -It is important to stress that this migration helpers allow for hole in the +It is important to stress that these migration helpers allow for holes in the virtual address range. Some pages in the range might not be migrated for all -the usual reasons (page is pin, page is lock, ...). This helper does not fail -but just skip over those pages. +the usual reasons (page is pinned, page is locked, ...). This helper does not +fail but just skips over those pages. -The alloc_and_copy() might as well decide to not migrate all pages in the -range (for reasons under the callback control). For those the callback just -have to leave the corresponding dst entry empty. +The alloc_and_copy() might decide to not migrate all pages in the +range (for reasons under the callback control). For those, the callback just +has to leave the corresponding dst entry empty. -Finaly the migration of the struct page might fails (for file back page) for +Finally, the migration of the struct page might fail (for file backed page) for various reasons (failure to freeze reference, or update page cache, ...). If -that happens then the finalize_and_map() can catch any pages that was not -migrated. Note those page were still copied to new page and thus we wasted +that happens, then the finalize_and_map() can catch any pages that were not +migrated. Note those pages were still copied to a new page and thus we wasted bandwidth but this is considered as a rare event and a price that we are willing to pay to keep all the code simpler. @@ -348,27 +360,27 @@ Memory cgroup (memcg) and rss accounting ======================================== For now device memory is accounted as any regular page in rss counters (either -anonymous if device page is use for anonymous, file if device page is use for -file back page or shmem if device page is use for share memory). This is a -deliberate choice to keep existing application that might start using device -memory without knowing about it to keep runing unimpacted. - -Drawbacks is that OOM killer might kill an application using a lot of device -memory and not a lot of regular system memory and thus not freeing much system -memory. We want to gather more real world experience on how application and -system react under memory pressure in the presence of device memory before +anonymous if device page is used for anonymous, file if device page is used for +file backed page or shmem if device page is used for shared memory). This is a +deliberate choice to keep existing applications, that might start using device +memory without knowing about it, running unimpacted. + +A drawback is that the OOM killer might kill an application using a lot of +device memory and not a lot of regular system memory and thus not freeing much +system memory. We want to gather more real world experience on how applications +and system react under memory pressure in the presence of device memory before deciding to account device memory differently. -Same decision was made for memory cgroup. Device memory page are accounted +Same decision was made for memory cgroup. Device memory pages are accounted against same memory cgroup a regular page would be accounted to. This does simplify migration to and from device memory. This also means that migration -back from device memory to regular memory can not fail because it would +back from device memory to regular memory cannot fail because it would go above memory cgroup limit. We might revisit this choice latter on once we -get more experience in how device memory is use and its impact on memory +get more experience in how device memory is used and its impact on memory resource control. -Note that device memory can never be pin nor by device driver nor through GUP +Note that device memory can never be pinned by device driver nor through GUP and thus such memory is always free upon process exit. Or when last reference -is drop in case of share memory or file back memory. +is dropped in case of shared memory or file backed memory. diff --git a/Documentation/vm/page_migration.rst b/Documentation/vm/page_migration.rst index 07b67a821a12..f68d61335abb 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/page_migration.rst +++ b/Documentation/vm/page_migration.rst @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Steps: 1. Lock the page to be migrated -2. Insure that writeback is complete. +2. Ensure that writeback is complete. 3. Lock the new page that we want to move to. It is locked so that accesses to this (not yet uptodate) page immediately lock while the move is in progress. @@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ Steps: mapcount is not zero then we do not migrate the page. All user space processes that attempt to access the page will now wait on the page lock. -5. The radix tree lock is taken. This will cause all processes trying - to access the page via the mapping to block on the radix tree spinlock. +5. The i_pages lock is taken. This will cause all processes trying + to access the page via the mapping to block on the spinlock. 6. The refcount of the page is examined and we back out if references remain otherwise we know that we are the only one referencing this page. @@ -117,12 +117,12 @@ Steps: 9. The radix tree is changed to point to the new page. -10. The reference count of the old page is dropped because the radix tree +10. The reference count of the old page is dropped because the address space reference is gone. A reference to the new page is established because - the new page is referenced to by the radix tree. + the new page is referenced by the address space. -11. The radix tree lock is dropped. With that lookups in the mapping - become possible again. Processes will move from spinning on the tree_lock +11. The i_pages lock is dropped. With that lookups in the mapping + become possible again. Processes will move from spinning on the lock to sleeping on the locked new page. 12. The page contents are copied to the new page. diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt index beea975980f6..6d6200ea27b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt @@ -55,11 +55,6 @@ wdt_time: Watchdog time in seconds. (default=30) nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started (default=kernel config parameter) ------------------------------------------------- -bfin_wdt: -timeout: Watchdog timeout in seconds. (1<=timeout<=((2^32)/SCLK), default=20) -nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started - (default=kernel config parameter) -------------------------------------------------- coh901327_wdt: margin: Watchdog margin in seconds (default 60s) ------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/x86/00-INDEX b/Documentation/x86/00-INDEX index 692264456f0f..3bb2ee3edcd1 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/x86/00-INDEX @@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ - this file boot.txt - List of boot protocol versions -early-microcode.txt - - How to load microcode from an initrd-CPIO archive early to fix CPU issues. earlyprintk.txt - Using earlyprintk with a USB2 debug port key. entry_64.txt - Describe (some of the) kernel entry points for x86. exception-tables.txt - why and how Linux kernel uses exception tables on x86 +microcode.txt + - How to load microcode from an initrd-CPIO archive early to fix CPU issues. mtrr.txt - how to use x86 Memory Type Range Registers to increase performance pat.txt diff --git a/Documentation/x86/intel_rdt_ui.txt b/Documentation/x86/intel_rdt_ui.txt index 756fd76b78a6..71c30984e94d 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/intel_rdt_ui.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/intel_rdt_ui.txt @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ occupancy of the real time threads on these cores. # mkdir p1 Move the cpus 4-7 over to p1 -# echo f0 > p0/cpus +# echo f0 > p1/cpus View the llc occupancy snapshot diff --git a/Documentation/x86/topology.txt b/Documentation/x86/topology.txt index f3e9d7e9ed6c..2953e3ec9a02 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/topology.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/topology.txt @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ The topology of a system is described in the units of: The number of online threads is also printed in /proc/cpuinfo "siblings." - - topology_sibling_mask(): + - topology_sibling_cpumask(): The cpumask contains all online threads in the core to which a thread belongs. diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/5level-paging.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/5level-paging.txt index 087251a0d99c..2432a5ef86d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/5level-paging.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/5level-paging.txt @@ -20,12 +20,9 @@ Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt CONFIG_X86_5LEVEL=y enables the feature. -So far, a kernel compiled with the option enabled will be able to boot -only on machines that supports the feature -- see for 'la57' flag in -/proc/cpuinfo. - -The plan is to implement boot-time switching between 4- and 5-level paging -in the future. +Kernel with CONFIG_X86_5LEVEL=y still able to boot on 4-level hardware. +In this case additional page table level -- p4d -- will be folded at +runtime. == User-space and large virtual address space == diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt index ea91cb61a602..5432a96d31ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ ffffff0000000000 - ffffff7fffffffff (=39 bits) %esp fixup stacks ffffffef00000000 - fffffffeffffffff (=64 GB) EFI region mapping space ... unused hole ... ffffffff80000000 - ffffffff9fffffff (=512 MB) kernel text mapping, from phys 0 -ffffffffa0000000 - [fixmap start] (~1526 MB) module mapping space (variable) +ffffffffa0000000 - fffffffffeffffff (1520 MB) module mapping space [fixmap start] - ffffffffff5fffff kernel-internal fixmap range ffffffffff600000 - ffffffffff600fff (=4 kB) legacy vsyscall ABI ffffffffffe00000 - ffffffffffffffff (=2 MB) unused hole |